A x iat ae a ‘ AR) a Ne a AAG Sa ° eh is WW . RON ‘i OSA ON A y ah f i } ae RN 3 BRU a SAM, BAY ahs . \ A i SEA Ri x 3) ff es AUN ‘ a FO PDO, Pe apres Ki nv \ . ¥ KHONG S Hy SERENE 2 BNR a y oS Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2010 with funding from University of Toronto http://www.archive.org/details/annualreport24geol Pe GHOLOGCLOAT,: NATURAL HISTORY SURVEY OF MINNESOTA. The Twenty-fourth (and fina!) Annual Report. eg: ; ie [°F for the years 1895-1898 Nas. VV N CELE Lake: State Geologist MINNEAPOLIS UNIVERSITY PRESS 1599 THE BOARD OF REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA TERM EXPIRES JouN S. Pi_tsspury, Minneapolis, ; : , Regent for life Joun Linn (Governor), New Ulm, , / Ex-oftiicio Cyrus NorTHROP (President of the Uaiseaaty ), Nita Oke. Ex-officio JouN H. Lewis (Supt. Public Instruction), Hastings, . : Ex-ofticio STEPHEN MAHONEY, Minneapolis, : F : : 1901 SypNEy M. Owen, Minneapolis, ; . t ; 1901 ALPHONSO Barro, St. Cloud, . : F : ; 1902 Tuomas WILSON, St. Paul, : : ! 1902 Wan. M. LicGErTTt, St. adtttore 2nd : . é : 1903 A. E. Rice, Willmar, : : : : 1903 ELMER E. AbDAMs, Fergus Falls, . : ; : 1903 GREENLEAF CLARK, St. Paul, : : A ; 1904 MUEL G. SMITH, St. Paul, ; : : : : 1904 COMMITTEE ON THE GEOLOGICAL AND NATURAL HISTORY SURVEY Regents CLARK, ADAMS, LIGGETT, PILLSBURY AND RICE. ADDRESS. 1 ~ : ERRATA. Fae iz ae age xv. There were added to the books of the survey library, between the date of listing (July, 1898) and Aug. 1, 1899, 112 volumes and 322 pamphlets. , Page 70, 12th line, for rods read paces. Page 180, 13th line from the bottom, for X XVIII read XVIII. - Page 272, 5th line from the bottom, for 75 read 175. fish ti Neat 7 oe ae & LP ~ > ¢ > \ \ \ THE BOARD OF REGENTS + OF THE UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA Soe oP ee es ee >> # Kegents CLAKK,AWVAMS, LIGGET ny PILLODUNY AWW aNIn Ds ADDRESS. MINNEAPOLIS, March 1, 1899. To the President of the Board of Regents. DEAR Sir :—The accompanying report is intended to present a synopsis of the field work done by the geological parties of the survey since the publication of the last annual report which was for the year 1894. As this will constitute the last of the series of annual reports of the survey, it is furnished with an alphabetical index of all the annual reports, in order that the diversified contents of the annual reports may be con- sulted readily by any one on any subject discussed therein, without the trouble of searching through them all in detail. Respectfully submitted, N. H. WINCHELL, State Geologist and Curator of the General Museum. N. H. WINCHELL, : PasGGraNT, lore. ~ -t,"% =). esi) ~ 2 wees ALH. ain, Geologist, .\'.-4 - = = Py A OGAARD, JIPAIESINA I, 0 Ania dt. taeP Oi ol ene O. HALVORSEN, Draftsman, - - - - - O. J. Miptavun, Draftsman, - = = - H. V. WINcHELL, Economic Geology, - - - CONTENTS 1.. Summary Statement, et SSN nk Wee feet. CEN eg ec 2. List of rock samples with annotations, collected by N. H. Winchell in RSS OG ateem this = eMP aia Head T cage RD toh eee kA MN ee Ae The nature of the transitions of the Coutchiching, - e = : The conglomerate of Stuntzisland, - - - - - - - The contact of the Saganaga granite on the Ogishke conglomerate, The gabbro and the sills of the Animikie,- - - - - - The base of the upper series of the Keweenawan, - = = = BhesPuckwungewalleyas (= 1-04 = Fe a a eS ina About Grand (Portage us =) apt cao, a =a a 3. Rock samples collected to illustrate the notes of N. H. Winchell in 1897, with annotations, = = = = 2 < ¥ 5 In Carlton county, - Mets aie yee = E 2 LAK S Ely and Long lake, -~ - ES vane waite ites ek RE A © Section from Long lake to Birntdide Takes ali. i kes ce os ge Taylor’s Falls and Mesabilronrange,- - - - - - - Trip to Saowbank lake in 1897, SSP ata of es Oty The conglomerate of Snowbank lake, - = - = = 5 z Misa poimbtment lakes cvs | =i - “NN | et ee) =) Ree 4. Rock samples collected by N. H. Winchell in 1898, with fieid annota- PIMA ee ho ee eR) ee ae, ee ee a, ye, a Third visit to Snowbank lake, ih ee Thi sae NER ey ro Porphyry of the Lower Keewatin, - Es a E nh it a tee Source of the Stuntz conglomerate, alba 5. Record of geological field work in northeastern Minnesota, 1892 to ESOS bye Ue Se Grant,,= "Seo e ame mn en x Vicinity of Thomas and Fraser lakes, - =e : Saya = Keewishiwi river in Ts. 63 and 62-6, 5 : 2 z s 2 Kekequabic lake and vicimity,- - - -,; - - = - a Epsilotigikedtgocs oS Can ol tie Man Su edge ae eee e Ameeba lake, PE 2 Ltn fag ce Stak, ha Wey eared y= ie On a ee a Lake in E\% sec. 8, T. 65-6 W., - - 2 FS = = s Z Lake in N\&% sec. 9, T. 65-6 W., Se ae : = ae 2 4 Wakedn 5 :Sec..a5°1..65—-6 We, = 9) =e -8 = aa yy ane Wale tA Staats sss 8) a ear | Se ee eee 2 s Lake in N¥&% sec. 34, T. 66-6 W., - - = 2 a ag Ace Wakent NW44)sec. 25,0. 66=6°W.., =) @o= lh a ay are oe ee West Searalitake::-- 2) = - ae ie! = ae Soi SEOs South of Seagull lake, pe fiom team tS orden aan pinay Seagulllake, - - Sh ies 3 fy gS SOS ay ale So Iron-bearing rocks west of Gunflint lake, - Be. ae eee se SS Field work of 1893, re TRIS), dee ReneS ee 2 oe es 6. List of rock samples collected in northeastern Minnesota in 1898 by U.S. Grant, ee es = 2 Hy ES tee : é 2 ss 7. Preliminary report of A. H. Elftman, on work of 1895, -_ - . 8. List of rock samples collected by A. H. Elftman in northeastern Min- MESOLa it Soom SIGland 1897 =" ~- eens) ee = Bett Pe 9. “Additions to the library since 1894, -- - - -= + -.- - 10. General index to the annual reports (1 to 24), - - - . - SUMMARY STATEMENT. The following summary statement covers the years 1895, 1896, 1897 and 1898. By the writer the year from May, 1895, to May, 1896, was spent at Paris, in the examination of a series of Minnesota crystalline rocks. He there had the cordial and generous aid of Prof. A. Lacroix of the Museum d’Histoire Naturelle, of occasional consultations with Prof. Fouque, of the College de France, and of Michel Levy, of the School of Mines, who is in charge of the construction of the geological map of France. Every facility which their laboratories afforded was placed freely at his disposal. It is through the aid of these French savants, repeated during the first six months of 1898, when another visit was made to Paris, that the methods of modern petrography have been thoroughly applied to the crystalline rocks of Minnesota. The writer, although he personally bore the expenses of this travel and sojourn abroad, is grateful to the regents of the University for the opportunity to satisfacto- rily go through the subject of Archean petrology as illustrated in Minnesota, and for the respite which he enjoyed from the tedium of office duties and theirinterruption. These latter were cared for by Dr. U.S. Grant, This was the first and only “‘va- cation” which the writer has had since he began the Minneso- ta survey in 1872; and as a vacation it was entirely occupied with the legitimate and pressing work of the survey. The remainder of 1896 was spent in continuation of the microscopical examinations and in caring for vol. iil, part 2, stillin the printer’s hands. The edition of this volume was partly delivered in 1897, but the principal part of it not till January, 1898. In the fall of 1896 a re-examination was made of some of the important points in the region of Vermillion lake and eastward as far as to Grand Portage. The party consist- ed, besides the writer, of Messrs. Grant and Elftman, assist- ants on the survey, and Mr. H. Foster Bain, of the Iowa geo- logical survey.” In May, 1897, a review was made of some portions of Carl- ton county with a view to arriving at a final conclusion as to the age of the slates and the greenstones of that county. This *A preliminary statement of some of the results cf this trip is published in the Amer- ican Geologist, vol. xx, pp. 41-51, 1897, under the title, ‘Some new features in the geology of Northwestern Minnesota,”’ viii TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT trip was extended to Ely for further comparisons with the greenstones lying south of Long lake, especially at the south- west end of that lake. From the northwest corner of Long — lake a traverse was made to Burnside lake for the purpose of noting the manner of transition from the greenstOnes to the mica schists and to the granite. As the preparation of the final chapters on the geology of the northern part of the state progressed, it became apparent, from time to time, that some points needed farther examination in the field. Hence another small party was made up in August, 1897, consisting of Messrs. Grant, Elftman, and the writer, with Vincent Dufault as general woodsman, and another expe- dition was made to Snowbank lake with a view to examine the relations of the Animikie to the great conglomerate which has been called Ogishke conglomerate. This re-examination was conducted .via Fall lake to Saturday lake, thence to Urn lake, Bassimenan lake, through Pine, Moose and Flask lakes and finally to Disappointment lake. The important results of this re-examination areincluded in the appropriate chapters of — the final report (vols. iv and v). By January 1, 1898, all the county and special chapters descriptive of the northern one-third part of the state were completed, at least in their first form, and the necessary geo- logical maps were prepared and tendered to the Regents for publication. But the microscopical descriptions of the rocks has not been completed, nor were the generalizations and ques- tions of structural geology and petrology which are based largely on such investigations, even entered upon. The matter ready for publication at that date is substantially what is included in vol. IV of the final report. The writer again visited Paris, as already stated, taking along the remainder of the microscopical thin sections, and, freed from the interruptions incident to the office and from the corresponcence which it entails, there completed the examina- tion of a large number of the rocks collected by the survey. Dr. Grant, at the same time, while attending to the routine of the office of the survey, was released to conduct the instruce- tional work in geology and petrography in the geological de- partment of the University for one year. In the summer of 1898 some of the final chapters were revised and still others of the necessary microscopical examinations were made in Minneapolis by Dr. Grant and the writer. Not yet satisfied with the condition of the evidence respecting STATE GEOLOGIST. ix certain questions that seemed to centre in the rocks about Snowbank and Disappointment lakes, still another visit was made by Dr. Grant and the writer to those lakes in September and October, 1898, by a different route of travel, and some localities were examined which had been reported on by some of the assistants in the earlier years of the survey before the questions now in vogue had arisen, and which therefore were not critically examined in the light of the issues that now pre- sent themselves. These later visits were most fruitful in im- portant geological results; and they necessitated the construc- tion and examination of numerous other microscopical rock sections. Perhaps the most important geological results at- tained by these later examinations can be expressed under two heads: (1) The separation of alarge portion of the rocks and the iron ore which have been included in the Animikie as con- stituent parts of the Mesabi range, from that range and their assignment to the Keewatin. (2) The origination of the gab- bro and all its variations, including its bodies of iron ore, from the Keewatin by a process of profound alteration and fusion, causing the resultant molten rock to penetrate every adjacent earlier rock, this taking place after the completion of the Ant- mikie. The reasons for these changes of classification, and the de- tails of the petrographic and field evidence are included in the final report. : The geology of the state has been furthered by occasional publications by members of the survey corps, and these contri- butions, based on the facts brought out by the Minnesota sur- vey from time to time since the list published in the 23rd An- nual Report, are listed below. THE FOLLOWING ARE BY N. H. WINCHELL: The Age of the Galena Limestone. Am. Geol. xv., p. 33, 1895. The stratigraphic base of the Taconic, or Lower Cambian. Am. Geol., xv, 153, 1895. The paleontologic base of the Taconic or Lower Cambian. Am. Geol., xv, 229, 1895. The eruptive epochs of the Taconic or Lower Cambian. Am. Geol., xv, 295, 1895. Canadian localities of the Taconic or Lower Cambian. Am. Geol., xv, 356, 1895. Historical skstch of investigations of the Lower Silurian of the upper Mis- sissippi valley. Vol iii, part 2, Introduction. Final report of the Minnesota Survey.. (With E. O. Ulrich). March 1895. The discovery and development of the iron ores of Minnesota. Minn. Hist. Collections, vol viii, pt. 1, pp. 25-40, 1895. x TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT The sonrce of the Mississippi. Am. Geol., xvi, p. 328, 1895; Minn. Hist. Coll., Vill, pt. 2, p. 226, 1896. Steps of progressive research in the Geology of the Lake Superior region prior to the late Wisconsin survey. Am. Geol., xvi, 12, 1895. The Keweenawan according to the Wisconsin geologists. Am. Geol, vol. xvi, 75, 1895. A rational view of the Keweenawan Am. Geol., xvi, 150, 1895. The snychronism of the lake Superior region with other portions of the North American continent. Am. Geol., xvi, 205, 1895. The latest eruptives of the lake Superior region, Am. Geol., xvi, 269, 1895. Comparative Toxonomy of the rocks of the lake Superior region. Am. Geol. Xvi. p, 331, 1895. Lacroix’ axial goniometer. Am. Geol., xvii, p. 17, 1896. Microscopic characters of the Fisher meteorite. Am. Geol., xvii, 173, 234, 1896. The Black River limestone at lake Nipissing. Am. Geol., xvii, p. 178, 1896. Sur un cristal de labrador du gabbro da Minnesota. Bul. Soc. Franc. Min., t. 19, p. 90, 1896. Volcanic ash from the north shore of lake Superior (with U. S. Grant), Amer. Geol., xviii, p. 211, 1896. The Arlington Iron, Am. Geol., xviii, p. 267, 1896. Sur la metéorite tombée le 9 avril, 1894, prés de Fisher (Minnesota), Comptes rendus, t, 122, No. 11, p. 3, March 1896. L’extension du systtme taconique ver l’ouest. Compte-rendu, du Cong. Geol. intern., 6th session (1894), pp. 272-308, 1897. Some new features in the geology of Northern Minnesota. Am. Geol., xx, 41, 1897. The Fisher meteorite: chemical and mineral composition, Am. Geol., xx, 316, 1897. The geological chronology of Renevier, Am. Geol., xx, 318, 1897. The Taconic, according to Renevier, Am. Geol., xx, 405, 1897. The determination of the Feldspars, Am. Geol., xxi, 12, 1898. Some resemblances between the Archean of Minnesota and of Finland, Am. Geol., xxi, 222, 1898. . The question of the differentiation of magmas, Am. Geol., xxii, 112, 1898. Significance of the fragmental eruptive debrisat Taylor’s Falls, Am. Geol., xxi, 136, 1898. The oldest known rock, Am. Geol., xxii, 263, 1898. Note onthe characters of mesolite from Minnesota, Am. Geol., xxii, 228, 1898. Origin of the Archean igneous rocks, Am. Geol., xxii, 299, 1898. Thomsonite and lintonite from the north shore of lake Superior, Am. Geol., xxii, 347, 1898. Thalite and bowlingite from the north shore of lake Superior, Am. Geol., xxiii, 41,1899. Chlorastrolite and zonochlorite from Isle Royale, Am. Geol. xxiii, 116, 1899. PAPERS BY U.S. GRANT. The international boundary between lake Superior and the lake of the Woods. Minn. Hist. Soc. Collections, vol. viii, pt. 1, pp. 1-10, 1895. The name of the copper-bearing rocks of lake Superior, Am. Geol., vol. xv, pp. 192-194, March, 1895. STATE GEOLOGIST. xi (With N. H. Winchell) Volcanic ash from the north shore of lake Superior. Am. Geol., vol xviii, pp. 211-213, Oct., 1896. Notes on some water divides in northeastern Minnesota. (Abstract) Bull. Minn. Acad. Nat. Sci., vol. iv, No. 1, pt. 1, pp. 39-40, 1896. Lakes with two outlets, in northeastern Minnesota. Amer. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 407-411, 1897. Sketch of the geology of the eastern end of the Mesabi iron range in Minneso- ta. Engineers’ Year Book, University of Minn., pp. 49-62, 1898. Papers by tormer members of the survey, on the geology of Minnesota. By A. H. Elftman. Geology of the Keweenawan area of northeastern Minnesota. Am. Geol., XX, 90; 175, 1898. The St. Croix River valley. Am. Geol., X XII, 58, 1898. Geology of the Keweenawan area in northeastern Minnesota. Am. Geol., XXIT, 131, 1898. By Warren Upham. Erosion of the St. Croix Dalles. Am. Geol., X VIII, 260, 1896. The St. Croix river before, during and after the Iceage. A lecture, March 18, 1896. Interglacial change of course, with gorge erosion of the St. Croix river in Minnesota and Wisconsin. Amer. Geol., XVIII, 223, 1896. The Glacial lake Agassiz. Mon. XXV, U.S. Geol. Sur., 4to, pp. X XIV, 658, 38pls, 1896. Glaciallake Hamline. Am. Geol., XIX, p. 423, 1897. The History of Mining and quarrying in Minnesota. Minn. Hist. Coll., vol. VIL, pt. 2, p. 291, 1898. _ Time of erosion of the Upper Mississippi, Minnesota and St. Croix valleys. Am, Geol., XXII, p. 258, 1898. By C. P. Berkey. Geology of the St. Croix Dalles. Am. Geol., XX, 345; XXI, 139; X XI, 270; 1897-98. The occurrence of copper minerals in hematite ore, Montana mine, Soudan, Minn. Part II, Proc. Lake Sup. Min. Inst., 1V, 73, 1896. Alex. N. Winchell. Minnesota’s Northern boundary. Minn. Hist. Coll., vol. 8, pt. 2, pp. 185- 212, 1896. The age of the Great lakes of North America. Amer. Geol., XIX, pp. 336- 339, 1897. The Koochiching granite. Amer. Geol., XX, pp. 293-299, 1897. H. V. Winchell. A bit of Iron Range history. Am. Geol., XIII, 164, 1894. The Iron Ranges of Minnesota. Proc. Lake Sup. Min. Inst., 111, 15, 1895. The Gold fields of the Rainy River region. Ang. and Min. Journal, vol. 64, p. 485, 1897. Reputed Nickel Mines in Minnesota. Eng. and Min. Journal, vol. 64, p.578, 1897. The Lake Superior Iron Ore Region, U.S. A. Transactions of the Federated Institution of Mining Engineers, vol. XIII, pp. 872-895, Sept., 1897. xii TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT Characteristic American Metal Mines. The Mines of the Minnesota Iron Company. The Engineering Magazine, vol. XII, pp. 872-895. Sept., 1897. The Museum and its needs. : Since the separation of the Museum collections into three museums, by the establishment of independent zoological and botanical divisions of the survey, the writer has had charge only of the geological and archeological portion of the Mus- eum, and he has not been able to devote to it much time, ow- ing to the urgency of the regular survey. The room devoted to the geological specimens, in the east end of Pillsbury Hall, has been kept warm in winter and accessible to the public and to the students. The specimens belonging to the survey nave been deposited, in part, in the Museum, and in part they have been kept in other rooms, there having been no suitable cases of sufficient size for their storage, much less for their exhibi- tion, nor time for arranging them. Recently, however, several new cases have been built, similar to others now in the Museum. A general renovation and re- arrangement have been entered upon, including all the speci- mens. Since the fire which occurred in Pillsbury Hall in De- cember, 1889, the Museum has not been in good condition. The specimens were damaged by soot which fell on all exposed surfaces and even penetrated the drawers and cases. The trays were in many cases ruined, and the delicate specimens could not be cleaned. Nevertheless there was a hasty replace- ment of most of the specimens, in order to get the Museum into tolerable condition. For the tine and means that were then available that was all that could be done. It is proposed now (Feb., 1899,) to thoroughly overhaul the whole Museum, re- arrange, assort, relabel and clean all specimens that were not cleanea before. Along with this will be involved the arrange- ment and exhibition of many of the fossils of the state and rocks and minerals from the northern part of the state which have served as basis for the survey reports. The law of the survey also orders the exchanging of typical sets with other institutions and thedeposit of specimens in the Normal schools. This will also be done if time and means are afforded. The type specimens, both rocks and fossils, and all the mater- ial on which are founded the investigations and the results of the survey, are valuable as scientificdataand ought to be care- fully preserved for future use and critical comparison. The Museum has suffered in the past from untoward circum- STATE GEOLOGIST. xiii stances beyond the control of the curator, and it is to be hoped that in the near future such circumstances may be mitigated and that the growth of the Museum along the lines in which such a museum should grow, will be more rapid and more satisfactory. The writer has entertained the hope that at some place in Minnesota, if not at the University, there might be created a true museum, a source of information and of inspiration, a credit to the scientific enlightenment of the Northwest, and he has on several occasions called public attention to the need of such an institution. With the administration and prosecution of the geological survey on his hands and with no money that could be devoted to it, he has not found opportunity to push this wish to fruition, and the more so becanse of the adverse circumstances that environed him and his work at the univer- sity. In a lecture delivered at the annual meeting of the St. Paul Academy of Sciences, May, 1891, on ‘‘ Museums and their Pur- poses,’’ the writer defined the scope and functions of a true museum of the highest modern type, and concluded with the following summary: “The ideal museum should have, first, suitable permanent quarters for its local habitation. These quarters should be adapted to the uses to which they are to be put, and should be planned and erected with constant reference to economy of la- bor and time for the workmen who are to occupy it. This isso obviously necessary that it seems, at first, that it need not be stated. Yet its neglect isa common mistake. How often are the planning and construction of such a building put into the hands of some professional architect with instructions simply to eréct a building of good architectural proportions and fine appearance. In the main, such a building should contain rooms for laboratories, for storage, for exhibition, classifica-— tion and, perhaps, for lectures. “Secondly. The ideal museum should have materials in the form of multifarious collections, and the ways and means for increasing them, and of exchanging them with other museums. Whiie some of these will be put on exhibition, at least those which have been sufficiently examined and classified, the larger portion will be kept in storage for the use of its collaborators. “Thirdly. Such a museum will be well supplied with appar- atus and libraries, and the apparatus will consist of the best makes and of the latest improvements. I wish to emphasize xiv TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT the libraries. There is nothing that the scientific student so much needs, and which he is most frequently without, as a lib- rary of those works which pertain to his science. He wishes to know what others have discovered, or what they have failed to discover; what methods others have followed, and what paths are still untrod. It is one of the difficulties of most scien- tific institutions, especially of new ones, to procure means for the scientific literature pertaining to the sciences which they are supposed to cultivate. “Fourthly. For the efficient working of such a museum there must be a corps of scientific collaborators, sufficiently paid to relieve them from anxiety for their comfortable subsist- ence and that of their families. ‘‘Fifth. Means of publication, either by lectures or by print- ing. It would be better that both these methods of publica- tion be pursued. The former disseminates information cheaply and quickly. The latter is more formal and more permanent, - furnishing means for recording facts and principles with care- fulness and thoroughness, with a view to future reference. “Sixth. Such a museum should have its administration uni- fied and harmonized by being under the responsible charge of one man. There should he a plan for its work, outlined by the proper authority, and that plan, with the rules which it should involve for the government of all the collaborators, should be enforced with persistence and fidelity.”’ Such an institution would be a museum in the highest sense. It is not to be expected that such an ideal museum will be at- tained at one bound. It will be a result of growth, which sometimes will be slow; but in the writer’s opinion it is sure to come and to be realized at some point either in Minneapolis orin St. Paul. The geographical, no less than the political and social conditions, will not be satisfied until there shall be in the state of Minnesota a great centre of scientific light—a point toward which shall gravitate all patrons of science who happen to visit the Northwest, and all citizens who are in- clined toward science. The writer has been hopeful that the Geological and Natural History Survey, and the fund on which it is based, might be the nucleus about which such an institution should be built up at the University. Its collections, its apparatus, its books, its employes, suitably organized, would already constitute such a nucleus. They might be housed in a specially adapted building and, thus individualized and unified, such an institution would STATE GEOLOGIST. XV be fostered by the Legislature. In the opinion of the writer, it is an opportunity which the University should not let pass, for the remainder of the fund will probably never berecalled bythe State, if the State is satisfied that it is being put to the most profitable and most reasonable uses. The writer has made various fruitless reeommendations res- pecting the development of the museum along these lines, and has striven to laya satisfactory foundation on which thefuture might build, but he feels far from satisfied with the success which has rewarded his efforts. In any case, if the museum be continued on its present plan and scope, it should be put under the exclusive administration of one man, 2nd it should be allowed some means for renewal by purchase. Good specimens can be got only by purchase. Exchanges will extend the variety and donations will increase the volume of the collections, but purchase only will improve the quality. The funds of the Survey have been so limited, and so urgently demanded by the stated work of the geological survey, and the regents have so frequently counseled economy in all survey expenses, that it has been impossible to improve the museum either by the addition of specimens or by the pur- chase of cases. The Library of the Survey. In July, 1898, the books belonging to the survey, obtained mostly by exchange with scientific institutions, were inven- toried, with the following result: Volumes, foreign, Se St eer 895 Volumes, American, - - - : = 883 Total volumes, - 1778 Pamphlets, foreign, A = reese 1401 Pamphlets, American, - -~ - 981 Total pamphlets, - 2382 IMIS fon haat ial Was Paes So Miscellaneous, unclassified pamphlets, 100 more or less. Several hundred should be added for arrivalssince July, 1898. Seventy-four volumes were lost in a recent fire whichconsumed the bindery of A. H. Dahl & Co. It has been customary to keep a careful record, in books specially prepared with proper headings and rulings, of all books sent and received by the sur- vey, but since July this registration has been suspended. The registration and keeping of the library are germane to xvi TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT the keeping of the specimens of the Museum, and it is appar- ently the most economical method and the most convenient, that the books be inthe charge of the same responsible keeper. The library isnot known asa public library. It has no rules. It is consulted by instructors and by students, but it might be made more useful by placing it in a more accessible room, and by the appointment of some young man, with nominal pay, to act as librarian. All the registration and boxing of exchanges sent, and the acknowledgment of those received, as well as the special custody of the whole collection, including the remaining copies of the survey reports, should be kept in a systematized method. It is not likely that the work connected with this de- partment of the survey will be materially reduced by the for- mal close of the geological survey, for there remain many copies of the reports which ought to be distributed under rules similar to those which have been in force in the past. These will serve to greatly augment the library beyond its present limits. The tormal official close of the geological portion of the sur- vey, originated in 1872, may be considered to date from the publication of this statement, although there will remain the publication of the volumes which cover the northern one-third part of the state, the geological atlas of the state, consisting of the collected geological plates with brief explanatory chapters, two important bulletins which have been mentioned incommu- nications to the regents at different tines, and a partially pre- pared bulletin on the Winnebago meteorite. The regents have already executed a contract for the publication of the final vol- umes referred to, and these will appear inthe course of the com- ing year, in style and size uniform with the three that have al- ready been published. Were it not that the pages of the twen- ty-fourth annual report have to be referred to in the printing of vols. [V and V of the final report, it would be more appro- priate to postpone the publication of the final annual report until the completion and publication of those volumes. The cost of the Geological Survey. The cost of the geological portion of the survey, made out from the reports of the regents and from the records of the state geologist, can be stated approximately as below. Itisa somewhat difficult task, in somecases, to disentangle the strict- ly geological expenses from others as grouped inthe treasurer’s reports. But by the aid of records kept systematically since the commencement of the survey by the state geologist, every item of expense incurred by him, or for his work, can be identi- STATE GEOLOGIST. xvii fied; and annually the cost has been separated from the gener- alexpenses. Too often, however, in the public press and else- where, the cost of the whole Survey, including the museum, has been charged against the ‘‘geological survey,’’ and it has some- times been wrongly accused of being too costly. The average annual cost of the geological portion of this enterprise, for the 27 years during which it has been under the charge of the writer, has been $5,420.64. The following summary of the expenses of the survey is taken from a communication made to the president of the board of regents, Feb. 10, 1897, supple- mented by later data to July 31, 1899. : Summary of the expenses of the geological survey. Cost of the survey and museum prior to 1879, - - $ 15,000.00 Cost from 1879 to 1888, inclusive, - . - - - 51,051.09 Cost from 1888 to July 31,1896, - - - - - 54,193 -35 Special appropriation of 1887, - - - - - . 9,640.50 Total cost of the geological survey proper, andofthe museum to July 31, 1896, = - - - - $129,884.94 Cost since July 31,1896 to July 31, 1899, including print- RP THAR obey A vs hak 2 ot Ot Sr cane ae 16,472.33 Total cost to July 31,1899, - - $146,357.27 The credit side in dollars and cents. When the survey began, in 1872, there was in possession of the State, in a more or less uncertain condition as to location and value, a class of lands known as Salt Spring lands. Of this land grant, which came from the United States when the State was admitted into the Union, the Legislature had been induced, under various specious pretexts of developing the brine alleged to exist at Belle Plaine, to part with two large bodies ofland. One was granted by the Legislature of 1870. Another was granted by the Legislature of 1871 conditioned on a favorable report by a competent geologist, to be ap- pointed by the governor. Goy. Austin appointed Prof. A. Win- chell, who reported adversely, rendering the act inoperative. Still the project survived, and the Legislature of 1872 was in- duced to make another grant of six sections of Salt Spring lands for the same purpose to the same company, without con- ditions. This history plainly indicated that the Salt Spring lands were the prey of delusive enterprises, and would in time be frittered away without rendering the State any return. In- deed the present state geologist had no sooner fairly entered upon his duties than he was solicited for aid to the Belle Plaine xviii TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT Salt Co. with a view to the designation of other salt lands where said company might still further explore at the expense of the Salt Spring lands. And still further, after these lands had been set aside for the expenses of the Geological and Nat- ural History Survey of the state, the Belle Plaine Salt Co. pur- sued the Board of Regents. A bill wasintroduced in the Legis- lature fof 1875 (?) authorizing the Belle Plaine Salt Co. to ex- plore for brine on any of the Salt Spring lands of the state, and ordering the regents, after a certain amount of work had been done, to pay said company by deeding to it some portion of these lands. The bill never becamealaw. But it still further shows the precarious position of the Salt Spring land grant. The state geologist in his first report (1872) recommended that these lands be used for the prosecution of the survey on which he was engaged. In making this recommendation he had the concurrence of several public spirited and far-sighted citizens, among whom should be mentioned Hon. J.S. Pillsbury, Hon. A. J. Edgerton, Hon. O. P. Whitcomb, Hon. H. B. Wilson and Mr. W. D. Hurlbut. The lands were so appropriated through the activity of Mr. Pillsbury who was then in the state senate. This history is detailed here, not to show that these lands should be credited to the survey, but tomakeit plain that, had not the survey interposed at a critical epoch in their history, the State might have lost them entirely by such enterprises as the Belle Plaine Salt Co. The Salt Spring lands, originally granted to the State, aggre-. gated 46,080 acres, as reasonably computed from the terms of the grant. Of this the State was unable to avail itself of 11,- 520 acres, thatamount being situated outside the area surveyed by the United States government. This reduced the original available grant to 34, 560 acres. It was further reduced by occupancy by settlers 6,752 acres. About 1,600 acres were also previously covered by the terms of the act granting swamp lands to the State. The remainder, 26,425 acres, was certified to the State. The Bell Plaine Salt Co. was grant- ed 7,643 acres on complying with the acts of the Legislature. The rest of the certified lands, amounting to 18,771 acres, were turned over to the regents to carry on the Geological and Nat- ural History Survey. On making an exhaustive examination of the records in the governor’s office at St. Paul, for which search the then gov- ernor (Austin) submitted the records of the correspondence of STATE GEOLOGIST. xix the office since the admission of the State into the Union, thestate geologist not onlyascertained the foregoing facts, but also dis- covered that there wasalarge deficit towhich the State was still entitled. The report that he made to the regents on the condition oftheSaltSpring land grant was printed as aspecial document by order of the board of regents, at the expense of the board, and was privately circulated to the state officers and to the Legisla- ture, but it never entered into the public documents. It is, however, summarized in one of the reports of the regents to the Legislature. On conference with Gov. Pillsbury, and largely by his instru- mentality, those who were cognizant of the circumstances caused a memorial to be introduced in the Legislature, which was passed, asking Congress to allow indemnity selections for this deficiency. After somedelay Congress granted such indem- nity lands, aggregating 19,872 acres, and the Legislature of 1885 transferred them also to the board of regents for the pur- poses of a geological and natural history survey. It is plain, therefore, that these indemnity lands which were wholly unknown and were procured through the discovery re- sulting from the voluntary search of the old records by the state geologist, should be credited wholly to the geological survey. At $5.00 per acre, which is the lowest price at which state lands can be sold, they are worth $99.360 as a minimum valuation. The Salt Spring lands already sold have brought an average price over $6.00 per acre. The reports of the treasurer of the regents, from 1872 to July 31, 1899, show that the total cost of the Geological and Nat ural History survey, since its commencement to the date named, as disbursed by the regents, has been $172,152.33. These figures do not include that $10,000 appropriated by the legislature of 1887 and expended by the state geologist direct, and should be increased by $9,640.50 as stated above. As this includes all expenses, whether for zoology, botany or topog- raphy, all of which have been more or less actively prosecuted, especially in late years, the excess of such expense, above that which has been incurred for the geological survey proper and for the museum, should be credited indirectly to the geological survey proper. The funds have all been procured, not for botany nor for zoology; not for a natural history survey, but for a geological survey. The state geologist has borne the bur- den, on behalf of geology, before the legislative committees and before the public, and to this day the public press comments on xx TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT the survey as a geological survey. The lands were appropria- ted with a view tv completing the geological survey. It may be questioned whether any lands or any appropriations at all could have been procured for the prosecution of a natural his- tory survey. It is only because we are here considering figures from a strictly geological point of view that this distinction is mentioned. There is a community of interests between the natural sciences and they should not be divorced except when from special circumstances a special inquiry needs to be made. It is reasonable, therefore, that the geological survey should be credited in a general sense with the amount of the total ex- penses incurred in excess of that incurred for the geological survey proper. This amounts to $25,795.06. Allowing this general claim, however, to go for nothing, as it might be invidious to estimate it strictly in dollars and cents, it will only be claimed here that thoseservices which have been rendered to the State which can be estimated in dollars and cents, in excess of the regular work of the state geologist and his assistants, should be credited to the geological survey, viz: 1873, appropriation for chemical apparatus, - - - $ 500.00 Services of the state geologist in charge of the department of geology for six years, apparatus and books for the general library and the department of geology - 12,510.80 Residue of appropriation of 1887, - = see 359.50 Residue of appropriation of 1893, - - - - - _ 6.96 Indemnity lands discovered through the agency of the state geologist (1885), 19, 872 acres at $6.00 - - 119,232.00 Total credit in dollars and cents that haveentered —_——— into the records, =e here = ete eh eR $132,609.26 Total Summary. Total cost of the Geological Survey proper, in dollars and cents, 1872 to July 31, 1899,* - - - . - $146,357.27 Total revenue to the State, as shown in dollars that can be counted, in excess of the public good that may come from the Survey, er er ee ee ee Balance, (actual cost of the geological survey : propet) (P<) "ts es i ae $13,748.01 The geological survey proper has therefore in a large meas- ure paid for itself in immediate and direct returns to the treas- ury af the State. Nothing is said here of any of the benefits of the survey that cannot be computed as tangible results in dollars and cents, such as the development of the State’s resources, nor of the *Since Jan., 1899, thecost of the Survey, asreported by Accountant Sprague, includes expenses of publication, STATE GEOLOGIST. xxi credit the State gets for the maintenance of such ascientific and educational agency among the’States of the Union. These less observable results, if the troubleshould be taken to reduce them to dollars and cents, would far exceed the foregoing, as they constitute at once the chief purpose, and the crowning credit of the survey. Some of the intangible benefits of the survey were summarized by the writer some vears ago,in Bulletin No. 1, as they appeared at that date—1889. Nothing is said above of the cost of printing the reports of the survey, whether economic orscientific, because such expenses have not been incurred under the survey law, and because the reports may at least be considered as worth to the State what it has cost to publish them, notwithstanding excessive irregu- larities and unnecessary expense under the present methods of public printing. The Condition of Geology in Minnesota. It ought not to be supposed that by the closing of active work by the present survey, and the publication of its final report, the geology of the state is a finished thing. Geology is a progressive science, and requirescontinual work. Thereports, when published, simply mark halting-places in a research. The halt may be like a comma in a sentence, or like a period. The sense, however, goes on, if the reader does not flag, and it only waits to be expressed. What we know today of the geology of the state is so much truth added to thescience of the day. It is more than it was when we began this survey. We began where Owen and Eames had stopped, and we have carried the investigation only to the next period. If we cease here, it is only that, after a time, some one may resume the research and carry the geological story still further ahead. We have built another platform, like that built by Owen. The geology of the state must be pushed beyond this platform, either fast or slow, by those who will come later upon the field in the same way that we have carried it beyond the platform of Owen. There is no county, scarcely a township, but should be more fully ex- amined. All the rocks of the state hold more that is unknown concerning them than all we have found out. The State of Wisconsin began a survey after the Minnesota survey was be- gun, hurried it to ‘‘completion” in a few years, published its re- port, and has now entered on another survey in which in one year is to be spent more than the average annual cost of the Minnesota survey. Missouri has had several surveys, notcom- xxii TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT pleting any. New York closed up its first survey in about 1850, but after a large series of quarto volumes devoted to paleontology has now set to work to describe and map her domain more in accordance with present methods and as de- — manded by the more advanced geology of the day. Pennsyl- vania has recently repeated her geological survey, at great expense. Nearly all the States of the Union have found that their first surveys, or efforts at surveys, were far from com- plete, and have continually added to the knowledge of their territory by fresh and more advanced examinations. Such must be the history in Minnesota. Each report publishes what is known, and usually also indicates whatis probable amongst the things unknown. These publications serve as guides, more or less reliable, to the future geologist. While this is true, in general, of all geological surveys, there are some examinations in special, ordered by the law of the Minnesota survey, which have not been carried out, and it will be well that they be enumerated somewhat seriatim. It is be- cause of the magnitude of the work and the limitations of time and money available that these things have not been done. Sev- eralof theseneglected examinations arestrictly of aneconomical nature, and bear directly on the natural resources of the state, and their completion would redound immediately to the gen- eral acceptability of the survey amongst the citizens of the state. Others are more strictly scientific and technical, but would appeal powerfully to the influential educated classes of the community. It will be noticed in the chapter on the physical features of the state, published in the first volume of the final report, that the various topics are treated quite summarily. It was the writer’s intention, when that chapter was prepared, that each general topic there treated should ultimately serve as the gen- eral subject of full research and of illustrated report. Substan- tially a whole volume would thus be devoted to the physical features of the state. That subject is worthy of such ample description. The materials forsuch a discussion were then not in hand in detail, but have come into our possession gradually with the progress of the survey. The following would consti- tute the general topics of such a volume. 1. The distribution and character of the drift. 2. The surface configuration of different parts of the state. 3, The relative elevation of different parts of the state. 4, The kinds and distributions of the soils and sub-soils. STATE GEOLOGIST. xxiii 5. The lakes and rivers and the qualities of water of dif- ferent portions. 6. The nature and distribution of the native forests and their relation to prairies. While in general the terms of the law are complied with by the brief discussion given these subjects in this chapter of vol- ume i., yet there are some parts which are very insufficient ; for instance: the survey law requires the chemical analysis and de- scription of the soils. Not asoil analysis has been made, and there has been no general investigation and description of the soils of the state. The same is true of the clays which are one of the promising resources of the state, and for which there is a demand for sur- vey and examination. The brick clays are common, and per- haps do not warrant special description, but the kaolin clays of the southern and. western counties are worthy of more attention. They have been casually noted in the county re- ports, but they should have special examination. The peats were examined into in 1873 and a report was ren- dered, but it was based on the peats of the southern counties, whereas the northern counties contain much peat that has not been examined, though in much greater quantities. The brine which exists in large quantities in the northwest- ern part of the state might be made to produce considerable revenue. According to the slight examination that has been made it is a more pure and concentrated brine than the brines of Michigan which are celebrated for their annual production. Every facility, even artesian overflow, exists in northwestern Minnesota which exists in Michigan favorable for their devel- opment, except that of shorter warm seasons for solar evapo- ration, and it may be that the greater intensity of evaporation during the shorter summer of Minnesota would compensate for its greater brevity. The mineral waters have not been examined. This topic would naturally fall into the discussion of the “lakes, rivers and qualities of waters”’ of the state mentioned above. The marls and limestones have not been examined as such, although specified and required to be examined by the survey law. The limestones, as suitable foz building stone, have been carefully investigated and reported in vol. 1. of the final report, but for mortar and cement their qualities are an unknown quantity, except for the general experimental knowledge pos- sessed by masons who use them. Their excellences and their KXIV TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT limitations should be enquired into officially, and published by the State. They have not heen examined in these respects. Several of them have reputed excellent cement qualities, and cement is actually being made at some places. How far this cement-giving limestone extends, and whether the quality is superior or not to those cements that are inported from other states, are questions that the survey is expected to answer, and are specially mentioned in the survey law. The artesian waters of the state, which are very important in furnishing wholesome water in many towns, and on the prairies in the northwestern counties, and concerning which there is a continued and voluminous correspondence with the survey, have certain laws and fixed principles which govern their distribution and abundance. They have been casually here and there noted in the county reports. As a general sub- ject they have not been examined into, much lessexplained and set forth so that parties may be guided in making attempts to find them. 7 The iron ores and the building stones and the gold deposits of Rainy lake are the only economic products that have been thoroughly examined and reported by the present survey, although there remain still unknown possibilities of the iron resources. All other useful materials pertaining to the mineral kingdom, have been subordinated to the general main purpose to ascertain the geological structure. The strength of the sur- vey has been devoted to the discovery of the actual formations, their ‘‘number, order, dip and magnitude,’”’ and the delinea- tion of the same on the county maps. Special researches into their contents, as to their economic value, have generally not been possible. Besides this lack of economic research there are important lacunze in the scientific side of the survey which render it im- possible to call the survey of the state finished. 1. The drift features of the state ought to be set forth as a whole, now that the state has been covered and mapped by individual counties, and some further surveying ought to be done to correlate without doubt the various moraines. The retreat of the ice margin across the state of Minnesota, when correctly and fully deseribed, woula constitute an important chapter in late geological history. At the present time this remains somewhat in confusion for the lack of some general examination sufficient to adjust some conflicting observations and variant interpretations. STATE GEOLOGIST. XXV 2. Whether some remnants of the Lafayette formation (be- tween the drift and the Cretaceous) exist in Minnesota as rend- ered possible in the existence of crag and pebbly conglomerates which donot seem to belong to the drift, in Fillmore and other counties, should be determined by special examination. 3. Whether the eastern most outcrops of the Cretaceous belong to the later strata or to the earlier, i. e., whether the Cretaceous ocean withdrew from the state slowly, after a gen- eral and prolonged submergence, or rapidly, so as to leave its latest deposits furthest east, is a question which the survey cannot answer. It might be answered by a careful collection of all the data and especially by reconsidering the distribution of the fossils. 4. The Devonian exists in the state, but that is all that is known of it. A few fossils have been collected and hypothetic- ally its area has been mapped. The Devonian has, however, received very little consideration. 5. The Upper Silurian has hypothetically been represented, in the early years of the survey, as entering the state in the southern portion of Fillmore county, but that needs to be verified. 6. The Upper Cambrian has not been fully investigated. There is a large list of fossils belonging to this horizon which -have not been described, nor even listed. This is one of the most serious of the gaps in the scientific work of the survey. The material is available, but time and money are lacking. 7. The crystalline rocks of the northern part of thestate,i.e. the Taconic and the Archean, have received more attention than all the others. Jhese involve structural problems of the first order, but their great variety and complexity leave it cer- tain that much remains to be found out concerning them, and that some of the conclusions of the final report will have to be considered as tentative hypotheses until reviewed and con- firmed or corrected by later research. 8. While some parts of the area of the crystalline rocks have been carefully examined, there are still considerable portions of St. Louis, Lake and Cook counties that have not been suf- ficiently surveyed, and in such instances not only the geologi- cal boundaries but also the geological structure may be different from what has been expressed in the final report and plates which accompany the report. Some of these areas are not yet subdivided by the United States government, but the limita- tion of the survey in this respect has been owing rather to xxvi TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT shortness of time and funds. It is difficult and costly to con- duct geological examinations in such a region, and the obser- vations made in the surrounding country, as well as the con- clusions derived from them as to structure, have necessarily been extended hypothetically so as to cover these unsurveyed areas. There is no doubt that many new facts as to the geology of the Taconic and Archean would be learned by ex- tending a careful survey over these regions. 9. The student will also observe a large omission in the petro- graphical work. There have been collected fiye series of rock samples by five different geologists. This has been attended by considerable expense, as they are accompanied according to the plan of the survey, by copious field notes. But one of these series has been studied in full, as will be seen by reference to Volume V of the final report. At the same time all the granites and crystalline rocks collected in the central and western portions of the state, numbered and listed and pub- jished in the Museum Register (those marked in red) have not been examined at all. It was the writer’s plan to make a care- ful examination of all these rock samples before entering on a final discussion of them, but he has not been able to carry this out. The descriptions and the classification of the crystalline rocks of the state are based wholly on the writer’s own series of field samples, although with a few collateral examinations of the series of some of the assistants. If these rocks be not lost they will yet furnish, along withthe published descriptive field notes, for some other geologists a large amount of raw material for further study of the geology of the state. Under proper hands they could be made to fur- nish to the advanced classes in geology in the University many problems of great interest and importance. The question may arise—why have all these things been omitted? The answer is because of the necessity of guing ahead with the main line of the survey. The people are im- patient. Money is hard to get where none exists. Men will not usually work free of all cost for the public, even in the cause of science. Human life is short. The survey has already been continued twenty-seven years. It was a choice between “completing” the survey after a fashion, as first laid out, and leaving it unfinished, and the former alternative was adhered to. The people, the regents and the other professors who have work to do under the same law, as well as the state geologist, were impatient to see the ‘‘final report’ of the survey done STATE GEOLOGIST. Xxvii with, in order that anew order of things might be inaigurated. It appears, therefore, from the writer’s point of view, that the State of Minnesota isin theright place to begina thorough geological survey. Something is now known as to the broad structure; a kind of connoissance has been made. Now should begin a more minute survey, which ought to continue indef- initely, and which ought to make known not only all the pos- sible resources but the more minute geology. Its units of pro- gress should not be geographical, as in this survey, but topical, and a single subject should be followed wherever it might lead. In such a re-examination the chief factors must be the teachers of geology in the colleges and universities, and chiefly those of the State University. The State of Minnesota has had a geological survey made almost without knowing it. The merely nominal cost entailed by this work, owing to the use of the Salt Spring land, which cost the State nothing, when compared with the appropria- tions of cash which has been made by most of the other States of the Union, presents a remarkable contrast. The smallness and the slowness of the revenue have retarded the geological work. Had there been enough money available the so-called completion of the survey might have been brought about sev- eral years ago, with a satisfactory degree of thoroughness, by the employment of several competent geologists. It has gone along slowly, and that has rendered it possible, and probably to the advantage of the survey, for the state geologist to per- sonally review and decide most of the difficult questions that have arisen in the study of the Archean and the Taconic, thus rendering the final report more uniform in plan and homoge- neous in interpretation. Conclusion. The writer committed himself to this work unreservedly, in 1872. There have been some difficulties and vexations con- nected with its progress and administration, sometimes almost sufficient to induce him to relinquish it. The plan, however, which was laid out in the beginning has been adhered to, and with the publication of the last two volumes of the final report, now contracted for and in progress, and the execution of the general atlas, as mentioned, the responsibility and difh- culties of this long and arduous enterprise will cease, and its results will be available to the citizens of the state. Itis with thankfulness to all who have aided him, and charity for all xxviii TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT who have opposed him, that the writer, with a profound feel- ing of relief, lays down his burden and commits his chief life work to the citizens of Minnesota, and bespeaks for it from all geologists that forbearance which may be due tova difficult task begun under discouragements in a frontier state, and carried on to completion without deviation from the initial plan and with comparatively little cost to the State. N. H. WINCHELL. STATE GEOLOGIST. 1 mOSK SAMPLES COLLECTED: TO 1LLUSTRATE NOSPES, OF» N.sH. WINCHEEDAINrag6: WITH ANNOTATIONS. The Nature of the Transitions of the Coutchiching. Compare rocks 2114-2124. 1980. Ortonville granite, as used in the Hennepin county court house, from the yards at Minneapolis. 1981. Mica schist. Sec. 36, T. 63-7, opposite Avis island on the main land at the shore of Vermilion lake. Here are seen on a rounded dome: Mica schist, the oldest rock. Quartz veins, accompanying upheaval and folding. Crumpling of No. 2 and the schist in which it lies. Later quartz veins uncrumpled. Granite dikes, faulting and crossing the quartz vein No. 4. itself of course existing because of dynamic disturbancejthat broke the schist. There is visible also a succession of eruptions. 1982. Greenstone dike, ten inches wide, cutting the next. 1983. Granite, 3 ft. wide, cut by 1982. 1984. Granite, apophysis 8 in. wide, cutting greenstone. The dike is 2 ft. wide. 1985. Greenstone cut by 1984. 1986. Menan island, at the place sketched and illustrated in the 15th annual report, pp. 288, 289. The older granite. 1987. Thelater granite. Two specimens showing the con- tact between 1986 and 1987. The older granite is finer grained, and whiter than the younger, which is reddish. 1988. (Number omitted). 1989. An older greenstone cut by the red granite 1987. 1990. Curious gray rock, fine-grained, 6 in. wide, cutting ’ granite (apparently the younger granite) which is cut by a still later greenstone. 1990 also cuts this later greenstone. Shows contact on schist. 1991. NW, SE, sec. 26, T. 63-17. Supposed to be the same nature and age of dike-rock as 1990, which appears to be the youngest of the eruptive rocks of this vicinity. This exists A PaAN He 2 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT in the form of a laccolith, or a spreading mass, in the midst of schists and granites, forming the highest parts of a knob a little back from the lake, where the route turns north on the o ~ east side of the channel. 1992. Coarse granite or pegmatyte, vein-like, enclosing a mass of 1991, much lighter colored than 1991. 1993. Another supposed condition of 1990, making knobs of eruptive aspect, at the shore—evidently an important rock in the Archean. 1994. NW, sec. 23, 63-17. Granite from a dike. Along the high E-W coast can be made'‘a series of important obser- vations. This point was examined cursorily and reported in the 15th annual report (pp. 293-94) in 1886. The mica schist is charged with granitic elements, which appear in various forms. The structure dips north. While some of the granite has distinctly the form and phenomena of eruptive rock cutting the schists, there are irregular nodules and lenticular masses varying in size from a walnut to areas several feet across, but mostly less than six inches, which cannot be referred to that origin. Sometimes these red granite patches assume elongated shapes, their thickness having a tendency to dwindle down to an inch or even a quarter of an inch and their elongation to lie parallel with the schists. They then extend for several feet and appear like inter-laminations in theschists. On close inspection it is apparent, then, that their composition gradually changes, and that they assume the composition and the internal struct- ure of a gray rock which is neither granite nor schist, but which maintains the same general structure and parallelism of direction. This gray rock constitutes a large part of the coun- try rock. It is closely inter-laminated with thin and thick bands of mica schist, and it acquires a red color on weather- ing. It cannot be separated in the field, by any structural nor any mineralogical distinctions, from the lenticular masses of granite, on the one hand, nor from the main micaschist forma- tion on the other. That the schists were fractured is evident, and that this granite, which is sometimes very coarse, and quartzose, en- tered the fissures, is also evident. : 1995. Sample of the schist permeated by the granitic ele- ments. The above stated facts, and further examinations, seem to warrant the conclusion that here the mica schist of the region is itself the source of the granite of the region, through meta- STATE GEOLOGIST. 3 morphism and finally through separation, chemical and mechanical, of the granitic rock thus produced, into the in- ter-laminations and into all openings and areas of weakness; and that this process was accompanied by pressure, heat and moisture sufficient to cause the practical fusion and mobility of the clastics thus affected. Other phenomena can be briefly given as follows: 1. There is an infinity of the red inter-laminations, some of them interrupted and interchanging or over-lapping with the schist. 2. Sometimes these inter-laminations consist largely or even wholly of quartz. 3. Sometimes they consist almost wholly of coarse red crys- tals of orthoclase. 4. Sometimes quartz and orthoclase are mingled as in peg- matyte. 5. Sometimes the red color of the rock mass is not separated’ from the gray by any sharp line, but they fade into each other. 6. There is a dike of red granite (1994) that cuts across the strata. Itis 3 inches wide, and in one place the transition is abrupt, but, following it along, the dike loses its individuality by fading out on one side into the schist, and for some inches the two rocks are blended, i. e., on that side, but on the other the contact line continues nearly as distinct. At last the:point at which the rocks are blended is marked by an irregular spur, or nodule, of more perfect granite; but associated with this nodule there is a nodule of vein quartz. 1996. Quartz nodule, as above, at the end of a variable place in the mixed rock alongside of the above red dike. 7. The granitic lenticular masses are most numerous in the form of inter-laminations in the schists and dip in coinci- dence with them. 8. These phenomena occur where the formation is not cut by marked and characteristic granitic dikes, but in a broad area of bare rock where the whole formation is seen to be pro- foundly and widely altered. These features, taken together, as they must be, and coexist- ingin the same rock mass, not far removed from an area of unin terrupted granite where, of course, was still greater activity of the same forces, whatever they were, can hardly be explained except by referring them to the chemical segregation of the elements of granite in the midst of the mica schist itself, due to the heated gases and solutions that penetrated it from below ; 4 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT and they have a direct bearing on any theory of the origin of all the granite of the region. 19961. Gray intermediate rock (hut rather micaceous) re- sulting from metamorphism of a clastic rock, similar to 1995 except in color; from a point further west, and further with- in the metamorphic belt, where many true intrusive dikes of granite, and others of coarse pegmatyte are seen. There are numerous segregations that consist partly of quartz, and in other places contain also feldspar, and in the latter case having some dark ferruginous mineral in small amount. In some cases the feldspar and quartz surround a quartz nodule, and sometimes quartz surrounds the mixed segregation. They must necessarily have had the same (chemical?) origin. There are large areas, as already noted, in which the whole rock seems to have feldspar generated in it. Itis then still gray and schistose, but coarser and granular and weathers red. _ '’ The segregations here are sometimes oval, and roundish, making conspicuous white spots in contrast with the color of the mica schist in general. In traveling over some of the low, rocky hills about here, many interesting transitions are observed : 1. There is a hardening and crystalizing of all the rock; and it could all be called gneiss, but it is gray except on weath- ered surfaces, which become red, and on the segregated parts that are of granite. 2. In one large vein which ascends a bluff twenty feet high in a zigzag course in the schist, is a white, coarse feldspar, viz. 1997. Pegmatyte, with red and white feldspar* and quartz, all very coarse. Passing to the next bay, one side of which is colored on our Vermilion lake map (in the 15th annual report) as schist, and the other granite, along this bay on the north side, NE™%4 sec. 22,63-17, about fourrods west of the N-Ssection line, between secs. 22 and 23, is a knob at the lake shore, which has a dark gneiss in the upper part, dipping north, evidently a more crys- talline aspect of the schist, represented by 1998. Dark gneiss, a condition of the mica schist. NE% sec. 22, 63-17. *In a basal section this white feldspar shows fine, long twinning striations on the albite plan, alternating with broad ones. Extinction on the broad bands is 2 degrees, which indicates oligoclase or andesine. Applying the law of Schuster this extinction is found to liein the large angle and is therefore positive, and the feldspar is hence oligoclase, for andesine in such a section has negative extinction. S's" ¢ Ts - STATE GEOLOGIST. § 1999. Light-colored gneiss underlying 1998; dense, fine- grained, siliceous, varying from white to gray. Its structure is rudely conformable with that of thedark gneiss which overlies. It has some inclusions of dark schist or gneiss, and these are “sometimes in the form of long laminations, agreeing in direc- tion with those of the dark gneiss. Thisagreement isinvariable but the parts or ‘‘inclusions’’ are sometimes not very long. When the dark parts are wanting there is still an internal gneissic variation which is apparent on the weathered surfaces. In this lighter gneiss the segregated pegmatyte is abundant, _and is uniformly of coarse grain. Thereare parts in this lighter gneiss—not inclusions—that are as dark as some of the dark bands in the dark gneiss, but the general toneisas nearly white as the white granitic bands in the schist or in the dark gneiss. These tworocksclosely approach granite, but they are evidently only conditions of the same rock mass as in other places furth- er east where it is plainly a mica schist. Throughout both the dark and the light gneiss is evidence of great pressure and dy- namic metamorphism. The structure in both is much curved, and often faulted. Long sweeps of these curves maintain a parallelisin between the light and the dark gneiss. It is appar- ent that the original formation differed in acidity in parallel belts, and gave rise, on complete crystallization, in some belts to a lighter colored rock than in others, although the struct- ure is frequently broken, and the light colored rock in some such conditions passes across thestructure of the darker gneiss, introducing what might be called an irruptive contact. There are also faults, where the movement was a transverse thrust, while it must be admitted that, in this nearness to the central point of greatest activity, a certain degree of plasticity per- vaded the whole. This plasticity, in the presence of such pres- sure and such intense chemical action, probably accounts for all the appearances of non-conformity and of intrusive rela- tions, the one on the other, which these two gneisses exhibit. If, on the other hand, one were disposed to ignore the gen- eral ensemble, and the associated phenomena indicating a derivation from clastic strata, such as already mentioned, and should accept the occasional minor irregularities of the plane of separation between these rocks as proofs of the ‘‘igneous”’ origin of one or the other, he could be easily convinced that the lower, or light, gneiss is intrusive and igneous, and that the over-lying gneiss was the original clastic, intruded by the light gneiss. The relations would be such as have been fully dits- 6 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT cussed by Dr. A. C. Lawson, and illustrated by him in the Rainy lake region, where it is plain that a granite in great areas, of later date than the schists, both swells up under the schists and pierces them in the form of dikes. Butit is more reasonable to consider the inclusions, indistinct as they are, as mainly conformable remnants of the original schists, they are so long and thin and coincident in dip and direction. If they — be real inclusions from the upper gneiss, it is still not incom- patible with the supposed original clastic nature of bothrocks, that under such movements as they both have incontestably been through, when plastic, or even quite mobile, parts of one should be mingled with the other. As to the difference of min- eralogical composition, that is what is to be expected from a continuation of the process which beyan in the schists, them- selves of varying acidity, where many segregations of granite, and a general conversion to gneiss have already been noted. That one part of the schists; when not much moved from its birth-place, should display after crystallization, or even after a period of plasticity, a greater acidity, as here indicated by the lighter color, than another immediately adjacent, is what is to be expected as almost inevitable if the schist was originally of fragmental origin,and such variations in the mica schist of the northwestern part of Vermilion lake are very common. Ata point further west, along the north shore of this bay, the schists are tilted higher and more gneissic. Here, however, is a quantity of more basic rock which existed in theschists be- fore the general granitic upheaval, which is now permeated with acid veins and ‘‘dikes.’’ The gneiss here is reddish, with some darker inter-laminations. The strike of the structure from here, if no irregularity supervene, would carry this rock below the light gneiss of 1999, but the intervalis hid. This is apparently the last exposure of rock on the north shore of this bay, and isjust at the east of a little creek which enters the bay from the north. On the other side of the bay and westward are outcrops and knobs only of light colored, massive granite, evidently crystal- lized froma molten condition.* From the nature of the pegma- tyte veins in the schists of the region, it may be inferred that this granite will show in thin section the two feldspars or- thoclase and oligoclase in predominating amounts. ‘The reader may consult, for a preliminary statement of some of the phenomena above mentioned, a paper by the writer in the American Geologist for July, 1897, Vol. XX. pp. 41-48. STATE GEOLOGIST. 7 2000. A dike of a much more recent diabase, 8 in. wide cuts ARDS | the granite, running W NW, on the point SE\, sec. 23, T. 63- 18, six miles west of the foregoing observations. A re-examination was also made of the relations between the mica schist, the gneiss and the granite in secs. 13 and 14, T. 63-18, where some interesting observations were reported in the 15th annual report (pp. 295 and 296), made in 1886. Those descriptions record a conformable transition from mica schist through gneiss to granite. But in the late review, while on one side was found a granite which becomes gneissic, and on the other a mica schist which changes slowly to a gneiss, there was also found a line of separation between these two general divisions, which could be traced plainly along the bluff, diverging slowly from the lake shore toward the west. The general situation is illustrated by the following sketch, fig. 1. Sche sto se gneiss and gran A toapl+ /3) FIGURE 1. RELATION OF GRANITE AND GRANITE-GNEISS ON GNEISS AND MICA SCHIST. (1) is a confused gneiss, with considerable greenish, schistose rock, apparently hornblendic, with a general elongation coin- cident with the structure of the country. As gneiss it is red- dish, with marked micaceous inter-laminations, and is strongly feldspathic. It is evidently a part of the gneiss-mica-schist formation of the region. The contact line is seen to cut off obliquely the gneissic structure at a point near the western ex- tension, but not so generally as the sketch shows. (2) isa reddish and gray granite, less interrupted by mica schist, and less evidently a rock formed from the schists in situ. (3). The area represented by (3) iscompound of a schistose- gneiss, very firm, running in the same direction as (1) and (2), and its relation to (2) is not ascertainable, but as it differs but little from (2), at least some parts of (2), it is reasonable to in- fer that it is a condition of (2). It also has more massive granitic rock in non-conformable contact along the southern 8 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT side. The Jake shore is high and precipitous at (1) and east- ward and westward from there, rising abruptly from 40 to 50 feet. At (3) the rock rises abruptly to about 100 feet above the water. - No. (2), and also probably No. (3), nave been nearly or quite molten, although they have a great resemblance, in mineralogic composition, to No. (1); and exhibit an “igneous” contact, i.e. a non-formable plane of union with No. (1). No. (1) on the other hand, seems to have taken on a crystalline structure in situ. It is highly probable that Nos. (1), (2) and (3) are essentially the same rock, and an analysis would not show a marked difference of composition, the igneous contact plane being the result of deep-seated movements when the whole was more or less plastic, No. (1) having maintained its original position more nearly than No. (2). The greater the displace- ment of the molten parts from their original positions, the greater the probability of contrasting chemical compositions. There is a segregation of pegmatitic veins in No. (1) as well as No. (2), some of these deposits being in isolated masses. Where the small later diabase dike runs down toward the lake the granite and gneiss seem to blend. Well within the granite mass are remaining some bands of micaceous rock, and an evident gneissic structure pervades quite an area. It is true that this gneissic rock is cut off along one side by non-gneissic, but upwardly it passes gradually, so far as can be determined, into a rock that cannot be distinguished from the truly igneous rock. Indeed, here can be seen, on close inspection, the same gneissic structure pervading the granite as already noted at secs. 23 and 22 in T. 63-17, and the phenomena ona smaller scale are substantially all repeated here. 2001. From the central part of the later diabase dike, above mentioned. 2002. The same near the contact; the contact side of the specimen is shown by a yellowish film. : 2003. Granite, from the eruptive facies, as above, but some- what schistose. . Two otherrecent diabase dikes were noted crossing this gran- itic rock at this place, one 15 feet wide and the other 10 feet. These also run in a N NE direction, and sometimes include masses of granite from the country rock. They are cross-col- umnar, and finer at the contact sides, facts which indicate that the granite was cold when they entered it. They may date from the Keweenawan. STATE GEOLOGIST. 9 2004. Diabase from a dike 15 feet wide. On passing west- ward from the above to the point marked (3) in fig. 1, there can be seen, as at (1) and (2), amassive granite underlying a gneiss and mica schist, with irregularities of contact, the granite ris- ing to the summit of the hill. Along the crest of the hill the line of contact is abrupt and distinct. Still farther west the granite runs inland toward the west and the schist is in contact with the lake. This granitic mass has all the features of an intrusive rock, and as such it would not be suspected of having any genetic relation with the schists. So far as seen along section 14, 63-18, the intrusive contacts of the granite on the gneiss prevail, the gneissic structure be- ing cut off by sudden transition to non-gneissic, the separa- tion line being tolerably straight and running about east and west. Thereis, however, within the supposed eruptive rock, and not at the contact, a gneissic structure, and even bands of mica schist, probably remnants of the original schist. This re- | sembles closely the remnants of the schistose structure, seen in the yneiss of sec. 22, T. 63-17. Still there is a long distance, especially west of the bay at (3), where the contact between massive rock and schists is distinct and the transition abrupt like an igneous contact. This is visible along the tops of the hills and descends at one point toward the lake. 2005. Gray gneiss, NE sec. 13, 63-18, on the hill nearly opposite the two small islands, 75 feet above the water of the lake. At this place there is a great amount of gray, micaceous gneiss, confused by many infiltrations of granite and by inter- laminations of quartz and feldspathic veins. Some of the seg- regated parts are hornblendic. Occasionally large dark spots or strata are seen. These are porphyritic with hornblende. Some of these appear like inclusions of basic rock which origin- ally was a part of the mica-schist formation, but some are more likesegregations in situ, since it occasionally happens that a hornblendic periphery surrounds a segregated quartz nodule, the two evidently being due to the same force, viz., chemical re- generation. Hornhlende seems also to be not uncommon else- where in this gneiss. The whole rock shows many short crumplings and fractures Sometimes a layer or veinof light-colored material is bent back and forth upon itself in the midst of the darker rock, and its serpentine outline is distinct on the weathered surface. It is 10 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT sometimes difficult, even impossible, to decide to what cause, and to what epoch in the dynamical history of the rock such serpentine banding can be assigned, especially since the present schistose structure is in entire non-agreement with it? 2006. Dark hornblendic rock, as above, associated with 2005. This gray gneiss apparently is a portion of the mica-schist formation, and althoughitis very likesome parts of the Archean which have been pronounced of igneous origin, and was so considered by the writer in 1886 on the occasion of the first visit here, it is probable that the rock as a whole has not been molten so as to flow freely, but only plastic, and for that rea- son its original structures and its heterogeneity have not been destroyed entirely. It is not granite, and its gneissic structure cannot be considered a secondary structure produced in granite or in any other eruptive rock. It shows a repetition of the characters of the gneissic rock described already on sec. 22, T. 63-17. 2007. Froma narrow dike of granite (2-4 inches) cutting this gray gneiss, NE14, sec. 13, 63-18. 2008. Coarse hornblendic rock, apparently after pyroxene; from boulders, some of which are very large. Passing along this coast westward one can see the transition mentioned in the 15th revort. It is from mica schist to gneiss (a gray gneiss), but it is not carried distinctly to. granite. But the granite as granite, seen here, always makes an igneous and abrupt contact on this gneiss. There are, however, places where great confusion prevails, and the granite approaches gneiss in character, and at the same time some dikes from the granite enter the schist, and schist, or gneiss, is included in the granite. About the same place large knobs of granite, appar- ently segregations, are developed in the schist. 2009 represents such granite. When, near the same place, the true irruptive granite is per- meated by pegmatitic granite, the transition is so general and so indistinct, that the writer described it as a passage from the mica schist to granite, through gneiss. The transition, how- ever, so far as revealed here, is only to a gray gneiss. The next step is an unconformable contact on a massive granite, and such contact can be traced along for some distance, the twe rocks only differing, so far as can be seen, in their structures. It is not possible, therefore, notwithstanding some confusion and local blending, to affirm here a graduation from mica STATE GEOLOGIST. 11 schist to granite, however reasonable and even probable it may be from a theoretical standpoint. Indeed, such transi- tion, from the nature of the case, must be very rare, since, once fused and rendered mobile, the softened portion of the mass would at once shift its place under the pressures of the crust, and would form abrupt contacts on the firmer portions. There is hence lacking an observation on a continued transi- tion from the mica schist to the granite, uniting the two gneisses, viz.: (a). That gneiss which is native to the mica schists, and (b). That which is in the granite. If (b) be a result of contacting on the schists, or a develop- ment from shearing, it is a secondary structure, and no such transition can be expected to be found. If it be an original condition in the granite, due to a remnant of the sedimentary structure, and really preceded the massive condition, being lost in general by fusion and flowage, such transition ought to exist in some places and may be found. There is no difficulty in uniting, in places, the mica schist with gneiss in conformable gradation, nor is there any difficulty, in other places, in trac- ing a gneiss into a granite and back again. The difficulty con- sists in showing that these two gneissic rocks are the same in origin. All the surroundings, whether structural or mineral- ogical, point theoretically to such identity, and it is but fol- lowing the guide of such indications to assume it actually ex- ists. It is only because of the time-worn notion that an igneous rock is necessarily of deep seated source, that a con- servative regard for tradition demands actual demonstrations before such notion can he effectively set aside. The Conglomerate of Stuntz Island. It was for the purpose of reviewing the theory lately ad- vanced by Smyth and Finlay as to the nature of this rock and its origin®* that a short re-examination was made of some of the phenomena on the south shore of Vermilion lake. It was found that there are serious and far-reaching errors in the ob- servations no less than in the conclusions of these geologists, which wholly vitiate and negative the theory put forth by them as to the origin of this rock and as to the structure of the region. Without here entering into a thorough examination of their paper, nor into an exhaustive presentation of the facts per- taining to this horizon, and especially to this part of this con- *Trans. Am. Inst. Min. Eng., Oct. 1895. 12 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT glomerate, the following will mention a few facts wholly in- consistent with the brecciation idea of these authors. The examination began on the small island off the coast at the east side of sec. 20, 62-15. . (1). Two pebbles in immediate contact show the following difference : 2010. Very fine and siliceous quartz porphyry. 2011. Granvlar and coarse rock, either more crystalline or’ more coarsely fragmental. To fully distinguish these a micro- scopical examination would be of use. (2). The conglomerate embraces jaspilyte pieces, and frag- ments of graywacke. One large graywacke piece is near the water on the southeastern side of the island. 2012. Quartz porphyry from the extremity of the point nearest the island. Itis a very different rock from 2011 and 2010, and being not far separated from the place of origin of those, itis hard to suppose a rock originally massive and homog- eneous, as supposed by Smyth and Finlay, could vary so much in so short a distance. On the point, in sec. 20, the bulk of the rock is like 2012, but a little further west it is more pebbly, and shows the contrasts presented by 2013, coarse grained, and 2014, fine grained, Which were taken from contacting pebbles, one about fifteen inches in longer diameter and the other about ten inches. There are many pebbles thus contrasted on thissurface, many of them two inches and four inches in diameter, rounded and perfectly distinct. How could a quartz porphyry change its character thus? (3). Further south, on this point, on a broad dome of the slates, can be seen a conglomeratic band about one foot wide, crossing the slates (the slates are more like graywackes here) the pebbles in which are like the quartz porphyry of the point’s extremity. This band is not a dyke, but it has indistinct boun- daries, and really fades out into the adjoining graywackes. It runs straight, the rocks here not showing any crumbling. It is evidently a clastic, and conformable witti the slates. 2015. Chips from pebbles in this band. 2016. Pieces of the graywacke from the adjacent country, not in contact. These may be compared not only with the pebbles of the conglomerate band, but with pebbles 2013. STATE GEOLOGIST. 13 2017. Pebbles from the supposed sheared quartz porphyry —larger one—differing from the next. 2018. Pebbles from the same place as 2017, on the same point. 2018%. Large slab from the beach, showing a large variety of pebbles. In the same place are many pebbles of jaspilyte, all nearly white. All the pebbles here are well rounded, and small, averaging about 1% inch but rising also to 6 inches. This is near the lake on the east side of the point, not far from the head of the small bay. It is perhaps 30 ft. distant from the nearest known jaspilyte. Could such rounding of a multitude of jaspilyte pebbles be attributed to contact and shearing inan adjoining massive quartz porphyry? The jasper pebbles are more angular than the quartz porphyry-pebbles, and occasion- ally one is quite angular, standing in the rock transverse to the prevalent structure. 2019. Near the lake on the east side; pebbles in contact, showing remarkable differences; one lot (a) are coarse and specked by white feldspar in a greenish matrix, and another (b) are very fine-grained. (4). Thereisa sedimentary succession in the conglomerate, _ becoming finer at increasing distance from the rock on which it lies unconformably. The rocky strata dip south, away from the outcropping jaspilyte. This section is visible along the shore on the east side of the same little bay which indents the point on sec. 20, 62-15. The actual contact of the basal conglomerate on the jaspilyte was invisible through an interval of about ten feet. Toward the contact with the jaspilyte the jaspilyte pebbles increase in amount until they make four-fifths, or even in some places nine-tenths of the conglomerate mass. They are distributed -through a horizontal thickness of at least 100 feet (33 paces), in the conglomerate, and the ‘‘quartz porphyry’’is as a matrix holding them. This gradation from very abundant to less abundant indicates strongly that the jaspilyte pebbles have their source from the jaspilyte bosses, either in the manner of a conglomeratic accumulation or by reason of igneous intrusion and abrasion. Messrs. Smyth and Finlay favor the igneous abrasion theory, but the chief difficulty, at this point, is the great superabundance of the jaspilyte over the other pebbles, and the great thickness of conglomerate through which this superabundance extends. How could one-tenth, or even one- i4 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT fourth, tear off and surround and transport the nine-tenths, or the remaining three-fourths, so as to make a rock of such pro- portions composed of such fragments ? In regular succession, southward from this basal eonglomer- ate, and overlying it, is the following ascending sedimentary series. 2020. Quartzyte, quite fine-grained. It is coarser toward the south, and its finer parts appear as sheets adhering on the southerly slope of the conglomerate. 2021. The same quartzyte at 10 feet from the conglomerate. Nos. 2020 and 2021 are together about 20 feet thick. 2022. Contains some pieces or pebbles from a quartz por- phyry, or a rock resembling it, which weather white, in con- trast with the rest of the rock, which is green. It is slightly fibrous, and were it not for its position and composition, it might be likened to an old greenstone dike, sheared, like those cutting Stuntz island. It is about 2 ft. thick. It shades into rock 2023 which is similar, but darker, and has pyrite crystals, and which is argillitic, 10 ft. thick. . Above this is rock 2024, a harsh quartzyte with small pieces of what appears to be sil- iceous black slate, in general much like the quartzyte (2021) which lies on the conglomerate. After an exposed thickness of perhaps 40 feet this rock dips below the swamp toward the south and the section ceases. This observed section, with conspicuous stratigraphic alter- nations, cannot-be explained on the brecciation theory, and is referable to sedimentary action. Beyond No. 2024, across a narrow swamp, rises the main (E-W) topographic axis of this point, and if there be no irreg- ularity the great graywacke series at that place overlies No; 2024. This takes in argillytes and slates. Beyond that, still further south, are low jaspilyte ridges, and after one or two ralleys the ‘‘north ridge”’ rises to view. e The map of Smyth and Finlay, of this point, might be cor- rected by extending the jaspilyte widely over the areas left white. It is apparent that the jaspilyte isin outcrop all about the western part of the conglomerate, running below the con- glomerate. Across the little bay, still onsec. 20, where Smyth and Finlay mention “granite porphyry,” is an alternating series of gray- wackes and fine gray wackes, or slates, dipping NE at an angle of about 30°. This alternation and dip are seen in the face of a vertical cliff looking west, about twelverods from the extrem- STATE GEOLOGIST. 15 ity of the point. The NE dip is accompanied by small sinuos- ities and anticlinals whose axes run NE. Some of the beds are two feet or more in thickness, but the slaty beds are irregular in their alternation, and owing tointermittancesin deposition, or to folding and squeezing, they are not entirely uniform in thickness. But that they illustrate the sedimentation of the rock series seems necessary to admit. The curious supposition of Messrs. Smyth and Finlay that at this place laccoliths of ‘‘quartz-porphyry”’ cut off the bedding of the older formation seems not to apply. Whatever ‘‘quartz- porphyry” there may have been seen here is probably of the na- ture of a fragmental graywacke deposited non-conformably on large masses of the older fragmentals. After glaciation not only do the sedimentary alternations appear on the glaciated knob, but the non-conformable contacts are evident. There may have been also a large amount of fracturing and faulting, followed by compression, and that, even without a non-con- formity of sedimentation, would account for the irregularity in the stratification. These grayvwackes are probably the same as those forming the main ridge on the point further south- west. 2025. Shows the manner of contact of the black slate and gravwacke at this place, where there are numerous alterna- tions, the width varying from two inches to one foot. The bands here run east and west. This is a little southwest from the cliff mentioned. On Stuntz island, at the east end, the coarsest parts are to- ward the south, and if that indicates the direction of source of the materials they must have come from the direction of the mines. The same is true of the point next west of Stuntz island. The southwest end of the island, however, is of slate, ete. 2026. Fine-grained pebble from the conglomerate on Stuntz island. 2027. Coarse-grained pebble, lving in contact with the last. There are a great many instances of pebbles in contact in the rock, both of quartz and porphyry, but of contrasting lithol- ogy. On Stuntzisland there are large areas where the rock is coarse, like a coarse graywack, but only sparsely sprinkled with peb- bles. Why should such a structure be formed if the rock re- sulted from shearing: of a quartz porphyry? How could the rock en masse be sheared to a granular rock, according to the 16 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT theory proposed, leaving rounded pebbles differing in grain and color from the mass, and also contrasting with each other? If the rock be, instead, of thenature of a graywacke accumulation such contrasts of kind, and variations of size, are*to be ex- pected. : 2028. Fine-grained siliceous grayvwacke. At the boat land- ing at the south side of Stuntz island, the conglomerate is sud- denly replaced by a very fine graywacke, appearing it is true, outwardly iike a quartz porphyry, which, though sheared, is not composed of pebbles. The transition from a rock com- posed almost exclusively of pebbles from one inch to three inchesin diameter to this fine graywacke, is perfectly abrupt, but like a sedimentary transition. There are almost no visible peb- bles in this fine graywacke for a thickness of about 20 feet. Then, next further south it is finely granular with pebbles as large as peas, through a thickness of about two feet. Then for 15 ft.it is very fine again with occasionally a pebbly form. Then comes a six-inch bed of grit, with a few pebbles reaching three-fourths of an inch, but mainly as large as a pin’s head, then fine graywacke becoming coarse graywacke, and finally conglomerate, 30 feet to the water. In this last coarse grit rock are some curious pebbles, unlike any seen before in this formation. They cannot be extracted, being very fine-grained and rather soft. They are grayish green and olive, weathering away so as to give depressions in the surface of tne rock. They are in immediate juxtaposition to and contrast with some very hard pebbles of quartz porphyry which have perfectly rounded outlines and stand out above the weathering surface, - owing to their greater endurance. Whence this contrast if the rock comes from the brecciation of a homogeneous quartz-por- phyry? Therock containing these contrasting pebbles is a coarse gritty graywacke, with only scattering pebbles, none of which are like itself. 2029. Shows one of these soft pebbles weathered out on the surface and depressed below the siliceous grit in which it lies. We visited two islands north of Stuntz island, and then Ely island, and went to the top of the last and walked along on the crest westward about halfa mile. Init all we found only the conglomerate and its variations to coarse graywacke, ex- cept that at about north from the island in SE%4, NE%, sec. 20, we noted a very fine-grained condition of the graywacke, ap- proaching slate, respresented by STATE GEOLOGIST. ar 2030, a fine-grained graywacke or slate which stands in coarse sheets directly at the shore, the structure running E and W-—same direction as that of the conglomerate. There is a suggestion of a bedded structure, coincident with the coarse slates. From this review we* came unanimously to the conclusion that this rock cannot result from the shearing of a quartz por- phyry eruptive. It was a conglomerate before the shearing took place, and in some places it is passing to a coarse sericitic schist, pebbles and all, by reason of that shearing. Without attempting here to arrange the evidence it may be said that the main considerations are involved in the section presented on a former page. In the main there were but two kinds of rock supplied, quartz-porphyry and jaspilyte, and they must have come from the near vicinity. There were probably dikes of quartz porphyry that cut the older formation, and it is probable that Messrs. Smyth and Finlay have described such in some places, particularly in the region lying east of Stuntz island—the “‘burnt forties,’ a spot which we did not examine. Besides the sedimentary structure and the fragmental nature of all the formation, the immediate contact of phases of quartz- porphyry in the form of pebbles which are quite unlike, seems to be fatal to the hypothesis of Messrs. Smyth and Finlay. A short re-examination was also made of the outcrop of rock on Hoodoo point, not far north of the boat house. . This is near where the survey camp was located for nearly a month in 1886. This rock is noted by Smyth and Finlay as a con- glomeratic condition of graywacke—as coarse sediments as they found, in which designation there was concordance by all our party. The occasional coarser pebbles, distributed through the rock, are, however, a feature not uncommon in the gray- wacke of the region, and it is difficult to understand why there should be a different orig 3° assigned to this rock. The Contact of the Saganaga Granite on the Ogishke Conglomerate. Our party then started, by the usual canoe route, to make an examination of the Saganaga granite and of its relation to the conglomerate with which it isin contact. This was at the instance of Dr. Grant who was not satisfied with the descrip- tions that had been made, whether by others or by himself. The rock at the narrows of Knife lake, Sec. 14, T. 65-7, is *With the writer were Messrs. Grant, Elftman and Bain. 18 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT the same that has been noted widely about Knife lake by the parties of the survey, and prevails westward from the narrows, especiaily along the west side of the lake. It is a flinty rock that weathers to a light color, and is represented by rock No. 1107 obtained in 1886 at the portage landing coming from Doughnut lake, and from Kekequabic lake. It is apparently like some flint that appears in the slates of the Animikie on Gunflint lake, although the formation here is supposed to be the Keewatin (Upper Keewatin). It is perhaps like some flint that Arch. Geikie describes in the Lower Cambrian at St. David's and ascribes to tuffaceous origin. It here has a close connection with the greenish schist seen on the portage trail north from Kekequabic lake and on the north shores of that lake which have been shown by Grant to be of tuffaceous char- acter and origin. It seems to be in keeping with all that we know of this rock and its stratigraphic relations tocallit tuffa- ceous in its origin, and to leave it in the Keewatin. It varies to a sort of slate, and has a sedimentary structure. 203012. Green, coarse graywacke, constituting the ridge over which the trail passes from Otter Track lake to Oak lake, and preventing Hunter’s ‘‘island”’ from being in fact an island. It is apparantly only a variation of the rock that forms the shores of Knife and Otter Track lakes, and yet it is not the same as much of the graywack seen about Tower. Its green color indicates the presence of much material of eruptive and diabasic character, but the rock also shows numerous sub- rounded grains of quartz as large as pinheads. The rock might be designated greenwacke, to distinguish it from the more siliceous of thegraywackes. It is apparently a rock that would also fall into Wadsworth’s group of porodyte. 2031. Coarser-grained portion. 2032. Finer-grained portion. The above rocks are from Oak portage, NE 4, sec. 24, 66-6. Ordinarily one would take therock at this portage for granite, ana it has been so classed by all geologists who have noted it.* It is light-colored and granular, bvt varies,in a coarse and not very evident alternation, from coarse to fine. It is greenish gray and gray, the green color prevailing in the fine parts. The strike of the structure which may be due to sedimentation is *A, Winchell noted the fragmental character of the rock at Oak portage. Ile failed however, to make distinction between it and the massive granite of the region, and supposed the latter was a hardened condition of the former, Sixteenth annual report pp. 213, 214. The fragmental quartzes of the recomposed granite he confounded with the original quartzes of the massive granite. STATE GEOLOG@ST. 19 about W NW, in harmony with the structure which is seen on the south shore of Oak lake. In some places a thin, even slaty structure is evinced in the fine-grained parts; and on making search farther north about two rods there is an appearance of fragments of the fine in the coarse. 2033 represents the rock thus included in the granite (?). 2034. At 15 rods east of Oak portage, cn the Canadian side of Saganaga lake, a light-colored, feldspathic rock with quartzes, perhaps fragmental, butitcan hardly be distinguished from a massive crystalline granite. It lacks, however, the dark elements of granite, and is not fresh and sharp. It shows pyrites and muscovite. water ime’ Fic.2. WAVE MARKS IN RECOMPOSED GRANITE NEAR OAK PORTAGE, SAGANAGA LAKE. At a point about 20 rods east of Oak portage, on the Can- adian side of Saganaga lake, is a curiously marked surface of this supposed ‘‘granite,”’ a structure which is quite unlike any 20 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT ever seen in any granite in the state, and apparently inconsist- ent with the presumed massive nature of this rock. It is visi- ble at the water. It is apparently ripple-marked ; this curious surface, sloping under the water, is about 4 ft.x10 ft., and is represented by Fig. 2. The ripple-marked surface (b) runs under a thin scale or | sheet (a), about 2 inches thick composed of a breccia or breccia- conglomerate, the coarser pieces being angular and embraced in. a finer debris. 2035 represents the finer debris of this layer, evidently a granitic debris. | 2036 represents one of the hard pebbles (more rounded than usual) also embraced in layer (a), and some angular pieces. The supposed ripple-marked layer itself is a mere scale, and separates from the rest of the rock. Indeed its ripple-marked character is not preserved over the surface (c), but a shaly thin-sheeted rock there takes its place. The rock immediately below these thin scales, and that also above the conglomerate layer (a) is undistinguishable from the rock of the country. 2037. Rock below the supposed ripple-marks. That which is above the conglomerate only appears under water, but the superposition is evident, the water being clear and quiet. The surface bearing this marking slopes ESE. The ripples are about two inches across. 2038. Coarse debris of granite, shore of Oak lake, Can- adian side of the portage, at about 200 paces from the portage. This is in the midst of the rock called ‘tgranite’’ in this region. It is apparent, from the foregoing facts, that there is a great thickness of ‘‘recomposed”’ granite in this region. The rounded quartz pebbles are sometimes three-quarters of an inch across, and their exterior is coated with a finer debris more or less stained by iron oxide. 2039. Same as the last, but farther east and coarser, and more quartz-ose: at one-fourth mile east of the portage. 2040. From contact layer underlying 2038. 2041. A finer condition found near the place of 2038. It seems to be a proved fact that this rock hereis fragmental, and has aremarkable thickness for rock of that origin. It re- mains to find its relation to the true eruptive granite, on one side, and to the Archean greenstone and agglomerate, and the slates associated, on the other. All thesigns, that can be found, of bedding, make this rock dip 80° SSW, but that is not in ac- STATE GEOLOGIST. 21 cord with the slope of the ripple-marked surface which is ona mass certainly in situ,as the same rock mass extends under the lake some distance. 2042. Rounded pebbles picked from this rock at the same place as 2039 and 2040. From the portage landing on Saganaga lake (as above), passing to the United States side of the little bay in sec. 24, we found a grayish rock, which, were it somewhat coarser and gray in color, would be a graywacke of not uncommon char- acter. This is inter-bedded, or at least is overlain on the upper side, conformably by a gray, fine-grained rock which differs not, apparently, from the rock 2021 which overlies the Stuntz conglomerate at Vermilion lake. It is noticeable also that this rock weathers peculiarly. Besides being more ready to rot and to disintegrate than granite, its own color (light greenish-gray), within is first deeply changed to a light vellow- ish gray, and at the very surface it is often brown with iron rust to the depth of half aninch. This fine-grained rock, which is in contact conformably with this reeomposed granite, is a hard siliceous rock which extends north and south for some distance. There is a similar rock in conspicuous outcrop on . Oak lake, in the direction-in which this extends. 2043. Atashort distance further south, SE% sec. 24, 66-6, at a point a little north of the entrance of the stream from the south, is an interesting inter-stratification of this recomposed granite with a fine, hard, purple slate, the latter represented by 2043. The ‘‘granite,’’ in beds varying from 15 feet downward, is interstratified in the slates in true sedimentary fashion. If it were to be metamorphosed it would present the characters of many outcrops of the mica schists and gneissic mica schists which are to be seen about the northern confines of Vermilion lake,in which it has been presumed by some geologists that in- trusive granite has entered between the original bedding planes of the schist. This observation seems to settle one of the ques- tions that remained to answer. We now cross this peninsula eastward, or northeastward, perpendicular to the strike, with a view to ascertaining the ex- tent of this reeomposed granite or graywacke, by coming upon the underlying formation. 2044. NEW4, SW%, sec. 19, 66-5. Here is a ridge of Sagan- aga granite, represented by the rock of this number, in two phases. This differs from the recomposed granite in the pos- session of some of the dark minerals, hornblende, etc., which 22 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT seem to have been lost in the process of disintegration and re- consolidation, and do not appear in the reeomposed rock. In— this original granite they are much decayed and turned to chlorite, but still it is plain that this rock is in its original structural condition. The contact of this on the reeomposed rock is hard to find, owing to the covering of bushes and debris. The large quartzes of the original granite have gone into the other as clastic grains. In returning to the shore we succeeded in tracing these two rocks into near contact, the interval unseen being 10 feet. The distinction between them is the presence or absence of the green mineral. 2045. At another point, seen only by Mr. Elftman, the rock below the fragmental series is represented by this number, which seems to show the ferro-magnesian mineral altered uni- formly to a straw-yellow, somewhat resembling clinochlore. It seems, therefore, that the recomposed granite grades al- most insensibly into the original. It must be, therefore, that the original rock suffered profound decay, and that much of the decayed rock was not removed from its place. The abra- sion and the transportation must at first have been very gen- tle. This decayed part of the original granite was gently cov- ered by other debris of the same granite, and on consolidation the line of separation between them is hard to find. The other side of this bay is occupied by graywacke and slates beautifully planed off showing the strike and dip as al- ready noted. 2046. Fluor granite, from Fluor island in Saganaga lake, near the center of sec. 14, T. 66-5, on the east side of the island, and south of the large quartz vein. Blue fluorite is dissemin- ated more or less in most of the granite, which is red, some of the cubes being half an inch in dimension. The cubic form does | not, however, generally appear. Following the lead of Grant we come to NW% SE\ sec. 7, T. 65-5, where he described the contact of the conglomerateand the Saganaga granite (or syenite), considering the granite in- trusive in the conglomerate (20th report, p. 84). It was be- cause of the microscopic characters of the specimen (No. 322) collected at Oak portage by the writer in 1878, (9th report, p. 85) that it appeared to him that some of the supposed “granite” is not granite at all, but a debris from the granite, making a sort of arkose. The conglomerate here is plainly the Ogishke conglomerate. It contains numerous large boulders STATE GEOLOGIST. 23 of the granite, and these are more and more numerous, even touching each other, at the exact contact. At the same time that this is the Ogishke, it is also plainly the same pebbly re-composed granite seen at Oak portage and southward and eastward from there, but rendered green by mixture of debris from adjoining greenstone hills. The Ogish- ke is therefore later than and non-conformable on both granite and greenstone. The granite is, however, later than the green- stone since dikes of granite cut the earlier greenstones (20th re- port, p. 83). The greenstone (or the Kawishiwin) is therefore the oldest rock in this part of the state. NW, NE, sec. 17, T. 65-5. On a high greenstone shore of West Seagull lake, the greenstone is cut by two systems of granite dikes, one of which at least is referable to the Saganaga granite. The manner of intrusion is in zigzag, sometimes nar- row but occasionally 20 feet wide dikes. The larger, irregular bosses, surrounded on all sides by greenstone, seem to closely resemble the same features of the granite which intrudes in the mica schist in the NW part of Vermilion lake. There are not, here, any late diabase dikes, but such exist, cutting the gran- ite, about the shores of this lake. The greenstone is of the same irregular structure as that seen on the southeast side of Gobemichigamog lake, and on Twin mountains. It is some- times rudely stratified over small spaces, and has lenticular bands or bunches of finer-grained greenstone. It is debris from this greenstone which colors the conglomerate of the region and which, at Ogishke Muncie lake, has furnished boulder masses to the conglomerate. 2048. Proceeding to Gunflint lake, through Red Rock and Saganaga lakes, samples were procured of the chalcedonic silica on which was based the paper of H. V. Winchell, ‘‘Geo- logical age of the Saganaga syenite,’”’ published in the Amer- ican Journal of Science.* 2049. Also of a vitreous or vein silica at the same place, distant about 20 feet from the chalcedonic silica, indicating different methods of origin of silica (and perhaps different dates), in the same rock. 2050. Granite in which these two forms of silica are em braced. *Op. cit. Vol. XLI, May,-1891. 24 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT The Gabbro and the Sills of the Animikie. Some re-examination was made in 1896 of the Animikie in the vicinity of Gunflint lake and southeastward for the purpose of ascertaining, if possible, the relation ofthe sills to the great gab- bro mass which come very near together at Loon lake which lies next south of Gunflint lake. It is the published opinion of Dr. A. C. Lawson” that the sills areof comparatively late date, later than the Keweenawan and perhaps later than the Tren- ton. Prof. Irving considered the sills as surface flows contem- porary with the Animikie, in accord with the Canadian Geolo- gical survey, and with the early reports of the Minnesota Sur- vey. At the same time Dr. Lawson put the gabbro in the Archean and Irving put it at the bottom of the Keweenawan, | later than the Animikie and hence later than the sills of the Animikie which he considered cotemporary surface eruptives. The writer put the gabbro at one time at or near the base of the Animike, owing to the discovery of gabbro sills in the sup- posed basal quartzyte of the Animikie, such sills then being considered, without exception, so far as their views had been published, by all geologists, as of the same character as the trap flows of the Keweenawan, which are surface rocks cotemporary with the fragmentals with which they are found. There was discovered, however, not long afterwards, sufh- cient reason to abandon that view and to fix the gabbro at a date later than the Animikie but earlier than the bottom of the Keweenawan, the bottom of the Keweenawan being a sandstone or quartzyte or often a great conglomerate.7+ According to that view the gabbro disturbance could be taken as the closing event of the Animikie, and with this the metamorphic and broken condition of the Animikie, and the formation of the ‘‘red-rock,’”’ as at Wauswaugon- ing bay and at Duluth, from the fusion of the Animikie strata, is in perfect harmony, in all their phenomena, so far as known. There is no known instance in Minnesota of ‘‘red-rock”’ later than the gabbro disturbance, except in the form of pebbles or debris from the Animikie. It would not be impossible, however, and perhaps not improbable that the later igneous disturb- ances of the Keweenawan operated on the clastics in a similar ~ manner and generated the same kind of acid eruptive. The only a priori objection to such a hypothesis consists in the *Bulletin VILI., of the Minnesota Survey. +Crucial points in the geology of the Lake Superior Region. American Geologist: Vol. XVI, p. 150. A rational view of the Keweenawan, . STATE GEOLOGIST. 25 proportionately feebler action of the Keweenawan, aud the more free escape which the molten basic magmas had to the surface. Such free escape precluded the formation of laceoliths and sills, or the deep seated accumulation of larger reservoirs from which sufficient heat could have been generated to effect the fusion of the surrounding clastics. Hence, while it is not impossible that some of the ‘‘red-rock”’ of the state may be of Keweenawan eruptive age, there is no known instance of it, but all the red-rock, so far as examined into sufficiently, can be certainly, or at least presumptively, assigned to the date of the gabbro and the accompanying surface flows. Such surface flows, dating from the gabbro revolution, are hence strati- graphically older than the quartzyte and conglomerate that constitute the base of the Keweenawan.* From the narrows at the outlet of Gunflint lake we passed westward to the high hill and to the breccia in SEM, sec. 24, 65-4, the latter being exposed near the railroad, on the south side, and the hill being on the north side. The strata dip toward the south, as shown in the figure below. The high hill Fic. 3. PORTION OF THE ANIMIKIE, CONTAINING IRON AND INTERLEAVED WITA DIABASE SILLS. is composed essentially of the iron-bearing member of the Ani- mikie, with a sill of curiously porphyritic diabase (with the so- called huronite) beneath it. Toward the top, and forming a portion of the summit (Elftman), is a breccia of the iron-bear- ing beds. The breccia is seen near the railroad track (No. 1897) at a lower level, and there it is also underlain by unbrec- ciated slates, etc. It is from five to six feet thick, and is com- posed of Animikie slate and quartzyte, some of the pieces being over two feet long. It canbe followed superficially southward fifteen rods where it runs under a diabase sill but separated from the sill by ten feet of non-brecciated slates. It appears, therefore, that it is caused by a horizontal slip in the slates *In the final report, vols. IV and V, the gabbro and red-rock eruptives are specially designated Cabotian, as they preceded the basal conglomerate of the Keweenawan, here referred to. The later basic eruptives are designated Manitou, and the term Ke- weenawan is made to include both, as originally defined. 26 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT > themselves. The cement of this breccia is a greenish, fibrous matter apparently actinolite largely. According to Mr. Elft- man, this breccia occurs near the wagon road about a mile and a half west of this point. ' This section can be traced easily on the surface to the base of the Cross river bluff which is on the south side of the river. In the top of this bluff isthe commencement of the ‘‘blackslate”’ of the Animikie of Grant, supposed to be immediately above the iron-bearing member. Near this river but on the north side, south from the exposure of the breccia at the R. R., the rock assumes over a wide area, an appearance like the graph- itic rock of Pigeon point. It is in the midst of the slates. The effect of the trap seems to be to gather carbon in spots. No signs of fault, other than the above horizontal slide, can beseen in this region. 2051. The porphyritic structure of these sills is quite spor- adic and the crystals are singularly grouped. The samples do not show it. Some isolated crystals are four inches long, and resemble in size, but not in purity, those found in the diabase at Beaver bay* (No. 128). Sometimes finer crystals, about one inch or half an inch in average size, are massed together, and outside of this mass is a surrounding periphery of still finer crystals. Sometimes the finer crystals are gathered in great numbers in spots by themselves, making small areas of white weathering feldspathic rock which resembles some forms of the gabbro. If these bunches of crystals were free from de- cay such areas would be exactly like the feldspar rock (or anorthosyte) of the gabbro as seen along the shore of lake Su- perior or at Beaver bay. Altogether these features make a curiously spreckled diabase, some of the spots of grouped crys- tals being ten and twelve inches in diameter. Twenty-five samples collected. This observation as to the character and sporadic distribu- tion of these crystals suggests a possible origin of the anortho- syte of the region, viz: that the peculiar masses have come from a generation of large labradorite crystals, making a coarse phase of the diabase, such crystals becoming agglomer- ated in spots in large quantities. Such agglomerations would float in the general diabase mass, and would be erupted with the diabase. Thus the gabbro might be a great development of such coarse crystallization where at great depths the physi- *Sur un cristal de labrador du gabbro de Minnesota. Bull. Soc. Franc. de mineral- ogie, t. 19, pp. 90-92. 1896. oh tet i Dee tl STATE GEOLOGIST. 27 cal conditions were favorable for a longer continuation of such a generation. Once formed in a tranquil mass of diabase they would remain in situ unless the diabase were extruded, and in case of movement they would go with the diabase, even if it were forced to the surface. These lumps would also appear in dikes and in sills. When solidified and lodged the diabase might still flow past them, and they might perhaps even act then as foreign pieces and be able to chill the diabase which at last came to rest alongside of them, producing a finer grain and even a basaltic columnar structure perpendicular to their exterior. One such occurs in the shore a little west of Split- rock point. Itis impossible, however, to apply this theory to all the included anorthosyte masses, for they are not all of a light color, ana some inclusions are of red rock, and there can hardly be a question of the foreign origin and transportation of such masses.* 2052. There is much ferruginous dolomyte in the Animikie, in the hill on sec. 24, 65-4. It is gray within and weathers rusty. 2053 represents a structure that is developed in the Animikie in connection with the above breccia, consisting of spherical concretions from 14g in. to %in. in diameter. Compare 1374. 2054. Of the same rock mass as 2051, but not porphyritic feldspar. It has large dark crystals, which are mostly in the form of plates. On closer examination they are found to be of magnetite which is striated by polysynthetic twinning. 2055. West end of Loon lake; from an obliquely ascending ridge, near the shore at the southwest head of the bay, at two- thirds the distance toward the top. The ridge is of a fine- grained dark rock, a siliceous portion of the Animikie, but is affected profoundly by the gabbro which is adjacent in the hill higher up. This may have been originally some of the siliceous slates of the Animikie but under the microscope now a thin section shows that every original element is recrystalized. The quartz is not in clastic form, but interlocks. Mica is generated and embraces poikilitically both magnetite and quartz, and a small amount of calcite is sheltered amongst the other grains. The rock is almost entirely of quartz, but there is enough of the colored minerals to give it an opaque, dark gray color. 2056. Similar rock, belonging to the Animikie still higher *Mr. A. E. Bartow has recently gathered together and published all the data known concerning such dike rocks, adding many new facts,—‘‘On some dikes containing huronite,’’ read before the Geological Society of America, Baltimore, Dec. 28, 1894, published in the Ottawa Naturalist, Vol. IX, p. 25. 28 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT up—more siliceous. In this section this has much more silica, and occasionally a few fibres of griinerite. There are also grains which are crowded with microlites, appearing like the residuum of a molten magma, which take the shape which the the other grains leave room for in their interstices. These are white, but cloudy, and perhaps are fundamentally of orthoclase. Their regular extinction shows that they have a crystalline basis, but owing to their clouded and crowded condition no other characters can be determined. 2057. Same as the last, but with evident feldspar developed, some of which is striated and some is the result of the clearing up of the grains which in rock No. 2056 are cloudy and inde- terminate. This was collected quite near the gabbro, indeed was collected as ofthe gabbro near the contact with the Ani- mikie, but proves to be of the Animikie. This is fine-grained and gray, appearing considerably like No. 2056, 150 feet, more or less above Loon lake. 2058. Characteristic gabbro, 150 feet from the foregoing, south. In thin section this gabbro is seen to contain olivine older than the diallage and than the feldspar, with a little magnetite surrounded by biotite. This is the commencement of a belt of gabbro ten or twelve miles in width and its effect on the Animikie was very prolonged and powerful. It is finer here than usual, by reason of contact with the Animikie slates, which stand at an angle of 60°—70°, dipping southerly. They are also crumpled and twisted, also hardened and rendered massive, so much so that on first approach the ascending ridge, especially near the top, was supposed to consist of gab- bro. 2059. Still another phase of the fragmental rock, essentially a quartzyte, but containing incipient orthoclase, mica,etc. The quartz is wholly altered from its original clastic form, not even the outlines of the original grains remaining, and is recrystal- lized into grains of irregular shapes which interlock and ac- commodate themselves to their surroundings. This quartz is closely comparable to much that is seen near the bottom of the Animikie(?) as at Chub (or Akeley) lake, where the Pewabic quartzyte has been wholly changed in the same way. The ac- companying substances being somewhat different originally, and more abundant here than in the Pewabic quartzyte, the accompanying minerals after metamorphism are both more numerous and somewhat different than in the case of the met- amorphism of the Pewabic quartzyte at Chub lake. But the esa ae ee ee STATE GEOLOGIST. 29 cases are perfectly parallel and analogous, and the resultant rock can, in neither case, be referred to a supposed ‘“‘silicifica- tion of the gabbro,” as urged by Bayley and Van Hise. (19th annual report, pp. 209, 210).* 2060. A curious granitoid or gneissic condition of the same quartzyte, from the same place, (west end of Loon lake). Fine- grained, gray and quite siliceous. Under the lens of the micro- scope this rock is different from others already mentioned only’ in having a more differentiated condition of all the minerals. There are distinct feldspars of triclinic and of orthoclastic kinds, but although they are easily identifiable as such they are still partially or wholly crowded with numerous impurities, look- ing as if they were in a state of decay, as such phenomena are usually interpreted, instead ofin a state of growth. It is ap- parent that quartz was the first of the secondary minerals to _ take the new shapes, next came the biotite which sometimes surrounds the quartzes, and which is scant, but which is asso- ciated with a blue-polarizing mineral resembling glaucophane, and lastly the feldspars. Consequently the residual impurities, and the microlites that formed last from them, are nearly all embraced in the feldspars. It appears sometimes that a purifi- cation took place in this impure mass, and a clearly transpar- ent portion of a feldspar crystal grew up in the center, the mi- crolites of mica and of iron(?) being driven to the surrounding zone. Still, more than two-thirds of thisrock consists of secon- dary quartz. V. Nos. 1647-49. The gabbro comes absolutely to the shore of Loon lake. 2061. ‘‘Black rock’? phase of the Animikie, west end of Loon lake, same place as the last. This rock is very siliceous but scattered through it are sufficient colored grains of biotite and of magnetite to make it all appear to be nearly black. It is very fine-grained. Under the microscope it appears as com- pletely secondary in its present condition as the foregoing. The quartzes interlock, and occasionally a large quartz ex- tinguishes over an area embracing many biotites and magne- tites, which therefore, in this case, must have preceded the quartz as to generation. According to the stratigraphical scheme which has been worked out by Dr. Grant for the Animikie of this region, all these siliceous beds are near the top of the Animikie, which must be correct unless there be faulting such as to lift the bot- *The Loon lake rock is without doubt a part of the Animikie, but that at Chub ake is believed to be a modified condition of the jaspilyte of the Keewatin. 30 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT tom of the Animikie to the surface at this place. There is no direct evidence of such faulting here. As to the relation of the gabbro to the diabase sills (for the gabbro is incontestably later than the Animike), the first im- pulse is to make them of the same date. This is owing not only to the essential identity, lithologically, of the gabbro and the sills, but also to the nearness with which they here ap- proach each other, as well as the sameness in the manner with which they are both known to form sills in the Animikie. It is to be remembered that according to Lawson (Bulletin VIII) the sills are later than the gabbro, and even later than the whole Keweenawan. Also, according to Grant, where the gabbro proper forms sills, as at Chub (Akeley) lake, it is not finer grained at the contact on the quartzyte, although, at the same place, and in the same quartzyte, a diabase sill is finer at the contacts. This difference indicates different conditions of in- trusion, and two dates of sill formation, one being, as he sup- poses, at the date of the gabbro and the other that of the dia- base sills in general. Several of the sills are porphyritic with scattered plagioclases. In that respect they are like those seen at the railroad cuts west from Gunflint lake which are near the bottom of the Animikie. 2062. Slaty quartzyte, from the Animikie andere the diabase sill at Mt. Reunion, south side of Rove lake. 2063. The lowest stratum seen at Mt. Reunion. A coarser quartzyte. 2064. From the sill of ‘‘diabase’”’ that forms the summit of Mt. Reunion—an even, medium-grained, gray and fresh rock, from one of the fallen masses. This section shows olivine and augite both older than the feldspar, a character of gabbro, and also augite younger than the feldspar, a character of diabase. The earlier augite is sometimes twinned, with a narrow band between two broader ones, but the cleavage (100), in this case running from one side to the other unbroken through the nar- row band, indicates a diallagic variety of the auyite; and since extinction in one part is parallel to this band, the plane of as- sociation is perpendicular to the brachypinacoid, and therefore is O01. At the same time the crystal is so cut that the other of the broad bands shows an acute bisectrix, and also the pris- matic cleavages between which its extinction bisects the in- cluded angle. This rock, therefore, is not distinguishable from the ordinary gabbro, and is probably continuous with the main STATE GEOLOGIST. 31 gabbro mass, but here appears as a very thick sill in the An- imikie. Of this hill three-fourths of the total height are composed of rock hke Nos. 2062 and 20638, the latter at the bottom of the perpendicular cliff. The talus by aneroid measures 210 feet above the lake, from which the entire hill is estimated to reach somewhat over 400 feet. About one-half of the vertical cliff is of slaty quartzyte, which is also presumed to extend down- ward under the talus to the level of the lake. No rock is seen at the lake opposite Mt. Reunion, but about a mile and a half further east appears 2065. On the south side of Rove lake near the water, in the manner of a sill, apparently somewhat decayed. A thin sec- tion shows the olivine largely replaced by opaque and by chlor- itic substances, and the augite uralitized, anda notable amount of secondary quartz present. The hills rise almost continuously on the south side of Rove and of Mountain lakes, as on the south side of Mud and other lakes, from 300 to 400 feet, but rarely less than 250 feet. Mt. Reunion is the most bold and precipitous, at the same time the highest near the lake, of all the hills along here. In approaching the north end of the portage from S. Fowl lake southward, and noting the forms of the hills visible to the south, which are bold and conspicuous, I observed that the hill just west of the portage, containing the later dike cutting the sill as described in 1893 (Nos. 1898-1901) slopes gradually threughout its whole E-W. extent toward the east, as if the formation thus dipped. There are minor irregularities in the form of the sill, but on the whole the dip, as viewed from the north, iseastward. The hill on the east side of the stream has about 150 feet of sill on about 150 feet of slates. It also has irregularities in its basaltic direction. These irregularities, in dip, in the disappearance of the slates, in the succession of hills (running Eand W), separated by jogs, and the obliquity of the hills to the general strike of the E-W range, seem to in- dicate a broken, and perhaps a deeply faulted condition of the Animikie. On approaching the region of North and South Fowl lakes one is struck with the bold and precipitous aspect of the ad- joining hills, their form and hight. There is an enormous ex- hibition of the northward facing cliffs, comparable to the range of which Mt. Reunion is a part. These northward facing cliffs slope southward, or south-eastwardly, along the east side of 32 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT North Fowl lake, and these are of the type of those usual about Mountain and Arrow lakes, great Logan sills (Lawson) having slates below them though rarely showing any above the great trap layer. There seems to have been faulting, or at least uplifting since the injection of these sills, for the basaltic columns which must have been perpendicular to the slates are also tilted toward the south conformably with the present position of the slates. In some places slates can be seen under- neath these sills as in the hill on the Canadian side of the out- let of South Fowl lake. Besides this tilting there is a zigzag or saw tooth outline of the tops of these hills which may be part- ly due to faulting, their upper surfaces running southward so as to apparently run under the next one to the south. These hills are short, sharp on the north, irregularly overlapping, east and west, although often having a general range-like succession for many miles, bringing out a peculiar characteris- tic topography which prevails over a large area in northeast- ern Minnesota, southward and eastward from Gunflint lake. This type seems to run off into Canada at the southern end of South Fowl lake. So far as can be judged now the hills seen in the town next south of South Fowl lake and on the Indian Reservation, thence eastwardly to Pigeon point, even including the hills di- rectly west from the South Fowl cliff, are mainly of the dike type, as contrasted with the sill type. The trap here does not lie on the slates, but rises through them, and forms basaltic es- carpments of trap which rise sometimes to the hight of 100 or 200 feet above the adjoining talus. For instance, the cliff on the Canadian side at the outlet of South Fowl lake has trap lying on fissile slates about 125 feet above the lake, the upper surface of the basaltic trap dips conformably with the slates southward. The cliff immediately at the river on the westside has a different structure, for in it no slates are visible,so far as examined, but a trap rock descends from top to bottom on the face of the cliff. Itis the eastward termination of a long and large range which apparently has the dike shape, showing knobs that rise suddenly, one after another, extended ina series for several miles, abrupt on both sides. The southern slope of this range is not so abrupt as the northern, due probably to the lodgement of glacial debris on the southern side, but south- ward from this range this type of hill is the prevailing one, and it is especially exemplified in the dikes of the Grand Portage Indian reservation. STATE GEOLOGIST. 33 It is noteworthy that this dike-structure occurs to the south- ward of the region that exhibits the sill-structure. It has been observed also that the slaty rock that is cut by the dikes is of a different character from that which contains the sills. Its stratigraphic position, taken in connection with the general dip of the Animikie, must be above the slates which exhibit the sill structure. This rock, which seems to constitute the top of the Animikie, has received the name of Grand Port- age slate, from the route along which it is well exposed. It is a fragile rock whencompared with the tough siliceous slates below it, and easily breaks in any direction. It is to be presumed, therefore, that this difference in the lithology is the prime cause of the difference in the manner of intrusion of the igneous rock. The slates split easily along their bed- ding and admitted the molten rock horizontally, forming the well known sills, but on reaching the Puckwunge slate the igneous-rock rose in great volume through vertical fissures which on consolidation have formed the great dikes of the region. According to this the rock protruded into the Animikie, whether as dikes or silis, may have had, and probably did have, so far as the Cabotian invasion is concerned, about the same date: and it is further probable that thatevent was the same as that which gave origin to the great gabbro mass of northeast Minnesota. THE BASE OF THE UPPER SERIES OF THE KEEWENAWAN. It has been the uniform practice of geologists for many years to exclude the Animikie from the Keweenawan. There has been found latterly a distinctly conglomeratic horizon, later than the Animikie, which has been accepted as the base of the Keweenawan. This conglomerate contains debris from the Animikie and also from the ‘“‘red rock’”’ which is the product of the alteration of the Animikie, viz: quartz porphyries and aporhyolyte, and quartzyvte which, though granular and clas- tic originally, is cemented by secondary quartz and sometimes wholly altered to a vitreous quartzyte. As this alteration was produced by the gabbro-diabase intrusions such as those above described, as is easily observed at Grand Portage and on Pigeon point, it becomes necessary to separate the great erup- tives of the region, included by Irving under the single term Keweenawan, into two epochs, one preceding this conglomer- ate and one following it. The lower series of eruptives, the 34 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT great gabbro and the attendant sills, dikes, basalts, surface flows and the ‘‘red rocks,’’ have been distinguished as Norian, and the term Keweenawan, originally covering the whole, could appropriately be restricted to the later eruptives. This would be, however, a violation of one of the rules lately adopted for the use of stratigraphical terms by the Interna- tional Congress of Geologists, which requires that a term once defined and introduced must never be applied in any other sense or limitation, either by enlargement or restriction. This upper series, therefore, is without a proper stratigraphical des- ignation, for thesamerule would require that the term Keween- awan shall include both series. This upper series [since named Manitou] is that which becomes locally interstratified with red sandstones, whether tilted or horizontal, and gradually fades out, but which still covers a very extensive region in the lake Superior basin and in the Mississippi valley. Since this upper series is easily distinguished from the lower in the vicinity of Grand Portage bay and southwestwardly from there, some ‘name like Manitou, derived from the Grand Portage region, would be appropriate.* The facts given below bear upon the nature and distribution of the great conglomerate and quartzyte at the base of the upper series. In the Puckwunge Valley. This place was first visited by the writer in 1893, and the specimens collected then are enumerat- ed in the report for that year (Nos. 1902-1906, p. 13, 22nd annual report.) The outcrop of this conglomerate is about in the centre of the NW% sec. 25, T. 64-3 E. It is by compass 10° east of south (magnetic) from the great cliff of the south end of South Fowllake. It is reached by ascending the small stream Puckwunge or Big-root, that joins the Pigeon river sec. 18, T. 64-4E, which is canoeable without obstruction to near thecentre of sec. 24, 64-3 E, whereit is obstructed by trees. It is thence necessary to make a traverse southwardly over a thinly timbered but often thickly shrubby, level tract of gla- cial till and gravel, frequently covered by lacustrine red clay, to the hill range that is visible about a mile away. This tract is one of good soil, in the main, and is arable, but it has occas- ional knolls and short ridges which are kame-like, rising six to fifteen feet above the rest of the country; and it is crossed by a second stream flowing in thesame direction (east) near the foot *Compare the writer’s discussion of this division of the original Keweenawan into two series, in the American Geologist, Vol. X VI, pp. 150-162, 1895. deci” a digi STATE GEOLOGIST, 35 of the hill-range. The hill-range, which rises about 350 feet, has asmall notch caused by the erosion of aninsignificant stream which flows down the slope toward the north crossing the strike of the conglomerate and quartzyte, which is dry in the lower reaches except in freshet time. This creek has caused a small gorge and the conglomerate is exposed in this gorge and above the creek in the hill-slopes. There are distinctly two parts to the conglomerate, viz., in descending order: 1. Fine conglomerate or grit stone, 18 ft., (1902.) 2. Coarse conglomerate grading upward into fine conglom- erate or grit, 18 ft, (1903.) The dip is toward the SW by S, 12 degrees, and is distinct. This rock is essentially a white quartz-pebbleconglomerate, the coarsest stones being about 6 in. in diameter, rounded-lenticu- lar and hard, altogether water-worn. There is very rarely a distinct banded red-jasper pebble, and some that are not band- ed, and more common a gray siliceous pebble Jike basanyte. Some of the pebbles are reddish brown. The great majority of them are of vein quartz, but some appear to be of chalcedonic fineness of grain. The general appearance and character of this are like those of the quartz-pebbleconglomerateseen in the St. Louis valley a short distance above Fondulac. The rock is not exposed throughout its whole thickness, but onascending theslopein the hill westward from the little gorge a rock was found (1904) forming a perpendicular low cliff which is similar to the fine conglomerate (1902) and indicates that the rock which composes the slope above the gorge is a part of thesame stratum. That gives the fine conglomerate a thickness of 126 feet, the covered slope being estimated at 100 feet, and a total thickness of the grit and the conglomerate of 144 feet. Below the visible portion the conglomerate may continue much farther. Above this rock the hill still ascends about 150 feet, and so far as can be seen it consists of a dark trap rock which recalls Irving’s ‘‘black traps’”’ of the Lake Superior shore eastward from the Brule river. Mingled with it is much amygdaloid, and surface rocks of eruptive origin, and some that, weathering much lighter (2067), may be of the nature of a volcanic tuff. These are represented by the following samples: 2066. Basic dark trap with chalcedonic geodes, resembling that at the mouth of Gooseberry river. This forms the sum- 36 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT mit of the hill range at the notch where the little creek comes through. (Compare 19035.) 2067. Gray or bluish, fine-grained, globuliferous rock; weathers nearly white; at a somewhat lower level than the last, forming a little cliff about 25 feet high. 2068. At points still farther south, and perhaps 50 ft. higher than 2066, the exposed rock is rather coarsely porphyr- itic, in the manner of that forming sills in the Animikie west from Gunflint lake. The same rock, however, is also fine- grained in other places. The country is covered with forest and moss, and from the scattered outcrops south from the out- crop of the conglomerate it is impossible to make out any de- tail of the structure. A thin section of rock 1905 shows a finely porphyritic, fine- grained basaltic glass, which is probably of the species zirkelyte named by Wadsworth, in Bulletin No. 2, p.31. The granular structure is due to devitrification. It holds silica in consider- able areas, which have a broken and shadowy extinction some- what like fibrous chalcedony. These areas are of irregular - shape, and frequently also enclose calcite. 2069. Varieties of pebbles from the coarser part of the con- glomerate. Incollecting these pebbles a special effort was made to obtainsome that were characteristic of some formation, and among these the rock taconyte was sought for. Thin sections were afterward made of some of those that promised to show the peculiar glauconitic taconitic structure. They were found to be of clastic structure, the constituent parts not made up evi- dently of crystalline secondary silica, but consisting of a red or brown substance forming a grit, which still is wholly second- ary. The rounded forms of the more colored parts are per- fectly characteristic of a fragmental source. With high powers these rounded grains are seen to have multitudes of crystalline microlites mingled with a more or less felted polarization, the whole composed of quartz, fine hematite forming the coloring agent. Magnetite crystals are disseminated, and in all cases their idiomorphic forms jut into these brown grains. This shows that both the grains and the magnetite have been formed (as to their present composition) by an alteration from some pre-existing material, and that the brown grains have received their magnetite and probably also their hematite since they took the rounded shape. They were hence not devitrified or aporhyolite prior to the rounding. The generation of this iron, accompanied by the deposition of abundant quartz, both STATE GEOLOGIST. 37 in the grains and as a cement between them, is a characteristic of the taconyte rock of the Mesabi range where the original rounded shapes were acquired when the material was formed as a glauconitic sand. These characteristics fix this conglomerate as later than the Animikie; they are not those of pebbles of aporhyolyte for which these grains might be mistaken and which also is found abundantly in this conglomerate at Grand Portageisland. Both sorts of pebbles point to the Animikie as their source. The original taconitic character of the base of the Animikie extended therefore as far east as the Puck- wunge valley. Both here and at Grand Portage island this conglomerate and quartzyte are followed, in ascending order, by an important series of dark traps and amygdaloids, which constitute, along the shore westward from Grand Portage bay the “black traps” of Irving, which he was rather inclined to exclude from the Keweenawan. [Note. In 1897 Mr. Elftman visited the outcrop of this conglomerate seen on the shore of Grand Portage bay about a mile west of the village of Grand Portage. This is visible as a light-colored bluff when seen from Grand Portage island. He found the conglomerate grading into a light-colored quartzyte or hard sandstone, contain- ing pieces of the Animikie and of felsyte, reaching a thickness of something more than 100 feet and overlain by beds of trap and amygdaloid, the whoie constituting a strat- um which he could trace by the topography further than the hill examined, but he saw no other outcrop. 2070. Traveling eastward from the creek and little gorge where the principal exposure of this conglomerate occurs, there is seen to be a shoulder or terrace formed of this conglomerate, and of some of the higher beds of grit (1906). Under it (whether immediately in contact or not was difficult to deter- mine) is a diabase sill (2072), and at a quarter of a mile fur- ther east the rock 2070 appears about in the interval between the sill and the conglomerate, having at that point an expos- ure of at least 50 feet. This indeed is well toward the top of the hill, as if the strike of the conglomerate had receded toward the south. Itis a part of the Grand Portage graywacke. The thickness of the sill is also at least 50 feet. The sill at the same time, or at least a rock adjoining that cannot be distinguished from that of the sill, is seen to be in contact and underlying a portion of the conglomerate, even cutting it, and from it a large apophysis runs southward 35 feet wide, becoming nar- rower and narrower. The appearances point toward the con- clusion that the sill is younger than the conglomerate, the line of contact béing somewhat tortuous. There is a sudden north- ward jog in the line of the hill range, an isolated hill standing out from the main line, and this hill is composed apparently of 38 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT a swelling out and northward projection of this sill, although the direct connection could not be traced in the time at com- mand. Init is noticeable an occasional spotting of crystalline red rock like that at Mt. Josephine and on the ridges in the In- dian reservation, and that indicates that it is older than the diabase that cuts the conglomerate. Ss Fic. 4. SECTION OF THE HILL-RANGE, SOUTH SIDE OF PUCKWUNGE VALLEY. 2071. Returning toward Puckwunge creek there was en- countered a surface outcrop of the Grand Portage graywacke. It has on casual examination the appearance, as well as the geographic position of a lower bed of rotted trap, and for that it was taken in 1893 when seen in the same place. This indi- cates that the rock 2070 (Grand Portage graywacke) may have a thickness of at least 200 feet. 2072. Fine-grained condition of the sill mentioned as under- lying and cutting the conglomerate and a portion of the Grand Portage graywacke. It is to be remembered that there is a series of dikes of diabase which is later than the great dikes. This is shown by the dike cutting the sill which constitutes the . bluff at the south side of South Fowl lake. Many other in- stances could be mentioned. It is quite possible that the later intrusion formed sills as well as the earlier, and the porphyritic condition is not a character which could be depended on to dis- tinguish one from the other. About Grand Portage. The route of the Grand Portage trail runs almost wholly over drift deposits which are tnderlain, as indicated by occasional exposures, by the rock which above is called Grand Portage graywacke. STATE GEOLOGIST. 39 2073. Grand Portage graywacke from the trail at one mile from the landing at Pigeon river. 2074. On Grand Portage island; quartzyte at the lower plane, where in contact with the trapsheet. A dark fragment- al rock. 2075. Trap, from about two feet lower, in the intruding sheet. 2076. The lower contact of an overlying trap on a quartz- yte layer, very fine-grained, same place. 2077. Upper quartzyte layer at the contact, baked and hardened. ' The quartzyte seems to have accumulated very readily and rapidly between the eruptions, judging from the quickness with which it resumed its prevalent character. 2078. Coarse porphyritic granite, from St. Cloud, used for thenew water-power damat Minneapolis; also for monuments, of which a large one was exhibited at the Chicago Exposition, 1893. Subsequently passed through the Colosseum fire. Compare the Ortonville granite, No. 1980. Rock SAMPLES COLLECTED IN 1897 To ILLUSTRATE THE FIELD Notes oF N. H. WINCHELL, WITH ANNOTATIONS. In Carlton county. A review was made, in May, 1897, of some of the rock ridges in Carlton county with a view to dis- tinguish, if possible, the slates at Carlton from the rocks found in the central part of the county, and the possible boundary line separating them. Following is the list of specimens and their localities. The conclusions are presented in the final re- port on Carlton county. 2079. Massive green rock NW cor. NE %4 SE% sec. 5, 47- 18, west of the little creek, occurring in coarse jointage blocks greenish, and specked more or less with large pyritecubes. The sample has a fine, fibro and lamellar, indistinct structure. 2080. North from the last, at SE%4SW %4sec. 29, 48-18, the country rises considerably higher than the foregoing, with knolls and ridges of drift. In this more elevated area this rock outcrops. It is light weathering, fine-grained graywacke, jointed like rock 2079, but much more siliceous. It forms a large (comparatively) area of nearly homogeneous rock, and it has the appearance, except for its composition, of an igneous rock. Its chief variation consists in the black, calcareous 40 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT “snow-shoe track’’ of the slates at Carlton. On close inspec- tion an indistinct bedding structure is discernible in a few places, varying from nearly level to 45° toward the north. 2081. Thinly bedded portion of the same rock as 2080, fold- ed and twisted, but dipping N about 45 degrees. Calcareous ‘‘snow-shoe tracks”’ are here common. 2082. East from 2079, about SE 4, NE \% sec. 5, 47-18. From a large area of indefinite and confused greenstone of the Keewatin, one of the coarser parts, occurring in belts or lay- ers, or as irregular parts or masses, imperfectly agglomeratic. 2083. Another phase of the same rock, finely laminated. 2084. Same place; another phase, with pyrite. 2085. Same place; another phase, apparently sedimentary, at least bedded, greenish, sub-crystalline. 2086. SW sec. 4, 47-18. Fissile, dark colored schist, some- what micaceous, with folia of quartz, with pyrite. Structure dips ESE about 45°. Of the same formation as Nos. 2082- 2085. 2087. At Atkinson, centre of sec. 25,48-18. Black-weather- ing masses in slate. Sample shows both the caleareous (or sideritic) material and the rock in which these are embraced. 2088. Pebbly forms in the slate, SE 4 sec. 9, 48-17, west of Carlton. These are hard, gray, and fine-grained, resembling the slate. It is difficult to decide whether they are indigenuus or foreign pebbles. 2089. Short Line Park. Amygdaloidal condition of the “gabbro.”’ This-structure is more common here than had been supposed. It is specially abundant near the cut of the St. Paul & Duluth R. R. 2090. Fair sample of the gabbro at Short Line Park, coarse and fresh. A dike 60 feet wide runs through this rock in the direction N 45° E (true). 2091. North side of sec. 32, 49-15, at the crossing of the creek by the highway. Anamygdaloidal phase of the ‘‘gabbro”’ of the region of Short Line Park contains large blebs of red rock in scattered patches, but not so red and conspicuous as in the large boulder seen at Cloquet. ELY AND LONG LAKE. 2092. Ely: a rude breccia-like portion of the greenstone, in the interstices between the agglomeratic forms. The fragments average perhaps 4 to % inch. Knobs west of the Catholic church. Sa? — STATE GEOLOGIST. 41 2093. From the periphery of some of the agglomeratic masses at Ely. This periphery is not always distinctly amyg- daloidal, but is finely specked with a white-weathering min- eral in round spots as large as a pin-head. This belt in general is outside of the coarsely cavernous belt which is frequently in- terrupted, or wanting, but which is apparently the representa- tive of the pipe-like amygdaloidal structure. 2094. Near Long lake, at Ely, eastward from the boat- house. A pebbly or brecciated confused phase of the green- stone. Not only the pebbles, but some of the rock have a fine- ness like that of felsyte, but no quartz phenocrysts are visible. 2095. The acid porphyritic rock which appears in the ag- glomeratic greenstone westward from (and near) Ely. It is traceable for 50 rods, more or less, or a quarter of a mile, appearing like a dike about 20 feet wide (sometimes wider) running about N 30° E (true). This rock and the adjacent greenstone mutually enclose fragments from each other. It is, perhaps, due to a folding on a grand scale, rather than to in- trusion, that this belt au acid rock here appears in the midst of the greenstone. 2096. Samples of this acid rock at the ‘‘contact’”’ on the greenstone. It is finer grained at the contact. This belt of acid rock varies from 15 to 50 feet in width. 2097. Purplish, argillitic ‘‘slates,”’ fine-grained. 2098. The same,coarser-grained, schistose. These are from SE% sec. 29, 63-12." The slates strike about N 45° E. It is uncertain whether these, which alternate with each other, are both sedimentary, as their structure indicates, or are greatly sheared portions of an acid rock. It seems possible that rock 2098 is the product of wastage from a rock like the white dike 2095. 2099. Sample of the matrix of a conglomerate seen on an island in Long lake SW14 sec. 29, 63-12, supposed to be the equivalent of the Stuntz conglomerate. The conglomerate holds pebbles of different kinds, viz.: 1. Mostly of rock like 2095 sometimes containing a few quartz grains, making a quartz porphyry; 2. A non-quartz- iferous felsyte; 3. Quartz, only a few pebbles seen; 4. Green- stone; 5. Hornblende porphyry. This conglomerate passes rather suddenly into argillyte toward the south. 2100. Quartz from this conglomerate, in form of nearly white pebbles of chalcedonic (or jaspilitic) quartz. 2101. From the bluff on the mainland SW (in the direction 42 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT of strike) from the island foregoing; firm and siliceous, appar- ently a conglomeratic phase of the rock of the island. Some of the pieces of foreign rock are 8 or 10 inches in longer diameter, but outwardly the mass of the rock israther fine, and uniform, the appearance suggesting a breccia rather than a conglomer- ate. 2102. Rising in the midst of this breccia is a small area of what appears to be an acid rock like No. 2095, but more quartzose. It can be seen only about a rod and is lost under soiland bushes. It may bea coarse compacted detrital rock, derived from a rock similar to 2095. Some pyrite is dissemin- ated in it. 2103. In NE%4 SE sec. 30, 63-12isa high greenstone range with some appearance of belonging below the non-conformity. 2104. Dioryte, so called by A. Winchell, near the point NW Y%, SW, sec. 29, 63-12, small island in Long lake; apparently a condition of the prevalent greenstone. 2105. Green fibrous schist. On the main land across from the last mentioned island. 2106. Siliceous or flinty condition of sericitic schist, NW%4, NW%, sec. 29, 63-12, west end of Long lake. It is sparsely in- terstratified with a coarser acid rock, similar to 2098. The flinty structure stands about vertical. 2107. Acid rock,in the greenstone near the center of sec. 32, 63-12, perhaps in the extension of the quartz porphyry 2095. 2108. Near the center of sec. 31. Sericitic schist, excavated by the sinking of a shallow pit; probably inline of extension of that mentioned in sec. 29. 2109. Schistose greenstone, SW cor. sec. 36, 63-13, forming the rock at a long cut at the RR. This is apparently in the line of extension of the range seen in sec. 30, 63-12. 2110. Anapparent amydaloid of saponite, in the dump pile of the Zenith mine, east of Ely. 2111. Ore from the long-litigated ‘‘sec. 30,’’ 63-11. 2112. Variations of jaspilyte, from the pile at the pit on sec. 30, 63-11. 2113. From the ridge south from Ely, visible from thetown. The ridge where visited is much affected by spots and nodules. and pseudo-veins of epidotic rock. STATE GEOLOGIST. 43 Rocks from a section made in traversing from the NW corner of Long lake to Burntside lake. 2114. Shore of Long lake at the point of starting; greenish, sub-crystalline, showing epidotic surfaces. 2115. Forty or fifty feet above the lake and about 30 rods from it, more coarsely crystalline, with hornblende. 2116. Eight rods further north. Finely porphyritic with feldspar in spots. In some spots weathers red. 2117. Eight rods further north. A compact dark green rock, not plainly crystalline. 2118. Atninerods farther north. Much like the last, but coarser and somewhat crystalline. 2119. At nine rods farther north, just on the southern brow of the main hill. A very tough, light-weathering rock showing a phase of the regional metamorphism. A crystalline rock, light green in color. 2120. From the very top of the hill; somewhat coarser, but otherwise like the last; 200 feet above the lake. 2121. At one mile north from the lake; a dike of reddish granite two inches wide, disclosed in pulling off the moss, run- ning with the structure about E and W. 2122. Hornblende schist, coarse, about twenty rods north of the last. . 2123. Mica and hornblendic schist irregularly alternating. At the top of the hill south from Burntside lake, and at 100 ft. + above the lake, and perhaps fifteen rods fromit. But there is considerable granite to the south from this. 2124. Granite, at the shore of Burntside lake, north from the west end of Long lake. 2125. At the quartz vein of McIntosh, Wells, Prindle and Dutton. NEW, SE, sec. 36, 63-13. In reaching this place from the railroad several forms of the greenstone appearinlow ridges. One is represented by the rock of this number. Its outer weathered surface is blotched by the original bouldery forms, the difference in color being due apparently to variation in the frequency of the hornblendes which are large and con- spicuous, both in the ‘“‘boulders’’ and in the matrix, but more frequent in the matrix. 2126. At the extreme NE corner of sec. 36, 63-13, on a well known jaspily’e belt, traceable, according to Mr: McIntosh for about a mile, is this rock. This belt seems to blend with the country rock (greenstone, schist, etc.) producing an intermedi- ate phase, a siliceous greenstone. This is only another illustra- 4+ TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT tion of the intimate connection of the jaspilyte, in origin andin date, with the green rock in which it lies, as first pointed out in bulletin No. VI. At this place the whole formation has that ir- regularity which has been called bouldery, i. e. it is blotched in a similar way, and the grayish and greenish jaspilitic silica sur- rounds these forms. This is similar to a structure later ob- served at Moose lake. 2127. Ore from the quartz vein in SW%4, SW, sec. 30, 63- 12. This vein runs about % milea little NofE. Itis a large showing of white quartz, and some assays have given a prom- ising amount of gold. 2128. A part of the vein is rusty on weathering, apparently by oxidation of siderite. Taylor's Falls and Mesabi Range. A review was made in May, 1897, in company with Messrs. Grant _and Berkey, of some of the features of the Keweenawan at Taylor’s Falls. Ch re Hearthe Ceomhez OSES T 34-19 Fic. 5. APPROXIMATE PROFILE OF THE WEST BANK OF THE ST. CROIX RIVER AT TAYLOR’S FALLS. 2129. Samples of grit, or volcanic debris and quartz, with epidote, about 200 feet above the river. 2129A, A very fine, flinty condition of 2129. This grit forms an irregular layer, lying on the conglomerate or breccia of much coarser character, the general structure or dip being WSW about 10° or 15°, according to Berkey who has made a careful survey of the park. This is appproximately at the contour line of 910 to 920. 2130. Coarsely porphyritic trap, overlying 2129, the inter- val of unexposed rock being perhaps 30 feet. In this interval can be seen, however, occasionally irregular crags or knobs of trap. 2131. A coarsely amygdaloidal layer is irregularly mingled with and overlain by this fine-grained epidotic rock which in eh STATE GEOLOGIST. 45 some places appears to be fragmental, but probablyis not. Its observed thickness is irregular but not over two feet. 2132. Still higher, contour of 1030 or 1040, is compact dia- base again, more or less porphyritic but seamed by a compact greenish rock that resembles 2931. This is probably the pro- duct of segregation in fissures in the diabase. The widest fis- sure is about three-fourths of aninch, and the samples are from fi. 2133. Porphyritic diabase, highest point, topographically and stratigraphically, of the trap. The rock 2129, as a grit has a thickness not to exceed 10 feet at the point examined (Corner of Government and West streets), but it lies on a curious conglomeratic rock made up of large and small masses uf trap, sometimes amygdaloidal and sometimes not, which has a thickness between 30 and 40 feet. This might easily be mistaken for a rough condition of the trap of the region, brecciated, etc., but there is more or less of the rock 2129 disseminated through it. Following southwestwardly, approximately along the strike of 2129, though the rock is much hid by drift, was found at one block west of the public school building, a knob of rock much like 2129, more or less brecciated, the pieces being mostly less than three inches. 2134. From a breccia of 2129 at one block west of the pub- lic school building. We followed the general strike of this conglomerate south- wardly about parallel with the river, and thus descended to the railroad track where the highway is crossed by the rail- road, and where is a well known old exposure of conglomer- ate. Before reaching that place, however, we made a sharp detour toward the east, and struck another road nearer the river, where the St. Croix conglomerate is somewhat exposed on the westward side of the road near where it de- scends to the lower level. Thisconglomerate is distinct and char- acteristic, the rounded hard stones easily being dislodged from the matrix. Some of these stones are from the older conglom- erate, one such being about 18 inches across and showing its original conglomeratic character with thegreatest perfection— indeed, much better than any of the older conglomerate seen in situ. The two conglomerates are superposed, the only thing separating them being a time interval with no rock to repre- sent it, but in which interval elsewhere must have been formed 46 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT most of the upper Keweenawan rocks, as represented, appar- ently, by the highest eruptive flows at Taylor’s Falls. In following down the road toward the old quarry by the railroad but little can be seen of the rock, owing to the drift, but it is apparent that the two rocks continue in the bluff, the upper one not being exposed any more. At the old quarry, both in the bluff and in the general flat area below the bluff es- pecially near the railroad, the older conglomerate is exposed. There is some uncertainty here as to the nature of the upper part of this old bluff; i. e.. whether it belongs to the earlier or the later conglomerate, for the hottom parts are undoubtedly of the earlier, having the cement characteristic of it (i. e. rocks 2129 and 2129A), and being made up of large masses of the underlying traps. The upper part of thy bluff, while apparent- ly composed of the same sort of trap boulders and continuous, in that respect, from the lower part, and thus outwardly being of the same conglomeratic mass as the bottom, yet has a dif- ferent cement and contains fossils. Mr. Berkey, who has ex- amined the bluff critically, came to the conclusion that there is but one conglomerate in the cliff, and that the fossils indicate its age,i.e. Upper Cambrian. In that case the cement varied from volcanic debris to a more or less calcareous sandstone which contains fossils, and the fossils ought to be of the Mid- dle Cambrian age, earlier than the Dicellocephalus horizon. In case the upper conglomerate here svperposes directly the lower, the fossils ought to be of about the Dicellocephalus age, and that would easily account for the change in the nature of the cement. The fossils have since been carefully examined by Mr. Berkey and the stratigraphic horizon has been found by him to be in the Upper Cambrian (Am. Geol., X XI, 279-294, 1898), and essentially the basal portion of the unconformable Upper Cambrian of the region, and but little older than the original Dicellocephalus horizon. Unfortunately the drift is soabundant at Taylor’s Falls that it is impossible at present to determine the amount of this sup- posed older conglomerate, or to know whether there is much more than is actuallyexposed. It seems that its strike is diag- onally across the town of Taylor’s Falls, and cross the river about NW and SE, bringing it nearer the level of the railroad and of the river itself at points further south. If it occurs in Wisconsin it would be only at some place considerably south of St. Croix Falls, for all the trap at St. Croix Falls (in Wis- consin) if judged by the horizon of this conglomerate would be - 2 4 ———_-- be tal aaa STATE GEOLOGIST. 47 older, and hence of the Norian (or Cabotian series as defined in the final report of the survey), the approximate parallel of the trap at Short Line Park, near Duluth, and of the Rice Point ‘“‘gabbro.”’ If this view of this lower conglomerate be correct, it will be found to develop, elsewhere, into the conglomerate that con- tains pebbles of taconyte jasper, seen at New Ulm, and in the Puckwunge valley in the northeastern part of the state; it would be found to be the stratigraphic homologue ofthe great conglomerate seen in northwestern Wisconsin, underlying the Barron county quartzyte, and would mark the point of strati- graphic separation of the Keweenawan (of Irving), into two great eruptive epochs, the lower one the Cabotian, and the upper one the Manitou, of the Minnesota geological report. However, it is not by any means established that this frag- mental horizon is of such important significance. The round- ish trap masses that compose a large part of it, at least at the corner of Government and West streets, and amongst which the finer debris is disseminated, may be of the nature of vol- canic flow breccia, and may be repeated at other horizons in the trap series, thus indicating as believed by Berkey, (Am. Geol. XX, pp. 345-383, 1897) so manysurface lava flows during that portion of the Keweenawan represented at Taylor’s Falls.* The water which distributed and stratified the fine debris may have been the result of copious rains, forming local lakes, as suggested by Dr. Berkey. Until more light can be thrown on the extent and nature of this fragmental stratum, its interpre- tation must be held as unsettled. Incase this fragmental hor- izon be not the representative of the Puckwungeconglomerate, there is no known criterion by which the age of the trap at Taylor’s Falls can be determined, i. e. whether it is of the Cabotian or the Manitou. 2135. Siliceous pisolitic ore, from the Republic mine, sec 4, 58-18, next west of the Mountain Iron mine (H. V. W.). 2136. Pisolitic ore, not siliceous. Republic mine or Moun tain Iron mine. 2137. Taconyte, with a siliceous (calcedonic) cement, em- bracing iron ore both massive and in rounded pellets, (=a, on p. 160 of 21st annual report.) 2138. Chalcedonic silica from the same place, showing in- clusions of a white, powdery stuff resembling kaolin, but per- *The significance of this conglomerate has been discussed in the American Geologist, by the writer, viz. Vol. XXII, pp. 72-78, 1898. 48 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT haps entirely of fine silica (=b on p. 160 of 21st annual re- port). e 2139. Greenish, fine Pokegama quartzyte, clearly stratified Mt. Iron mine (=c on p. 160, 21st annual report). 2140. Same as 2139 but coarser (=d of p. ihe 21st annu- al report). 2141. ‘‘Quartzyte,’’ apparently a feldspathic sandstone, rusted in blotches. Same place (=e of p. 160, 21st annual re- port). 2142. Fossil wood, lignite, Cretaceous. Standing on end, 88 feet below the surface. Two feet in Cretaceous shale. Sec. 18, 58-18. 2143. Taconyte, Cincinnati mine, showing a fault plane along which ferriferous waters passed and up to which the hematitic alteration operated but beyond which the rock isnot stained (H. V. W.). 2144. Taconyte, sec. 6, 58-17. Trip to Snowbank lake, 1897. A review of some unsettled points in the geology of the region of Snowbank lake was made in August, 1897, in company with Messrs. Grant and Elftman. The main results of this trip are incorporated in the chapter de- voted to Lake county inthe final report, but many details, and the listing and location of the rock samples with their struc- tural and petrographic significance, are not there given, al- though many of the specimens are quoted, with references to the 24th annual report. The following is intended to be little more than a catalogue of the rock samples collected on this trip, accompanied by enough explanatory notes toindicate their intended bearing on the subject under investigation. The chief purpose of this trip was to examine the relation of the Animikie to the great conglomerate which has been called Ogishke at one end and Stuntz at the other, the two being ap- parently the same formation chronologically. This would have a bearing on the suggestion of Irving, later approved by *In the final discussion of the geology of the Mesabi iron-bearing rocks, it was found when the data came to be all considered, that the name Pewabic was applied origin- ally, not to a member of the Animikie, but to a metamorphic jaspilyte of the Keewa- tin, and hence that the ores which in the eastern end of the Mesabi range as defined, had been classified as Mesabi ores, were mostly, if not wholly, of much older date. That quartzyte and those ores were allowed to retain the name Pewabic, as a conven- ient term for that part of the iron-bearing region, and it became evident at once that another term was needed for the quartzyte which forms the base of the Animikiealong the Mesabi range westward from the Dunka river and Iron lake. Such term wastaken from the Pokegama falls, where this quartzyte strikes across the Mississippi river and is well exposed, vabigs STATE GEOLOGIST. 49 Van Hise, that the base of the Animikie is extended northward to Vermilion lake and there is represented by the Stuntz con- glomerate, being at the same time subjected in that region toa more complex and profound folding. It is sufficient to state, here, that no evidence whatever was found to warrant the parallelizing of the base of the Animikie with the Ogishke, nor with the Stuntz conglomerate, but pre- sumptive evidence was discovered that indicates their total separateness; andthis presumption is converted to demonstra- tion by facts discovered later respecting the positive limitation of the Animikie to the south slopes of the Giant’s range and its non-conformable superposition on the Ogishkeconglomerate, or at least on the series of rocks with which the Ogishke is associ- ated. 2145. Saturday lake (east of Fall lake), SW% NEY sec. 36, 64-11. Pebbly green schist, common about the southwest skores of Saturday lake, south of the east end of the portage from Fall lake. 2145A. Pebbles from 2145. These are frequently greenish, especially on fresh fracture, and they blend with the rock so as to be almost indistinguishable. But the fine-grained pebbles are hard and weather nearly white. The schistose structure runs N 45° E (true mer.), and the pebbles are elongated in the same direction. Occasionally they present aslatiness oratleasta lamination which does not agree with the mainslatiness. These pebbles could all be referred to parts of the Lower Keewatin, and this locality may be said to exhibit the Upper Keewatin, a a probable parallel with the sharply folded conglomerate seen at the SW shores of Long lake, which it also somewhat resem- bles. 2146. Lighter-weathering, fine-grained rock, appears irreg- ularly in 2145, and transgresses the general structure in the manner of an intrusive, but is schistose in the same direction. On the first knob south of the portage landing. 2147, two rods south from 2146,and apparently a part of it, runs parallel with the general schistosity, is about 14 in. wide and stands vertical, and in that respect is like the pebbly schist. 2148. A little further southeast but still on SWY%4 NE sec. 36, 64-11, another low bluff rises, consisting of a more uniform greenstone, showing no sedimentary banding but embracing white siliceous masses curiously shaped, and calcite spots dis- 50 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT tributed somewhat as in amygdaloid, this becoming more evi- dent as the calcite weathers out. ; 2148A, shows the nature of the siliceous parts of this rock. These vary from two inches to two or three feet in the greater dimension. Such masses, if in the Lower Keewatin here, may have been contributed to theconglomerate represented by 2145. At four or five rods from the lake, southward, the country rock is a peculiar, fissile sericitic schist, a graduation from the rock 2148, one of the intervening outcrops being 2149, which has nodules of calcite and apparently of white chalcedonic silica, and also some fine laminae of chalcedonic sil- ica separated by thin laminae of greenish schist. 2150. At % mile, more or less, further SE this rock ap- pears. It is like 2149 but firmer and this schistose greenstone seems to constitute the southern shore of Saturday lake. It is probable that in this immediate vicinity is the transition from the Lower Keewatin such as that seen along the south shore of Fall lake, and the base of the Upper Keewatin, the latter be- ing represented at first by a finely fragmental rock derived from the Lower Keewatin, but difficult to distinguish from the Low- er Keewatin, and later by a coarseconglomerate like 2145 and like the conglomerate seen on the northwest shore of this lake (Saturday L.) where it runs for half a mile forming a hill range in NEYNE\™ sec. 36, 64-11. In this range the rock is very schistose and has, as at 2145, veins of vitreous silica. Fre- quently a whitened, weathered surface presents much the as- pect of the Stuntz conglomerate, but in general the matrix of the pebbles here is much more green. There is much drift on both sides of Saturday lake, and par- ticularly along the north side, where it forms the shore and rises in a level plateau to about 25 feet. At the portage to the next lake east (Urn lake, sometimes called Ella Hall lake) the lake shore is madeupof great granite boulders, and thecountry about is buried under drift, while the immediate beach is sand. The portage to Urn lake is over abundant drift, apparently of the nature of a terminal moraine, though the trail runs mainly on a plateau about 40 feet above the lake. 2151. At the east end of the trail, a little south of the land- ing. This rock is a rigid, greenish-gray, slaty schist, similar to 2150 and 2152. It stands vertical and strikes N 68° E (true mer.), probably a part of the Lower Keewatin. 2152. On the north side of Urn lake, center of sec. 30, 64-10, STATE GEOLOGIST. 51 is a rigid dark schist, an incipient mica schist, about vertical, striking E. and W. 2153. Mica schist, SE%4, NE sec. 30, 64-10, north side of Urn lake. In this schist, which strikes 38° E. of N. is incipient granitic rock. Itis twisted. The granitic belts cross it some- what irregularly and are lenticular. They are also parallel with the schist. They are not distinctly granite, but fine- grained or flinty. The sample shows one of the micaceous fornis of this schist. 2154. Shows one of the coarser aspects of the granitic rock at the same place. It plays the role of a pegmatyte, but is rather fine-grained. 2155. A portion having a flinty or felsitic aspect. It is re- ally a part of the rigid schist, parallel in structure with the mica schist. 2156. About four rods northeast of this, at the lake shore, is a basic dike, cutting this schist. Its size cannot be seen, but it is at least forty feet, running under the soil on all sides. Its direction even cannot bedetermined. It has no schistose struc- ture. It contains enclosures of the granite, and is closely joint- ed, at least on the burnt surface, and sparingly sprinkled with calcite nodules like an amygdaloid, which on weathering out leave the surface porous and pitted. Granite blocks supervene at theshorea few rods further-east, in great numbers, and that rock is certainly in situ in the im- mediate vicinity although it could not be seen. At a distance of about three rods from the lake is a small outcrop of granit- ized schist which strikes SE and NW, with a dip of 75° NE, ap- parently away from the supposed granite in situ. The lake shore further east is of drift. 2157. Northward from this locality about \% mile is a hill rising about 150 feet. This hill is of a schistose greenstone (2157) cut by at least two dikes of granite. This greenstone extends conspicuously, in a low range, northeastwardly not far distant from the lake, rising above the drift of the lowland, with occasional exposures of intrusive granite. 2158. Itis apparently the same range of greenstone which abuts on Basimenan lake at the southwest corner of sec. 16, 64-10, and which furnishes the stone which has formerly been used by the Indians for making pipes, represented by this rock. This is near the shore of Basimenan lake, a short distance up the little creek which joins the lake south of the greenstone range. The rock here has no schistose structure, and is rather 52 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT hard for use for pipes, but, according to Vincent Dufault, who accompanied this party as guide and general canoeman, the Indians found places where it is much softer. 2159. The dull point just west of the mouth of the river coming into Basimenan lake at this place is made of greenstone with hornblendic element prominent, even more prominent than in 2157, although of the same range. It has a sharply | hornblendic crystalline schistosestructure with dashes of gran- ite in irregular patches, and in some places the dark green rock has a distinct element of light-weathering feldspar. 2160. SWIYANWY, sec. 22, 64-10, on the south side of Oak Point lake. Here is a range of micaceous gneiss, very siliceous and fine-grained, almost exactly like that seen on the NW side of Urn lake (2153). It is pyritiferous. The hill rises about fifty feet. A little further south and east, and extending about half way to Little Sucker lake, is a red-weathering granite. This becomes gray and extends to the portage landing on Oak Point lake, but not to that on Little Sucker lake. About midway between the two lakes appears 2161, which is a siliceous gneiss, very fine-grainea and pyriti- ferous and like rock 2060. 2162. Along the shore of Little Sucker lake in the NW\% see. 27, 64-10, is a massive greenstone, but with irregularities and quartz veins, schistose but not laminated, similar to that seen on the south side of Saturday lake. This seems to vary, a lit- tle further east, to the flinty rock represented by this number, although no observation was made on the manner of transi- tion between the two rocks. This fine-grained rock weathers nearly as light as a white granitic, and appears to consist very largely of fine jaspilitic silica. It is grayish-green within, fibro- schistose, but not visibly laminated, rising in boid glaciated bosses. On the weathered surface it is pitted by the decay and removal of some mineral (pyrite?). The same siliceous, fine- grained rock (hardly a greenstone) is in several islands that cross the lake in a line toward the west. This rock forms an important belt in the Archean, and as a rock mass it is some- what different from any rock elsewhere seen. It is apparently a dependency of the greenstone, and comes nearest to being a jaspilyte liberally mingled with the greenstone elements in fine- ly disseminated and comminuted condition. The same rock appears on the south shore of Little Sucker lake near the portage landing going south to Pine lake, but to- a a ee STATE GEOLOGIST. E3 ward the east. It rises steeply from the water, as it does in other places, in a glaciated moutonee. 2163. SW%NE% sec. 27, 64-10. Shore of Pinelake. The greenstone here is schistose, but not laminated nor foliated, ap- pearing conglomeratic. The pebbly forms, however, may be due to brecciation of a formerly sedimentary stratified rock, the coarser beds being broken so as to show as isolated round- ish masses in the midst of the finer, the whole having suffered severe pressure and shearing. 2163A. Roundish, pebble-like masses from 2163. These masses, while greenish, are considerably more siliceous with jaspilitic silica, and are occasionally porous with elongated cavities as if amygdaloidal and comparable to the bombs of the agglomeratic greenstone seen at Ely and elsewhere widely. They are usually not over four inches in diameter. 2164. NW cor. SW, sec. 26, 64-10, Pinelake. A specked or pepper-and-salt, greenstone, sostyled by Elftman. The dark specks are due to small hornblende crystals; occupies much of the eastern part of this lake. 2165. About on the 1% section line of sec. 26 where it crosses the south shore; rising in a conspicuous high shore, rock sim- ilar to 2164. 2166. At the point where the line between secs. 27 and 34 crosses the lake shore; a slaty schist. At the centre of sec. 34, 64-10, Pine lake, is a conglomerate, containing jaspilyte and siliceous greenstone pebbles. It rises as a glaciated dome directly from the water. The structure, dip, strike, etc., cannot be made out with certainty, owing to the smallness of the exposure, but a general elongation of the pebbles and frequency of short seams, indicate a strike about east and west (true mer.) The little long island, however, just northeast of the center of the section, is of a grayish, amorphous and agglomeratic greenstone at the west end, showing no pebbles. It rises about thirty feet. The eastern end is of a distinct conglomer- ate like that seen at the center of the section, already mention- ed, and contains pebbles of fine and siliceous greenstone, and jaspilyte. The greenstone end of the island rises higher than that composed of conglomerate. The gray, siliceous green- stone pebbles are identical with some rock seen on Little Suck- er lake (2162). In attempting to find the contact of this con- glomerate on the greenstone, the two rocks could be traced to- ward each other so that they were separated from four to five 54 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT feet, but owing to the prevalence of bushes, moss and trees, the exact contact was not visible, but there appeared to be gradual loss of the dominant characters of each, indicating a gradual transition from one to the other, or a basal portion of the con- glomerate, composed of fine greenstone debris, which, on be- coming solidified, closely resembles the rock from which it was derived. 2167. SW sec. 34,64-10. Warren’s exploration near Pine lake. This is a region of hilly greenstone knobs, the rock being that which carries fine jaspilitic silicay The diamond-drill cores are of greenstone mainly, but also contain some of the usual jaspilyte. The fracture and structure of the rock are like the same in the rock at Kawasachong falls. The rock contains py- rite, calcite, and apparently siderite, and is slickensided by mountain pressure and movement. 2168. Near the section line, north side of sec. 34, 64-10, shore of Pine lake. A rigid, coarse, green schist, slaty and standing about vertical, appears at the point, and also in the bay further south. On the north side of the point this varies to a very fine flint, or flinty, gray-green slate, which may have been the source of flinty pebbles seen in the conglomerate men- tioned, and which is also very much like the flinty greenstone of Little Sucker lake. This flinty slate is represented by this number. This flinty rock here and at Little Sucker lake is ap- parently only a vast jaspilyte bed, or lens, belonging in the Lower Keewatin, modified by the cotemporary introduction of much fine debris, which, in other places, went to constitute fragmental greenstones nearly or quite free from jaspilitic silica. The occurrence of small tourmalines in this rock, (2162) shows the presence of more or less of those gases which are at- tributable to volcanic source, and agrees with the hypothesis that the silica itself was due to chemical precipitation in the Archean ocean by reason of voicanic action. 2169. NWYNE\ sec. 32, 64-9, south shore of Moose lake. At about a quarter of a mile from the lake. Graywacke here strikes a little S of W, with a high dip toward the S._ This is about 75 feet above Moose lake, but farther east rises to over 100 feet above the lake, with still southerly high dip, anda schistosity which runs about parallel with the lake. In the , graywacke are hits of slate like the slate in which the gray- wacke isimbedded and also pebbles of graywacke like itself and there are also various sharp flexures and evident fractures in the bedding. It isprobable that by brecciation and subsequent a —" STATE GEOLOGIST. 55 compression and shearing a clastic rock which originally con- sisted of alternating argillyte and graywacke has been caused to contain isolated pieces of one rock in the body of the other, and thus to take on the aspect of a conglomerate. Compare rock 2273. 2170. Alittle further east, after crossing the little creek coming from Flask lake, is another prominent ridge composed of this rock. This is apparently a porphyry and homogeneous, the crystals being of feldspar. Its contact is parallel with some slates of the formation, but it is also mingled in fragments with the slates mutually over a thickness of ten or fourteen inches, all elongated in lenticuiar pieces. The porphyry is not observ- ably finer at thiscontact. This is NE4 NE sec. 32, 64-9, or perhaps a little further east. The field appearance is that of brecciation along the line of contact of a coarse-grained stra- tum on a fine-grained one, followed by shearing movement and pressure. 2171. This rock is similar to 2170 in being porphyritic. It comes fromthe next littleridge. Italso contains ‘‘porphyritic”’ hornblende. It is in general a green rock, and a pebbly con- glomerate, forming a ridge about 75 feet wide. It can only be interpreted as a constituent member of a vast fragmental for- mation, and may be compared with the conglomerate seen at Kekequabic lake and eastward to Zeta lake. 2172. Just before descending to Flask creek the country rock changes to a coarse conglomerate, dipping at 85° in the same direction. The pebbles are of a fine amorphous, gray or green- ish-gray, siliceous rock, jaspilyte, greenstone, and are from six inches in diameter downward. Some of the pebbles are also of flint, and of ‘‘peppery’”’ greenstone. This stratum is 200 feet thick. It also contains apparently pebbles of an older con- glomerate, in which the pebbles are not distinguishable from those of the main formation. This again may bedue to brecci- ation. Just before reaching this conglomerate appears 2173. A fine grained, apparently finely crystalline rock, gray and firm. This can be followed somewhat in the manner of a dike, about parallel with the general strike, for a distance of twenty rods or more, but its width varies considerably. It may be compared with Nos. 2263 and 2264; also with the porphyritic acid dike near Ely. 2174. Contact edge of 2173 showing a finer grain as if con- tacting on a colder surface. 2175. A curious, massive-looking green rock, apparently a 56 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT bed of the conglomerate, but appearing outwardly likea green- stone. Twenty to twenty-five feet thick. This is about NW%4 NW sec. 33, 64-9. 2176. Fine, brown, granitic rock, which runs hike a dike, cutting the conglomerate near its contact with the greenstone, on the south side of Flask creek, but running nearly parallel with a strike. 2177. The distinctly conglomeratic portion of the rock in this aaa vicinity dips, with the rest, toward the south, at 85° under the rock represented by this number, which is an apparent greenstone, but still plainly a fragmental rock. It in- dicates that, older than the coarse conglomerate, is a consider- able thickness of fine greenstone debris, which, when hardened and ‘‘recomposed,’’ appears like the greenstone from which it was derived. In this are a few, imperfectly rounded fragments that were not far transported from their sources, but no band- ed variations due to sedimentation. On the weathered surface is a siliceous mesh-work which stands above the rest of the rock, a character which sometimes serves well to distinguish a clastic greenstone from an igneous one. 2178. SWY%4SW'% sec. 32, 64-9, south of Moose lake. A great range of greenstone runs through the country about east and west, rising about 200 feet above Moose lake. It issometimes agglomeratic, but has forms of greenstone as pebbles, two or three inches in diameter, of differing grain and texture, but these are scarce. The whole is irregular and frequently much- jointed, and it contains occasional narrow belts of red con- glomerate. Taken as a whole there seems to be a mingling of igneous rock with detrital, perhaps partly due to folding and shearing, but in large part probably due to cotemporary action of eruptive and marine forces. The rock of this number is a curious micaceous greenstone that cuts the other greenstone in bosses and dikes. According to Elftman there is much of this in the region, and it cuts the jaspilyte. This here cuts agglomeratic greenstone. 2179. The finer parts of the general conglomerate. 2180. Red-weathering pebble, from the conglomeratic banded jaspilyte, near the sec. line between secs. 20 and 21, 64- 9,but nearer Mooselake. This jaspilyteis here native to the form- ation in which it exists, and is at the same time crowded with pebbles, and even boulders, of detrital origin. The details of this locality are given in the final report, Vol. 1V., in the chap- ter devoted to Lake county. It is sufficient here to state that STATE GEOLOGIST. 57 the phenomena of this jaspilyte seem to be demonstrative, not only of the great age of jaspilyte but of the theory which as- cribes it to chemical oceanic precipitation in the Archeanageat a time and place when oceanic forces had fullsway. The facts of this occurrence also seem to show that jaspilyte was formed in the Upper Keewatin as well as the Lower. 2181. Fragmental greenstone in which this jaspilyte lies, taken on the northwest side of the main jaspilyte band (com- pare 2273). 2182. Jaspilyte, showing close interbanding of other sedi- mentary materials, taken along the east side of the main jaspi- lyte mass (compare 2274). Still furthereast this graduates in- to a green slaty rock, viz. 2183. A firm,sub-crystalline schist, standing nearly vertical, the schistosity coinciding with the sedimentary structure; a sort of roughly schistose chloritic argillyte. ‘2184. On the trail between Moose lake and Flask lake. There is a large exposure of conglomerate and graywacke be- tween these two lakes. It is sometimes charged with crystals of feldspar like the conglomerate at Zeta lake, and sometimes appears more like the Stuntz conglomerate, the former repre- sented by this specimen. 2185. Hardened conglomerate, crystalline, approaching mica schist. On the face of the rock are boulder forms and ir- regular areas of granite, or granitic rock, which weather red. SE SW sec. 26, 64-9. This hardened conglomerate isa con- dition of the conglomerate of the region, and it is evident that the hardening is an incident of nearness to the granitic area of Snowbank lake. 2185A. Conditions of 2185, showing the remnants of strat- ification, and some pebbles. 2186. Conglomerate, from centre of sec. 26, 64-9, Snow- bank lake. 2187. Porphyritic condition of the conglomerate at tenrods further west, at the lake shore of Snowbank lake; resembles 2184. 2188. Mica schist, lake shore, Snowbank lake, SW1%4 NE%4 sec. 26, 64-9. 2189. Quartz porphyry, so-called, cutting 2188, and cut by the granite of the region. Same place as 2188. At this point the mica schist, ametamorphic condition of the conglomeratic and graywackentic formation extending from Moose lake, is cut by large dikes of granite, as well as by this 58 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT porphyry. According to Mr. Elftman, who has been over much of the country, this earlier porphyry is a part of a large form- ation found toward the south and southwest; the equivalent of the porphyry which cuts the greenstones on the Kawishiwi, described by Grant, and probably of that seen near Ely. It would thus be the source of pebbles seen in the great conglom- erate about Moose lake. Be that as it may, and there is much reason to doubt it, the gradual change that certainly takes place in the rocks of the country #n approaching Snowbank lake seems to bring them into such a crystalline condition that it is reasonable to consider this porphyry as a culmination of that alteration, producing a plastic mass which on any favor- able occasion was ready to enter fissures in the surrounding strata, and on solidification to appear as dykes, or even as ig- neous masses of great size. In this rock are preserved, then, not only the feldspars of the original clastic rock, such as al- ready noted in the conglomerate about Moose lake, but also some of the pebbly forms, for the latter are also visible on a weathered surface. That this porphyry is distinct from those on the Kawishiwi river and at Ely is shown by the fact that this cuts the conglomerate to which those are supposed to have contributed pebbles. As to the granite, which cuts both the mica schist and the porphyry, some of it is distinct pegmatyte, and hence is not to be considered a normal intrusive, and some of it is uniform granite, there being no observable areal distinction between them, except that the former is always in small patches or dike- like bodies, and thelatter forms great bosses. How much later this granitic formation was than the intrusion by the porphy- ry, it is difficult, even impossible to state, on the basis of any facts at hand. That is to say, it is not possible to affirm, with certainty, whether the granitic intrusion was essentially of the same age as that of the porphyry, only differing {rom the porphyry by being at the culmination of the epoch of which porphyry was the commencement, or was the product of a lat- er grand epoch, such as that of the gabbro epoch, separated from the porphyry by a long period of quiet. In any case, the source of the materials of the granite, from facts already stat- ed, and to be stated, was the same as that of the materials of the porphyry, viz.: inthe schist and conglomeratic schist of the country, by a powerful metamorphosing force which rendered plastic and then recrystallized the detrital elements of the older rocks. STATE GEOLOGIST. 52 2190. SW%4NE% sec. 24, 69-9. Snowbankjlake. Near the head of the little bay, but on the north side of it, is an outcrop of a phase of the formation which is not granite nor mica schist. It is massive and indistinctly porphyritic, with small dim feldspars, or pieces of feldspars. It is finely granular ona weathered surface, and shows a grayish red color, the redness coming from the feldspars, which have a tendency to that color, and the mass of the rock being gray or greenish. It isnot well developed as granite. It probably was not in a zone of differ- ential shearing but was heated and pressed uniformly. 2191. Sample from the same place, from the same rock a short distance from the shore (say 150 feet). This shows the conglomeratic and the finely porphyritic structure, seen in 21- 90, in the same mass; but as it contains a granite pebble, which according to the provisional interpretation offered by Mr. Elft- man, can come only from the granitic dikes and masses of the mica schist, this conglomerate must be separate and later than the Snowbank lake conglomerate, and of the age of the conglomerate of Moose lake. The conglomerate of Snowhbank lake: The question having arisen, in the field-work, of the existence, as above, of two con- glomerates, one a micaceous and schistose, and the other the Moose lakeconglomerate, and the distance between them being reduced here, according to Mr. Elftman, to 150 feet, it was deemed best to make a thorough examination of that interval. His idea would require no granite to cut the upper one, but on- ly the lower; and no granitic pebbles in the lower, but many of them, from dikes in the lower, to exist in the upper. On landing at the same place again, the first thing to be not- iced was granitic boulder-like masses in the supposed lower, micaceous conglomerate, immediately at the landing. As it was suggested that they might be intrusive masses, like the dikes, although entirely isolated, further search was made in the same vicinity. These isolated granitic masses do not ap- pear like intrusive, or indigenous granite, mere splashes of granite half-formed, off-shoots from the rock 2190 penetrating the surrounding mass, as seen at Disappointment lake (see un- der 2206), but they appear rounded and foreign masses, same as that seen in 2191. Next it was noted that in passing over the interval to the Jocation of rock 2191, a great rock ridge immediately sets in, rising from the lakeshore, the rock No. 2190 continuing, though much moss-covered, with identical characters across the whole 60 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT interval to the place of 2191, though perhaps becoming more and more crystalline. It is somewhat porphyritic, generally dark colored, sometimes a little schistose and micaceous. But finding that sample 2191, containing a conspicuous pebble of fine-grained granite, came from a lot of loose angular blocks, evidently but not certainly the talus of the hill, on a slope descending toward the south, it was essential to further exam- ine the country rock underlying. The hill mentioned here rises still about 175 feet. On ascending the hill it was found that the same rock mass continues, though a subordinate crest was found to be composed of reddish granite. This granite mus’ therefore cut the supposed upper conglomerate. Both of the criteria of distinction therefore were negatived, viz., granitic pebbles are in the supposed lower conglomerate, and granitic dikes cut the supposed upper conglomerate. In order to ascertain whether the piece from which was ob- tained the sample 2191 was in situ in the immediate vicinity, that locality was re-examined, whenit was found that mostof the moss-covered blocks are, truly, from a different kind of rock, viz.: 2192. Black, or dark-gray, and like a basic dike, its rela- tions not seen. But on skirmishing about a little, and pulling off the moss, there was found a largeconglomeratic area, with- in twenty feet, containing boulders of granite, and identical, in all essentials, with the rock 2191. 2193. Granite pebble, from the ‘‘lower’’ conglomerate. The main hill, which here rises 200 feet, more or less, is made of the same kind of conglomerate, with varying degrees of coarseness. It is evidently cut by granitic and perhaps by other dikes. It follows,so far as this search indicates, that the metamorphic conglomerate, seen so abundantly about Snow- bank lake, is the same as that seen between Snowbank and Moose lakes, and belongs to the base, or near the base, of the Upper Keewatin. 2194. Augite-syenite, from the small island, NE% SW% sec. 19, 64-8, Snow bank lake (same as 271E, already described by Mr. Elftman, who first identified the rock). Another examination was made, under the guidance of Mr. Elftman, in the north side of sec. 19, 64-8, between Snowbank lake and Black lake, of the supposed superposition of one con- glomerate (the more northern) over another supposed to be older, There is one continuous conglomeratic mass extending from one lake to the other, all standing nearly vertical. In the pee «3 ~ —— Sees ee et i STATE GEOLOGIST. 61 northern part, the strike being nearly east and west,is found a noticeable amount of jaspilyte, and little or none of this is seen in the southern part. The southern part is also more crystal- line than the northern, but it is not a mica schist. These dif- ferences, however, are hardly sufficient to establish a distinc- tion which would warrant the assignment of the northern part to the base of the Upper Keewatin and the southern part to the base of the Lower Keewatin, (1) because the absence of jaspilyte from a portion of a conglomerate may have been caused by the exhaustion of the supply in the later part of the period of its formation, or by its being covered by sedimenta- tion and protected from further degradation—considerations which would gotoshow the greater age of the northern instead of the southern part of this conglomerate. If the northern strata, at this place, be considered the younger, as believed by Mr. Elftman on the basis of the jaspilyte contained in them, such variation from no jaspilyte in the older strata to frequent fragments of it inthe younger, in thesame conglomeratic mass, is not a variation that requires such a profound non-conform- ity. Many causes can be invoked for the appearance of jaspi- lyte in such a mass at one horizon and not in another. Any- thing that would bring the line of erosion and distribution from one rock to another, would be sufficient to cause the ap- pearance or the disappearance of jaspilyte fragments in the process of accumulation of a conglomerate. Subsidence, eleva- tion, sudden or gradual, volcanic action, long-continued base- leveling, etc., would materially modify the nature of any coarse fragmental in process of accumulation. Such variations, in respect to other sorts of pebbles, are not uncommon in all con- * glomerates. (2) Thedifference in metamorphism isnot marked. The southern part is not a pronounced mica schist, while the northern part is not free from metamorphism. Indeed, so far as could be observed, the metamorphism was progressive from north to south, i. e., in the direction toward the granitic area of the central part of the lake. It should be added that, taken together, these parts seem to constitute a great conglomeratic mass, the same as occurs be- tween Snowbank and Moose lakes, and quite similar in many respects to the great mass frequently named Ogishke, lying further northeast. 2195. Supposed augite-granite (Nos. 271E and 591E, de- scribed by Elftman in the report for 1893); just east of the sec- tion line between secs. 19 and 20, 64-8, Snowbank lake. 62 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT 2196. Red, fine, porphyritic granite, at the section line be- tween secs. 19 and 20, 64-8. Disappointment lake. An examination was made of the iron ore location at Cheadle’s cabin, so-called from anexploration made several?years ago on the south shore of this lake, by Mr. Cheadle, for the trying of the iron ore there seen. In ali former reports this iron ore has been assigned to the Animikie and the facts here observed, taken in connection with what had been discovered respecting the rock called muscovadyte, and its re- lations to the gabbro and to the Kawishiwin greenstones, conspired to cause a considerable alteration in the survey’s classification of the iron ores, and in theoretical viewsas to the gabbro. The place was visited again in 1898 for renewed in- spection, and these views were confirmed. 2197, SWANEM, sec. 4, 63-8, Cheadle’s cabin. In reaching this place the party passed several small points along thesouth- west shores of Disappointment lake, which, without close ex- amination, appeared to be of mica schist, such as seen in many placeson Snowbank lake. Also on the portage from Snowbank Jake the same mica schist is seen, cut occasionally by small red dikes of granite. This rock is obtained immediately on landing at Cheadle’s where is a conspicuous display of fine-grained, non- micaceous rock, mainly massive, but conglomeratic in bands, gray, firm and resembling muscovadyte. This dips S or SSE, at an angle of 45° to 80°. 2198. Conglomeratic condition of 2197. 2199. Siliceous iron ore, showing the rock rather than the ore, mainly a dark, ferromagnesian rock. 2200. The same, with more quartz, the last being recrystal- lized by the action of the gabbro. 2201. Low-grade ore. Cheadle’s. 2202. Gabbro, cutting this conglomerate, at a point 30ft.+ further south. The gabbro embraces pieces of conglomerate. The conglomerate certainly contains the ore, and they both pass under the gabbro, or into it, the average northern limit of the gabbro being some further south. 2203. A piece of the conglomerate (now a fine-grained rock, like muscovadyte) at the gabbro contact. The large point in the southern part of sec. 33, 64-8, consists of hard, subcrystalline, massive conglomerate, in which area few hornblendes, but scarcely visible mica-schist characters. It cannot be separated from the conglomerate, which is dis- tinctly a mica schist. It is cut by a basic dike running about STATE GEOLOGIST. 63 east and west, and about four feet wide. .Westward along the shore of this point the country is nearly bare of vegetation, and the rock is frequently seen in large surface exposures. It con- sists of the same conglomerate as on the south side, cut by sev- eral basic dikes, with irregularities of strike, although it is nearly ENE. One small granitic dike (8 in. wide) also cuts the basic dikes. Toward the west there is an increasing tendency to siliceous veining, characteristic of mica schist—such small veins as cross each other but hardly make anything more than a coarse mesh work in the rock itself, appearing on the weath- ered surfaces. It also shows reddened areas, both of boulders of foreign granite, and splashes, as it were, of incipient granite, of irregular shapes from six inches to two feet across, roughly embracing sometiines areas thatarenot red. Many of the peb- bles have a zonal structure, green in the centre, then pink, then granitic, then hornblendic. 2204. From a narrow (8 in.) granitic dike, as above. 2205. Micaceous and hornblendic condition of thisconglom- erate, as above. 2206. Micaceous and hornblendic condition of the same from a little further west but still containing numerous pebbles. Further west, and south, this conglomerate becomes more characteristically a mica schist, as seen widely about the west- ern shores of Snowbank lake. Along the west shore of Disap- pointment lake it is decidedly micaceous and decidedly con- glomeratic, on the hills back from the shore, in the SE part of sec. 32, 64-8. Here the rock varies from a firm wackenitic formation with many red granitic boulders to a more distinct mica schist. The granitic boulders are large and abundant. The rock is sometimes distinctly bedded, dipping about 75° to the SW, and on weathered surfaces it is red and sub-granitic. In the hills mentioned isconsiderablered granite, conspicuous from a distance, viewed from the east. This, however, is in the form of dikes cutting the conglomerate, the latter rock having been broken away from the granite in large blocks, leaving the granite exposed. The conglomerate here is not only conspicu- ously cut by red granite dikes, but also contains pebbles of red granite, as well as reddened splashes or areas where the whole conglomerate itself is red. The red-weathering patches in the conglomerate seem to be places semi-granitized. This is not far from the centre of sec. 32, 64-8, a little SE from the centre. The red granite dikes cut several basic dikes. This massive, firm conglomerate, can here hardly be called schist, although it 64 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT has been uniformly denominated mica schist. It is a very sili- ceous rock, probably made up of the debris of granite, quartz- ose rocks and perhaps quartz porphyry, and was originally, where fine-grained, a graywacke. - 2207. Red granite, from the dikes above. These vary in width from a few inches to four or five feet. The southwesterly part of the shore of Disappointment lake was again examined. 2208. There is ascarcity of rock exposure; but at SW% NE sec. 5, 63-8, the exposed rock shows an approach toward mica schist, and also toward the muscovadyte seen at Chea- dle’s. Itis rather fine-grained, distinctly bedded, gray, silice- ous and apparently hornblendic. 2209. Nearly the same as the last, but from the extremity of the point, a little furthernorth; somewhat coarser and more siliceous, quite similar to the rock at Cheadle’s. There can be no doubt as to the transition, along the strike, from mica scnist to the muscovadyte at Cheadle’s, a fact reported by H. V. Winchell in the 17th annual report, pp. 116-117, 1888. 2210. Northeast end of Disappointment lake. Somewhat more greenish and less quartzose, but still a part of the same conglomerate. The results of observations about Snowbank and Disappoint- ment lakes in 1897, may be summed up, as they appeared at that time, about as follows: 1. The conglomeratic formation about Moose lake, extend- ing to Snowbank lake, is reasonably considered as one. 2. At Snowbank lake it becomes micaceous and hornblendic, and constitutes, in that form, many prominent topographic features about the western and northern shores. 3. It is cut by graniticdikes in many places, especially when- ever it has the micaceous and hornblendic composition. 4. The red granitic dikes cut a coarse augite granite on the north shore of Snowbank lake, and this augitic rock may be older than the conglomerate. We have no evidence on that. 5. Much of the eastern and northwestern shore is also com- posed of this conglomerate, but the southeastern is occupied by a coarse gray granite. 6. Atthe portage to Disappointment lake the rock is con- glomerate mica schist, cut by granite, but near Disappoint- ment the schistose character is less pronounced, and the con- glomerate is a massive hard rock, the boulder forms often be- ing perfect and frequently of granite. STATE GEOLOGIST. 65 7. Throughout Disappointment lake the shores are ap- parently of this conglomerate. 8. It becomes micaceous in the vicinity of granitic dikes and the mica schist, at least toward the south, becomes the muscovadyte, so called, in the Minnesota reports, in the vicini- ty of the gabbro, and has not in this form been distinguished from the muscovadyte of the Lower Keewatin. 9. The effect of the granitic revolution, on the older rocks, appearssometimes more profound than that of the gabbro, and extends a greater distance from the present outcrops of the in- trusive rocks. Inthe lattercase also the earlierstructures (bed- ding, boulders, etc.) are more obscured, the rock becoming nearly homogeneous and massive. The effect of the granitic revolution was profound and widespread, the gabbro revolu- tion was intense and more local. 10. The gabbro cuts through the conglomerate, appearing in tongues and sills for some distance (say 300 feet) north from the general limit of the gabbro. The conglomerate was fol- lowed southward about 150 feet from the point at which the iron ore appears. 11. The gabbro varies considerably, often taking the form of an igneous muscovadyte, and having its coarse homogene- ous structure only at some distance south from the point at which its gabbroid characters are recognizable. ; 12. Theiron ore isin this great conglomerate, and not in the Animikie, and was undoubtedly originally jaspilyte, like that seen westward from Moose lake, on the portage to Wood lake, the alteration being due to the general revolution which produced the gabbro. 13. There is but one conglomerate, so far as can be seen; it was converted to a micaceous, and sometimes a hornblendic, rock at the time of the granitic disturbance; and this mica schist now passes to muscovadyte toward proximity to the gabbro. At the same time this tendency toward muscovadyte is within a belt of country which seems to be occupied by clas- tic greenstone containing occasional lodes of jaspilyte. This belt of clastic greenstone, now altered to muscovadyte with its olivinitic magnetite, runs southwestward toward thesouthern confines of Birch lake, and is the same belt which has uniform- ly been considered, hitherto, to have been composed of the strike of the basal portions of the Animikie. - 14. The normal gabbro has an intimate association with this muscovadyte. 66 - TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT " 15. This conglomerate has to be parallelized with the Up- per Keewatin. It is earlier than the granite which cuts it about Snowbank lake, but later than the granite on which it lies at Saganaga lake. 16. There is no evidence here to connect the Animikie with this conglomerate. The Animikie exists nowhere in theregion. 17. It is apparent that in some places the granitic dis- turbange came upon the Lower Keewatin, and in others upon the Upper. In the former case hornblendic schists, and more rigid and uniform mica schists result, (and it is possible that this preceded the granitic revolution which gave dikes in the conglomerate), and in the latter the conglomeratic characteris more persistent, with development of scattered small horn- blendes. [NoTE.—It is important that the granitic area of Snowbank lake be further exam- ined for the purpose of delimiting the granites, which seem to occur there, of two dif- ferent dates. It may be also that there is a Lower Keewatin conglomerate, viz. that which is seen at Cheadie’s, passing to muscovadyte through mica schist, and an Upper Keewatin conglomerate, viz. that cut by the red granitic dikes and other granite. ] On returning to Tower, by way of Prairie portage, an ex- amination was made of the river flowing from Sucker to Basi- menan lake. Itisa large streamand has a water-fall and rapid descent immediately at the outlet of Sucker lake, the barrier being granite or granitized schist, the whole fall being about 30 feet. 2211. Light colored granite, at the outlet of Sucker lake. The general aspect of the structure is that of intrusion in the schists, which are crumpled and subcrystalline. 2212. Squeezed schist, same place. Lower down, on the Canadian side of the stream, is an ex- posure in the bank which is of a rock in some places granitized and in others subgranitized schist, viz. 2213. Granite, at the river, Prairie portage. 2214. Granitized schist, Prairie portage. The schists of the region are sericitic and fragile, when weathered, and occasionaliy become argillyte and graywacke. Rock SAMPLES COLLECTED BY N. H. WINCHELL IN 1898 WITH FIELD ANNOTATIONS. Third Visit to Snowhank Lake. The Kawishiwi River. At the west end of the short port- age going from the Kawishiwi river (Centre of SW\% sec. 30, 63-10) is a knob of granite causing rapids. This granite has STATE GEOLOGIST. 67 been examined and mapped by Grant (20th report). The Ka- wishiwi river proper was left at the next bay (east) where an- other portage leads to Clearwater lake, to NEY NE sec. 31, 63-10. Occasionally on this portage the mica schist is seen to be conglomeratic, like that at Snowbank lake. “The granite permeates the schist in a multitude of small dikes and veinings, often in all directions, and the schist itself is granitized where acid. Where not acid, or where basic dikes cut it earlier than the granite, the resultant rock is a dark hornblendic one. 2215. NE%NW% sec. 5,62-10. On the south side of the large triangular island surrounded by the Kawishiwi river. This rock comes from the point at which in 1886 was noted firm, tough ‘‘greenstone’’ in the report for that year (16th Re- port, p. 342), but it is not normal greenstone, as that term is now understood. It is a fresher rock than the greenstones, is distinctly crystalline, rather coarse-grained, and dates from the epoch of the intrusive granite, approaching dioryte. Itisa dark granitoid rock, a variant from the granites of the imme- diate vicinity. This occurs on both sides of the little bay, and particularly on the south side. 2216. Another, but similar phase of the dark rock 2215. North side of the little bay. 2217. Still another phase, from the south side of the same bay. The structural relation of this rock to the red granite is not visible, but apparently there are intermediate stages of acidity, due to the acquirement of quartz and orthoclase, through which the dark rock gradually passes into the regular granite. : 2218 illustrates a stage in this transition, and 2219 is another, a red granite with much hornblende. These last two are from the same shore farther west. 2200. A short distance further west; darker than 2218 and 2219, but lighter than 2215-17. It is an important observation that, as above, this fresh eruptive dark rock, which might be called greenstone, with a qualification, shading through dioryte passes into hornblendic granite. All stages of this transition could be represented by samples. In one direction the rock, for the most part, is dark and green and in the other it is a distinct red granite, but in some places knobs and areas appear that show intermediate stages. This local difference in the acidity of the crystalline rock is believed to be due to local variations in the acidity of the original clastic rock from which the igneous rock was 68 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT locally produced by intense metamorphism, which here reached the point of fusion. The original structures are entirely lost, and the present conditions are only those of a massive crystal- line rock. . 2221. At the narrows of the Kawishiwi river, NE%SE% sec. 5, 62-10, a little west of the’so-called ‘‘Palisades’”’ of the Kawishiwi. This rock forms a small knob on the north shore. It is a fine-grained ‘‘greenstone,’”’ or hornblende schist and is cut by many veins of red granite, and seems to be finally whol- ly replaced by the palisade rock. It is sometimes very fine- grained, as if it had chilled by contact on a colder rock, but that could not be on the red granite. The sample shows some disseminated red feldspar, which is not the usual thing. 2222. Fine-grained sample of this rock; composed appar- ently largely of fine horneblendes, with some feldspar equally fine; sharply crystalline, hardly a schist, though having a schistose rift. 2223. Centre WY% SW% sec. 3, 62-10; south Kawishiwi river. Back from the shore a few rods is a ridge of gabbro. In this gabbro, in spots, are angular pieces of muscovadyte, from two or three inches to eight inches in diameter, the gabbro passing round them. 2224. (Specimen missing.) NE%4 NW sec. 3, 92-10; at the granite contact on the gabbro, at the river shore. A gray but red weathering rock, fine-grained, apparently intermediate be- tween gabbro and granite, forms a low point having an un- favorable exposure. There is no evidence that the gabbro had any connection with this in age or genesis. Again at two points were noted the easy transition from the red granite of the region to the coarse gray dioryte, even on the same rock surface, within six feet. Fine, red aplitic dikes cut both. The hornblendic element in the dioryte is the chief point in which this differs from gabbro, and at a distance such gray dioryte, when fine-gr alae? is easily mistaken for gabbro. 9225. NEWYSW' sec. 24, 63-10, on the portage from Ka- wishiwi to Triangle lake, near the Kawishiwi. The granite continues but a short distance north of the river, but passes through a schistose lamination, the laminations being of fine, or red felsitic, rock, separated by thin sheets of green sub- stance which is fine and apparently allied to the greenstone which supervenes next north. 2226. From a large inclusion of greenstone in the granite, near the same place as 2225. STATE GEOLOGIST. 69 2227. At the corner of secs.8,9, 16 and 17, 63-9, is a prom- inent greenstone ridge which extends NE and SW. It appears fresn, fine-grained and diabasic, but much of it is agglomeratic. The sample represents the non-agglomeratic. 2228. Diabase dike cutting 2229; these are narrow, reach- ing 4 ft. They show sometimes clustered crystals of plagio- clase, like the sills at Gunflint lake, and are equally fresh. Porphyry of the Lower Keewatin. 2229. Two hundred paces south of the %4-post, east side of sec. 8, 63-9, southwest of Snowbank lake. A large area ex- tending westward from this place is occupied by a peculiar light-weathering porphyroidal rock whose structure and rela- tion to the greenstone, and whose origin, are very interesting and important in the solution of the geological questions of the Archean, but whose peculiar phenomena cannot be fully set forth here.* In general this rock is massive. No. 2229 furnishes much debris to the conglomerate 2230. It is apparent, from all the facts observed, that the rock 2229 is a member of the Lower Keewatin. 2230. In the main a greenstone. It contains pieces, near the contact with 2229, both rounded and angular, of 2229, and constitutes a conglomerate of later date than 2229. 2231. Fragmental-(?) greenstone, a part of 2230. This rock has firm, fresh, uniform, massive aspect. 3 2232. Ata quarter of a mile north of the east %4 post of sec. 8, 63-8, the rock is gray, siliceous, hardly porphyritic, a near approach to graywacke. This is apparently a variation in the rock 2229, the great porphyry of the region. This continues further north, without much variation, for quite a belt, when suddenly a green phase comes on, resembling 2231. This rap- idly fades out into a bluish-green, coarse, schistose slate, then to lighter, coarse slate or graywacke. This continues north- ward to the swamp, where the section corner-post stands. 2233. North from the same swamp; a bluish-gray rock, hardly a slate, striking north, 52°W, standing nearly vertical. 2234. In another swamp, at 52 paces south from the sec- tion corner of sec. 9, are low moss-covered knobs of slate lke 2233, and in close proximity to them is found this greenstone, probably a dike running with the formation northwestwardly. Outwardly, however, this is hard to distinguish from 2231. 2235. A greenstone which carries masses and pebbles of porphyry (2229) from in. to %1in. in diameter, strung out *Compare the chapter on Lake county, final report. 70 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT NW and SE in a pseudo-sedimentary manner. The two rocks, porphyry and greenstone, are irregularly mixed, each occur- ring in isolated knobs, but in general the porphyry is in smaller masses in the greenstone. This is on the north line of sec. 8, 63-9, about a quarter of a mile west of the northeast corner of the section. 2236. From a dike 650 paces west of the corner post, about 2 feet wide, running N and §S, across the quartz porphyry, or porphyrel, may be compared with 2235. This dike runs ‘‘un- der Copeland’s cabin,”’ i. e. through the ruins of that cabin, now burnt. 2237. At 670 rods west from the same corner post (i. e. NE cor. sec. 8, 63-9) four rods west of the above cabin. At this place the porphyry, so-called, presents fragmental charac- ters. It is roughly schistose in a direction E25°+N, and ridged with interrupted finer belts resembling siliceous argil- lyte. It holds pieces of greenstone, and of slaty greenstone varying in size from 10inches downward, (rounded) to half an inch, also pieces of jaspilyte, and rovnded quartz. The slaty greenstone is like argillyte and runs usually with thestructure, standing on edge. The rock contains much quartz in grains less than a pea in size, but also as large as an inch in diameter, the last being very rare, while other quartzes, as if pheno- crysts in quartz porphyry, are abundantly disseminated. In- deed the bulk of the whole rock consists of more or less round- ed fragments of orthoclase and quartz lying in a pellucid ma- trix which appears to be quartz, essentially, sufficiently abund- ant to keep the quartz and orthoclase grains from interlock- ing, but apparently allowing them to come loosely into con- tact. 2238. In other places nearby are other variations in this porphyry. It may hold distinct crystals of orthoclase in abundance, or none at all. It also varies to a fine-grained gray rock with no apparent quartz nor feldspar as crystals, but yet on close examination it is seen that fine quartz grains are still present. Inother cases it holds vitreous quartz grains surrounded by a mesh of quartz which is like that of the jas- pilyte, i. e. very finely granular and interlocking. The speci- men having this number represents such “‘chalcedonic” quartz, as matrix for vitreous quartz grains, frorh about a quarter of a mile north of Copeland’s cabin. If this be real ‘‘chaleedonic”’ silica, same as that of the jaspilyte lodes, it raises the hypothe- sis that the whole mass of this quartz-porphyry with its vart- STATE GEOLOGIST. fo! ations may be due to oceanic precipitation followed by the formation of phenocrysts, sometimes of quartz and sometimes of orthoclase, and sometimes of both, from the hot solutions of the Archean ocean, the whole having been at first a siliceous and alkaline mud. It seems, from the field observations, that this rock which is usually accepted as an igneous one (1. e. the quartz-porphyry), presents occasionally characters that are usually accredited only to those rocks that are of oceanic orig- in. Thesefragmental signs are indistinctly seen in much of this rock, but outwardly, and megascopically, it appears like a massive quartz porphyry. Its age is very near that of the old- est greenstone. In no place is it seen to be intrusive on any rock, so far as examined, at least not on that older greenstone. Quartz porpnyry of later date is known to be intrusive on the Upper Keewatin, as at Snowbank lake, but that may be at- tributed to subsequent plasticity of this mass in some of its deeper-seated portions, under the influence of pressure and fold- ing. The occasional signs of fragmental accumulation seen in this rock would, in that case, be the result of erosion and trans- portation and sedimentation, identical with the saine in nor- mal sedimentary rocks. 2239. In aswamp next further west from the last, but dis- tant from it not more than twenty rods, appear small isolated outcrops of asub-granitic rock, somewhat resembling the gran- ites of Kekequabic lake, probably of the same date and origin. Passing westward through thisswamp and ontothe spur of dry land coming from the north (NE%4 NW sec. 8, 63-9) the porphyry, or porphyrel, appears in isolated patches and belts, sometimes having the appearance of intrusive relations to the greenstone, i. e., to a greenstone, although such areas and belts might have been formed, so far as can be seen here, by the folding and twisting which the rocks have suffered. The por- phyry occurs suddenly in knobs and small areas, sometimes co- incident with the schistosity of the greenstone and sometimes across it. This greenstone is the later greenstone, contains small deposits of jaspilyte, is non-agglomeratic, yet massive. It differs from the agglomeratic, or fundamental, greenstone; (1)it is not agglomeratic; (2) with a hand-glass it can be seen that the green, hornblendic element is roundish, and is em- braced ina mesh-work of the whiteelement which is apparently silica, which on weathered surfaces stands out above the horn- blendes, giving asharp roughness. This siliceous element is so abundant in some ridges that it gives the rock a white appear- 72 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT ance of weathered porphyry. In an igneous greenstone the white element, which is feldspathic, weathers away faster than do the hornblendes, and the latter mineral forms the promi- nent roughness. (3) It holds detached masses of the porphyry, and is, apparently,in somecases intruded by the porphyry, and brought into abrupt contact with it by folding. 2240. Sample of the conglomeratic (?) transition from the porphyry to the later greenstone. Same place as 2235; same horrizon as 2230. This rock is wholly composed of debris, mostly of pieces of porphyry, but partly of greenstone. The pieces of porphyry are not, now, markedly of rounded outlines, and seem not to have been worn long by waveaction, but they are of all sizes from several inches in diameter to mere grains, and some of them are of white jaspilitic quartz. This is illus- trated by plate Z, Vol. IV, final report, from photographs. This porphyry is a great formation. It was at first estimat- ed at 1000 feet in its extent north and south, but later obser- vations indicated that 2000 feet would be nearer the truth. There is much reason to believe that it is wholly an oceanic formation, and that the ‘‘contacts’’ which it makes suddenly upon the greenstone are due to folding and displacement. Not enough detailed examination was made to establish that idea _ for all the area of its extent, but what was seen in the region examined would not negative that hypothesis. Such isolated contacts would be therefore like the displacements of limestone and gneiss in the Adirondacks which mutually penetrate each other along the plane of superposition. But the fragmental transition, such as illustrated by rocks 2240 and 2230 can hardly be taken for anything but a detrital phase, incident to oceanic accumulation, in passing from one rock to another. This not only makes two greenstones, separated by this por- phyry, but implies a great and sudden variation in the nature of the materials undergoing oceanic accumulation. Through- out most of the northern part of the state where this green- stone formation has been studied, no such body of porphyry has been found. That at Kekequabic lakeis the most impor- tant seen up to this time, and at that place there is no such good opportunity to examine its structural relations. It has to be allowed a place in the Archean separating at this place what has been called the Kawishiwin into two great members. The remarkable thing about this porphyry ts its acid charac- ter, as it lies between two basic rocks. While it seems to bea rock accumulated by oceanic forces it does not show plainly STATE GEOLOGIST. 73 any sedimentary structure. It is mainly massive and looks like an igneous rock, as much so as the fragmental and mas- sive greenstone. There is no known earlier granitic rock whose disintegration could have furnished this as a detrital product. It contains no pebbles of granite—only pebbles that can be referred to the earlier greenstone and some of its accidental variations, including jaspilyte. Hence it is a prob- lem to assign a source to this great acid mass. If we allow the chemical precipitation of the silica of the jas- pilyte in the midst of the greenstone Archean, or closely follow- ing the congealation of the earliest greenstone crust of the earth, thus producing the jaspilyte masses which everywhere occur in the greenstone, it is reasonable to presume that those conditions may have been prolonged in time ana intensified in degree as well as extended in area, and that under favorable circumstances an enormous amount of siliceous mud, varying occasionally to pure silica, may have been produced. There have been noted repeated instances of the gradual passage, by inter-stratification, from jaspilyte to argillyte, and to a chlo- ritic schist, as well as to iron ore.’ In one remarkable instance such banded jaspilyte has been seen to be at the same time a coarse conglomerate, showing that violent agitation, as well as chemical precipitation, was an attendant of the Archean ocean, both taking place, in some cases at least, at the same point and simultaneously. Under conditions producing chemical precipitation of silica, if the Archean ocean was deep, and if the precipitation was rapid and abundant and the mass cooled slowly (for the Arch- ean ocean at this time must be considered to have been heat- ed) it might be that crystals of quartz of considerable size would be formed throughout the mass, and that all the quartzes of this porphyry may have originated, in some such manner as selenite, pyrite and other crystals form in a mud that holds theelements of those minerals in saturated solution. The general absence of a banded stratification, under this hy- pothesis, is the greatest obstacle; but if the precipitate accu- mulated rapidly it must have been subject to the same forces, whatever they were, which excluded the banded structure from great thicknesses of fragmental greenstone, and from greater thicknesses of the Ogishke conglomerate, and from the Stuntz conglomerate. It is perhaps dueto copious and quick accumu- lation that the sedimentary structure is not seen in some large and important fragmental terranes. A subsequent crystalliza- 74 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT tion of the mass would also result in the obscuration, or the obliteration of the sedimentary structure, a fact seen in many great limestone strata of the Silurian, If, however, as seems to be proved by the presence of ortho- clase crystals in this porphyry, the precipitate was not wholly of silica, but included a considerable amount of potassa, the crystallization of such a deposit of alkaline mud would not only re-arrange the molecularstructure of tbe deposit through- out its whole thickness but would still more effectually destroy whatever sedimentary structure the ocean may have stamped upon it. Elsewhere it has been shown by the writer that potassium was probably retained as an element of the atmos- phere, after the solidification of the first crust, for a period long enough for the cooling of the crust and the ocean’to bring potassium within the bounds of possible condensation and pre- cipitation.* This is an inference from the observed later intro- duction of acid-alkaline rocks in the Archean than the ferro- magnesian. It is a striking coincidence with that argument that, here, the oldest known acid rock not only shows signs of oceanic agency but also embraces, along with phenocrysts of quartz, those of orthoclase, and that the fine matrix of these phenocrysts is both siliceous and alkaline, in a state of fine crystallization. . The heated waters of the Archean ocean had, at the date of this precipitation, only been able to accumulate by the ordi- nary methods of detrital sedimentation, a coarse ‘‘mud- conglomerate,’’ a stratum seen at this place to have a thick- ness of about 105 feet, made up wholly of roundish and more or less squeezed greenish pebbles. This band sometimes has been designated a ‘‘greenstone conglomerate”’ from the nature of its pebbles, but in other cases it has been styled ‘“‘mud con- glomerate,”’ from the fineness of their grain and the smooth- ness of their outlines, which also indicates an original plastici- ty. Under such conditions not only would the alkaline ocean hold in solution much silica, but such silica would, with alum- ina (also present as a product of decay and dissolution of the greenstone crust), necessarily unite to form such minerals as orthoclase. Hence would result, possibly, a rock as an ocean- ic product which is usually considered a normal igneous rock. Even with this origin for the earliest acid rock, which is here a quartz-porphyry, this rock is not far removed from the same operations and the same agencies as those which are called ig- *The origin of the Archean igneous rocks. American Geologist, XXII, 299, 1898. STATE GEOLOGIST. Ts dec neous, for heat and moisture and plasticity are the essential conditions for the production of all acid igneous rocks unless they be derived from some premordial magma. This explana- tion differs only in requiring a lower degree of heat (less than the boiling point of water), a longer period for crystallization and an enormous scale of operation, as contrasted with the re- stricted limits of normal volcanic action. It also implies the formation of the rock over broad expanses of the ocean’s bed rather than in the reservoir’s of the earth’s crust; and as a corollary it points to the porphyritic rather than the granitic as the structure assumed by the earliest acid rocks. 2241. At 430 paces west and about 80 paces south of the NE cor. of sec. 8, 63-9, is a conglomeratic place in the porphy- ry. Toward the NE from the porphyry can be seen a gradual change, the rock beginning to appear pebbly mainly with quartz-porphyry pebbles, with quite a number of greenstone, hard flinty slate and jaspilyte quartz and gray quartzyte. The change is within a foot and there is no apparent base for the conglomerate. The distinct conglomerate has a thickness of about 20 feet and grades off to graywacke which is distinctly bedded. The pebbles of the conglomerate are small and the rock so gradually grades into the non-conglomeratic kind that it is impossible to point out the contact with the porphyry proper. The transition is as indistinct as that from the Sagan- aga granite to the overlying base of the Ogishkeconglomerate, at the northwestern corner of Saganaga lake. It seems quite likely that here the true base of the Upper Keewatin is seen ly- - ing on this Lower Keewatin porphyry. This specimen repre- sents the porphyry at the exact contact on the greenstone, where the change is sudden, like an igneous contact. 2242. Porphyry at 10 feet from the same contact. These show no difference in fineness of grain, even the porphyritic crystals of quartz and feldspar continuing of uniform size upto the exact contact plane in No. 2241. Going north on the section line between secs. 4 and 5, 63-9, only graywacke and slate are encountered, with a strike N 50° W at first, but veering to N 20° or 30° W. This has the ap- pearance of being a part of the Upper Keewatin in the syncline of a fold the south arm of which would lie against the porphy- ry and greenstone above mentioned. In some places itis inter- sected by greenstone dikes which are frequently pinched out by the folding pressure. 2243. Sub-granitic narrow dike running with the structure 76 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT in the foregoing slate and graywacke. It is plain by the struc- tures that before the general twisting and kneading this slate and graywacke contained both greenstone dikes, sub-granitic dikes and large amounts of vein quartz, for these all shared in the close folding. The rock was in some cases closely broken and thrust zigzag and back upon itself, for it is in some belts shattered finely, so that no general nor special strike norstruc- ture remains. In general the dip is nearly vertical. 2244. Near the quarter section post, before crossing the creek, at Nelson’s cabins, the graywacke is normal, but ata little further west is a ridge of this rock. It is quite similar to 2243, but as it is in large amount its variations can be studied to advantage. It is rather homogeneous, massive like an igne- ous rock and spreads irregularly over several knobs, plainly in- trusive in its action. 2245. On looking about over these knobs it appears that this rock is generally finely porphyritic with feldspar, and had originally pebbles of porphyry and fragments of a dark rock, constituting a conglomerate, showing in spots traces of a sed- imentary structure, and really is but a condition of some parts of the fragmental formation. Yet it appears likerock 2243, and is massive as a granite, having angular cross-jointage. The appearance and action of this intrusion is quite similar tosome of the granite of Kekequabic lake. Nos. 2243,44 and 45 consti- tute a series showing what outwardly indicates intrusive and igneous action of a rock that originally was fragmental, and which still retains (in No. 2245) unquestionable pebbly forms of different kinds of rock. This, however, all appears to be- long tothe Upper Kewatin, and may be said to repeat the phe- nomena of Kekequabic lake, on a small scale. 2246. At the same place, but a little to the east of the N-S section line is a dike of porphyritic granitic rock which may be an apophysis from 2245. Thisis 700 paces northand 50 paces east of the south section corner. The rock that this dike cuts is a gray sub-crystalline condition of the formation; and if 2246 is derived from the same mass as 2245 its connection would be at such depth as to allow for a considerable degree of difference from that mass, i. e., a more complete fluidity and amore thorough recrystallization, on the one hand or on the other, for its production forms a different phase of the clastics. Ata little further north the dip varies from vertical to 70° and finally to 45° southeast. On the north side of the next creek, about half a mile north of the section corners of 4, 5, 8 STATE GEOLOGIST. 77 and 9, 63-9, is a fine greenstone pebbly conglomerate, exposed for at least 25 feet. At 200 paces north of the east 4 post of sec. 5, is a ridge of greenstone, evidently thesource of theconglomerate mentioned, constituting the north side of thesyncline. In this the schistos- ity runs E 20° N which makes a large angle with that of slates and graywackes next further south. 2247. On the town line, north side of sec. 5, 63-9, not far from the jake; a gabbroid rock in which apparently pyroxene and magnetite (?) exist, the latter being reddish, and perhaps rutile, or some other titanium mineral. This, at one place at least, has a sharp contact on a schistose and conglomeratic greenstone containing jaspilyte in considerable masses. It differs from the greenstone containing the jaspilyte in that the hornblendes (or pyroxenes) produce the prominent roughness, the feldspathic ingredient occupying the depressions on the weathered surfaces, while in thenormal greenstone of this place the roughness is produced by a white siliceous net work which permeates the rock and stands out on weathered surfaces. There is no doubt that this point is in the Snowbank lake zone of metamorphism, and it may be that the old greenstone, whether igneous or fragmental, has been metamorphosed or even fused so that on cooling it would give a gabbroid rock, if not a real gabbro. 2248. Still further west, not far from the west end of the lake (which is near the section line running north in the next town) is a sub-porphyritic granite. This acts at first like an intrusive, but rapidly widens out in the schistose greenstone. This specimen comes from 10 feet from either side. 2249. Is from the same rock further along where it rises in- to a prominent knob, isolated and about 25 feet high. 2250. Same rock at its north contact on the greenstone. This rock has much pyrite in scattered cubes, is gray within, fine-grained and scatteringly ‘“‘porphyritic’’ with a feldspar. Its southern line of contact on the greenstone is curious, for it is mixed with the greenstone very confusedly. There are many angular pieces of the porphyry in the schistose greenstone through an interval of six or eight feet, and in many places these two rocks both appear to share in that confusion, there being many pieces of the greenstone mingled with the debris of the porphyry. It is difficult or impossible to decide whether the porphyry, as an intrusive, has spread itself amongst the greenstone, involving and surrounding many pieces, and itself 78 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT losing many, or whether the greenstone as a fragmental has formed a basal sedimentary contact on the porphyry—or whether, again, this confusion is due to friction and breccia- tion along a plane of contact between the two rocks. What- ever the cause, it is apparently at the same horizon as seen near the section line between sec. 5 and 8, three-fourths of a mile further south. This is probably the rock that forms fine- grained, red weathering dikes in the upper greenstone which holds the jaspilyte along the south side of this lake, and in the graywackes near Nelson’s cabins, as described. These are all later than the great quartz porphyry and belong, apparently, above the agglomeratic greenstone. They are hence liable to be intruded by that porphyry, in some of its apothyses, if on metamorphism that mass should become plastic. 2251. From anarrow red dyke, or vein (perhaps from 22- 48) three inches wide cutting the greenstone 2252 in a winding zigzag course along the side of a vertical cliff which looks NE. This is nearly as fine and siliceous as flint or felsyte, and the only mineral besides the fine-grained quartz, or mesh of quartz, which can be identified, is pyrite which is sprinkled sparsely through the rock. 2252. Dioryte, having a gabbroid look. Occurs irregularly over considerable areas in the midst of the general greenstone, which is also cut by 2251. 2253. In the rock 2252 are also several siliceous, sprawling, dike-like areas of a granitic rock, nearly white. At the west end of this lake, which is SW1%44 SW sec. 33, 64- 9,is a large boulder of well characterized gabbro, and at a short distance further north, on the section line, are numerous such pieces. 2254. Finally, atthe west end of another small lake a fresh- looking greenstone or dioryte appears rather suddenly, cutting a coarse conglomerate which is probably near the bottom of the Upper Keewatin. This is not gabbro, but has conspicuous plagioclases. At the contact with the conglomerate it is very fine grained. The conglomerate is a coarse and conspicuous rock, contain- ing pebbles of greenstone, jaspilyte, agglomeratic and amyg- daloid, slaty and flinty pieces from slates and graywackes that lie further south, and of a fine-grained, porphyritie granitic rock similar to 2246. It must be considered the base of the Upper Keewatin, and the equivalent of the Ogishke conglomer- ate. STATE GEOLOGIST. 79 It appears, therefore, that in the Lower Keewatin is a non- conformity, or basal conglomerate, viz., that above the ag- glomeratic greenstone, that being the oldest known conglomer- ate, and apparently the base of the clastic series of this part of the state, and lying much lower than the base of the Upper Ke- watin. Its pebbles consist almost wholly of greenstone, or greenstone mud. (See under No. 2240.) On ascending the bluff on the north side of the lake at which occurs the foregoing Ogishke conglomerate the route passes at once over an area of 2254, which forms a great display. It is a kind of gabbroid rock, but probably dioritic. This indeed forms the next hill range, and apparently cuts older yreen- stone. 2255. The same rock as 2254, but showing an imperfect amygdaloidal structure in certain narrow belts, the fillings be- ing pinkish white, hard and indistinctly radiated, as large as peas; and some of them also green and one-half an inch in di- ameter. 2256. Same rock, showing the white fillings. 2257. Showing the green bunches, which seem to be fine- grained parts of the rock itself, having its fine hornblendes ar- ranged in a stellate manner. 2258. Thirty paces north of the quarter post, west side of sec. 33, 64-9. Same rock, very coarse, forming a rough coun- try, the ridges running a little north of east. The hornblendes are conspicuous and stand above the weathered surface. the next ridge is sharpand consists of agglomeratic greenstone, rising as high as 2258. The summit of the ridge is 250 paces north of the quarter post, rising precipitously above the ad- joining valleys. The next ridge consists of greenstone conglomerate, with some pebbles of jaspilyte, and some of a rock indistinguishable from 2255 or 2258. The great bulk of this conglomerate con- sists of a fine-grained siliceous greenstone which may have come from the agglomerate masses of the oldest greenstone. It is largely cemented by quartz. Toward thenorth this grad- uates into finer conglomerate and to graywacke, interbedded with coarser conglomerate. Although much folded it dips sometimes south or southeast, or stands vertical. 2259. The finer part of this conglomerate, a gray grit or graywacke. 2260. Toward the north this same ridge is porphyritic. The rock remains grayish-green, the crystals are wholly of 30 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT white feldspar, and are more numerous in some places than in others. The rock seems to be fragmental owing to a rude banding like that of sedimentation. Throughout this rock are foreign pieces of jaspilyte and of greenstone, the former some- times being six inches in diameter. Sometimes this rock is free from feldspar crystals. 2261. Occurs rather suddenly, in small amount, in 2260. It is a singular mica-porphyry, running like a dike, rather schist- se, a rare rock species, only seen in this vicinity. 2262. Represents the slightly porphyritic phase of 2260; a green schist. The conglomerate last mentioned, although approximating the characters of the lowest (Lower Keewatin) is too varied and too nearly associated with distinctive graywackes to be positively assigned to that horrizon, although located near an agglomeratic ridge of greenstone. It isin many respects allied to the Upper Keewatin, and especiallyinthat toward thenorth more distinctive characters of the Upper Keewatin supervene. 2263. Appears asa dike, about parallel with the structure and the porphyry. It is about ten feet wide. This is near Moose lake, on the section line, and cuts slates and graywache. It is fine, gray and non-porphyritic. The quartz porphyry of this vicinity seems to be in contact with the slateand graywacke, cutting them asan igneous rock, but also has a kind of an alternation as if a sedimentary mem- ber of the same formation. These two relations, so associated, are hard to understand. But in view of thezigzag fracture and intense squeezing, it may be these alternations are due to dy- namic fracture followed by pressure as well as to inclusion of ‘slate in the porphyry in the act of intrusion. The numerous bits of slate and of jaspilyte in the porphyry constitute a difh- culty in considering the porphyry as primarily anigneousrock. 2264. Similar rock, having a similar dike-like action and appearance, about 5 feet wide, cutting a greenstone conglom- erate next north of an agglomerate ridge. It is fine, gray, and has scattered pyrite cubes; can hardly be distinguished from 2263, but occurring further south. On the portage from Moose lake to Flask lake the supposed Stuntz conglomerate is found to,be cut by the same granitic porphyry as noted above, in dike-like yet sometimes lenticular masses from a foot to 25 feet wide. It-also becomes decidedly a greenstone-looking rock, except for being specked by porphy- STATE GEOLOGIST. 81 ritie crystals of feldspar. In one place it was a quartz porphy- ry; also it weathers red and is apparently sub-granitic. 2265 is the red and granitic phase. 2266. A coarser, red and more distinctly porphyritic gran- itic phase. These all carry many pieces of greenstone, except that they are rare in the last, which, also, exists in larger mass. 2267 is a green hornblendic rock which also has the jointage and aspect of an igneous rock. It is firm, fine-grained, weath- ers coarsely very schistose and is full of pebbles, rounded and angular, mostly greenstone. These seem to be of the nature of inclusions in a basic intrusive, owing to the nature of this rock. 2268 is a fair sample of the porphyry. It is usually (here) not a quartz-porphyry. It does not contain pieces of slateand graywacke which it cuts except where such can be attributed to zigzag shearing and lateral overlap and inclusion, but it al- most always holds pieces of greenstone, frequently angular, but sometimes rounded. 2269. In the coarse (Stuntz) conglomerate, on the same portage, are very fine-grained, light green beds that appear like igneous intrusions in their manner and sharp jointage, but which may be attributed, perhaps more reasonably, to the hardening of siliceous mud beds. The rock 2266 occurs again further north in an irregular boss-like area, almost granitic, and perhaps an apophysis of the Snowbank lake granite. It cuts rock 2267 which contains pebbly patches, the pebbles being of lighter-weathering, fine- grained greenstone, such as mentioned as referable to bombs from the agglomerate, but sparsely disseminated. Amongst these pebbles are some that are dark-green and hornblendic, and a few are of granite, one of the last being 3in. in diameter. One mass of apparently amygdaloid greenstone was observed about a foot in diameter, somewhat elongated, resembling the amygdaloidal parts of the bombs. 2270. Bright green schist, at the summit of the island in Moose lake, crossed by the section line between secs. 28 and 29, 64-9. This schist is cut by a rather fresh diabase dike, 4 feet wide, and by a narrow vein-like quartzose dike of fine red granite. This rock ischarged with carbonate of iron, which oxidizes but does not stayso as to stain the weathered surface. This green color, however, fades out in other places, and the surface is more or less rusty, the interior being gray, viz.: 2271. Acompact, pyritiferous, fine-grained rock which be- comes rusty and schistose. 82 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT 2272. This schist is stained a malachite green at little depth in scattered points, indicating that the pyrite is cupriferous. 2273. On the trail from Moose lake to Wood lake, west- ward from the exposure of conglomeratic jaspilyte. The last and highest ridge before reaching Wood lake is composed of a reibungs breccia of fine graywackeand argillyte, the two rocks being closely folded and broken uniformly into a series of alter- nating short parts. On the upper weathered surface where glaciation has evenly planed the rock off the two parts recur in an irregular regularity, causing the rock to presentan aspect of a squeezed conglomerate, but on the face of a vertical sur- face the different pieces can be seen to extend downward for a foot or more in the general mass. The rock must have been at first a banded argillyte. 2274. Jaspilyte bedded with the slates on the southerly slope of the hill containing the conglomeratic jaspilyte near Moose lake, on the trail to Wood lake. The Source of the Stuntz Conglomerate. Returning from the third trip to Snowbank lake we took a day to visit the ‘‘burnt forties,’ near Soudan, so-called by Smyth and Finley, in order to examine the jaspilyte and green- stone in that vicinity, and especially to ascertain the extent and number of the quartz-porphyry dikes cutting the jas- pilyte, reported by Smyth and Finley. Thoroughly convinced that the Stuntz conglomerate i is a con- glomerate and not a breccia, the problem has been to find a source for the pebbles and other similar materials of whichit is composed. It was therefore with a confident expectation of finding some verification of the repeated assertion that dikes of quartz-porphyry here cut the jaspilyte, and thus a sufficient source for the pebbles of the overlying conglomerate, that this visit was made.* We were at first disappointed and non- plussed to find nothing of the sort. It appeared to be all con- glomerate, and finer conditions of the same; even that most conspicuous interruption of the main jaspilyte mass by what Smyth and Finley called porphyry proved to be a faulted break of the structure by which the visible continuity of both is destroyed, and one comes immediately into contact with the other, the fracture plane being across the general strike, the di- rection of the strike, however, being but little deranged. - *At the time this region was examined first by the survey parties it was covered by a forest. At present the rock is bare over almost the entire region, and the relations of the various rocks are beautifully revealed. Tivos STATE GEOLOGIST. 83 It was evident at once that, not only ina faulting whose planes run north and south, but in a more extended folding whose axes run east and west, had the formation been dynam- ically affected. It was observed that the quartz-porphyry con- glomerate came directly into contact, along east and west planes, with the jaspilyte, but contained almost no fragments of the jaspilyte, while in other belts, more remote from the jas- pilyte mass, could be seen abundant debris of jaspilyte mingled with the quartz-porphyry pebbles. Hence it was evident that the Upper Keewatin conglomerate had been folded along with the Lower Keewatin greenstone and jaspilyte, so as to bring together strata which had no chronologic relations of immedi- ate sequence. Northward, however, from this great break were found sev- eral greenstone dikes cutting the conglomerate, similar to those on Stuntz island, and oneconsiderableeast-west band of green- stone. - Still further north, on another ridge, near the lake shore, on which is located the corners of secs. 13, 14, 23 and 24, 62-15, we found what wesought, viz.: anold Lower Keewatin quartz- porphyry forming a conspicuous hill-range, rocks 2275 and 2276. Subsequently we found, in returning to Tower, that this rock (2275 and 2276) extends along the lake shore interruptedly, but it is encroached on and covered by the lake. It is seen in the high rocky island next east of the east entrance to Stuntz bay, where it resembles No. 2276 in some respects, but is finer and has less quartz. In traveling again the length of Stuntz island it became evi- dent that the eastern and northern portions of that island also consist of this rock, and must have shared in the supply of material to form the conglomerate that constitutes the southern side of the island, the transition from the former to the latter being very blind, and resembling that which has been noted before, viz., at Saganaga lake, where the recomposed granite can hardly be distinguished from the true granite, and at Ogishke Muncie lake, where the recomposed greenstone can hardly be distinguished from the true greenstone of the Twin peaks. This elusive habit of the plane of superposition of the Upper Keewatin on the Lower Keewatin,is probably responsi- ble for numerous failures to detect the structural differences be- tween the two formations, as well as the petrographic distinc- tions. The figure on page 313 of the fifteenth annual report, 84 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT illustrates the nature of this transition, the coarsest pebbles not appearing at the very base of the formation, but after the accumulation of a considerable thickness of very fine detritus. 2275. ‘Burnt forties,’? near Soudan, at the corner of secs. 13, 14, 23 and 24, 62-15. Gray quartz porphyry, with some feldspar, the probable source of the pebbles of the Stuntz con- — glomerate. Compare Vol. 1V., Chapter 29. 2276. Thesame rock, weathering pinkish, probably from abundance of orthoclastic material, approximating a granite structure. ‘‘Burnt forties.” 2277. In the vug-like angular spaces of 2276, as exposed on the weathered surfaces, is a very fine-grained green aggregate, probably consisting of a singlegreen mineral. ‘‘Burnt forties.” It is likely that other places could be found composed of this rock, perhaps some of Ely island. It seems to have a general course from the ‘‘ burnt forties’? westward and a little north, so as torun under Vermilion lake. — The source of the pebbles of the Stuntz conglomerate was never before detected. It is an important addition to the geol- ogy of the state to have solved this long-standing problem. 2278. Metallic copper, from the Montana shaft at Tower. This copper is in a shear vein which runs diagonally across the ironore deposit. It often occurs as thin films in the greenstone in the vicinity of this vein, and is accompanied by different cop- per minerals. These minerals have been studied by Dr. C. P. Berkey. (Proc. Lake Superior Mining Institute, 1V, 73, 1896.) 2279. Fiery red jasper, from the Lee dump, Tower. Several masses a couple of feet in thickness were thrown out. Accord- ing to Mr. McCloud (teacher) much more had been thrownout, but owing to its beauty had been carried away. This is a cu- rious rock, and in general fracture and color it resembles that found at the bottom of the palisades on the shore of Lake Su- perior (No.140). Its relation tothe ore (hematite) of the mine, and to the greenstone, are unknown. 2280. Mass of pyrite, silica and jasper, like 2279, the pyrite having been largely oxidized and removed, leaving a spongy, rough siliceous mass. The urigin of this red jasper and its as- sociation with pyrite inthe Lee mine make a newand problem- atic feature in the geology of the iron ores. This red jasper is similar to that seen in the form of pebbles in the conglomeratic jasper north of Moose lake. as mentioned. > ——— STATE GEOLOGIST. 85 Ps RECORD OF GEOLOGICAL FIELD WORK IN NORTHEASTERN MINNESOTA 1892 to 1898 BY U. S. GRANT. INTRODUCTION. The following paper was prepared for publication in accord- ance with instructions from the state geologist, who desires to have the facts of the field work, together with notes on the rock specimens collected, printed in the reports of the survey. Thus this paper is largely a transcript of the field notes, usual- ly abridged, but sometimes increased slightly by later informa- tion or by laboratory work. No effort is here made to write a general report on the districts examined nor to always present the conclusions to be drawn from the investigations in the field. Such conclusions are generally to be found in volume IV of the final report, where also will be found some, but by no means all, of the detailed field descriptions. The record of the writer’s previous field work, of which the present record is a continuation, has been published in the 17th annual report, pp. 147-215, and in the 20th annual report, pp. 35-110. Some special details and conclusions have been pub- lished as follows: The geology of the Kekequabic lake in Northeastern Minnesota, with special reference to an augite soda granite. 21st Ann. Rept., pp. 5-58, 1893. Preliminary report of field work during 1893 in Northeastern Minnesota. 22nd Ann. Rept., pp. 67-78, 1894. Preliminary report on the Rainy lake gold region. 23rd Ann. Rept, pp. 36- 105, 1895. The stratigraphic position of the Ogishke conglomerate. Am.Geol., vol. 10, pp. 4-10, 1892. Note on an augite soda granite from Minnesota. Am. Geol., vol. 11, pp. 383-388, 1893. Volcanic rocks in the Keewatin of Minnesota. Science, vol. 23, p. 17, 1894. Note on the Keweenawan rocks of Grand Portage island, north coast of lake Superior. Am. Geol., vol. 13, pp. 437-439, 1894. The international boundary between lake Superior and lake of the Woods. Minn. Hist. Soc. Collections, vol. 8, pt. 1, pp. 1-10, 1895. Notes on some water divides in Northeastern Minnesota. (Abstract.) Bull. Minn. Acad. Ntl. Sci., vol. 4, no. 1, pt. 1, pp. 39-40, 1896. 86 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT Lakes with two outlets, in Northeastern Minnesota. Am. Geol., vol. 19, pp. 407-411, 1897. Sketch of the geology of the eastern end of the Mesabi iron range in Minne- sota. Engineers’ Year Book, University of Minn., pp. 48-62, 1898. During the prosecution of the field work 1,099 rock samples have been collected. The numbers on these specimens are green and the specimens can thus be distinguished from any other rock series of the survey or of the museum. Where these rock specimens are referred to in vol. IV of the final report or elsewhere, except in articles by the writer, in the annual re- ports, the numbers are followed by the letter G. Lists of these rock specimens have been published as follows, in each case the rock names and localities being given: Nos. 1-298, collected in 1888, 17th Ann. Rept., pp. 201-215. Nos. 299-734, collected in 1891, 20th Ann. Rept., pp. 96-110. Nos. 735-898, collected in 1892, 21st Ann. Rept., pp. 59-67. Nos. 894-1016, collected in 1893, 22nd Ann. Rept., pp. 78-86. Nos. 1017-1067, collected in 1894, 23rd Aun. Rept., pp. 220-223. Nos. 1068-1099, collected in 1898, 24th Ann. Rept. In giving the directions of strike, etc., the directions are re- ferred to magnetic north. FIELD WoRK OF 1892. The work during this year was donein July, August, Sep- tember and October. There were usually four in the party, the writer being assisted by Messrs. L. A. Ogaard and A. H. Elft- man, and a Chippewa Indian, Wanwiegwan. For a short time in August the writer accompanied the state geologist in the vicinity of Kekequabic and Gabimichigama lakes and to the eastward of the latter lake. Vicinity of Thomas and Frazer Lakes.* The main body of Thomas lake lies in secs. 28 and 33, T. 64- 7 W., and the main body of Fraser lake in secs. 22 and 238, T. 64-7 W. The notes immediately following relate to these lakes and to the district northeast and east of Fraser lake, in Ts. 64— 6 W. and 64-7 W. Themain points presented are those relating to the gabbro, ferruginous quartzyte, granite of Kekequabic lake and glacial phenomena. At Thomas lake, on the north shore, in SE\™% of SW sec. 32, T. 64-7 W., is a low exposure of coarse-grained magnetite. This has the appearance of the usual titaniferous magnetite facies of the gabbro, and the ordinary gabbro is found along *Other notes on the geology about these two lakes can be found in the 15th Ann, Rept., pp. 145-148, 360-361; 17th Ann, Rept., pp. 187-190, STATE GEOLOGIST. 87 the shore both to the east and to the west. On the little isl- and which is just southeast of this locality, but in the same one-sixteenth section, coarse gabbro occurs. On the south end of this island is an outcrop of a dark, fine-grained, granular rock which in thin section is seen to be an olivine gabbro (No. 735). In places it has many rusty spots. This rock was seen within a foot of coarse gabbro and no intermediate facies or contacts were observed. The two rocks differ much in gen- eral appearance and very markedly in the size of the constitu- ent mineral grains. On Fraser lake the shores of two eastern arms were examin- ed and no rock but the ordinary gabbro was seen. These two arms of Fraser lake are not shown on the township plat, and the smaller lakes in this vicinity—sec. 24, T. 64-7 W.—are not correctly represented. There is a small lake (not shown on the township plat) just south of the southern of the two eastern arms of Fraser lake, and another small lake in the NE%4 of sec. 24, T. 64-7 W. The shores of these two lakes and the portages between them were examined but no rock except the usual coarse gabbro, which occurs In many outcrops, was seen. It sometimes contains bi- otite. The shores of the lake, which lies in the northern part of sec. 19 and the southern part of sec. 18, T. 64-6 W., are mostly marshy, but several outcrops of the usual gabbro, often containing biotite, occur. No. 736, which is a coarse biotite olivine gabbro, was taken from near the center of the northern side of this lake (SW14 SE% sec. 18, T. 64-6 W.) and well rep- resents the rock «11 the shores of these three lakes. From the last nientioned lake northto VWarble lake (situated in N. %sec.18 and S. sec. 7, T. 64-6 W.) the usual gabbro was seen in several places, and this same rock makes theshores of this lake, which were carefully examined. Marble lake lies in a basin surrounded by gabbro hills, and this same rock was found for half a mile westward in the NE\%4 of NE\% sec. 13, T. 64-7 W. On going northwest from Marble lake to the lake which lies largely in the N\% of NE\% sec. 12, T. 64-7 W., the usual gab- bro was seen. A small stream enters the east end of this lake, and just north of this. stream and near the northeast corner of the NW% of NW% sec. 7, T. 64-6 W., is an outcrop of fine grained gray rock (No. 737) having streaks of biotite running in various directions. About 300 yards north of this, in the SW% of SW sec. 6, T. 64-6 W. is an outcrop of tough green- 88 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT ish rock (No. 738) blotched with reddish areas. No outcrops were found between the two here mentioned. This\(No. 738) is evidently from the conglomeratic formation previously des- . cribed from the vicinity of this lake (see Nos.637 and 638, 20th Ann. Rept., pp. 80-81).* These specimens (Nos. 637, 638, 737 and 738) are regarded as belonging to the Keewatin, which has here been somewhat metamorphosed by the gabbro. On going along the north shore of this lake a few rods back from the water a few outcrops of the conglomeratic formation were seen, but no bedding was observed. Around the north end of the bay in the SW% of SE\% sec. 1, T. 64-7 W., are sev- eral outcrops of the same rock showing a rather distinct lami- nation (sedimentary) on weathered surfaces. The strike, as measured on the outcrops, is N. 65° E. and the dip is 90 de- grees. No. 739 was obtained near the north end of the bay; it is a hard, fine-grained, greenish siliceous rock. On the west side of this bay is an outcrop of the same rock, striking N. 45° E.; dip 90°. The same rock is seen in several places just west of the lake and one outcrop occurs at the extreme south- | west corner of the lake; here (NW% of NE% sec. 12, T. 64— 7 W.) the rock is of coarser grain than usual and appears to be entirely recrystallized (No. 740), but still shows a few ~ pebble forms. All the other outcrops on the south shore of the lake—there are several of theim—are of gabbro, finer grained than is usual and well represented by No. 741 (from the NE\%4 of NE% sec. 7, T. 64-7 W.), which appears to be an olivine gabbro. On the east shore of the lake is an ex- posure of the conglomeratic formation not so fine-grained as usual; this rock is represented by No. 742 (NWY%4 NW% sec. 7, T. 64-6 W.) which isa fine-grained crystalline rock composed of biotite and apparently quartz and feldspar; it is similar to No. 740. Fine-grained gabbro, similar to No. 741, occurs within 100 yards of No. 742, but no contact of the two form- ations was found. On going north from this lake (the lake which lies largely in the N% of NE\ sec. 12, T. 64-7 W.) for about one-third of a mile near the east side of sec. 1, T. 64-7 W., the conglomeratic formation (Keewatin) is seen ina few places. Near the lake the strike is N. 90° E. and the dip 85° towards the south. On go- ing north from the lake the rock becomes less crystalline and acquires a rough slaty cleavage. No. 743, taken about one- *The lake here described in the 20th Ann. Rept. asin the S. 14 of Sec. 7 and the Ne of sec. 18, T. 64-6 W., is not located correctly, but is the lake mentioned above as ly- ing largely in the N. 144 of NE sec. 12, T. 64-7 W. iP > STATE GEOLOGIST. 89 fourth of a mile north of the lake and probably near the center of the east side of the SE™%4 sec.1, T. 64-7, W., showsa less crys- talline condition of the country rock; this specimen is a hard, dark gray argillyte. Its strike is N. 75° E. and the dip 85° towards the northof this; the slaty cleavage coincides with the bedding. The strike of all the exposures here seen varies from N. 75° E. to N. 90° E., and the dip is nearly vertical. On going north from the bay in the SW\% of SE% sec. 1, T. 64-7 W., several exposures of the conglomeratic formation are seen; the rock is hard and tough, as elsewhere, ana the pebbles are not very numerous and aresometimes lacking entirely. The first of these exposures which shows dip and strike is about one-eighth mile from the lake; here the strike is N. 60° E., and the dip i§ vertical. The rock gradually becomes less crystalline and more slaty on going north for one-fourth mile from the lake; at about this distance, probably in NW% of SE™% sec. 1, T. 64-7 W., is an outcrop whose strike is N. 30° E., and whose dip is vertical. A roughslaty cleavage coincides in direction with the bedding. Here is a belt, two feet wide and running with the strike, of a fine-grained diabasic rock (No. 744), the feldspar of which is in part reddened. This seems to represent an old diabase dike orsill. No. 745 represents the country rock from this same exposure; it is fine grained, tough and greenish. About 200 feet north of the last outcrop is another where the country (Keewatin) rock is in contact with a granite, evident- ly the pyroxene soda granite of Kekequabic lake.* The rela- tions of the two rocks are shown in figure 2 on p. 38 of the 21st annual report, which represents the whole of the outcrop. The Keewatin rock strikes N. 20° E.,and dips 85° towards the east of this direction. The granite at the contact does not ap- pear finer grained than in other parts of the outcrop. No. 746 shows the granite and No. 747 the other rock. The former is a pinkish, rather fine grained granitic rock. Under the micro- scope it is seen to be made up of larger feldspars, not markedly idiomorphic, in a finely microgranitic groundmass composed mainly of feldspar, green augite and quartz. The latter rock is a tough, laminated, greenish gray rock. In thin section this is seen to be a more Or less confused aggregate, of fine but vary- ing grain, the principal minerals being feldspar, green augite and quartz. The large feldspars of the granite are absent, and *For a description of this granite see 21st Ann. Rept., pp. 33-54; and for a geologi- cal map of this district see pl. 2 of the 21st Ann. Rept. and pl. 80 (Fraser-Lake plate) of vol. 4 of the Final Report. 90 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT while the two rocks have a rather similar mineralogical com- position they are markedly different under the microscope, and especially when examined macroscopically. North from this last exposure for about one-fourth of a mile many outcrops of the granite were seen. It is coarser grained than that at the contact above mentioned. A specimen from one of these outcrops is No. 748 (NW% of SE% sec. 1, 64-7 W.) which is a medium-grained reddish granite apparently grani- toid in texture and not having a microgranitic groundmass as has No. 746 from the contact. Now on going east more gran- ite is seen and in less than one-fourth of a mile the Keewatin rocks again appear. Just before reaching theslates the yranite is finer grained, as is shown by No. 749, probably from the NE Y% of SE%4 sec. 1, T. 64-7 W. The next outcrop east of No. 749 is composed of the hardened Keewatin rock showing no bed- ding. In this rock are two irregular vein-like forms which weather gray and on the weathered surface are rather sharply marked off from the country rock. No. 750 shows this vein- like rock,—probably a part of the granite; and No. 751 shows the Keewatin rock. Both of these specimens are probably from the same one-sixteenth section as No. 749. Fifty feet east of Nos. 750 and 751 the Keewatin is again seen, striking N. 20° E. and standing vertical. And to the east for a short distance are more exposures with the same dip and strike. On returning to the bay in the SW of the SE\%4 sec.1, T.64-7 W.., another contact between the granite and the slaty Keewatin rock was seen. The line between the two was distinctand ran usually with the strike (strike N. 30° E., dip vertical), but cut across.it for a short distance. From the southwest corner of the lake which lies largely in the N% of NE%4 sec. 12, T. 64-7 W., a portage leads southwest to Shooply lake (mainly included in the SE% of sec. 11, T. 64— 7 W.)* Near the northeast end of this portage are two out- crops of the metamorphosed Keewatin (compare Nos. 740 and 742), and about two-thirds of the distance across the portage is an outcrop just south of the trail. This is made of a fine- grained, granular, gray or yellowish gray, biotitic rock repre- sented by No. 752 (SE%4 of NW% sec. 12, T. 64-7 W.). Itis difficult to tell from the hand specimen whether this is a fine- grained facies of the gabbro or a part of the Keewatin meta- morphosed by the gabbro, but it is thought to probably belong in the latter category. *For notes on Shooply lake see 15th Ann. Rept., pp. 147-148; 17th Ann. Rept., pp 186-187. >. " : STATE GEOLOGIST. 91 From the field notes given above it is possible to’'draw some conclusions, regarding the gabbro, the granite and the Keewa- tin, which apply to the locality above described and which also have, at least in part, a wider application. The gabbro is in general a rock of coarse and rather uniform grain, but at its contact with the Keewatin it becomes finer grained, although apparently still retaining its gabbro texture and composition. The gabbro has markedly metamorphosed the Keewatin rocks, near the contact entirely recrystallizing them. Biotite is a product of this metamorphism by the gabbro. The granite is intrusive into the Keewatin rocks as evinced (1) by its manner of contact, (2) by its finer grain at the contact, and (3) by its action on the Keewatin rocks. This metamorphosing action is not as marked as in the case of the gabbro and, instead of biotite, green augite,—a mineral characteristic of this granite mass (the Kekequabic granite),—has been produced. Specimen No. 637, which represents the conglomeratic part of the Kee- watin, contains a pebble which closely resembles the porphyr- itic facies of the Kekequabic granite. This occurrence may be explained, in the light of the facts and conclusions above given, in two ways. First, there may have been such a porphyritic granite of earlier date than these Keewatin rocks and the Ke- kequabic granite; second, the Keewatin rocks may be here di- visible into two parts, one earlier than, and the other later than, the Kekequabic granite. ein Fraser lake a trip was made through the Southweeiee part ot T. 64-6 W. to the Kawishiwi river. From the lake at the north side of sec. 19, T.64-6 W., a portage leads southeast- ward.to a pond on the east line of this section. Gabbro of the usual kind is seen near this portage and on the south shore of this pond. From this pond a portage leads to the lake which lies mainly in the S\% of sec. 20, T. 64-6 W. On this portage and a few yards from this pond is an outcrop of gabbro and a ferruginous, banded quartzyte. Therelations of the two rocks are shown in a figure in the chapter on the Fraser lake plate in vol. 4 of the final report. The strike of the quartzyte is appar- ently east and west, and thedip is 50° towards thesouth. The gabbro is of some finer grain than the ordinary facies of this rock, but is not noticeably finer just at the contact than it is several feet distant. The two rocks aresharply separated from each other and the gabbro holds a few pieces of the other. The exposure of the quartzyte is less than 20 feet wide and extends along the strike for some 30 feet. Just to the east of this and 92 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT in the strike of the quartzyte is a low ridge where this rock is exposed for over 100 feet along the strike and for about thirty feet across the strike. No. 753 represents the quartzyte and No. 754 the gabbro from the outcrop shown in the figure re- ferred to. The first is a coarse-grained rock composed mainly of quartz and magnetite with varying amounts of other miner- als which appear to be olivine and pyroxene. The rock closely resembles the coarse quartzose, magnetitic and olivinitic rocks found elsewhere aiong the northern border of the gabbro, asat Akeley and Gabimichigama lakes. To the south of the above described locality are many outcrops of the ordinary gabbro. On the portage above mentioned are many exposures of coarse gabbro much decayed; in places the gabbro has furnish- ed considerable soil, and very few smooth, fresh gabbro surfaces were seen. No large foreign boulders were seen, but there were a very few small slate and granite boulders. The lake which lies mostly in the S\% of sec. 20, T. 64-6W., is surrounded by gabbro hills, all decaying and forming soil. The shores of the western half of this lake were examined and many exposures of the ordinary gabbro were seen.* On going south from this lake to the lake which lies mainly in sec. 32, T. 64-6 W., and along the west and south shores of the latter lake many outcrops of the usual gabbro, decaying to form soil, were seen. From this latter lake south to the Kawishiwi river in the NE\%4 SE\ sec. 5, T. 63-6 W., gabbro, often very much decayed, occurs in many places, and almost no foreign boulders are to be seen. Kawishiwi river, mostly in Ts. 63-6 and 62-6 W.. The notes given under this heading refer principally to the gabbro, to the Keweenawan granites and toa possibly drift- less area. The south and west shores of the Kawishiwi river in secs. 4 and 9,T.63-6 W., show many gabbro outcrops, the rock being much decayed and forming boulders of disintegration. This gabbro is very coarse grained. In secs. 8 and 7, T. 63-6 W., the gabbro is much decayed and in most places crumbling into soil. Only a very few,small, foreign boulders were seen. There are, however, a few places where the gabbro is not decayed, and one peculiar phenomenon is the presence, within a few yards of a mass of decaying gabbro, of a gabbro boss, smooth *For further notes on this lake and vicinity see under the district west of Little Sag- anaga lake. ie STATE GEOLOGIST. 93 and round,—as smooth and rounded as any inthe country, but showing no glacial striz. Along the Kawishiwi river in secs. 17 and 21, T. 63-6 W.., and on the shores of Boulder lake,* which lies largely in the S. 14 of sec. 16, T.63-6 W., gabbro occurs in many places, but the shores were not carefully examined. The shores of Jake Polly (the irregular lake lying largely in secs. 28 and 33, T. 63-6 W.) were not all examined, but the eastern arm was, as was also the east side of the central arm. All the outcrups seen were of gabbro of the usual coarse grain. A few red granite or syenite veins or dikes were seen cutting the gabbro. The gabbro about this lake, while showing some signs of decay, is not nearly as decayed as that a few miles to the north. From lake Polly atrip was made up the river, the headwaters of the Kawishiwi, which empties into this lake in the NW of sec. 34, T. 63-6 W. Gabbro was seen in several places along the river in this quarter section. It is quite coarse grained and is cut by many branching vein-like dikes of red granite; these are from half an inch to ten feet across and run in every direc- tion. The rock of these dikes varies considerably in grain, but the sides of the dikes are not noticeably of finer grain than the centers. No. 755 (from the west end of the second portage from lake Polly, probably in the SW of NE sec. 34, T. 63-6 W.) fairly represents the rock of these granite dikes. Itisa fine grained, pinkish, biotite granite, the biotite being in com- paratively small amount. A short distance east of the portage just mentioned the granite dikes become very numerous and make up one-third of the various outcrops of gabbro. Further east and south along the river, in secs. 34 and 35, T. 63-6 W.., the granite dikes are not so numerous, but are occasionally seen in the gabbro. The shores of a small lake, which apvarently lies in the N™% of sec. 2, T. 62-6, W.,+ show outcrops of coarse grained gabbro, sometimes cut by small granite dikes. At the southeast corner of this lake a stream enters and a portage of a half mile leads southeast along the stream; fol- lowing up the stream in a south or southeasternly direction for about a mile beyond this portage a large lake (Syenite *The Chippewa name for this lake signifies ‘‘the lake where big rocks are in the rap- ids.’’ There is an immense boulder in the middle of the rapids at the north end of the lake. *T. 62-6 W. had not been surveyed when this visit was made, and so locations can not be given accurately here and about Syenite lake. 94 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT lake) is found. Gabbro was seen in a few places along this portage, and along the river, a quarter to a third of a mile north of Syenite lake, gabbro and a fine grained dioryte occur in considerable amounts. There are two exposures which show the gabbro, the dioryte and the granite, which is still seen in the form of dikes. The gabbro is very coarse grained and is composed largely of feldspar; the dioryte is of much finer grain and is sharply separated from the gabbro by a distinct contact line. Dikes of the dioryte were not seen in the gabbro, but angular fragments, of various sizes and shapes, of the gab- bro occur in the dioryte. There are numerous dikes, of all sizes up to twenty feet in width, of thered granitecutting both the gabbro and thedioryte. The dike walls aresharply marked. No. 756 represents the dioryte from this locality; it is a fine grained, dark gray, quartz dioryte. A hurried examination of the thin section shows a granitic aggregate of plagioclase, hornblende, quartz, magnetite and pyroxene. The last is in small, scattered grains which usually have rounded outlines. Syenite lake is a good sized body of water, lying approxi- mately in secs. 12, 13, 14, 23 and 24 of T.62-6 W. The shores of this lake were visited in many places, but a careful examina- tion of the whole lake was not made. Gabbro occurs in seyer- al places on the bay and long narrow arm at the north end of the lake, and this rock is usually cut by dikes of granite. At the south entrance to this arm granite occurs, and in the little bay just to the east gabbro is again seen. It is here, as for sev- eral miles to the north, very coarse in grain and composed largely of feldspar. No. 757, from the east shore of this little | bay, shows this gabbro which is even coarser grained than is usual. At the entrance to this bay granite occurs and this rock continues along the east shore of the lake. Nos. 758 to 763 well represent the different facies of this granite; they all came from the east shore of Syenite lake, taken in order from north to south. These specimens show a hornblende granite of fine but rather uniform grain and varying in color from al- most white to brick red. On the south and southwest shores of the lake gabbro occurs, often associated with and cut by the granite. The gabbro is of coarse grain and similar to No, 757. Southeast of the lake, and about a mile distant, is a range of hills striking northeast and southwest. They rise 300 to 400 feet above Syenite lake and are apparently composed of the same red granite or ‘‘red rock”’ of the Keweenawan, The district from lake Polly to Svenite lake offers excellent STATE GEOLOGIST. 95 outcrops for the study of the relations of the gabbro and the Keyweenawan granites to the south. In this general locality, as well as in others which the writer has visited, the following facts are quite apparent. On approaching, from the north, one of these granite areas, its proximity is indicated by the presence of a few small dikes of granite in the gabbro. These dikes are met with at distances of from one to five, or even more, miles from the main granite mass as exposed at the surface. The dikes increase in number and size on going south, i. e. on ap- proaching the main granite area, and at the edge of this area .apophyses can be traced directly from the granite into the gab- bro. Theevidence for the later date of the granite is conclusive. The granite dikes are not particularly finer grained, either asa whole or at their contacts with the gabbro, than the rock of the main mass of the granite, thus indicating the heated condi- tion, as weJl as the deep-seated position, of the gabbro at the time of the intrusion of the dikes. Still the sharp edges of the dikes and the rare mingling of the elements of the two rocks in the locality here described would indicate that the granite, while perhaps not much younger than the gabbro, was of later date than the solidification of that rock. In other areas there are facts which seem to indicate that the two rocks were molt- en about the same time. Along the south shore of the Kawishiwi river in sec. 12, the south and west shores of the lake in sec. 11, T. 63-7 W., and the portage (in secs. 10 and 11) from this lake to lake Alice (the large lake in the center of T. 683-7 W.) many outcrops of gabbro were seen. The gabbro often is decaying, and very few foreign boulders occur. North of lake Alice and inthe NE of sec. 4, T. 63-7 W., is asmall lake on whose shores gabbro oc- curs. From this small lake a portage leads to Thomas lake, striking the latter in the NW% of SE% of sec. 33, T. 64-7 W. On this portage, gabbro, not much decaved, occurs, and many foreign boulders were seen. Kekequabic Lake and Vicinity.* This lake lies in the NE% of T. 64-7 W., the SE\% of T. 65-7 W., and the SW\% of T. 65-6 W. The notes below refer princi- pally to the granite of Kekequabic lake and its relation to the surrounding rocks, but some notes on the general geology are included. *Other notes on Kekequabic lake and vicinity may be found as follows: 15th Ann. Rept., pp. 148-160, 361-369; 16th Ann. Rept., pp. 99-108; 321-327; 20th Ann. Rept., pp. 69-82; 21st Ann. Rept., pp. 5-58. 96 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT ~ The small island (NE% SE\% sec. 34, T. 65-7 W.) near the north shore of Kekequabic lake, and just opposite the portage to Pickle lake, iscomposed of a massive, hard, ringing, greenish rock. It contains crystals or fragments of crystals of feldspar, hornblende, and fragments of various kinds, not apparently rounded by water action. No. 764 represents the rock of this island which is probably a tuffaceous deposit. The point on theeastside of the bay (north shore of Kekequa- bic lake) in E% SW\ sec. 34, T. 65-7 W., is made up of hard, black to gray, slaty argillyte (No. 765). Strike N. 50° E., and dip 75° towards the south of this. Slatycleavage corresponds with bedding. The argillyteis cut by a small, irregular diké of the porphyritic augite granite. Thecontact of the two rocks is sharp, and the dike sends stringers into the argillyte and also includes pieces of it. The dike rock is markedly porphyr- itic with white feldspars, and it holds much pyrite. No. 766 shows the two rocks in contact. Along the north shore, east of this point, the same argillyte continues for a short distance, and then rock similar to No. 764 occurs; this contains many rounded and angular frag- ments and appears to grade into distinctly bedded gray slates and also into the soft green hornblende schist of the lake. This schist is here often conglomeratic with rounded pebbles of all sizes uptoa foot in diameter. These rocks, varying somewhat, extend eastward along the north shore for a mile. The strike fe irom N. 50° E. to N. 60° E., and the dip is from vertical to ° toward the south. Pa small island (NE SW, sec. 35, T. 65-7 W.) near the north shore is composed of the green hornblende schist. Onthe weathered surfaces the bedding is apparent and the schistosity in general agrees with this; strike N. 65° E. to N. 75° E., and dip vertical. In places the rock is full of pebble-like forias which are very apparent on the weathered surfaces, but, as most of the pebbles are similar to the enclosing rock, they are hardly discernible ona freshly fractured surface. A few of these pebbles are of a gray slaty rock and of quartz. No. 767, from this island, is a good example of the green schist on this lake.* This same rock occurs along the shore, to the eastward, in sec. 35, T. 65-7 W. Near the east side of the section the strike is N. 75° E., and the dip is from vertical to 80° towards the S. The shores of the small Jake in the WY SW sec. 34, T. 65-7 W., have a few outcrops of slaty argillyte which varies incolor *For a description of these green schists see 21st Ann. Rept., pp. 23-26. a ~: 2 % E 7 STATE GEOLOGIST. 97 from black to gray to greenish. The greenish variety is some- times more like graywacke. The dip and strike were taken in six places, the strike being N. 40° to 50° E., and the dip from vertical to 80° toward the south of the strike. In general, the bedding and slaty cleavage, the latter usually not being well developed, coincide in direction. On one little rocky island at the east end of the lake the strike is nearly E. and W. and the dip 70° toward the S. The rock of Plum Jake (lying mainly in the center of the E1% sec. 33, T. 65-7 W.) is similar to that of the lake just described except that thegraywacke is moreabundant. When the latter is not interbedded with the argillyte, it appears massive. The strike, as shown in several places along the north shore, is N. 50° to 60° E., and the dip from vertical to 75° toward the S. No. 768 well represents the graywacke from the north side of the lake; it was taken from the west side of the bay in the SW ¥Y, of NE% sec. 33. At the west end of the lake, at the portage, is an outcrop of a fine-grained, gray, brown weathering schist (No. 769). Strike N. 60° E., and dip vertical; bedding and schistosity parallel. The shores of the lake in SE\%4 sec. 32, T. 65-7 W., and N¥% sec. 5, T. 64-7 W., show outcrops of black to gray to greenish, slaty argillyte and some little greenish graywacke. Thestrike, as taken in five places, varies no more than 3° from N. 50° E., and the dip is from vertical to 80° towards the S. The small lake in the SW1%4 SE% sec. 33, T.65-7 W., has outcrops of argil- lyte similar to that on the other lake. Strike, measured in one place, is N. 50° E., and dip vertical. Mr. Elftman visited the high hill in the NE% sec. 35, T.65-7 W., north shore of Kekequabic lake. Therock is similar to No. 764, probably a tuff. No. 770 represents this rock from the top of this hill. He also went to the topof the hill in the SW% sec. 36, T. 65-7 W.; the rock is a fine-grained condition of the augite granite. He also visited the island in the NW%4 of SW \% of the samesection, but found no rock except the porphyritic facies of the augite granite. On the east side of the northern point in the NW NW sec. 3, T. 64-7 W., are black and gray slaty argillytes; strikes and dip not well shown, but the strike appears to be N, 25° E. and the dip 65° to 70° towards the east of this. On the south side of this point at the entrance to the little bay the same slates are seen; here the strike is N. 10° W. and the dip 55 degrees towards the east. The same slates occur in this bay and also 98 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT on the shore just south of the entrance to the bay; thestrike is the same, but the dip in some places becomes steeper,—70°. On the west side of the little point in the SE4%4, SW% sec. 2, T. 64-7 W., is an outcrop of the granite which is broken into par- allel layers.* In some cases there are minute quartz veins along the division planes between the different layers. Nos. 771A to 771F were collected here. The rock is very poor in quartz. On Pickle lake (NE% sec. 34 and NW% sec. 35, T. 64-7 W.), at the portage to Kekequabic lake are gray to white slates striking N. 75° E., with a vertical dip. The slaty cleavage makes an angle with the strike, running more to the north. At the point just east of this portage the same rock occurs. At the south shore of Pickle lake, near the center of NW\% sec. 35, is a hard green slate whose cleavage strikes N. 30° E., and the dip is vertical (the needle is disturbed here and the strike given may not be correct). The strike of the bedding is not clear. ‘South from the shore a few yards the same rock occurs minute- ly interbanded with dark red jaspilyte. The bands of jaspilyte vary from one-sixteenth inch to one inch inthickness. Therock is much crumpled. It is represented by No. 772. This same rock extends along the south shore of this little bay (thesouth- ern one near the east end of Pickle lake). On the point on the north side of this bay is a hill composed of hard, gray to green- ish, slaty rock considerably crumpled. The cleavage strikes N. 60° E., and is vertical. At the east entrance to the bay on the north side, near the east end of Pickle lake, the gray and green slates are again seen, here holding a few small bands of jaspil- yte. Strike N. 60° E., dip vertical; cleavage coincides with bedding. Theseslates extend westward along the wholenorth shore of the lake. The strike and dip, as measured in two places, are the same as just given. Spoon lake (the long narrow lake in secs. 26, 27 and 34, T. 65-7 W.). The point on the south side of the lake, in SE%4 SE 4 sec. 27, is made of hard gray slate. Slate, gray and green, breaking into cuneiform fragments, is seen along the south shore in sec. 26. On this shore, in NW\%4 SE sec. 26, medium grained, dark gray diabase (No. 773) occurs, and is also seen a short distance further east. The hills in the NE%4 of SE% sec. 26, back from the lake, are composed of the same hard, gray and green slates; strike not always distinct, but where seen it is N. 65° E., and the dip is vertical. Slaty cleavage not well *See 20th Ann, Rept., rock No. 549 on p. 70, and fig. 5 on p. 71; 21st Ann. Rept., pp. 34 and 35, 4 Se STATE GEOLOGIST. 99 developed and having the same direction as the bedding. On the hills between this lake and Currant lake (small lake in W1% SW% sec. 25, T. 65-7 W.) the hard gray and greenishslates are again seen; strike N. 70° E., dip vertical. Around the bay at the east end of Spoon lake the same slates occur, commonly crumpled, but with a general northeasterly strike. A diabase dike, standing vertical and striking N. 40° E., crosses the point on the north of the entrance to this bay. Thisdike isabout 30 feet wide; the diabase mentioned above (No. 773) evidently is a continuation of this dike. On the north shore in SW%4 NEY sec. 26, the slates become coarser and graywacke-like; strike N. 50° to 60° E., dip vertical. Here a dike, three feet wide, of fine-grained diabase cuts the slates; the dike runs N. 45° W. and is about vertical. Along the north shore in sec. 26 are many outcrops of the slate and graywacke, the latter predom- inating and commonly showing no bedding nor cleavage. It is green to gray in color and varies in grain from that which re- sembles an argillyte toa graywacke where the quartz grains are quite noticeable; the latter is the usual facies. This rock is broken into angular, often wedge-shaped, pieces and joints. In the main western body of the lake there are almost no out- crops except on the islands in the S!% of sec. 27; three of these islands were visited and the rock was found to be graywacke. Eastern part of Kekequabic lake. There are three small isl- ands near the center of the N'% of sec. 36, T. 65-7 W. The largest of these is composed of green hornblende schist (No. 1409 of N. H. Winchell’s rock series). The dip is 15° to 70° towards the northwest. The island east of this is made of the same kind of rock; strike N. 38° E., dip 70° to the south of this. This rock is conglomeratic, or rather contains pebble- like forms, at the water’s edge, and probably this feature exists throughout much of the rock, the action of the waves making it more distinct. Mallmann's peak (high hill onthe north shore of Kekequabic lake in SE% sec. 30, T. 65-6 W.) is composed of hard gray- wacke varying to argillyte. The bedding is not always dis- tinct, but when seen varies much in dip and strike. The fol- lowing strikes were noted in different places: N.10° E., N. 20° Mina. oO" W45N7 70° E., N: 55° W., NGO? W. From the head of the little bay in the NW%4 SW% sec. 31, T. 65-6 W., a trip was made south to the summit of the hill; this summit is probably near the S.W. corner of this section. With- in 100 yards of the lake shore the pyroxene granite was seen; 100 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT it is fine-grained. The same rock is seen in a few outcrops all the way to the summit of the hill. No. 774 shows the granite from the top of the hill; it is a fine-grained reddish granite. Just north of the east side of the base of the promontory at the southwest corner of sec. 29, T. 65-6 W., is a bold bluff com- posed of gray argillyte varying to graywacke. Strike N. 85° W., and dip 70° towards the south of this. The rock is hard and brittle and shows little slaty cleavage. On the east side of the bay, which is just east of the above mentioned promon- tory, the rock is gray to greenishslate, often showing a marked slaty cleavage parallel to the bedding. The strike, as taken in several places, here and on the adjoining hill, does not vary more than 5° from N. 90° E., and the dip is 70° to the south. In places there is a pretty well developed cleavage which stands vertical and strikes N. 30° E. At the top of this hill is a knob of coarse diabase (No. 775). On one side the diabase was seen in contact with the slates; the contact line was rather irregu- lar but had a general northwesterly direction. The same slate occurs on the west side of the point in the SE%4 SW%X sec. 29, T. 65-6 W., and on the east side of the point the rock is coarse graywacke. At the portage to Alpha lake (this portage is near the center of S'% sec. 29) the slates strike N. 50° E. and dip 75° to the south of this. Up on the hill, to the west of the portage, are good exposures of interbedded slate and gray- wacke striking N. 45° E. and dip 80° towards the southeast. The graywacke is often very coarse and holds numerous peb- bles of slate up to half an inch in diameter. The point, on Ke- kequabic lake, south of this portage is composed of slate and gray wacke, as is also the east shore of the bay in E¥% SW% SE 4 sec. 29, T. 65-6 W.; here the strike is N. 30° E., and the dip is vertical. The southeast and south shores of this bay are also of slate and graywacke. On the south shore, just westof the entrance to this bay, is more diabase similar to No. 755. These two exposures of diabase are probably parts of a dike which runs approximately north and south. A short distance west of this outcrop of diabase the slates occur, striking N.40° E., and standing vertical. The rest of the south shore in sec. 32 and in the SE4% NE% sec. 31, T. 65-6 W., has many out- crops of the slate, which as a rule is darker colored and has fewer graywacke beds than on the north shore. The strike is, in general, N. 30° E., and the dip is about vertical. Along this shore near the west line of sec. 32 some of the green, horn- , time. ow a a STATE GEOLOGIST. 101 blendic schist, similar to that found further west on this lake, is interbedded with the slate. On going south from the east side of the little point in NW%4 SW% sec. 31, T. 65-6 W., south side of Kekequabic lake, no rock is seen in place until about 150 yards from the lake. Here is a low ridge, trending east and west, whose eastern end is composed of augite granite porphyry with large white feldspar phenocrysts. This rock, in addition to the usual phenocrysts of feldspar and augite, also contains those of hornblende and biotite. The west end of this ridge is composed of another facies of the augite granite. This (No.777) is porphyritic with small, fleshcolored feldspars and in general appearance is mark- edly different from No. 776. The two rocks come in contact (No. 778), but the relative ages of the two are not clearly shown, although No. 776 seems to be the younger. No. 776A represents No. 777 within three inches of the contact, and No. 777A represents No. 776 within six inches of the contact. South of this place about 150 yards is an outcrop of the usual augite granite, and beyond this is an outcrop of the augite granite porphyry. Farther south several outcrops of the gran- ite were seen; it resembles Nos. 777 and 774, most of it being like the latter. After going south from the lake for about half a mile and turning east, several outcrops of granite were seen on the slope which descends eastward to the little stream in the El SW sec. 31, T. 65-6 W. In one of these there isa small amount of the augite granite porphyry; this exists in small, branching, vein-like forms, which are sharply marked off from the enclosing granite. Farther east is more granite and finally a large exposure of this rock is seen enclosing a mass of the country rock. This has been altered by the granite and is represented by Nos. 778A and 778B. The former is more altered and closely resembles No. 747 (see p. 89) from an- other granite contact. Nos. 779 and 779A represent the gran- ite surrounding the other rock; this granite is quite fine grained and is porphyritic with small feldspars. One hundred feet east of this is an outcrop of the country rock which is a dark slaty argillyte in which mica has been developed. A few yards farther east is another outcrop of the same with some gray bands. Strike N. 15° E., and dip 73° towards the west of this. Other outcrops, with the same dip and strike, are seen near at hand. This is near, but just west of the small stream mentioned above. In the stream bed are outcrops of slate, but the lower part of the stream shows no rock in place. Justeast 102 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT of the mouth of the stream and about 100 yards from the lake shore the granite is seen again. On the west side of the little point, south shore of Kekequa- bic lake, in NW1%Z SW sec. 31, T.65-6 W., is a dike of diabase, trending north and south and apparently about twenty feet in width. ' Along and near the south shore of Kekequabic lake, in sec. 31, T.65-6 W. (especially just east of the center of this section), considerable examination was made of the belt of crystalline rock which has been termed both a porphyritic conglomerate” and also a hornblendic facies of the granite.+ Nothing was found in this rock which indicates bedding, the only parallel structure is a rough jointing which strikes N. 15° E. and dips 78° to the east of this. No. 781 shows some of the freshest hornblendes in this rock. Just south of this belt of rock is an exposure of what appears to be granite; this varies somewhat and a specimen (No. 782) shows a facies of the rock of this ex- posure which approaches in general appearance the so-called conglomerate, and No. 783 shows a facies of the latter resem- bling somewhat the granite. The foreign pieces in the rock in question are not commonly well rounded, but are generally subangular and sometimes sharply angular. They are not ar- ranged in any discernible manner, and they are of only a few kinds—dark green rocks of various grades of fineness of grain, and apparently composed of chlorite and hornblende. No. 783A shows these foreign pieces. No gradation from this rock into the ordinary granite was found, although Nos. 782 and 783 may represent intermediate facies. No contacts were seen between this rock and the slaty rocks just to the south. The former is a completely crystallized rock, while the latter show their fragmental nature very plainly. The two rocks were seen within 100 feet of each other, and here the slate is much harder than usual. While the evidence concerning the nature of this rock is not complete, from what is known of the field re- lations, and while no careful laboratory study has been made of it, still, as far as the writer can see, it is better to regard it as a hornblendic and syenitic facies of the granite rather than as a metamorphosed part of the adjoining sediments. On going southeast from the southern corner of the bay, of Kekequabic lake, in the NW\% NE sec. 32, T. 65-6 W., about one-eighth of a mile from the lake is a ridge of slate and fine *20th Ann. Rept., p. 76 (Nos. 593, 594, 594A, and 595), and p. 79 (No. 630). t21st Ann. Rept., p. 37. + , od ‘a ~ " — —— STATE GEOLOGIST. 103 grained graywacke; strike N. 27° E., and dip 90°. Beyond (southeast) this are other outcrops of slate and graywacke be- coming coarser and darker colored, similar to the grits found in the SE% of sec. 31, T. 65-6 W.* At about half a mile from the lake is asmall beaver pond, and at the west edge of this pond is a diabase dike (No. 1752, N. H. W.; 21st Ann. Rept., p. 158) running approximately north and south and about 50 feetin width. The country rock about this pond is a hard gritty rock which, when struck with the hammer, rings like cast iron. In thisrock aresome hard, dark, fine grained bands. The strike is N. 20° to 30° E., and the dip 65° to 70° towards the east of this. The rock is similar to 632, mentioned above; it varies considerably in grain. Nos. 784A and 784B show this rock. A section shows angular and sub-angular, but not rounded grains of quartz, feldspar, hornblende, and several kinds of rock; this rock is perhaps a water deposited tuff. About 100 yards east of this pond is a small lake whose north- ern shore is made of grits similar to Nos. 784A and 784B. On the north shore is a cliff where the grit contains small blood- red fragments, perhaps of jaspilyte (No. 785). Here alsoisa dike-like mass about ten feet wide, of a porphyritic rock (No. 786) which closely resembles the porphyritic augite granite of Kekequabic lake. The east and south shores of this little lake show outcrops of dark slaty rock and grit; the strike varies somewhat, but has a general northeasterly direction. East of this little lake is another (probably the one in W1% SW sec. 33, T. 65-6 W.) and from this a trip was made, in company witn Prof. N. H. Winchell, to the top of West Twin peak. In company with the state geologist several points of inter- est were visited at Kekequabic lake and to the eastward as far as tothe eastern side of T.65-5 W. During this time the writer did not take complete field notes, that being done by Prof. Winchell,t but a few points of particular interest were noted. No. 787 (1766 of N. H. Winchell’s rock series), from the west side of the bay on the south side of Kekequabic lake, in SW%4 NW sec. 31, T. 65-6 W., represents the matrix of a marked conglomerate. Considerable examination was madeof the porphyritic gran- ite on the promontory in Kekequabic lake at the southwest corner of sec. 29, T. 65-6 W., but no evidence—at least none *20th Ann. Rept., p. 79 (No. 632). +See his notes; Nos. 1752 to 1764, 21st Ann. Rept.. p. 158. tSee Nos. 1765 to 1785; 21st Ann. Rept., pp. 158-160. 104 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT which appealed to the writer’s mind—to show that this por- phyritic granite was a metamorphosed conglomerate, was seen. Near the base of this promontory, on the east side, is a bluff where the porphyry seems to have been much shattered and crushed. In places it appears somewhat like a graywacke and in others the fractured nature of the rock causes it to be very rough on weathered surfaces. Specimens Nos. 788A, 788B, 788C and 788D, are from this place—so also is No. 1768 of N. H. Winchell’s rock series. An examination of the rocks in thin section shows that they are more or less fractured portions of the granite porphyry, and neither the field evidence, nor that revealed by the microscope, seem to indicate a “‘ metamorphic” origin for the porphyry. A visit was made to the north side of Epsilon Jake, and evi- dence of the unconformity, described from this place,* was looked for, but no conclusive evidence was found. No. 789 shows the peculiar porphyritic rock from the nar- rows of Zeta lake, SW%4 NE% sec. 28, T. 65-6 W. This is the same as No. 1769 of N. H. Winchell’s rock series.+ T. 65-5 W.t At Gabimichigama lake some examination was made of the north and east shores of the lake with special reference to the rock which has here been called ‘‘muscovado.”’ Thereseems to be conclusive evidence that the rock to which this name has been applied—especially along the eastern shore of this lake in secs. 29 and 32, T.65-5 W.—is part of the Keewatin sediments modified by the gabbro. This statement of course does not apply to all the rocks which have been included under the term ‘‘muscovado”’ in other localities. In the NEY NE sec. 34, T.65-5 W., on the south side of the stream is a ridge of ferruginous quartzyte. Just to the south is the gabbro, and the two rocks were seen within twenty feet ofeachother. The quartzyte dipsabout 55° towards the SSW, and it holds considerable biotite. The gabbro is rather fine grained, and a sample of the finest part of the gabbro is shown by No. 790. Just across the stream from this locality are many outcrops of greenstone (No. 791) which contains a few granitic fragments. No signs of stratification were seen. No. 791 is the same as No. 1780 of N. H. Winchell’s rock series. *16th Ann, Rept., p. 323. tFor notes on Zeta lake see 15th Ann, Rept., pp. 157-159; 16th Ann, Rept., p. 321. tOther notes on this township are given later in this report. vg Oe STATE GEOLOGIST. 105 Epsilon lake.* This lake lies in the SW\% sec. 21, SE™%4 sec. 20, and N'% sec. 29, T. 56-6 W. The notes below relate mostly to an area of hornblende porphyryte around the southern part of Epsilon lake. Where the north line of sec. 29 crosses the southeast shore of the lake is a grayish purple, hornblende porphyryte (No. 792).; This porphyryte extends along the shores of the little bay just south of this locality and several rounded bluffs of the same rock occur just back from the water. Nos. 793 and 793A represent this porphyryte from one of these bluffs, NW%4NE%4 sec. 29. The samerock continues south and west to the south- west corner of the lake, where slaty argillyte and graywacke, much crumbled, are seen. On the shore just north of this is hard, siliceous argillyte, which strikes N. 80° W., and dips 55° towards the south of this. A short distance further north, but south of the north line of sec. 29, green and gray slate and graywacke, much crumbled, are found. These rocks extend in a ridge along the northwest side of the lake, and on going northeast the strike becomes inore constant and has a general northeast direction with a vertical dip. At one place near this section line is a diabase dike, 15 feet wide, striking northwest. There is also a small amount of dark red jaspilyte in the green slaty rocks; this jaspilyte is similar to that described ‘from Pickle lake.t The slate becomes very schistose in places resem- bling the sericitic schists commonelsewhere. Just north of this section line a band, two and a half feet wide, of a gray, rusty weathering rock (No. 793B) occurs in the slates. This is par- allel with the bedding. The slaty and schistose rochs extend northeastwardly to the portage to Knife lake. The south shore of Epsilon lake in SW%4SW% sec. 21 and SE SE sec. 20, is composed of hard, siliceous, gray to black, - argillitic, slaty rocks. They have been folded in places, but as a rule they dip 45° toward the SSW. On the west side of the little bay in the SW%4 SE sec. 20, the hornblende porphyryte again occurs, and on the east side of this outcrop is the slate. It is very fissile and decayed near the contact, as isthe porphy- ryte. The tworocks were traced within three inches of each *For other notes on this lake see 15th Ann. Rept., p. 157; 16th Ann. Rept., pp. 321- 326. +A petrographical description of the hornblende porphyryte of Epsilon lake is given in the 21st Ann. Rept., pp. 55-58. tNo. 772, p. 98. 106 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT other, but the exact contact line was not determined. The porphyry here is green and decayed; it is represented by No. 794; this grades, in the space of three to five feet, into the usual form of the porphyry, through No. 794A. Thecontact runs . north and south and appears to be vertical. The slate seems to have a dip parallel with the contact, although the bedding is indistinct. No. 794B shows the slate at the contact. There are several rounded knobs of the porphyryte, south of the south end of Epsilon lake and near the center of sec. 29, which were explored. These knobs asa rule are steepand bare of vegetation and soil. A diabase dike was here seen cutting the porphyryte, and this may be acontinuation of the dike mentioned above as near the northwest shore of Epsilon lake. On these hills, about one-eighth mile north of the southwest corner of Beta lake, the slate and porphyryte are again seen in contact. The slate is green to grayish in color and is very fis- sile and decayed, as is also the porphyryte near the contact. The two rocks are green and somewhat difficult to distinguish near the contact, but their different texture and the presence of remains of porphyritic crystals in the porphyryte made the dis- tinction possible, especially on wet surfaces. At this place in the porphyryteare irregular but sharply defined areas of appar- ently gravwacke. These areas are usually ten to twelve feet across, and four of them were seen. The rock of this inclusion is represented by No. 795. The porphyryte near the contact with theslate hasa green groundmass, and this feature extends northwards, often for several rods from the slate. In fact this green groundmass seems to be the usual color of this rock near the edge of the porphyry; itis shown by No. 796. Itis the same as the usual facies of the porphyryte (which has a purple: groundmass), except for its green color, its fissured and more ~ or less decayed condition, and its finer grain. No. 797, from the south shore of Epsilon lake, in the NE%4 SEY NW% sec. 29, is a fresh, typical sample of the horn- blende porphyryte of Epsilon lake. The hills in the NW\ sec. 29 were examined. The largest hill here (NW1%44 NW sec. 29) is composed of the usual, purple hornblende porphyryte, but at its northern side, about 200 feet north of the summit, the slates occur, dipping about 75° towards the south. The contact of the two rocks was seen in but one place; here it runs along a smooth, glaciated surface and no samples could be obtained. The contact is exposed for eight feet; it is a sharp, easily noticed line, running about par- STATE GEOLOGIST. 107 allel with the bedding of the slate, but curving somewhat. At one place in this one-sixteenth section and one in the SW%4 SW 4 sec. 20 a large dike of coarse diabase was seen. At each place the dike was seen for a width of at least 150 yards; it has a north and south direction. At the contact with the slates the diabase is quite fine-grained and it sends irregular branch- ing stringers into the slates. No. 798 shows the main facies of the diabase, and No. 798A is from one of the small stringers. The examination of the hornblende porphyryte at Epsilon lake failed to reveal any other origin than that of a truly igne- ous rock for this porphyryte. It is of later date than at least some of the surrounding sediments, as is shown byitscontacts, its finer grain at the contacts, and its inclusions, which can be referred to the country rocks. No study of theslates from near the contact has been made, but it would seem that the meta- morphosing action of the porphyryte on the slates was small. Ameaeha Lake. This lake is an irregular body of water lying mostly in sec. 7, T. 65-6 W. The rocks of this lake are a series of Keewatin slates, graywackes and grits, at times cut by diabase dikes. The distribution of these rocks, their dips and strikes, etc., are given below. The description will begin at the northwest cor- ner of the lake, at the portage to Knife lake (SE%4 NW% sec. 7) and extend eastward along the north shore, etc. Near the northwest end of the above mentioned portage is rock varying from fine-grained graywacke to hard siliceous ar- gillyte; strike N. 60° E., and dip vertical. At the southeast end of the portage is a coarse diabase similar to No. 798 (above). It is represented by No. 799, which is a coarse olivine diabase. This rock extends along the shore of Amoeba lake northward for nearly 200 yards, where a fine-grained gray- wacke occurs. The two rocks were traced within 20 feet of each other, but no contact was seen. The diabase, however, is noticeably finer grained near the other rock. Continuing along the north shore in sec. 7, black and gray slates are seen in sev- eral outcrops. No. 800, from the NW\% SE%4 NE sec. 7, is a fine-grained, dark, laminated, flinty rock. The term slate is applied to these rocks as a general designation, but they fre- quently show no slaty cleavage, and at times have a conchoid- al fracture. Along this shore only three outcrops were seen which show the bedding plainly; the strike is N. 30° W., and the dip vertical. Just before coming to the little bay whose 108 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT eastern end is crossed by the west line of sec. 7, the slates are seen in connection with a gritty rock; thestrikeand diparethe same as given above. The grit, which is very feldspathic, con- tains numerous fragments, of all shapes and sizes up to those an inch across, of black slate similar to that found along the shores of this lake. The fragments are rarely more than an inch in greatest diameter. Nos. 801 and 801A (SE% NE% sec. 7) show this rock and the included fragments, one of which is perhaps a piece of a black quartz porphyry. On the north side of this little bay, at its eastern end, the same gritty rock oc- ‘curs, but here the black slate fragments are lacking. On going east, from the extremity of this little bay, for about one-eighth mile, slate and graywacke with some grit were seen in a ridge; dip 80° towards N. 65° E. The east shore in SE% NE, sec. 7, is composed of gray- wacke and slate; strike usually not distinct, but in one placeit is N. 30° E., and the dip is vertical. On the north side of the island in the same one-sixteenth section the strike is N: 50° E., and the dip is vertical. This island is made of grit and gray- wacke. The island just south of this island is composed of graywacke with a few narrow bands of blackslate. Thestrike, taken in two piaces, is N. 30° E., and the dipvertical. The fin- er portions of the graywacke are sometimes laminated, but this is not very common, and when the lamination is lacking and there are no bands of slate present the bedding is obscure. No. 802 from this last island (NE%4 SE sec. 7) shows the fine- grained graywacke and its lamination. The shore just east of these islands and southward to the end of the point in the NE 4 SE\% sec. 7 is made of graywacke and grit, the latter often holding fragments of black slate. Justeast of the south end of the southern of these two islands the strike is N. 50° W., and the dip vertical, and on the end of the point the strike is east and west and the dip 80° towards the north. From this point eastward to the portage in NEY SW% sec. 8 the rock is grit and graywacke; the strike is N. 75° E., dip 90°. Ona little island near this portage the dip is 75° towards the south. A few rods west of the portage, on the south shore, the strike is N. 80° E., and the dip vertical. The point in the SW%4SW% sec. 8, is mostly made of hard, gray, siliceous, conchoidally breaking slate; there is a little black slate and fine grained graywacke. The strike varies a few degrees either side of E. and W., and dips 65° to 80° towards the N. The point in the NY NEY NW sec. 17, has essentially the same rock as the STATE GEOLOGIST. 109 last; dip 75° towards the N., 15° W. This gray slate in places becomes almost flint. The shores of the small bay in NEY NW sec. 17, are of grit, usually coarse and associated with some coarse graywacke. The shores of the larger bay in NW14 sec. 17 are also of the same rock, containing no slate or fine graywacke bands, and so not showing the bedding. Gray, flinty slates again appear on the point at the west of this last bay. The head of the bay in the NE% of sec. 18, has grit along its southeast side; on the western side of the head of this bay are no exposures. Back from theshore and southeast from the head of this bay is a ridge of grit; at its top are many branch- ing dikes of diabase which vary from two inches to twenty feet in width. No general direction for these dikes was noticed, but they seem to extend along the top of this ridge, which trends northeast. The diabase is commonly fine grained and similar to No. 798A, but ina few places itis coarser and resem- bles Nos. 798 and 799. The northern half of the east shore of this bay (in NE™% sec. 18) is composed of gray, flinty slate; strike N.60° E.,dip vertical. Almost across the bay and inthe same one-sixteenth section (NE%4 NE\%4 sec. 18) the dip is 75° towards N.15° W. At this last place No. 8083 is taken toshow the flinty slate which has a conchoidal fracture. Atthe end of the point on the west side of this bay the rock is gray and black flinty slate, dipping 70° towards N.30°W. The south shore of Amoeba lake, inthe SE% of sec. 7, is composed of gray- wacke and slate, most of the Jatter being black; dip 90° to 75° towards N. 20° W. At the east base of the point, in the NW, SW'%4 SE sec. 7, there are branching dikes of fine grained dia- base, similar to 798A. The end of this point is madeupalmost entirely of diabase; it rises in a bold bluff and is quite similar to No. 799. The broad bay that extends into the NW of sec. 18 has its shores mostly of graywacke and slate, but on the southern part of the bay the rock is almost exclusively slate. On this bay the dip is from 90° to 75° towards N.20° W. The narrow bay which lies in the SW%4 SW% sec.7, has graywacke in several outcrops. On the north side of the bay the strike is N. 20° E., and the dip 90°. The shores of the blunt point (on the west shore of the lake) in the SE%, SE sec. 7, are made of graywacke and grit, and the bay on the north side of this point has its shores mostly of grit,in which are frequently seen pieces of black slate. The point on the north side of this bay is made of graywacke, slate and grit; strike N.55° E., and dip 90°. On the south side of this point, near its base, is coarse 110 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT diabase, which extends along the shore for nearly 100 yards. It is again seen on the north side of this point, and continues northward to the portage to Knife lake. Lake in E. 42 sec. 8, T. 65-6 W. The description begins at the portage, (NE% SW% sec. 8) to. Amoeba lake and extends eastward along the south shore, etc. The rocks of this lake, except for the lack of diabase, are like those of Amoeba lake. On thesouth shore just east of the port- age graywacke and slate occur; dip 70° towards N. 35° W. but not very evident. A little east of this, in NW%4 SE% sec.8, is an outcrop of graywacke and grit the latter holding some pieces of slate; strike east and west, dip 80° towards the N. _ The bay and island in NE% SE% sec. 8 show outcrops of gray- wacke and slate, the latter predominating. The bay in the center of W1%4 Wi sec. 9 has its shores mostly of grit hold- ing slate fragments. The point at the north entrance to this bay is composed of slate and graywacke; dip 80° towards N. 10° W. The small bay at the northeast corner of the lake has its shores of the same rocks and these continue westward to the point in SW%4 NE sec. 8 which is made entirely of gray and black slates; dip 75° towards N. 5° W. Just east of this point the dip is 95° towards N. 15° W. On the east shore of the bay in NW%4 NE sec. 8 are slates with some little gray- wacke and grit; the strike is N. and S. and dip 65° towards E. The rocks lithologically are similar to those seen just to the south, where the strikeis about at right angles to this. On go- ing back from the shore this N. and S. strike was found to change gradually to nearly E.and W. At‘the lake shore area few bands of very black, perhaps carbonaceous slate (No. 804). North of the end of this bay is a round hill composed of black and gray slate with some grit on the north side of the hill; strike N. 30° E., dip 90°. The point on the west side of this bay shows slate, graywacke and grit; dip 75° to 80° towards N. 75° W. A little farther south slate and graywacke occur, dipping 75° towards N. 80° E. At the southwest side of the bay in SE4% NW% sec. 8 is a bold cliff rising some 150 feet above the lake. Atits base are gray and black slates dipping 75° towards N. 65° E. The northside of the point at the south entrance to this bay has graywacke and some slate, dipping 90° to 70° towards the S. The island in the mouth of this bay is made almost entirely of slate, dipping 75° towards N, 10° E. to N. 25° E. The island in SE% NE\% sec. 8 is made of slate, STATE GEOLOGIST. 111 grit and graywacke; the strike, as taken in several places, is quite constant, being N. 80° E., and the dip i is iram.90°" to.75° towards S. 10° E. Lake in N\% Sec. 9, T. 65-6 W. The main part of this lake lies in N14 sec. 9, and it extends in- to SE% sec. 4 and SW% sec. 3, T. 65-6 W. The rocks are quite similar to those of Amoeba lake.except for the lack of diabase and for the presence of tuffaceous deposits. The description begins at the west end of the lake and follows along the north shore to the narrows and return, and then the lake east of the narrows is described. On the north side of the bay at the west end of the lake is a ridge of slate and graywacke, the former usually black and in much larger amount than the latter; strike N. 75° E., and dip varies 10° on either side of vertical. On the north shore farther east, just north of the west end of the western island, the rock is the same; strike N. 80° E. and dip vertical. The same rock, with about the same dip and strike, continues eastward along the north shore almost to the narrows of the lake, at which place on the north shore is quite an amount of grit with slate; the rocks have been crumpled somewhat, but seem to havea general east northeasterly strike. On the south shore just west of the narrows there is slate and a green rock (No. 805) holding hornblende crystals. This is regarded as a basic tuff. This rock and the slate seem to be mixed together and broken and crumpled. This same rock (No. 805), with considerable gray flinty slate, is seen in several places along the south shore in W% NE sec. 10. There is also some graywacke which grades into the slate on one hand and into the tuff on the other. No. 806 shows a facies intermediate between the graywacke and the tuff (No. 805). The western part of the south shore is made of grit holding black slate fragments; bedding not dis- tinct, but the strike is apparently N. 70° E., and the dip about OO. The two islands in the western half of this lake are made mostly of grit, with some slate; strike N. 70° E.and dip about vertical. On the eastern of these islands is a bold cliff rising 100 feet above the water; here the grit in places becomes con- glomeratic, holding pebbles of different kinds and sizes up to those six inches in diameter. Thisconglomerate resembles that on Camper’s island in Ogishke Muncie lake, except that the 112 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT boulders are not so large nor so numerous as at the latter lo- cality. ; On the south shore east of the narrows are several outcrops of grit with little slate, considerably twisted but having a gen- eral northeasterly strike and a dip of 80° to 65° towards the southeast. Farther east on the south shore are graywackes, slates and rocks like No. 806, much twisted. Just beyond are high cliffs of the same rock finely interbanded; the general strike is east and west and the dip from 80° to 55° towards the north, and there are several small, sharp flexures. This rock, with increasing amounts of slate, extends to the north- east end of the lake. The north side of the eastern half of the lake is made of slates, grits and small amounts of graywacke’ and rock like No. 806; the strike varies from N. 80° E. to N. 60° E., and the dip is about vertical. In some places about this lake, especially ina high cliff on the north shore just west of thenarrows, thereis a noticeable joint- age which dips eastward at an angle of about 40°. Between this lake and the small lake in E. % sec. 4, T. 65-6 W., just to the north, are slates and greenish graywacke with some rock like No. 806; strike N. 55° E., and dip vertical. The southern part of this small lake shows black and gray slates, often twisted, but in general striking N. 60° to 40° E.; dip about 90°. At the north of the lake is a ridge of black and gray to greenish slates intimately interbanded with greenish graywacke and tuff similar to No. 806; strikenorth and south and dip vertical. Lake in E. \% sec. 3, T. 65-6 W. This lake also extends into the W'% of sec. 2 and the N% of sec. 10, T.65-6 W. The.rocks are slates, graywackes and grits passing into water deposited tuffs. A hill onthe southeast side of the lake shows a marked conglomerate. Near the end of the little bay in the NE%SW% sec. 3 is a ridge of yellowish green rock (No, 807) regarded as a tuff; itis in general similar to Nos. 805 and 806. It appears massive, and is very tough and hard, but in places its finer grained fa- cies show lamination, and on topof the hill this rock (No. 807) is seen intimately interbranded with gray slates. The rock here is much twisted and broken, but has a general NNE strike and a vertical dip. No. 808 shows a fine grained facies of the tuff interbanded with greenish gray slaty rock which seems to be only a very fine grained condition of the same. This rock STATE GEOLOGIST. 113 also grades into fine grained graywackes. This ridge extends along the shore in this one-sixteenth section; strike N. 25° E., and dip 90°. On a little island just northwest of the large island in this lake is black slate, dipping 65° towards the west. On the west shore of the lake, a little to the northwest of this small island are large amounts of black slates mixed with some gray slates and fine grained graywackes, dipping 80° towards N. 65° W. This biack slate, with some graywacke, extends northward along the west shore to the north end of the lake. The strike is N. 25° to 40° E., and the dip about 90°. In places the rock shows no slaty cleavage, but usually this is quite distinct and parallel to the bedding. (Here, as elsewhere in this report, the very fine grained, compact rocks termed slate, do not always show a distinct slaty cleavage.) On the east side of the lake, near its northern end, is a ridge of hard flinty slate, usually gray in color, but sometimes quite dark colored. The strike where first seen is N. 80° E., and the dip 45° to the north of this; this strike and div are not constant, varying some, and on tracing the ridge south for 200 vards therock gradually as- sumes a vertical position and a strike of N. 35° E. This strike is maintained for some distance along the east side of the lake in the NW14%, NW sec. 2. Here the rock is well represented by Nos. 809A and 809B, which are hard, flinty, gray slates, break- ing conchoidally. A little farther south-the rock becomes less laminated, and in places the bedding cannot be seen, and the rock has an indistinct schistose structure which runs with the bedding when this is seen. Strike N.40° E.,dip 90°. This con- dition extends to the south edge of the NW sec. 2. The large island (in the NEY% SE% sec. 3) has at its southern end a cliff of slate and coarse graywacke (No.810) whichseems to be a facies of No. 807. Strike N. 30° W., dip 60° toward N. 60° W. This strike gradually changes to N.10° W. and N. 10° E. On going northeast along the south shore of thisisland, the dip becomes nearer 90° and therock becomes entirely black and gray slates. About the center of the north side of the island the rock is slate, striking N. 25° E., and standing vertical. The east shore of this lake, inthe SW sec. 2, ismade of slate, graywacke and grit. The first is the most abundant; it is sometimes hard and flinty and has a conchoidal fracture and again it is very fissile, the cleavage being parallel with the bed- ding, which strikes N. 20° to 40° E., dip about vertical. This continues to the end of the point in SE% SE%4 sec. 3. The rest 114 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT of the east shore to the south end of the lake is of similar rock, except that the graywacke isthe most abundant; strike varies little from N. 30° E., and dip is about 90°. 200 yards south of the south end of this lake, on the portage to Knife lake, the rock is in places brecciated and cemented by a black substance, as is shown by No.811. This passes into theusual graywacke by loss of the brecciation and the black cementing material. In the SW of sec. 10, on either side of the portage, is a steep hill rising some 200 feet above Knife lake. The western of these hills is made of a hard, fine grained, green rock (No. 816), which shows, as far as examined, no bedding. At the Knife lake end of the portage is a peculiar, massive appearing, nearly white, graywacke-like rock (No. 815). The west shore of this lake (i. e. the one lying mainly in E% ‘sec. 3, T. 65-6 W.), north tothe bay in the NE%4 SW% sec. 3, is made up of grits, tuffs, graywackes and slates. The first two are not abundant. They seem to represent water deposited volcanic material mixed with more or less of ordinary sediment. The dip is 70° towards N. 70° W. to N. 50° W. No. 812, from the SEY% SW sec. 3, shows a form of the tuffaceous deposits. On ascending from the lake, the broad hill in the N¥% NEY sec. 10, black and gray slate and fine grained graywacke are seen; they are quite fissile; strike N. 60° E., dip vertical. Fur- ther up the hill the rock has been much fissured and crumbled. It weathers white and on this account is quite noticeable from the lake. In this rock are strings and contorted pieces, of vari- ous shapes, of a fine grained siliceous rock—the whole appear- ing like a conglomerate that has been much squeezed and crum- pled and its pebbles much distorted. On the south part of the hill is a noticeable black knob; here the rock is a decided con- glomerate. The pebbles are well rounded and are very numer- ous, making up more than one-half of the rock. The matrix is dark green in color, fine grained and much like a large number of the pebbles, which are accordingly most evident on weath- ered surfaces. Most of the pebbles are from one-fourth to one inch in diameter; a few are three inches in diameter, but rarely are they more than one and one-half inches. The majority of the pebbles are of fine grain and dark gray to greenish in color, No granite or jaspilyte pebbles were noticed, although searched for. No bedding was seen in this conglomerate. No. 817 rep- resents the conglomerate, and No. 817A is a collection of peb- bles from it. Among these are several varieties of gray todark gray to greenish, fine grained, slaty and flinty rocks, apparent- STATE GEOLOGIST, 115 ly quartz porphyry, and fine grained greenstones. No. 817B shows some variolyte-like pebbles. The fissured slate, describ- ed above, is seen directly under the conglomerate on the side of this hill; in fact the tworocks were seen grading into each oth- er. At this place no bedding is seen, but the cleavage of the slate strikes N. 30° E., and dip vertical. The pebbles of the conglomerate are seen to suddenly grow less and the fissile cleavage of the slate disappears, all within a distance of two feet, and in this distance the two rocks appear to grade into each other. Whether here is an unconformity at the base of the conglomerate or a passage from conglomeratic to non-con- glomeratic deposits is not clear. Lakes in Secs. 1 and 2, T. 65-6 W., and Sec. 36, T. 66-6 W. The western and southern of the lakes examined in these sec- tions show outcrops of slates and graywacke, while the lake which lies mostly in the SW% sec. 36, T. 66-6W., has a coarse conglomerate. The pond in the SE4 NW sec. 2 shows outcrops largely of black slate, often very fissile, with some graywacke; strike N. 20° to 40° E., and dip from vertical to 70° towards the west of this. The north shore of the lake which lies along the center of the E'% sec. 2 is made of graywacke and black slate, the latter be- ing very fissile and, in places, soft. It appears to grade at times into a rather soft, green, schistose rock (No. 812A). Strike N. 20° to 25° E., dip about 90°. The shores of tne lake which lies mostly in SW% sec. 1 are made largely of fine grained, greenish graywacke, varying toa grit; a little black slate is also present. No.813 shows a facies of the rock of this lake intermediate between grit and gray- wacke. It contains minute pieces of red jaspilyte and at times also pieces of black slate. The bedding in therocks of this lake is not very evident, but the strike seems to be about north and south and the dip vertical. At one outcrop on the north side, near the east end of the lake, bedding is distinct; strike N. 40° W., dip 90°. Atthe north end of the lake, at the portage, is considerable slate with grit; strike varies from N.70° to 90° E. and dip 75° towards the south. On the west side of the lake which lies largely in SW sec. 36 near the south end, in NW4 NW sec. 1, is a fine exposure of coarse conglomerate which is very similar to the Ogishke con- glomerate as seen at Ogishke Muncie lake. The boulders are 116 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT numerous, at times making up half, or more than half, of the rock. They are of all sizes up to those two feet in diameter, and are well rounded, except some of the smallerones. No jas- pilyte pebbles were noticed. The principal rock of the boulders is a coarse horneblende granite similar to the Saganaga gran- ite and evidently from that granitic mass. The matrix of the conglomerate varies much; it is usually a coarse or fine grit, not slaty, and it frequently has a decided greenish color. No. 814 shows the conglomerate, No. 814A the common granite of. the boulders, and No. 814B fragments of various boulders. These include several varieties of greenstone, someof them por- phyritic with feldspar, coarse grits quite similarto parts of the matrix of the conglomerate, gray flinty rock, and fine grained pinkish granite similar to the aplyte dikes in the Saganaga granite mass. On the west shore, a little north of this place, is another exposure of this conglomerate. Bedding was seen in only one place; strike N. 15° W., dip 90°. At the west end of this lake, in E% SE\% sec. 35, there is a ridge of conglomerate whose matrix is similar to No. 813; the pebbles are not very numerous and granite pebbles are rare. There are, however, a number of pebbles of a green rock (No. | 814C) which shows small hornblendes in a hard, indistinctly blotched, fine grained matrix; this rock is somewhat similar to some of the tuff seen on the north side of Kekequabic lake (see No. 1059 of N. H. Winchell’s series of rocks). The rest of the shores of this lake have a number of outcrops of conglomerate. It varies much in matrix and size and number of the boulders, but the coarse granite boulders (No. 814A) are almost every- where numerous. Evidences of bedding are not common; in one place on the north shore in NE%4 SW sec. 36 the strike is N. 40° W., and the dip 90°. Lake Avis. This lake lies mostly in sec. 35, T. 66-6 W., and extends into secs. 26 and 34. The description begins at the point on the west shore crossed by the west line of sec.35,and extends west and south, ete. The rocks are slates, graywackes and grits, some, at least, of the latter being marked tuffs. At the end of the point crossed by the west line of sec. 35 are black and gray slates; strike N. 80° E., dip 90°. The little isl- and just off this point is also made of slates, striking N. 60° E. and standing vertical. On the shore a short distance west of this point there is slate and coarse grit (No. 818). The rocks ae) STATE GEOLOGIST. 117 have been flexed but show a general east and west strike. This rock (No. 818) is distinctly fragmental, the grains being usual- ly from one-sixteenth to one-eighth inch in diameter; among these grains are quartz, white feldspars and various fine grained, almost flinty rock fragments which vary in color from light gray to black. In thin section this specimen is seen to be composed of a heterogeneous mass of fragments of various min- erals and rocks; among these the following are prominent: quartz, feldspar, hornblende, quartz porphyry and trachyte. There are many fragments of a rock composed of long laths of feldspar in a fine grained, greenish, perhaps devitrified ground- mass. This rock (No. 818) is regarded as a tuff, and much of the rock termed grit in this vicinity is also probably tuffs pass- ing into sediments in which the volcanic fragments are less abundantly mixed with ordinary sediment. The little island in the head of the bay in SE4 NE sec. 34 is made of grit and graywacke, twisted some, but having a gen- eral north-and south strike. At the west side of the head of this bay is a ridge of slate, at times of a greenish color; the general strike is north and south, dip 90°. The west shore in sec. 34 is made of slates, grits and graywackes, hard, firm and non-slaty; strike varies from N. 60° to 90° E., and the dip from 90° to 65° towards the north. Here is considerable grit (tuff) like No. 818, but not so coarse grained. On the south shore in sec. 34 and SW\%4, SW% sec. 35 the rock is hard, gray to black slate; dip, in two places, 75° towards S. 60° E. On the west shore of the bay in S% SW sec. 35 are several outcrops of this same slate, and two outcrops on the east shore; strike N. 25° to 55° E., dip about 90°. In theNEY% SW 4 sec. 35 is a ridge, 100 feet high, of the same slates; dip 90° to 70° towards N. 60° W. The point on the east shore near the center of the south side of NW\% sec. 35 has hard slates, striking N. 30° E. and standing vertical. Along the shore just east of this point are several outcrops of the slates, standing vertical and striking N. 20° to 40° E. Most of the shore of the bay in NW% NE% sec. 35 is made of sand and gravel,—a rare occurrence in this part of the state,—and just back from the shore is a low drift ridge. A short distance east from the head of this bay is a ridge of slate and graywacke striking N. 35° E. The point on the east shore crossed by the north line of sec. 35 has fissile slate and graywacke; strike N. 25° E. A short dis- tance north of this is a small island where the rock is split into parallel layers from one to eight inches thick, dipping 75° 118 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT towards N. 60° W. The rock here has been much twisted. Near here on the east shore are graywacke and grit; strike N. 50° E., dip 70°. This grit and graywacke extend along the east shore to the north end of the lake. In the bold bluff near the north end, on the east side of the lake, the dip is 75° towards N. 60° W. From the north end of the lake south, along the west shore, to the little point in S¥% NWY%4 NW4 sec. 35 the rocks are slate, black and gray, graywacke, sometimes greenish in color, and grit; strike varies from N. 15° to 40° E., and the dip from 90° to 70° towards the west. Some grit like No. 818 is seen along this shoreand increases in amount on go- ing south. The little point just mentioned is almost entirely made of this rock; here the dip is 70° toward N. 40° W. In places this rock has fragments one-half inch in diameter. No. 819, which is similar to but coarser grained than No. 818, rep- resents the rock of this point. The prominent hill at the base of this little point is made of hard graywacke and grit witha few slate bands; strike varies from N. 10° to 80° E., and dip almost vertical. Lake in N\% Sec. 34, T. 66-6 W. This lake has rocky shores and the rock is almost all slate, gray and black, sometimes hard and flinty, and sometimes very fissile. The strike averages N. 25° to 30° E. and the dip varies 10 degrees on either side of the vertical. Some little grit was seen, especially on the point on the north shore in NW%4 NE%4 sec. 34 and also on the west side of the lake. At this point the strike is N. 30° E. and the dip 90°. Some of the beds of grit (tuff) contain fragments of gray to greenish, fine grained rock; these are mostly angular and are flattened in the plane of the bedding. No. 820 shows the rock with these fragments; the weathered end of the specimen is a horizontal surface and the flat sides are perpendicular to the bedding. Lake at NW Corner Sec. 25, T. 66-6 W. This lake also extends into secs. 23, 24 and 26 of T. 66-6 W. The east shore has a few outcrops of slate, with some little graywacke and grit. A schistose structure, parallel with the bedding, sometimes appears. Strike N. 10° to 35° E., and dip about 90°. On the north shore are grits striking N. to N. 10° W.; dip90°. Ina few places there are small slate fragments in the grit. The west shore has grit along its northern half and grit and slate along its southern half. ae STATE GEOLOGIST. Lg West Seagull lake. This lake lies largely in secs. 5 and 8, T. 65-5 W. The fol- lowing brief notes relate to the granite and its contacts.* Nos. 821 and 821A are specimens showing the contact of the Saganaga granite and the Ogishke Muncie conglomerate in NEY SE sec. 7, T. 65-5 W. Near the centre of the SE sec. 7 there are several rounded hills of greenstone cut in all directions by branching dikes of granite; sometimes these dikes are 30 feet across. The green- stone at this place varies considerably in grain, but is perfectly massive. No 822 isa good representation of the usual green- stone of this place; it is a rather fine grained, hard, dark green rock composed essentially of hornblende and feldspar, the former in large amounts. A figure in thechapter on the Akeley lake plate in vol. IV. of the final report shows the relations of the greenstone and the granite. The granite is similar to the main mass of the Saganaga graniteasexposed at West Seagull lake. But sometimes, near the locality here described, the granite in the dikes becomes some finer grained and poorer in quartz as the distance from the main granite area increases. South of Seagull lake in T. 65-5 W. The notes here given treat of the Saganaga granite and the ’*greenstone to the south of it. They are a continuation of the notes given on page 78 of the 20th Annual Report. On going east, along the north line of sec. 22, from the north- west corner of this section the greenstoney is seen in several outcrops just east of thesectioncorner. This rock is here some- times massive and sometimes schistose, the schistose cleavage striking about east and west and standing vertical. No. 823 represents the schistose phase of this rock. Less than one- eighth mile from this section corner are two outcrops of a gray porphyry (No. 824) which consist of rather small, white to pinkish, porphyritic feldspars in a fine grained groundmass ap- parently of hornblende and feldspar. In places the porphyritic feldspars are in part arranged with their long axes in one direction (east and west) and there is also an indistinct schist- ose structure which runs in the same direction and stands about vertical. In one small area this porphyry was seen in sharp contact with the greenstone. About one-eighth mile *Other notes on the geology of this lake may be found in the 16th Ann. Rept., pp. 293-295; 20th Ann. Rept., pp. 83-86. +In 20th Ann. Rept., p. 88, called mica schist,—more properly a greenstone schist or hornblende schist. 120 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT from this section corner the granite appears. At first it is a fine grained rock (No. 825). A few outcrops of rock similar to this are seen and then the ordinary granite occurs, extending to the 4 post. This granite, while being in general similar to the main mass of the Saganaga granite to the north, is a little finer grained than usual and has less abundant quartz, whicb mineral is at times almost entirely lacking. Biotite in consid- erable amount is seen in places in this granite. No. 826 repre- sents the granite from the place it was first seen to the 4 post. In a few places this granite has vein-like forms of rock similar to No. 825. From the 4 post east to the northeast corner of sec. 22 the granite occurs inseveral places. Asa rule it has lit- tle quartz and considerable biotite and is a hornblende-biotite syenyte. In places there is an indistinct gneissic arrangement of the minerals which runs about east and west and stands vertical, and in other places the rock is perfectly massive. From the northeast corner of sec. 22, eastward along the north line of sec. 23, to the quarter post, the granite occurs in many outcrops. It is the same hornblende-biotite syenyte, and the gneissic structure, while not very distinct, is still oftenseen. From the quarter post to the northeast corner of sec. 23 the syenyte becomes more gneissic and chloritic rather than horn- blendic. This is shown by No. 827. The rock is in places much darker colored, as shown by Nos. 827A and 827B. ey On the east line of sec. 23, the granite extends southward for nearly a quarter of a mile from the northeast corner of this sec- tion. It is well represented by the specimens mentioned above (Nos. 827 to 827B). Nearly one-fourth mile from this section corner the greenstone appears. A few rods east of the section line granite is seen running through the greenstone in the form of dikes. About a dozen of these dikes were seen, varying in width from one to twenty-five feet, and in general, though not always, having an east and west direction. The contact with the greenstoneissharp, but neither of the rocks appears particu- larly different at the contact than away fromit. In places the granite holds fragments of the greenstone. In some places both the greenstone and the granite show an indistinct schist- ose structure running east and west and standing vertical. No. 828 shows the granite and a small part of a greenstone in- clusion. No.829 and 829A show the greenstone, the latter rep- resenting the large amount of the greenstone at this place. Just south of this place is a steep sided valley, running east and west, with a prominent hill on its south side. On ascending STATE GEOLOGIST. 1212 this hill the greenstone is seen in many places. and there is a small amount of a porphyry similar to No. 824. The green- stone varies in grain, but is a green, dioryte-like rock. Nos. 829B to 829D represent the greenstone from this hill, No. 829C representing the usual faciesof therock. No.829B shows some quartz grains. Near the east quarter post of sec. 23 the green- stone is represented by No. 829E. Going south, on the west line of sec. 23, from the northwest corner of this section the granite is seen in a fewoutcrops. The greenstone occurs at about one-eighth mile from this section corner. About one-fourth mile from the corner, porphyry, sim- ilar to No. 824, is seen. The greenstones occur quite frequent- ly south of this. South of the west quarter post of sec. 23 the greenstone in places is composed of rather indistinctly outlined areas of a green and of a purplish color (No. 830). Between this quarter post and the southwest corner of the section a small amount of a hard, very fine grained gray rock (No. 832) was seen, also a small amount of fine grained, light gray rock (No. 831), porphyritic with small feldspars and horn- blendes. About one-eighth mile north of the southwest corner of sec. 23 is asmall ridge of porphyry similar to No. 824. On the west line of sec. 26, a short distance south of the northwest corner of the section, is a ridge of porphyry (No. 833) similar to No. 824. Farthersouth are many outcrops of greenstone (No. 834) which show scattered hornblende crys- tals. In places on the weathered surface of the greenstone more or less rounded (but usually well rounded) fragments are seen included in the greenstone; these are usually under two inches in diameter, but sometimes, especially in E42 of NE% sec. 27, they are six inches in diameter. These fragments are not usually distinct on a fresh fracture, as they are quite sim1- lar to the matrix. One of the specimens numbered 834 shows some of these fragments. No parallel arrangement of these fragments or other indications of bedding are seen. In one ex- posure at the W%4 post of sec. 26 a few fine grained granitic and slaty fragments or pebbles were seen in this greenstone. A short distance north of the southwest corner of sec. 26 medium grained gabbro occurs,* and southof this to thestream a short distance south of this section corner the greenstone is seen. West of this section corner greenstone was seen, and also along the sonth line of sec. 26. eastward to the stream. *This is the only place where an isolated mass of gabbro has been seen by the writer north of the gabbro boundary. At the time it was seen its true importance was not recognized, and in the later field work this outcrop was forgotten. 122 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT Along the north line of sec. 27 are some outcrops of green- stone similar to No. 834, but not showing pebble forms or fragments. About one-eighth mile west of the northwest cor- ner of this section and just south of a pond is an exposure of porphyry similar to Nos. 824 and 833. Along the west line of secs. 27 and 34 the greenstone extends south almost to the small lake which is one-fourth of a mile south of the northwest corner of sec. 34. The rock resembles No. 834 and in some places has the foreign fragments above mentioned. Just north of this lake is an east and west ridge on the north side of which is the greenstone. This has a yel- low, granular appearance. On the top of the ridge is gabbro of medium grain, and the same rock is seen near the section line on the south shore of this lake. Eastward from thenorth- west corner of sec. 34 for half a mile no exposures occur. On the east line of sec. 21, south of the 4% post, the green- stone forms several steep ridges usually trending east and west. On the south line of this section, east of the 4 post, are many outcrops of greenstone, coarser grained than usual and similar to Nos. 834 and 829A. Oftentimes pebbly areas are seen where the pebble-like forms are well rounded. No bedding was seen. West of this 4 post the greenstone continues in numerous outcrops, varying considerably in grain and com- position. In places it is purple like No. 833, and in other places it approaches an argillyte, and in some of the latter places are twisted laminz much resembling those seen in sedi- ments, although no other evidence of bedding was seen. No. 835 shows a quartziferous phase of the greenstone from the south side of SW% sec. 21; this is quite probably a sediment- ary rock. Along the west side of sec. 21 greenstone outcrops arecommon. Along the north line of sec. 21, west of the 4 post, is more greenstone at times becoming coarse grained; this is represented by No. 836 which seems to be a coarse dia- base considerably altered. East of this 4 post to the north- east corner of sec. 21 the greenstone is finer grained and resem- bles No. 823. Seagull Lake.* This is the large lake lying mainly in the northeast quarter of T. 65-5 W. The notes are confined to two diabase dikes which cut the Saganaga granite (the rock of this lake), and to a peculiar rock from Cucumber island (the largest island in this lake). . *For other notes on this lake see 10th Ann. Rept., p. 88; 16th Ann, Rept., pp. 295- 299; 20th Ann. Rept., p. 88. SOU} [BAVADS SI a] BOS [BOIZA9A ay} puv ‘dvU ay} JO JBY} IIMS! SUOTIS DY} JO] BOS [VJUOZLIOY VY, ‘aza[dwOour A49A 91v Arvpunog [BuO vUse}UL ay} JO apis uvIpeURD oy} UO SalABpUNOY [voLdO[OIS oY} OF VJLP AY “APUNOIYOOD ULISULVA UOAT IGQuSaP 94} JO deu [VoISO[OINH, “Tf ‘9 Gursvag uol | ase qrra i c~ : ee | “ 27°79 >t 2 VIE \\\ any uy 04 9q075|X y* ,| A jaquayy aqe7g 2y2°8™H////7) LLL LLL! 124 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT A diabase dike, trending northeastwardly, occurs at the southeast side of the large island in sec. 15, T. 65-5 W.; and another diabase dike occurs on the northwest side of Cucum- ber island in NEY NW% sec. 12, T. 65-5 W. On the northwest side of Cucumber island, in SW% NW% sec. 12, T. 65-5 W., is a peculiar greenish rock* which has a rough weathered surface. This rock (No. 837) is now much altered and has in it much calcite; its original nature has not been determined, but it was quite evidently a rather basic igne- ous rock, perhaps a camptonyte, which probably cut the sur- rounding granite. No contact between the two rocks was seen, but an angular granite fragment was found in No. 837. This rock contained two kinds of phenocrysts, one of which is completely altered to a greenish mass, and the other is of a darker color and in the center of some of these darker areas is a small amount of a comparatively fresh, red mineral. On the weathered surface is a thin, yellow-brown, oxidized film whose outer surface is black. Lake in NW sec. 20, T. 65-5 W. The shores of this lake show a number of outcrops of green- stone well represented by No. 838. A few sub-angular frag- ments darker than the main mass of the rock were seen includ- ed in the greenstone; one of these is inthe sample collected. No evidence of bedding was seen. The iron-bearing and associated rocks west of Gunflint lake, mostly in Ts. 65—5 W. and 65-4 W. The following notes give details concerning the geographical distribution and relations of the rocks westward from Gun- flint lake for about twelve miles. The distribution of these rocks is shown on the Akeley lake and Gunflint lake plates of volume 4. of the final report of this survey, and also on the ac- companying map, which is here introduced that the following notes may be more easily understood. The oldest rocks of this district are Archean granites and greenstones with some sedi- ments (Keewatin) on the west. Theseare overlain unconform- ably by southward dipping Animikie strata, the lower member of the Animikie being the iron-bearing horizon. Over the Ani- mikie is a later mass of coarse gabbro, and this igneous rock has metamorphosed the iron-bearing horizon of the Animikie, especially along its narrow western prolongation, into a coarse *This is called ‘‘chlorito-graywackenitic conglomerate’ in the 16th Ann. Rept., p. 298, rock number 597. Bi STATE GEOLOGIST. 125 grained banded rock which is here termed a ferruginous quartz- yte. This rock is composed of quartz, magnetite (this mineral often being in large enough amounts to constitute an ironore), olivine and formis of pyroxene and amphibole.* The Animikie strata have been intruded by diabase sills. Gabimichigama jake. The west shore in sec. 36, T.65-6 W., and N'% sec.1, T.64-6 W., has many outcrops of a fine grained, granular, gray rock (No. 840), which seems to be part of the Keewatin. It isin some places distinctly banded, as if hy sed- imentation, but the bands are much contorted and frequently disappear entirely. This rock often shows a pronounced joint- age which separates therock into nearly horizontal layers. On the west shore, near the center of the S14 of sec. 1, T. 64-6 W.., the rock is in general similar to No. 840, but in places has small amounts of magnetite, as shown by No. 841A. On the north shore of the bay, in S¥%2 SW sec. 1, T.64-6 W., isan out- crop of a medium grained yellowish rock (No. 841A) in which biotite flakes are abundant. In section this rock is seen to be largely composed of biotite, feldspar and quartz. The quartz incloses poikilitically the feldspar, which, in considerable part at least, is plagioclase. This rock is regarded as belonging to the Keewatin rocks metamorphosed by the gabbro. At the west end of this bay rather coarse grained, biotitic gabbro (No. 841) occurs. On going northwest from the northwest side of this bay, for half a mile rock similar to No. 840 is seen. It is uniformly fine grained and shows little evidence of sedi- mentary bandings. The south shores of this bay and the shores of the bay in the N42 N% of sec.12, T.64-6W., are made of the usual coarse gabbro. The same rock is also seen on the portage, which starts from the southeast corner of the last mentioned bay, and on the northeast corner of the small lake, elongated in an east and west direction, in the S% N'% of the same section. At the end of the point on the north side of this bay is the us- *It is only just to state thatall the geologists who have published anything concern- ing the belt of rock here called ferruginous quartzyte donot agree with the abovestate- ment as to its age and origin. It is evident from the writings of Dr. W.S. Bayley that he considers it as a part of the gabbro. Prof. N. H. Winchell, who has until lately re- garded it as Animikie, now considers that this rock represents a metamorphosed con- dition of Keewatin sediments. Messrs. H. V. Winchell and A. H. Elftman agree with the writer in regarding this rock as a metamorphosed condition of the iron-bearing member of the Animikie. +This lake lies mainly near the S. W. corner of T. 65-5 W., and extends into the ad- joining townships. Notes upon the geology of Gabimichigama lake may be found in the 10th Ann. Rept., p. 98; 15th Ann. Rept., pp. 167-172, 378-381; 16th Ann. Rept., pp. 89-95; 17th Ann. Rept., pp. 110-111; 21st Ann. Rept., p. 159; 24th Ann, Rept., p. 104. 126 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT ual gabbro, but on the north side of thic point, near its end, the gabbro is cut by a dike 16 feet wide. This dike dips 80° to- wards S. 50° W.; both sides are exposed. The rock from the center of the dike is a medium grained, somewhat altered dia- — base (No. 842), while the edges of the dike are very fine grained (No. 842A). The usual gabbro extends, along the southshore, from this dike eastward to the end of the bay in SE4% SE sec. 1, T. 64-6 W. On the north side of this bay is a rather fine grained, gray to yellowish, granular rock (No. 843), which is lithologically a gabbro. It contains a few, not prominent, porphyritic plagioclases. Just northwest of this the ferrugin- ous quartzyte appears; it dips 40° towards NNE. Farther northwest along the shore is more of this rock and here it is in places represented by No. 844 (SW%4 SE™% sec. 1), a peculiar, rather fine grained, dark yellowish gray rock, similar to No. 882, which see. At the extreme western end of the blunt point in SE\% sec. 1 is an outcrop of coarse gabbro, and just to the north is more of the ferruginous quartzyte. The two rocks were seen within five feet of each other and here the gabbro is a little finer grained. On the north side of this point and in N E\% SE sec. 1, T. 64-6 W., is some white to yellowish, granu- lar rock (Nos. 845 and 845A), which seems to be composed ‘of feldspar and quartz, with some biotite. On weathering some indistinct boulder-like forms, up to those a foot in diameter, nearly like the rock itself, are seen. There are two sets of joint planes in this rock, dipping respectively about 7 75° towards the porth and 30° towards the south. On searching along the shore just to the southwest a contact between this rock and the ferruginous quartzyte was found. The contact plane is about vertical and the quartzyte strikes nearly N. andS$. Be- tween the two rocks is a layer, an inch or two in thickness, of decayed rock, and the two rocks seem quite distinct from each other, the quartzyte being easily distinguished by its coarser grain, banding and presence of much magnetite. The exact meaning of this contact cannot be stated with certainty, but in the mapping Nos. 845 and 845A have been considered as Keewatin rocks, which are overlain unconformably by the fer- ruginous quartzyte (iron-bearing member of the Animikie), and both have been completely crystallized by the gabbro. A short distance northeast of this the quartzyteis seen again, here forming a noticeable westward facing cliff. Here the dip is about 20° towards the E, No.846 is a sample of the quartz- yte from this locality. This quartzyte extends eastward to the STATE GEOLOGIST. 127 west side of the bay near the center of the west side of sec. 6, T. 64-5 W. On the east side of this bay a fine grained diabase dike, 5 feet wide, cuts the gabbro. This dike stands vertical and strikes N. E., appearing again on the east side of thé point which makes the east shore of this bay. On the end of this point is more fine grained diabase,—evidently part of a dike, but the dike walls were not seen. The gabbro continues east- ward and northward, along the shore, in sec. 6, T. 64-5 W. Here on the south shore it is frequently much decayed and crumbling into rusty soil. On the north line of secs. 5 and6, T. 64-5 W., between Gabimichigama and Clothespin (Peter) lake no rock but the usual coarse gabbro was seen, and the same is true along the north half of the west side of sec. 5. The shores of the island in the NW% sec. 6, T. 64.5 W., are of coarse gabbro, except for the southern shore which is com- posed of fine grained, granular, Keewatin rock, not stratified as far as seen. In one place the gabbro was seen within ten feet of this rock, and the former still retained its coarse zrain. At the southwest corner of the island is the locality figured sev- eral years ago.* The fragments included in the gabbro show no distinct stratification lines. The gabbro is still of coarse grain, even when in small stringers. The included fragments represented by No. 847 (which also well represents this rock all along the southern shore of this island), are of various shapes and sizes and many have rounded outlines.+ The island at the northeast corner of the NW14 NE sec. 6, T. 64-5 W., is made largely of the yellowish Keewatin rock which shows much twisted and broken sedimentary bands. In places boulder-like forms appear where the rock has weathered. The east end of this island has gabbro and this is cut bya few dikes of medium grained reddish granite (No. 849). Theseare some- times two feet in width. The promontory in the SW14SW% sec. 32, T. 65-5 W., has gabbro along its west side for a short distance north of the township line, but most of the west side and the north part of the east side is made of the fine grained, yellowish Keewatin rock. This often shows evidence of bedding, but it has been much crumbled. The little island just west of the end of this promontory is of this same rock, which is usually decayed and crumbling. Gabbro occurs on the east side, near the middle of this promontory, and extendseastward along theshore almost to the end of the point in the NE% SW%sec. 32. Inthe SE%4 *15th Ann. Rept., p. 172. ;In thin section the rock 847 is seen to exhibit an ophitic relation between the augite and the feldspar.—[N. H. W.] 128 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT SW of this section, a short distance southwest of the portage to Clothespin (Peter) lake, the gabbro is cut by a small dike of fine grained diabase. Near here is a green coating on the gab- bro already described.* There are also a few veins of gabbro pegmatyte at this place. No. 848 is partofa pyroxene crystal from one of these veins. At the end of the point in NE4%SW%4 sec. 32, the rusty Keewatin rock appears again. It is here dis- tinctly bedded, standing about vertical and striking N. 80° W. It is cut by a set of joint planes dipping about 15° toward the east. This rock extends along the west shore of this point al- most to its base, where the gabbro is again seen. The north shore in the NE sec. 31, T.65-5 W., shows slates and graywackes, striking about N. 45° W., and standing ver- tical. Crooked Jake isa narrow lake, trending northeast and south- west, in the SE™% of sec. 6 and W% of sec. 5, T. 64-5 W. The shores are of the usual coarse gabbro, often decaying. From the west end of this lake a trail leads southwest to Little Sag- anaga lake in NW%4, NE%4 sec. 7, and another trail leads north to Gabimichigama lake; the usual gabbro is the only rock seen along these trails. Clothespin (Peter) lake extends east and west through the S\% of sec.33, T.65-5 W., and into secs.32 and 34. Theshores of this lake were examined, as was also the country in several places for short distances both north and south of the lake, and no rock other than the usual gabbro was seen. Little Saganaga lake is the large lake lying mainly in secs. 7, 8; 9,16, 17 and 18, of T. 64-5 W. Its shores are made of gab- bro of the usual kind except for local variations in the relative abundance of the constituent minerals, and there aresome areas of much finer grained gabbros. The shores of the bay in the SW\ of sec. 5, T. 64-5 W., were examined, as were also the lake shores west and south of this to the extreme southwest corner of the lake; the rock is the usual gabbro, and is of rather medium grain for this rock. In the SE\% of sec. 12, T. 64-6 W., the gabbro is cut by two fine- grained diabase dikes, each about a foot wide; one of these is nearly horizontal and the other dips 60° towards the north- west. The prominent hill near the center of the S\% of sec. 12, T. 64-6 W., is made of the usual gabbro and a much finer grained, granular rock (No. 850) which seems to be in compo- sition alsoa gebbro. This latter rock exists in large amount *16th Ann. Rept., p. 92. STATE GEOLOGIST. 129 and, in fragments of various sizes, is included in the gabbro which also cuts it in many dike-like forms. These fragments of finer grained rock are commonly sharply marked off "from the gabbro proper, but in some places the two rocks seem to blend. The rest of the shore of little Saganaga lake was examined carefully. The gabbro outcrops nearly continuously along the shore. In sec. 16, T. 64-5 W., and along the whole of the south shore the gabbro is very rich in feldspar and becomes an anorthosyte. No. 851, from SE% NE sec. 16, represents this facies of the gabbro which is composed practically entirely of plagioclase. In places branches of 3 to 12 radiating plagio- clases (one to one and a half inches long) are seen in a matrix of plagioclase ; these forms at times are quite marked on weath- ered surfaces. The gabbro of this lake, especially on the south and east shores, is in many places decaying into soil. Sometimes this decay takes place throughout the rock andsometimes boulders are formed. These are of various sizes, from two inches to three feet in diameter, but it is noticeable that in any given de- caying bluff the boulders of disintegration are all of nearly the same size. Notwithstanding this decayed condition of the gab- bro there are many foreign drift boulders and many rounded, fresh bosses which show glacial striz. The decay of the:gab- bro here is often as marked as inthe apparently unglaciated re- gion already mentioned,” but at little Saganaga lake the two facts mentioned in the last sentence show that this district is a glaciated one. Along the east and south shores in secs. 16 and 17, T. 64-5 W., 20 to 30 small dikes of granite were noticed in the gabbro. These run in every direction and frequently branch. Most of them were seen in El2sec. 16. They vary in width from two inches to four feet, and some of the larger ones were somewhat finer grained at their edges than in the centers. The rock of these dikes is represented by No. 852, a fine-grained, reddish, hornblende granite. The prominent hill in SE4 NW% sec. 9, T. 64-5 W., is made up of gabbro which is almost wholly composed of plagioclase. The shores of the lake in W1% SE%, same section, are of this same rock—anorthosyte. On going north fromlittle Saganaga lake, on the west line of this section to its northwest corner, gabbro was seen in several places. At a short distance south Fe ae . 130 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT of this section corner is a hill of the usual gabbro and a fine- grained gabbro (No. 855). West of Little Saganaga lake in T. 64-6W. On the pore which runs southwest from the southwestern end of Little Saganaga lake (near NE corner of sec. 24, T. 64-6W.) the rock is coarse anorthosyte. Near the northeast end of the portage this rock is cut by a dike of diabase which stands vertical and strikes N. 28° W. The dike is 15 feet wide and was traced for over 200 feet. No. 853 is from the center of this dike; the edges are much finer grained. The shores of the lake in SW% sec. 13 and NW% sec. 24 were examined, except the south half of the east shore; the rock is anorthosyte. The shores of the lake in Sl sec. 23 and NW sec. 26 were also examined; the rock is anorthosyte. West of the last lake is another, in S¥% sec. 22; the shores of this lake are of the usual gabbro,—not anortho- syte, as are also the shores of a small lake probably in SW%4 sec. 21. These two lakes are not shown on the township plat. Gabbro is also seen from the last mentioned lake westward to the lake in S% sec. 20.* On going northward from this last lake for about a mile, on west lines of secs. 21 and 16, the usual gabbro was seen in many places. , From a pond in SE4% SW% sec. 12, T. 64-6W., a trail leads southwest for about half a mile to a small lake. On this trail the usual gabbro is seen in several places, but on this trail, a few yards from the pond just mentioned, is an exposure of gab- bro which contains quartz in small grains evenly disseminated throughout the rock (No. 854). In places the rock becomes quite coarse, as is shown by No. 854A, which seems to be a quartz dioryte. In both Nos. 854 and 854A is some pinkish feldspar. Magnetic iron ore,—the ferruginous ae: te of the Ani- mikie—is reported from just south of the north line of sec. 18, and also from the center of sec. 18, T. 64-6W. East and West lake} is an irregular body of water lying in SW sec. 14, SE% sec. 15 and NW% sec. 23, T. 64-SW. The shores of this lake were examined and found to be of rather coarse gabbro; it is usually composed largely of plagioclase with very little pyroxene, and frequently plagioclase and mag- netite are the only minerals, the latter, however, not making more than one-fourth of the rock mass. Four granite dikes, not more than six inches in width, were seen cutting the gab- bro. *For notes on this lake see p. 92. 4#See 10th An. Rept., p. 98, rock No. 771. STATE GEOLOGIST. 131 Southern part of T.64-5W. A stream called Little Sagan- aga river enters the southwest corner of East and West lake. On following up this stream to the lake, which lies at the northeast corner of sec. 27, gabbro was seen in several places. Near a portage along this stream, probably in NW%4 SW% sec. 22, is considerable fine-grained gabbro represented by No. 856. The gabbro along this stream is of coarse grain and in many places is practically all plagioclase. The shores of the lake last mentioned are of gabbro; on the north side, included in the gabbro, is some fine-grained gabbro similar to No. 856. This fine-grained gabbro, which is usually most abundant near the north limit of the great gabbro mass, is here found about five miles south of the northern edge of this mass. Here are alsoa few small granite dikes. Southward from this lake for about a mile, along the stream, gabbro of very coarse grain is seen, cut in a few places by red granite dikes. Secs. 11, 12, 13 and 14, T. 64-5W. Gabbro was seen in sev- eral places along the east shore of the narrow lake (not shown on the township plat) which extends north and south through the center of the northern three-fourths of sec. 14. The shores of Greenwood Island lake (the large lake in sec. 11) were ex- amined; the rock is all gabbro of the usual kind and rather coarse in grain except along the bay in NE% SE% sec. 11, where the gabbro is of finer grain and shows a somewhat gneissic arrangement of the minerals. This structure, which is only local, dips 30° to 40° towards the south. On going, from the east end of this bay, east to a small lake near the center of sec. 12, and north to a small lake on the east like of sec. 11, gabbro is seen in several outcrops. The shores of the narrow lake on the west side of sec. 13 and those of a smaller lake just west of the center of this section show outcrop of the usual gabbro. On the west shore of this narrow lake some green copper carbonate stains were seen on the gabbro. Bashitanaqueb lake* lies mainly in sec. 2, T. 64-5W. Its shores are of the usual gabbro and fine-grained gabbro. On the point, on the north shore of this lake, in SW4%4 NW%4, sec. 2is the usual gabbro. This extends north along the shore for only a short distance and is seen holding pieces of the fine- grained gabbro or granulitic gabbro, which soon occurs in large amount on the east shore of the bay in W1% NW sec. 2, and also in prominent hills on the northshoreof thisbay. This rock is split into parallel layers, from an inch to a foot or more *See also 16th Ann. Rept., p. 89; 21st Ann. Rept., p. 160. 132 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT in thickness, which dips 5° to 10° towards the south. The rock weathers rusty and crumbles into soil, the decay pro- ceeding more rapidly along the cracks which separate the dif- ferent layers, and thus the layers are made moré prominent. The rock is of fine grain and where fresh is of yellowish gray or greenish gray color. Nos. 857 and 857A represent the fresh rock on the north side of this bay, and No. 857B shows the rock beginning to decay. Lithologically these rocks are gran- ulitic olivine gabbros. No difference between the different lay- ers was noticed. Going south along the west side of this bay the same granulitie gabbro is seen a few yards back from the shore, but before reaching the point in SW%4 NW sec. 2 the ordinary gabbro again appears. The granulitic gabbro in places shows no sign of the layers mentioned above, but as a rule these are more or less noticeable; they have a constant southerly dip of from 5° to 10°. The usual gabbro continues south and west along the shore, to a small stream which en- ters Bashitanaqueb lake in NE%4 SE% sec. 3.* The rest of the shores of this lake were examined and the rock was found to be the usual gabbro, except for small amounts of the granulitic gabbro included in the other. The rock of this lake is of a little finer grain than usual and at times the feldspars are in plate-like forms, frequently with their flat sidés approximately parallel, thus giving a gneissic struct- ure to the rock. Where this structure is seen it is commonly horizontal, but varies somewhat and rapidly disappears alto- gether. This gabbro of this lake is rich in olivine, that mineral usually being in excess of the pyroxene. No. 858 represents the rock of this lake; it also shows the plate-like forms of the plagioclases. This number is from the south shore in NE% NW sec. 11, T. 64-5W., just east of the outlet. In this sec- tion the olivine is seen to be in part later than the feldspar. In the N¥%Z SE sec. 3, in places, small nodular bodies, from one- half to two inches in diameter, are seen in the gabbro. They . seem to be aggregations of the basic minerals of the rock. These nodules are not sharply defined from the rest of the rock, and are hardly distinguishable except where the rock is weath- ered. They are somewhat irregular in shape, but have in gen- eral roughly spherical outlines. No. 859 represents the main rock at this place and No. 859A the nodules. About this lake the gabbro in places presents a layered ap- *This granulitic gabbro in layers is shown by figs. 5 and 6, plate MM, Vol. IV of the final report. tee | ne ees > STATE GEOLOGIST. 133 pearance, the different layers are uniform in composition and are separated from each other simply by acrack. These lay- ers vary somewhat in position, but are more generally nearly horizontal than otherwise. Along the north line of sec. 3, T. 64-S5W., between Bashitan- aqueb and Kakigo (Black Trout) lake considerable granulitic gabbro is seen, and also a little of the ordinary gabbro. In going northeast from Bashitanaqueb lake, from the meander corner of the north line of sec. 2, for about half a mile much granulitic gabbro was seen; but on coming south to- wards the lake the usual gabbro was found. In one place, near north line of sec. 2, the granulitic gabbro shows the lay- ered appearance and also, in a small area, a banded gneissic structure parallel to these layers. The banded gneissic struct- ure is shown in No. 863, which is a granulitic olivine gabbro with some biotite and abundant magnetite. Sometimes the olivines are of considerable size and hold poikilitically rounded _plagioclases. Muscovado lake is situated in the SW sec. 36, T. 65-5 W. Its shores are mainly of granulitic gabbro, except its south- western shore which is of the usual gabbro. The granulitic gabbro shows a more or less distinct layered nature, but the direction of the dip of these layers is not as constant as on Bashitanaqueb lake. On the south shore of Muscovado lake, just east of the portage to Bashitanaqueb lake the granulitic gabbro, as shown by No. 860, is not as fine-grained as usual. At the southeast corner of Muscovado lake, a few yards back from the water and near the portage, is an exposure of the granulitic gabbro which shows a banded yneissic structure, dipping about 30° towards the south. The rock here is also well represented by No. 863, which is from another locality.* On going north, from Muscovado lake, on the west line of sec. 36 a prominent ridge, 180 feet above the lake, composed of granulitic gabbro is crossed. A short distance north of the west 14 post of sec 36 the usual gabbro occurs and continues north to the northwest corner of this section. In places con- siderable granulitic gabbro is included in the usual gabbro. A short distance north of this section corner, but just south of the stream, is a ridge, trending east and west, of the ferrugin- ous quartzyte; dip 65° towards the south. Lake in center of sec. 3, T. 64-5W. This lake is not shown on the township plat. The shores, except the northeast shore *See above. 134 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT which is of granulitic gabbro, are of the usual gabbro. On the south shore, in NE% SW% sec. 3, is an outcrop of a medium- grained, dull reddish granite (No. 861). It was not seen in contact with the usual gabbro, but is in sharp contact with a small area of granulitic gabbro; the relative ages of the two rocks are not shown. The hillin the SE% NE sec. 3 is made mostly of the usual gabbro, but its western side is of granu- litic gabbro. Kakigo (Black Trout) lake and northward. This lake lies in SW% sec. 34, T. 65-5W. The western and northern shores are of the usual gabbro, which here and in the vicinity (as at Bashitanaqueb lake) is usually well supplied with olivine. Granulitic gabbro makes the hill at the eastend of the lakeand extends in general along the south shore. On the north shore in NW\% SW% sec. 35 the gabbro has a pronounced layered structure. The layers average about a foot in thickness and dip 15° towards the south. On and to the east of the two portages along the stream,. just north of Kakigo (Black Trout) lake, the usual gabbro oc- curs, and the same rock is seen a few rods northwest of the sec- ond portage. A little further northwest, on the south side of a little bay (near center of NE% sec. 34), the ferruginous — quartzyte occurs dipping about 60° towards the south. This rock outcrops along the north side of a narrow ridge, and was traced westward, in a narrow belt about one-fourth mile south of the north line of sec. 34, to within one-eighth mile of the west side of this section. To the north of this ridge is a narrow valley and then ahigher east and west ridge composed of greenstone.* Ina few places pebble-like forms were seen in this rock. The ferruginous quartzyte rock has gabbro on the south of it. This quartzyte in places along this ridge is very finely banded as is shown by No. 862. This ferruginous quartzyte extends in a narrow belt eastward along the south side of the stream in NY% NW\sec. 35. Just to the south of this is the usual gabbro. Secs. 21 and 27 to 30, T. 65-4W. Greenstone is the only rock seen on the west line of sec. 28, north of the stream enter- ing the east end of Akeley lake. The same rock extends north- ward along the west line of sec. 21 until within about one- fourth mile of the north line of this section where granite occurs and extends north to the section corner. The granite here is of medium grain and has at times a gneissic structure standing *Compare Nos, 1778, 1780, and 1781 of the rock series of N H. Winchell, eee —— a STATE GEOLOGIST. 135 vertical and running east and west. The minerals of this rock here are mostly feldspar and hornblende, or more usually bio- tite. Along the north line of sec. 28 greenstone occurs. About 100 yards north of this line (in SE%4 SE% sec. 21) is an outcrop oi distinctly banded rock dipping 75° towards the north. The rock is composed of bands and fine laminz of magnetite and a fine-grained greenish siliceous rock. The bands and laminz vary from minuteness to those three incbes wide. No. 864 rep- resents the rock as a whole, No. 864A is from one of the green- ish bands and No. 864B shows one of the magnetite bands. The rock as a whole is probably one-third magnetite, but none seen is suitable for good ore. This rock is regarded as part of the Animikie strata. More outcrops are described in the fol- lowing notes. See section CD on the map, figure 4, page 123, also see page 140 for further notes on this magnetic slate. About fifty yards north of the wagon road and a few rods east of the west line of sec. 27 a pit has been sunk. The rock is greenstone with a thin capping, two or three feet thick, of iron ore (Aniinikie). On the north line of sec. 29 west from the northeast corner of the section to a small lake, and also along the north shore of this lake fine-grained greenstone is seen showing a few twisted laminations on the weathered surface. On this section line west of this lake the greenstone is coarser grained. Green- stone also occurs along the north line of sec. 30, and along the east line of this section as far south as the quarter post, ashort distance south of which a small amount of the ferruginous quartzyte appears. Lakes in sec. 19, T. 65-4 W:, and sec. 24, T. 65-5 W. The shores of the lake in sec. 24 are of massive greenstone, well represented by No. 865 from the south shore of the lake in NE 4 SE sec. 24,—a fine grained greenstone. In places the rock is crossed by numerous veinlets of chloritic material, and this gives the rock the appearance of a breccia cemented by the chloritic material. In places the rock is coarser grained, as shown by 865A. In the extreme‘northeast corner of NEY% SW 14 sec. 24 a fine grained syenyte porphyry is seen at the base of a hill. Farther up on the hill is greenstone and the two rocks were seen in contact, the porphyry (No. 866) being apparently finer grained here (No. 866A), and the greenstone coarser grained (No. 865A). Asmall amount of this same porphyry was seen at the northwest corner of this lake. On theeast line of sec. 24, north of this lake, greenstone occurs to and beyona 136 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT the northeast corner of this section, but less than an eighth of a mile north of this corner granite is seen. It is of medium grain, is composed of feldspar, quartz and chlorite, and is not usually gneissic. “ The lake in S¥% NW1% sec. 19 has its shores of greenstone, us- ually of coarser grain than shown by No. 865. Just north of the west end of this lake a small amount of the porphyry simi- lar to No. 866 was seen. Greenstone occurs on the lake in S'4sec. 19 and along a port- age leading north from this lake to a pond on the north line of this section. At the southeast end of this pond granite occurs. It is rather finegrained andcomposed of feldspar, quartz, chlor- ite and biotite. In places it is gneissic, but not decidedly so; this structure runs east-southeast, and when this structure is present the dark mineral is usually biotite. A few lenticular pieces of greenstone were seen in the granite, their long axes running with the gneissic structure. Paulson lake* lies largely in Sl S% sec. 25, T. 65-5 W. Along the north shore the rock is greenstone, except for the most westerly outcrop (SE%4 SW sec. 25) which is of the fer- ruginous quartzyte; just to the north of tunis outcrop is green- stone. Several sections were made from this lake to the lake just to the north (i.e. in N¥% S\% sec. 25); the only rock seen was greenstone, which also occurs about the shores of this last . lake. Along the south shore of Paulson lake gabbro occurs and this same rock appears at the end of the point between the two western bays of the lake. At the southeast end of the lake is the ferruginous quartzyte,+ just to the south of which is gab- bro. On the portage going northeast to Bingoshick lake is green- *In 1887 names were given to some small lakes in the western part of T. 65-4 W., whose locations were not accurately known. It has been necessary to make correc- tions in these names and locations, but the names first used (1887, 16th Ann. Rept.) are retained for the lakes to which they were applied, and the locations are corrected. The corrected names and locations are as pone Bit Akeley (or Chub) lake; center of sec. 29, T. 65-4W. : ed lake; an irregular lake lying in ee northern and central parts of sec. 32, T. 55-4 W. Gaiter lake; northwestern part of sec. 32, T. 65-4W. Flying Cloud lake; a small lake lying mostly in NE% NW sec. 31, T. 65-4W; some- times called Gaiter lake. Bingoshick lake; this lake lies mostly in N14 S%4 sec. 30, T. 65-4W., and extends westward into sec. 25, T, 65-5 W.; sometimes called Paulson lake. Paulson lake; S\% SW sec. 25, T. 65-5 W.; in the 17th Ann. Rept. and in the 21st Ann. Rept., (p. 159) called Flying Cloud lake. For brief descriptions of the rocks of this lake see also 17th Ann. Rept., p. 185, and 21st Ann, Rept., p. 159. 417th Ann, Rept., p. 185. STATE GEOLOGIST. 137 stone (No. 867) which varies considerable in grain and some- times carries biotite. Sec. 30, T. 65-4 W. The two lakes in this section—Bingosh- ick lake (N% S'%) and the lake in S¥% N¥%—have there shores of greenstone which varies considerably. No. 868, from the north shore of the former lake, in NW%4 SW sec. 30, is a medium grained rock representing the prevalent phase of the green- stone. No. 869 from the south shore of the latter lake, at the portage, is coarse-grained andcontains more feldspathic mater- jalthan iscommon. No. 870 is from the south shore, near the east end, of the same lake; it is coarse-grained and splits into sheets that dip about 35° towards the south. Along the stream which enters the east end of Bineochce lake the ferruginous quartzyte occurs, dipping a little east of south at an angle of about 45°. On the south side of this streamand about 100 feet west of the west end of the portage (in NE% SE sec. 30) is a bluff of thesquartzyte rising some fitty feet above the stream. In this rock is a sill of gabbro-like rock about thirty feet in thickness, dipping with the quartzyte. The rock of the sill is decidedly finer grained at the lower con- tact and also towards the upper contact. The lower contact was seen in several places.. The quartzyte does not seem to be changed at the contact. No. 871 represents the usual rock of the sill.* No. 871A is the same, finer grained, eighteen inches from the lower contact and No. 871B is still finer grained and was taken within two inchesof thiscontact. If this sill is part of the great gabbro mass, and it appears very similar to the gabbro, then the evidence points to the fact that the ferrugin- ous quartzyte is not, as has beenclaimed by some, a part of the gabbro. On the east shore of Flying Cloud lake, at the south line of sec. 30, is an exposure of a gray biotitic rock (No. 872). It weathers brownish and splits into distinct layers which dip 30° towards the southeast. In this rock are a number of oval pieces, a foot or so long, of fine grained laminated rock which resembles the fine grained granulitic gabbros of the vicinity. In the hill above this outcrop is gabbro, but the relations of the two rocks were not seen. Between Flying Cloud and Bingoshik lake a belt of the fer- ruginous quartzyte is crossed and in this is a sill of gabbro-like rock (similar to No. 871), about twenty-five feet in thickness. *No. 871G is a coarse granulitic biotite gabbro with diallage, hypersthene and oliv- ine, the last two embracing the other minerals. No. 871bG is a granulitic gabbro. {N. H. W.] 138 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT This may be the same sill as that described above (Nos. 871 to 871B). Compare Nos. 1343 and 1344. Akeley (Chub) Jake is in sec. 29, T. 65-4 W. Just west of Akeley lake the gabbro, as it approaches the fer- ruginous quartzyte, becomes noticeably finer grained, as is shown by No. 873, which was taken within 100 feet of the quartzyte in W% NW%SW% sec. 29. No. 884, from within eight inches of the contact between the main gabbro mass and the quartzyte (just east of Akeley lake in SE%4 NE sec. 29) also shows the fine-grained character assumed by the gabbro in places at its northern edge. But this markedly finer grain is not always seen, although the rock at and within a few feet of the contact is commonly not so coarse as at the distance of a few rods. Rather fine-grained gabbro occurs on the three islands in the northern part of Akeley lake, also coarser gabbro on the island in the southern bay of this lake. On the north slope of the ridge adjacent to the north shore of the lake a sill of gabbro-like rock is seen in the ferruginous. quartzyte, which here dips southward as usual. The sill is twelve feet in thickness. Both the top and the bottom con- tacts were seen, and at each the rock is noticeably finer grained than in the center of the sill. The rock of the sill is porphyritic with plagioclases, but the porphyritic character is confined largely to the upper one-third of the sill. The phenocrysts ap- pear nearly black, are commonly half an inch in length but sometimes an inch and a half, and are somewhat tabular, the large faces being usually parallel with the sides of the sill. No. 874 shows this sill rock, or rather the porphyritic phase of it; No. 874A is from the top of the sill and No. 874B is from with- in an inch of the bottom of the sill. No. 874C is the ferrugi- nous quartzyte just below the sill. The former rock does not seem to have been changed at the contact.* No. 875 is the greenstone from just north of the pit (onnorth shore of Akeley lake) which goes through the quartzyte into the drift.+ Sec. 28, T. 65-4 W. At the headquarters of the Gunflint Lake Iron company near the west side of the small lake in sec. 28, T. 65-4 W.,in sinking a well gabbro was struck and also a graphitic rock (No. 876) in contact with the gabbro. The for- mer is peculiar in containing scales of biotite and graphite in a “*This sill is the same as that described in the 16th Ann. Rept., p. 85. Rock No. 1341. tIbid., p. 84. _ a 4 STATE GEOLOGIST. 139 fine-grained feldspathic matrix. At the contact the two rocks are somewhat decayed and the graphitic rock is quite soft (No. 876A) and easily cut with a knife. The origin of this graphitic rock at this place is not absolutely certain, but it is very prob- ably a part of the black slate member of the Animikie, which is often quite carbonaceous, included in and recrystallized by the gabbro. The sill of gabbro, in the quartzyte, which appears at the east side of Akeley lake, runs eastward and a short distance east of the west line of sec. 28 exposures show that this sill is not more than sixty feet nor less than thirty-five feet in thick- ness. At the east end of the little lake in SW, NE of sec. 28, and to the eastward this gabbro sill is much thicker than to- wards the west; it is here at least 150 feet, and probably more, in thickness. In one place it is porphyritic similar to the silk north of Akeley lake (No. 874, page 138. This large gabbro sill in its coarser grained parts cannot be distinguished in hand samples from the main gabbro mass just to the south. The sides of this sill are noticeably finer grained than its center. No. 883, from the east line of sec. 28, represents the coarser parts of the sill. A smaller sill, ten feet in thickness, occurs in the quartzyte near the east side of SE4% NW sec. 28. It is of gabbro-like rock similar to that just mentioned (No. 874), but it is not por- phyritic. These two exposures (i. e. here and north of Akeley lake) quite probably represent one sill. Another similar expos- ure, in the same strike, is seen in SE%, NE% sec. 28, near the south shore of the pond, and another at the east line of the sec- tion where the sill is only four feet in thickness. The north line of the quartzyte in this section usually runs along the foot of the greenstone ridge, but in some cases rises up a short distance on the south slopeof thisridge. This is the case near the center of N¥% sec. 28 where some stripping has been done. Here the quartzyte lies on the greenstone and dips south at an angle of 50°. A thickness of about four feet of good ore was taken out here and then a diamond drill was run in at right angles to the dip. The drill is reported to have passes through fifteen feet of mixed ore, and then into the un- derlying greenstone. No. 880 represents the general character of the rock at this stripping. At the bottom of a test pit near the east side of SW%4, NEY. sec. 28 the quartzyte is represented by No. 882, a rock which 140 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT contains much biotite and which in thin section shows beauti- fully pleochroic hypersthene. The general dip of the quartzyte in sec. 28 is about 50° to- wards the south, varying somewhat, and in one place—at a test pit in NWY% SE™% NE sec. 28,—there is some local crump- ling of the beds. The dip becomes less towards theeast end of the section. ; The south shore of the lake in SW\%4 NE sec. 28 is of course olivine gabbro (No. 885), and here in one place the rock is a forellenstein (No. 884A). Secs. 21, 22 and 27, T..65-4 W. In the south half of sec. 21 there is a belt of magnetic slates running east and west. (See No. 864, p.135). These slates exist in a ridge whichrises nearly ' as high as the greenstone ridges which lie both to the north and to the south. The ridge of slate becomes Jower towards the east, and toward the west no trace of it was seen beyond the pond which is near the center of SW%4 sec. 21. In crossing this section from south to north, a little west of the center of the section, one passes from a greenstone ridge to a valley and then onto another ridge composed of magnetic slates; beyond this is another valley, then a ridge of greenstone and finally granite. On the south side of the ridge of magnetic slate just mentioned (see fig. in the chapter on the Akeley Lake plate in vol- ume 4 of the final report) the dip is toward the north 60° to 70°, on the north side near the top the beds are nearly flat, and on the north side near the foot of the ridge the dip is 15° to 20° towards the south. Here can be seen the actual junction be- tween the slates and the underlying greenstone. The contact line, while being rather distinct, is not straight, the slates fitting down into small depressions in the greenstone surface, and the lower bed of the slate sometimes extending in vein-like forms for five or six inches into the underlying rock. No frag- ments of greenstone were seen in the slate. The lower layer of the slate, which is from two to sixinchesin thickness and grad- ually passes into the layer above, is of fine grain and dark gray when fresh but when weathered it is whitish and resembles some of the white bands in the jaspilyte which is so common on the Vermilion iron range; it is thus quite distinct from the greenstone (No. 878) underlying. No. 877 represents the low- est bed of the slates. No. 879 shows the magnetic slate. The author’s interpretation of the geological structure at this place and to the southward is shown in section CD in figure 1, page 123. The rocks of the synclinal ridge just described are re- STATE GEOLOGIST. 141 garded as the equivalents of the ferruginous quartzytes in sec. 28, the former having suffered some but not extreme meta- morphism while the latter have been profoundly metamorphosed by the gabbro. On going north from the south quarter post of sec. 22 the greenstone is seen for about 100 yards, then the magnetic slates occur striking about 15° south of east ana dipping from 70° toe90° to the north of this. Here a few bands, less than one inch wide, in the slates are rich in small red garnets (No. 888). A little farther north the slates again occur, somewhat crumpled, but dipping toward the north in general. At the next exposure the slates dip about 10° towards the south, and beyond this (to the north) are several other exposures of the slates with the same southerly dip. These continue for about one-fourth mile from the above quarter post. Beyond thisisa swamp with no exposures and just south of the center of the section the granite is seen. This rock continues northward to and beyond the north line of the section. The granite where first seen is of medium fine grain and is gneissicin many places; this passes into the massive granite near the section line. About 100 yards south of the northeast corner of sec. 22 a diabase dike cuts the granite. The dike (No. 899 strikes about northwest and is markedly finer grained (No. 889A) near the contact. A little more than one-eighth of a mile south of this section corner the magnetic slates of the Animikie occur. Here they are quite rich in magnetite forming iron ore, the ore lying above some greenish quartzyte No. 890). In this vicinity and to the southward are a number of small pits and strippings. One of these pits (a few vards east of the east quarter post of sec. 22) passes through the ore into what is called greenstone by the explorers, but which is one of the greenish quartzyte beds of the Animikie similar to No. 890. The general dip of the slates in this vicinity is 10° to 15° towards the south. About a quarter of a mile south of the above quarter post is a north- ward facing cliff of the slates crossed by a sill of porphyritic di- abase (No. 891). There is some crumpling of the slates near the top of the cliff. No. 892 represents a gray taconyte from the slate at this place. In the vicinity of the southeast corner of sec. 22 and just to the east there are some sharp crumplings in the slates, in one place the dip being toward the north 50° to 60°. And on the wagon road in SE% SE% sec. 22 are several small folds in the slates, the axes of the folds running northeast and southwest. 142 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT The top of the hill here is made of a diabase sill (No. 886), and about ten feet below this main sill is a smaller one six feet in — thickness. The main sill is in places porphyritic with plagio- clases. The small sillis finer grained both at the top and the bottom, and the larger sill is at the bottom, the top not being seen. On Cross river near the south line of sec. 27 gabbro occurs. About 100 yards south of this line the gabbro is cut by a dia- base dike (No. 893) which is thirty feet wide and runs about north and south. On this line east of the river gabhro is seen in a few places and also ina ridge about a quarter of a mile north of the southeast corner of this section. Less than an eighth of a mile north of the east quarter post of sec. 27, the magnetic slates occur and continue northward; the dip is 10° to 20° towards the south. The ferruginous quartzyte which runs through secs. 29 and 28, T. 65-4 W. extends into sec. 27 and is seen in several places in the NW of this section. It can be traced eastward into the NY SW'% NE'™% sec. 27 beyond which is aswamp. Inthis vicin- ity the dip of the ferruginous quartzyte is much lower than to the west (secs. 28 and 29) and averages from 10° to 20° to- wards the south. Many of the bands in the quartzyte here re- semble the bands in the Animikie slates (iron-bearing member) which occur within half a mile to the east, northeast and north. : FIELD WoRK OF 1893. During July the writer accompanied the state geologist on a trip along the north shore of lake Superior from Grand Marais eastward to the end of Pigeon point, and also on a trip north- ward from Grand Marais through Devil Track, Little Trout, North Brule, Winchell, Brule, Ida Bell and Kiskadima lakes to the workings of the Gunflint Lake Iron company in T. 65-4 W. The notes for these trips were taken by the state geologist. During part of August the writer attended the excursion of the Geological Society of America through the iron regions on the south of lake Superior, During the latter part of August, Sep- tember and the first part of October he examined the region about Gunflint lake, especially in T. 65-2, 65-3, 65-4, 64-3 and 64-4 W. And in October a few days were spent at Tower, in company with Messrs. N. H. and H. V. Winchell. In July and August a party under the charge of Dr. C. P. Berkey, working in co-operation with the writer, did a large STATE GEOLOGIST. 143 amount of topographic work in Cook county. This work was based on a series of levels run from Grand Marais northward to the international boundary, the leveling being done by Messrs. L. A. Ogaard and A. N. Winchell.* After the disband- ing of this topographical party Mr. L. A. Ogaard assisted the writer. T. 65-4 W. At the Y of the Port Arthur, Duluth and Western R. R.in SE 4 sec. 26 the usual coarse-grained gabbro occurs, but just to the north and northwest of this are several cuts in a finer grained gabbro (No. 896) which, however, does not seem to be separable from the usual coarse rock. Cutting both these facies of gabbro in dike-like forms, from one-half inch to one foot in thickness, is a coarse white pegamatyte (No. 897),+ composed essentially of white to greenish feldspar, quartz and biotite. The feldspar and quartz are intergrown to form graphic gran- ite. Along the railroad to the northwest of the above locality, near center of sec. 27, are several cuts in the gabbro and atone of these this rock is seen in contact with some mass, whose ex- tent is not known, of slates. The gabbro is in general some finer grained near the slates, as is shown by No. 898 taken within two inches of the contact. No. 899 is the usual gabbro with large plagioclases two feet from the contact. The slates, which are lithologicaily like the black slate member of the Ani- mikie, have been recrystallized and consist essentially of a fine- grained aggregate of quartz, graphite and biotite,—Nos. 900 and 901. On the south side of the railroad track, west of the above lo- cality but still in sec. 27, a dike of black diabase cuts the gab- bro. This dike is eight to ten inches in width and is quite fine grained, the edges being almost or quite glassy. No. 902 shows one edge and about half the width of the dike. At the west end of the railroad track (in NW% sec. 28) are several small dikes of similar diabase in the greenstone. These dikes are from one-fourth inch to two inchesin thickness. They stand about vertical and strike nearly east and west, i. e. have the same general direction as the dike mentioned in the last paragraph. These small dikes (No. 903) have a marked basal- tic jointage at right angles to their walls. At a number of places in secs. 28 and 29 the ferruginous *See report of C. P. BERKEY, 22nd Ann. Rept., pp. 134-140. *Same as No. 1891, to be described in Vol. V of Fin. Rept. 144 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT quartzyte contains seams of hisingerite. Some of these from the shaft on the north side of Akeley lake are shown by No. 904. In some places also some graphite bearing layers occur in this quartzyte, as shown by No. 905 from the main shaft of Gunflint Lake Iron Co., SEY%4 NE% sec. 28. On the south line of sec. 23, from 300 to 500 stepseast of the southwest corner of this section, the upper contact of the trap sillis exposed. It is distinctly finer grained at the contact and holds fragments of the overlying Animikie slates. A short distance south of this the slates are bent into an an- ticline where the strata dip 10° towards the south and 10° to- wards the north. As exposed this anticline is about 150 feet across. NOTE. Time does not permit of the completion of these descriptions. It may be stated, however, that most of the writer’s field work in 1893 dealt with the geographical extent of the different for- mations in the Akeley lake and Gunflint lake plates, and the information obtained is to a large degree presented on these plates and their accompanying chapters, (plates 81 and 82 of volume IV of the final report). For afew days in October the writer was with N. H. and H. V. Winchell in the vicinity of Tower. The notes for this trip were taken by the state geolo- gist. In 1894. a trip was made to the Rainy lake gold district. The notes made on this trip are largely used in the chapter on the north part of St. Louis county and in the appendix to the chap- ter on Itasca county in volume IV of the final report. In 1896, 1897 and 1898 brief excursions were made in com- pany with the state geologist to several points of interest in northeastern Minnesota, and notes on these trips are published by Prof. Winchell in this volume of the annual reports or inthe chapters of volume IV of the final report. For a few weeks in the fall of 1898 the Mesabi iron range was visited. Some of the observations made are incorporated in the chapters and maps of the Mesabi range (in St. Louis county) in volume IV of the final report. STATE GEOLOGIST, 145 LIST OF ROCK SAMPLES COLLECTED IN NORTHEAST- ERN MINNESOTA IN 1898, BY U. S. GRANT. The present list is a continuation of lists found in: (1) the 17th Ann. Rept., pp. 201-215; (2) the 20th Ann. Rept., pp. 96-110; (3) the 21st Ann. Rept., pp. 59-67; (4) the 22nd Ann. Rept., pp. 78-86; (5) the 23rd Ann. Rept., pp. 220-223. Most of these rock samples have not been carefully studied in the laboratory, and so the names are to be regarded as some- times only approximately correct. The specimensin this series are numbered in green and can thus be distinguished from those of any other series of the survey or museum. The specimens listed below, except the first two, were collected on the Mesabi iron range in the fall of 1898 while the writer was engaged in work jointly for the survey and the Duluth, Mesabi and North- ern railway. 1068. Quartz porphyry. 10 steps W. and about 736 steps N. of the SE corner of sec. 8, T. 63-9 W. Within four feet of a greenstone conglomerate which lies just to the south of an east and west belt of quartz porphyry. 1069. Quartz porphyry. About 20 steps north of No. 1068. From near the center of the same belt of quartz porphyry: 1070. Green quartzyte (Animikie) from the dump of a test pit 760 steps N. and 685 steps W. of E%4 post sec. 13, T. 58-17 W. Near the Elba mine. 1071. Quartzose conglomerate, presumably from near the base of the Animikie. From the dump ofa test pit 425 steps N. and 275 steps E. of W. % post sec. 8, T. 58-16 W. North- east of McKinley. 1072. Greenish graywacke from the same place as No.1071. This is supposed tu be part of the Keewatin here underlying the Animikie, but it may possibly be a part of the quartzyte horizon of the Animikie. 1073. Graywacke or fine-grained, gray quartzyte. From the dump of a test pit 200 steps N. and 940 steps E. of W. 4 post sec. 34, T. 59-18, north of Mountain Iron. 1074. Similar to 1073, but with streaks of lighter color. Same place. 1075. Fissile gray shale with silvery micaceous flakes. Same place. 146 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT 1076. Similar to 1075, but darker colored. Same place. 1077. Fine-grained, green quartzyte. Same place. 1078. Rather coarse-grained quartzyte. From the dump of | a test pit 35 steps S. and 10 steps W. of the N. E. corner sec. 4, T. 58-18 W. Just N. W. of Mountain Iron mine. 1079. Graywacke or fine-grained, gray quartzyte. From the dump of a test pit 5 steps N. and 10 steps W. of S. E. cor- ner sec. 35, T. 59-18 W. Near same place as No. 1078. 1080. Pinkish quartzyte with some soft white material be- tween the quartz grains. From the dump ofa test pit 10 steps S. and 10 steps E. of the N. W. corner sec. 10, T. 58-17 W. Northeast of Virginia. : 1081. Red ferruginous quartzyte. Same place. 1082. Fine-grained gray quartzyte or graywacke. From the dump of a test pit 500 steps N. and 240 steps E. of S. W. corner sec. 3, T. 58-17 W. Northeast of Virginia. 1083. Similar to the last, but laminated. Same place. 1084. Pinkish to gray, siliceous schist. Same place. 1085. Similar to the last but darker in color. Same place. 1086. Quartzyte cemented by an abundance of hematite. From the dump of a test pit 505 steps N. and 390 steps E. of S. W. corner sec. 3, T. 58-17 W. 1087. Green, flinty taconyte. From the dump of a test pit just S. of Virginia and a few yards W. of the D. M. and N.R.R. Perhaps in SE%4 of SE sec. 8, T. 58-17 W. 1088. Black, apparently Seeionencodt slate. Same place. 1089. Interbanded black slate and a micaceous rock which contains many small carbunate crystals—probably both cal- cium and iron carbonate. Same place. 1090. More of this carbonate rock. Same place. 1091. Greenstone matrix of conglomerate. From a cut on the D. and I. R. R. R. east of Virginia and about one mile east of Mariska station,—the most easterly rock cut in thisilocality. 1092. Part of the same conglomerate, showing small peb- bles. Same place. 1093. Quartz porphyry, considerably altered. Just S. of the R. R. track and about 150 paces W. of the cut mentioned un- der No. 1091. 1094. Dark gray clay slate. From the central cut on the D. & I. R. R. R. east of Mariska station. 1095. Graywacke with fragments of slate. Same place. 1096. Porphyry from first cut east of Mariska station. 1097. Graywacke (?). Same place. tt Ree ee a a - th STATE GEOLOGIST. 147 1098. Contact of quartzyte and taconyte. From a boulder, evidently not far from its parent ledge; 1200 steps E. and 240 steps S. of N. W. corner sec. 2, T. 58-16 W. East of Biwabik. 1099. Quartzyte. From the dump ofa pit 165 steps N.and 600 steps E. of S. W. corner sec. 4, T. 58-16 W. West of Biwabik. 148 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT II! PRELIMINARY REPORT OF FIELD WORK DURING THE | SUMMER OF 1895.* * : By ARTHUR H. ELFTMAN. During the summer of 1895 the writer spent part of August and September in field work inthe northeastern part of Minne- sota. The party left Ely and followed the canoe route along the International boundary to Roselake; thence southward to Grand Marais, and westward up the north shore of lake Supe- rior to Two Harbors. The object of the trip was to study chiefly the anorthosytes and their associated rocks. Accord- ingly the principal outcrops of these rocks were visited. THE ANORTHOSYTES. At Carlton peak nothing was found which will interfere with the writer’s opinion previously expressed concerning these rocks, 7. e., ‘‘the anorthosyte occurs only as included masses in the diabase.”’+ The upper part of the peak is made up of massive anorthosyte. Below this is found the dark, fine grain- ed and compact diabase which occurs extensively in the region north of Beaver Bay, and which is usually associated with the anorthosyte. Between the main ridge of Carlton peak and lake Superior are a number of low ridges of volcanic flows, dipping toward thelake. The conclusion drawn from observa- tions made at Carlton peak is that the base of the peak con- sists of the diabase occurring extensively in the region west and north of this locality; the anorthosyte forms only a cap upon - the diabase, and its present position dates back to the time of the formation of the diabase. d North of Beaver Bay several extensive outcrops of anortho- «yte have been exposed by fire. Numerous contacts with the black diabase occur here. Insome places the diabase varies from a medium grained rock, at some distance from the anor- thosyte, to a very fine grained rock at the contact. A micro- scopical examination shows the gradation of the different tex- *The field work of Mr. Elftman was only in part for the survey, directly, but prelim- inary to the thesis required for the degree of Ph. D., and has not yet been published nor reported in full.—[N. H. Ww.) 4Geol. and Nat Hist. Survey of Minn., 22d Ann. Rept., p. 178, 1894. ere eee STATE GEOLOGIST. 149 tures of the rock, from a medium to a very fine holocrystalline mass. At bothof the above localities specimens of anorthosyte were found which show a metasomatic change from the plagioclase to a radial and compact zeolite. The characters of the zeolite show that it is probably thomsonite. The investigation of this mineral is at the present time not sufficiently advanced to ad- mit of further discussion. THE DRIFT. In the valley extending several miles west of Gunflint lake were found a number of morainic hills. Dr. U.S. Grant in- forms the writer that these extend a short distance to the southwest. Considerable drift occurs along the north shore of Gunflint lake and eastward along North lake. This drift is probably the eastern extension of the Vermilion (12th) moraine in Minnesota.* For several miles south of Hungry Jack lake the county road to Grand Marais passes through a belt of morainic drift. The knolls vary in hight from quite low to one hundred feet high. This belt is probably a part of the Mesabi moraine, which ap- pears again west of Pigeon point. *Warren Upham. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Sury. of Minn., 22d Ann. Rept., p. 51, 1894 a SS ee ae ? 150 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT LIST OF ROCK SAMPLES COLLECTED IN NORTHEAST- ERN MINNESOTA IN 1895, 1896 AND 1897.* BY A. H. ELFTMAN. The present list is a continuation of that found in the 22nd Ann. Rept., pp. 181-189. Many of these rock samples have not been carefully studied in the laboratory, and so the names are to be regarded as sometimes only approximately correct. The specimens in this series are numbered in white and after each number is the letter E; these specimens can thus he dis- tinguished from those of any other series of the survey or museum. The results of the investigations begun in 1893, and contin- ued with interruptions until 1898, deal more or less directly with the rock samples in this and in the preceding list men- tioned above. These results have been published in part as follows: Preliminary report of field work during 1893 in northeastern Minnesota. 22nd Ann. Rept., pp. 141-180, pls. 5-6, 1894. Notes upon the bedded and banded structures of the gabbro and upon an area of troctolyte. 23rd Ann. Rept., pp. 224-230, 1895. The geology of the Keweenawan area in northeastern Minnesota. Amer. Geol., vol. xxi, pp. 90-109, pl. 11, Feb., 1898; vol. xxi, pp. 175-188, Mch., 1898; vol. xxii, pp. 131-149, Sept., 1898. The rock samples here listed were collected in Lake and Cook counties and the vast majority of them represent rocks of Ke- weenawan age. As the samples were collected at several iso- lated and disconnected localities, the following contents is given to facilitate easy reference to samples from any given locality. Saganaga lake - - - - - - - 1651 Basswood lake - - - - - - - 151 Grand Marais and Rove lake road - - - - - 151 Grand Marais and vicinity - - - - - - - 152 West of Grand Marais - - - - - - - 153 Carlton peak - - - - - - . - 153 Beaver bay and vicinity - - . - - - - 154 Splitrock river - : - - - - - - 157 Stewart river - - - - . - - - 158 Pork bay - - - - - - - - - 158 Carlton peak and Temperance river - - - - - 168 Poplar river (Lutsen) - - - - - - - 158 Cascade river - . - - - - - - 160 *This list was prepared from Dr. Elftman's notes and specimens by Dr. U. S. Grant. oo Or STATE GEOLOGIST. 151 Grand Marais and Devil Track river - - - - - - 160 Kimball creek and Cowtongue point - - - - - 161 Gunflint lake and vicinity - - - - - - - 161 Grand: Portage - - - - - - - - 163 Snowbank lake and vicinity - - - - - - 163 Ts. 62-4 W and 63-4 W, - - - - - - - 165 Brule lake and southward~ - - - - - - - 166 Baptism river and vicinity - - - - - . 167 Great palisades and vicinity - - - - - - - 169 Baptism river and vicinity - - - - - - 170 Saganaga lake. 289. Recomposed granite. Portage between Oak and Sag- anaga lakes, NE% sec. 24, T. 66-6 W. 290. White vein quartz in No. 289. This quartz occurs in lens-like segregations and in fissure veins up to several feet in width. It contains considerable pyrite. An assay showed no gold nor silver. Basswood lake. 291. Gneissoid hornblende granite. Island in Merriam bay, Canadian shore of Basswood lake. Grand Marais and Rove lake road. 292. Hornblende pinkish gabbro. On the road north of North Brule river; perhaps in sec. 29 or sec. 30, T.64-1 E. The gabbro in places has a marked banded structure and is highly olivinitic. 293. Hornblende pinkish gabbro. South of No. 292. The rock seems to contain a considerable proportion of granitic material which weathers red. The fresh rock has the appear- ance of the ordinary gabbro. 294. Augite syenyte. Perhaps in sec. 33, T.63-1E. This rock occurs frequently on the road from Brule river south to the valley which lies south of Pine mountains and composes the entire plateau between these two places. 295. Diabase. From the south side of the base of Pine mountain; probably SW\% sec. 34, T. 63-1 E., or NW% sec. 3, T. 62-1 E. This rock is in abrupt contact with No. 294. 296. Quartz porphyry. Four and a half miles north of Grand Marais in a recent cut on the road. The rock is consid- erably fractured and many pieces are covered with secondary deposits of silica. No. 296 shows the compact fine-grained part of the rock. 297. Quartz porphyry, a porous facies of the above. 298. Quartz porphyry, a facies of the above with secondary silica. 152 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT 299. Quartz porphyry, an altered phase of the above. Grand Marais and vicinity. 300. Diabase. Back of Mayhew’s dock on the outside of the ‘‘ harbor rock,” i. e. the rock forming the narrow, east and west running reef at the southeast of Grand Marais bay. This specimen shows the weathered and unweathered facies of the rock. 301. Diabase. Near the west end of the point on which is the light house. 302. Diabase. From near the center of the harbor rock. This is probably as fresh a specimen as can be obtained. One side of the specimen shows the wall of a fissure in which are radiating mineral clusters. 303. Diabase, weathered and reddened. East of Grand Marais, near center of sec. 21, T. 61-1 E. 304. Diabase, black. Same place. 305. Diabase, black. Same place. 306. Diabase, reddish. Same place. 307. Diabase, with amygdaloidal cavities filled by a radiat- ing white zeolite. Same place. 308. Decayed diabase, with zeolite and secondary quartz. Same place. 309. Diabase, with small amygdules of a white, radiating zeolite. 310. Diabase, altered. Same place. At the east end of this exposure (Nos. 302-310) the black rock (diabase) is in contact . with quartz porphyry which it cuts. The black diabase be- comes finer grained and is considerably broken up and has in- corporated some of the acid material. Nos. 311-314 represent these contact rocks. 311. Fine grained red rock. A short distance east of Nos. 302-310. 312. Similar to No. 311, but of adark brown color. Same place. 313. Fine grained gray rock, blotched with red. Same place. 314. Diabase, in part reddened. Same place. 315. Diabase, yellowish. Nos. 315-320 were collected at or near the lake shore in NE\% sec. 21, T. 61-1 E. 316 to 318. Apotrachyte. 319. Breccia of fine grained reddish to greenish rock, ce- mented largely by laumontite. Nos. 319 and 320 are contact STATE GEOLOGIST. 153 rocks of diabase and red rock, the diabase being similar to Nos. 302 to 310. 320. Fine grained brownish red rock. 321. Quartz porphyry. Nearthecountyroad west of Grand Marais, about in SW%4,4NW\ sec. 20, T. 61-1 E. This rock is below the diabase flows represented by No. 303. No. 321 ex- tends northward and forms the main ridge of hills. West of Grand Marais. 322. Diabase. Top of Terrace point, at the north side. N W4 sec. 33, T. 61-1 W. 323. Breccia of fine grained reddish rock. From a copper exploration about a mile above the mouth of Cascade river; near NW corner sec. 1, T. 60-2 W. 324. Diabase, reddish. SE™%4 sec. 9, T. 60-2 W.: Ontheroad from Lutsen to Cascade river rock outcrops are found in the creek beds. These outcrops are of diabase flows. No. 324 is from a coarse massive part of a flow. These flows, so far as observed, vary from a few feet to fifty feet in thickness. 325. ‘*Mud conglomerate.’’ Westof mouth of Poplar river, sec_-oo, I. 60-3 W. 326. Diabase amygdaloid. Nos. 326 and 327 lie above No. 325. . 327. Diabase, reddened. : 328. Red sandstone. East side of Poplar river, sec. 33, T. 60-3 W. 329. Diabase porphyryte. South slope of Sawteeth Mts., SE\™ sec. 29, T. 60-3 W. Carlton peak. This prominent peak lies in sec. 20, T. 59-4 W. 330. Diabase with a soft white mineral (saponite?). Along the shore in sec. 21, T. 59-4, diabase and amygdaloids make up the greater partofthe shore. A quarterof amile northwest of the shore is an outcrop of diabase which contains a soft white mineral—No. 330 (SE\%4 sec. 21). In approaching Carl- ton peak on the trail leaving Engleson’s shanty, there is no rock outciop beyond No. 330 for about a mile, but glacial lake beaches and other deposits are abundant. 331. Coarse black diabase. This forms the first low ridge south of the peak proper. 332. Diabase. Crossing the valley between the ridges and ascending the east peak, the black diabase (Nos. 332 and 333) ° < 154 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT eeatiedes to within several hundred feet of the top, oa appar- ently is beneath the anorthosyte. 333. Diabase. From the outcrop nearest to the anortho- syte. . 334. Anorthosyte, yellowish. The east knob of Carlton peak is composed of anorthosyte of varied lithological charac- ter, as represented by Nos. 334 to 337. 335. Anorthosyte, coarse and reddish. 336. Anorthosyte, coarse and reddish, containing masses of a radiating zeolite. 337. Anorthosyte, yellowish. 338. Anorthosyte or gabbro. The top of the main mass of the peak is made up of anorthosyte. West of this is a small knob of the same rock, No. 338. In places this rock becomes almost black, from the presence of the black minerals. 339. Anorthosyte. South of the east knob is another one © composed of a rock (No. 339) which is largely decayed and forms soil in places. 340 to 342. Diabase. The ridge west of Carlton peak is composed of this diabase. 343. Fine grained reddish brown rock. On the pee flank of the last ridge are found layers of the lake shore flows, repre- sented by No. 343. These flows continue to the lake. 344. Amygdaloidal diabase. NE sec. 28, T. 59-4 W. These flows vary in thickness from a few inches to twenty feet, they consist of layers of compact and amygdaloidal diabase. 345. Compact diabase highly altered. 346. Thomsonite. From a “nest” in the amygdaloid. 347. Vein material. Calcite, quartz and probably heuland- ite. 348. Thin veinlets. A part of the vein from which No. 347 came. . 349. Amygdaloidal diabase. Some of the layers of the vol- canic flows in this vicinity have their original corrugated or rope-like surfaces. The superimposed layers fit into the irreg- ularities of the lower layers, as shown by No. 349. 350. Amygdaloidal diabase. Shows corrugated surface of flow. NE sec. 28, T. 59-4 W. Beaver Bay and vicinity. 351. Coarse black diabase. Near line between secs. 13 and fat T. 55-8 W. 2. Porphyryte. No. 351 continues to form theshore towards STATE GEOLOGIST. 155 the east and is cut by a dike (No. 352) about an eighth of a mile east of the section line mentioned above. 353 and 354. Coarse black diabase. On the shore east of the last. 355. Fine grained diabase. East end ofa grand beach, near center of south side of sec. 12, T. 55-8 W. 356. Still finer diabase. This cuts No. 355. 357. Fine grained gray granite. Cuts No.355 inadike four feet wide. 358. Fine grained gray granite. Cuts No. 355. 359. Small dike similar to No. 358, cutting No. 355. 360. Apotrachyte. This occurs atthe mouth of Beaver riv- er and forms the narrow neck connecting the promontory with the main shore. 361. Black diabase. East of the gravel beach below Mr. Wagner’s house. This rock continues eastward along the shore. 362. Black diabase, quite fresh. A little farther east. 363. Coarse altered diabase; near last. 364. Anorthosyte. From the round point south of Shingle cove. 365. Fine grained reddish granite. From the top of the bluff, forming the point at Beaver Bay, west side. 366. Dioryte. This rock is a peculiar phase of the black di- abase between Nos. 361 and 362. It appears only in streaks. 367. Fine grained black diabase. Between the lower saw- mill and the wagon bridge. 368. Diabase. In the river gorge. A fine grained phase of the usual coarse black diabase. 369 and 370. A very fine grained black diabase appears in the outcrops mixed with an acid rock which appears to be cut by the former. 371 and 372. Black diabase cut by fine grained diabase. Near the wagon bridge. 373. Gray diabase. Above the bridge, on the east side of the river, the coarse diabase is somewhat coarser and lighter colored in places. 374. Fine grained part of the coarse black diabase, showing a few porphyritic plagioclases. East of and below the bridge. 375. Near No. 374 the rock is cut by and mixed up witha fine black rock showing flowage lines or lamination on the weathered surface. 376. Coarse gray diabase. This appears in one place asa 156 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT dike, four feet wide, cutting No. 374. The dike-like character disappears and the rock blends with the rock of which No. 374 is a fine grained part. The whole is apparently an example of arock which, after partial cooling, is intruded by the non- solidified magma. 377. Anorthosyte. This is enclosed by the black diabase, and in places it contains a zeolite similar to that at Carlton peak (No. 336). From the rocky knob at the base of Beaver river spit. 378. Fine grained black rock. On the shore east of the an- orthosyte. This black rock occupies a considerable area be- tween the acid red rock and the coarse black diabase. 379. A slightly coarser phase of No. 378. 380. A laminated phase of No. 378. 381. Quartz porphyry. Nos. 381 to 385 represent the vari- ous phases of the acid eruptives associated with the “black rock”? (No. 378). It cuts the black rock but does not seem to cut all of it, if a separation can be made, and in that case two fine grained black rocks exist here. 382. Quartz porphyry. 383 to 385. Fine grained reddish granites. See under No. 381. , 386. Coarse diabase. This is cut by the red acid rocks. 387. Fine grained “black rock,’ apparently a gray fine grained diabase. 388. Coarse gray diabase. 389. Finer grained portion of the coarse diabase. 390. Diabase porphyryte. Contact between coarse diabase and fine black rock (No. 391). rs 391 and 392. Fine grained black rock. 393. The coarse diabase which incloses the anorthosy te masses. Found near the shore of the bay. 394 Fine grained part of No. 393. 395. Black diabase. On thecountry road near the W%4 post sec. 2, T. 55-8 W. This rock becomes amygdaloidal in places. 396. Light gray anorthosyte. At the bend of the county road on the south side of the hill; NEY%NE sec. 27, T. 56-8 W. 397. Dark gray anorthosyte. Same place. 398 to 400, Diabase. Same place. A dike of diabase cuts the anorthosyte. The black diabase appears to form the base of the hill and the dike is an offshoot from the main diabase mass. In general the diabase at the contact is fine grained (No. 398.) STATE GEOLOGIST. . 157 No. 397 is coarser, several feet from the contact. No. 400 is the normal, coarse, black diabase. (Compare Nos. 188 and 189.) 401. Fine grained, reddish diabase. This specimen repre- sents the rocks in the river bed. Center of SE% sec. 22, T. 56-8 W. (Compare No. 193.) 402. Decayed gray diabase. Same place. 403. Compact amygdaloidal diabase. Same place. 404 and 405. Fine grained compact black diabase. 406 and 407. Finer grained part of the coarse diabase inter- mingled with Nos. 404 and 405. Same place. Whileno definite relationship can be established here, still the fine grained black diabase seems to be an intrusive at this locality, cutting the coarse black diabase. 408. Diabase porphyryte from a boulder near Beaver Bay. 409. Anorthosyte with zeolite (thomsonite.) Beaver Bay. Same place as No. 377 which does not show the zeolite. 410. Quartz porphyry from a flow, at Beaver Bay, east of the anorthosyte mass. 411. Quartz porphyry from angular masses in No. 413. 412. Anorthosyte from angular masses in No. 413. 413. Black fine grained diabase which is below the quartz porphyry (No. 410) and cuts it and includes angular masses of it and of anorthosyte. 414. Fine grained diabase having a laminated appearance. 415. Radiating masses of reddish feldspar developed in the fine grained diabase. 416. Fine grained part of the coarse black diabase. 417. The same where it incloses anorthosyte masses. The successive ages of the rocks here are as follows: (1) Nos. 416 and 417 inclosing anorthosyte. (2) No. 410, quartz porphyry flows which lie upon and cut the preceding. (3) No. 413, which cuts all the preceding. It is intruded in the form of-sill sometimes 200 feet in width. Splitrock river. 418. Red apotrachyte. First falls of Splitrock river. 417. Same, showing fissility. 420. Brown, fine grained diabase, mixed with the preceding. 421. Amygdaloidal diabase. 200 feet below the first falls and overlying Nos. 418 and 419. 422. Diabase. This represents the flows immediately east of the mouth of Splitrock river; NW% sec. 7, T. 54-8 W. 158 “ TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT Stewart river. 423. Diabase showing reddish and gray alternations. One mile east of Stewart river, north of the county road, sec. 21, T. 53-10 W. 424. Decayed diabase from the dump of the Stewart river copper mine. Pork bay. 425. Decayed reddish diabase from the middle flow that forms the extreme point at the west side of Pork bay. Prob- | ably in sec. 36, T. 58-6 W. Carlton peak and Temperance river. 426. Anorthosyte showing a red streak. At the contact with the Beaver bay diabase; lower southeast corner of the east knob. 427. Anorthosyte from the top of the main peak. 428. Black diabase cutting the anorthosyte south of the main peak. This diabase contains angular pieces of the anor- thosyte. 4.29. Black diabase from the high sawtooth ridge west of Temperance river. 430. Reddish decayed diabase. Near the top of the ridge, but below No. 429. 431. Amygdaloidal diabase with thalite. From the first flow above the black diabase on Temperance river. 4.32. Reddish vein or dike, two to four inches wide, cutting — No. 431. 433. Finer grained felsitic vein or dike in No. 431. 434. Altered diabase from thesecond flow from the bottom, Temperance river. 435. Altered diabase from ihe third flow. 436. Altered diabase at the Temperance river bridge. 437. Sandstone(?), two to six inches thick, between two layers of diabase and filling fissures in the lower layer. Poplar river (Lutsen). 438. Amygdaloidal diabase from flows half a mile west of the mouth of the Poplar river. Sec. 33, T. 60-3 W. 439. Amygdaloidal diabase from near the top of the mass- ive part of a flow. 440, Amygdaloidal diabase, showing the usual decayed condition common to the basic flows. 441, So-called vein in No. 438. This ‘‘vein’’ is due to alter- ation of the rock along a fracture line. STATE GEOLOGIST. 159 442. The same showing slickensided surface. 443. Red sandstone. Between several of the flows are thin seams of red sandstone and conglomerate. These flows con- tinue eastward to the middle of the clearing at Lutsen where they lie upon a sandstone. This sandstone was found in Mr. C. A. Nelson’s cellar and appears again along the east side of the river. 444. Red sandstone. Point on the east side of the mouth of the Poplar river. The sandstone lies between diabase flows; it dips about 10° towards the southeast and is exposed for about 350 feet along the river. 445, Altereddiabase. In going up Poplar river the first four flows below the sandstone are quite similar in lithological char- acter and average about twenty-five feetin thickness. No.445 is from the fourth layer, counting from the sandstone down- ward. The river is crossed by two small faults, one having a displacement of about ten feet and the other only two or three feet. 446. Fine grained brown diabase from the fifth layer. 447, Coarser altered diabase from the sixth layer. 448. Luster-mottled diabase from the seventh layer. 449. Same showing a few zeolite amygdaloids. 450. Reddish fine grained rock from the bottom of the eighth laver. 451. Same from the middle of the eighth layer. 452. Same from the ninth layer. 453. Laminated rock of the ninth layer, lying above No. 452. 454. Coarse decayed diabase forming the upper falls of Pop- lar river. Probably in NE\% sec. 20, T. 60-3 W. 455. Coarse black diabase from the hill, west of the “ hay- marsh,’ known as the ‘“‘rock pile.”” Probably in NE\% sec. 20, T. 60-3 W. 456. Diabase porphyryte from the south slope of the first Sawtooth hill north of Lutsen. 457. Fine grained diabase from the same hill. This is a phase of the usual coarse diabase. 458. Fine grained brownish rock, near the middle of the south slope of this hill; evidently part of the later flows. 459. Vein material, largely quartz, from between the layers of No. 458. 460. Vein of heulandite and calcite from the cliffs west of the mouth of Poplar river. 160 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT 460. Vein of heulandite and calcite from the cliffs west of the mouth of Poplar river. Cascade river. These specimens (Nos. 461 to 472), except No. 472, are from the W1% of sec. 1, T. 60-2 W. 461. Fine grained reddish and greenish diabase, represent- ing the flows trom the lake shore to the first falls of Cascade river. 462 to 464. Diabase, more or less altered, representing the rock adove the first falls. 465. Rather coarse, pinkish granite involved in the black diabase, apparently as a rounded boulder-like mass ten to fif- teen feet in diameter. 466. Fine grained dark diabase. About an eighth of a mile above No. 463. , 467. A porphyritic phase of No. 466. 468. Radiated zeolite masses from the amy edaloidal part of the diabase. 469. Red sandstone from a bed about 300 feet thick. 470. Gray nodule from the uppermost part of this sand- stone. 471. Vein material; calcite and copper stains. About a quarter of a mile above the sandstone and above a bridge. 472. Altered diabase penetrated by quartz. Bay in SE% sec. 32, T. 61-1 W. Grand Marais and Devil Track river. 473. Greenish diabase from the first dike east of Grand Marais. NE sec. 21, T. 61-1 E. 474. Large plagioclases from the preceding. Some of these feldspars show alteration to a zeolite. 475. Quartz porphyry, east of No. 473. 476. Fine grained decayed diabase from a dike, three inches wide, cutting No. 475. This appears to be a stringer from the large dike, No. 473. 477. Greenish diabase. Fine grained phaseof this dike near its contact with the quartz porphyry. Thre second large dike east of Grand Marais. 478. Minerals, apparently formed from the alteration of the feldspar of the preceding. 479 to 481. Forms of the acid eruptives east of this second dike (No. 477). Some of these eruptives may be fragmental volcanics. STATE GEOLOGIST. 161 482. Fine grained greenish diabase from the third largedike east of Grand Marais. 483. Plagioclase nodules included in this diabase. 484. Diabase. Going eastward to the mouth of Devil Track tiver (SW14ANW% sec. 13, T. 61-1 E.) several more diabase dikes are seen cutting the quartz porphyry. In one of these dikes Mr. Hovey hassunk a test pipe; the rock from the pit is shown by No. 484. 485. Quartz porphyry, south of the mouth of Devil Track river. Kimball's creek and Cowtongue point. 486. Brown andesyte or apotrachyte. Bed of Kimball’s ereck.cenire of sec. 33, 1. 62-2 E. 487 and 488. Phases of the same, 100 paces down thecreek. 489. An amygdaloidal phase of the same from a higher lay- er, farther down the creek. 490. Mottied reddish andesyte orapotrachyte from another layer, farther down the creek. 491. Somewhat similar rock from a layer seventy-five feet thick; farther down the creek, NW corner of sec. 3, T. 61-2 E. 492. Fine grained greenish diabase cutting No. 491. 493. Quartz geode from the layer represented by No. 491. 494. Andesyte or apotrachyte forms the river banks for the next half mile. 495. A phase of the same, from the highest layer near the lake shore; probably in NE4%4 NW sec. 10, T. 61-3 E. 496. Fine grained brown diabase. Cowtongue point. SW sec. 10, T. 61-2 E. 497. Conglomerate between layers of No. 496. 498. Probably a mixture of sedimentary and fragmental igneous material; same place. Guntlint lake and vicinity. 499. Quartzyte with hisingerite. Shaft of Gunflint Lake Iron Co., SE% NEM sec. 28, T. 65-4 W. 500. Quartz vein rock. North of the ‘old nickel” pit. NE% sec. 28, T. 65-4 W. An assay for gold showed about $1.00 per ton. not Gabbro, On, Pt. A.D: and W. RYR Ws) sec. 27, -T° 65-4 W. 502. Decayed gabbro from fracture in the fresh gabbro. Same place. 7 162 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT 503. Decayed gabbro at contact with graphite vein. Near same place. 504. Fresh gabbro from the east end of the first bridge east of the lake at the Gunflint Lake Iron Co.’s location. Near W. line of sec. 27, T. 65-4 W. 505. Graphitic rock. 506. Decayed gabbro. First cut east of the ahove lake. 507. Slate inclusion in gabbro. 508. Quartzyte inclusion in gabbro. 509 and 510. Fine grained siliceous rock at contact of slate and gabbro. 511 to 519. Various phases of graphitic rock. 520. Gray graphitic slate from the center of a mass, four feet long and one foot wide, inclosed in the gabbro. 521. Same at the contact with the gabbro. 522. Contact zone of the above showing graphite. 523 to 526. Various phases of the graphitic rock. 527 to 531. Magnetite sometimes showing copper carbon- ate stains. In 1897 the Johnson Nickel Co. did considerable test fitting in SE% sec. 34, T. 65-3 W. Nos. 527 to 541 are from this locality. The magnetite appears to be a phase of the gabbro. 532 to 540. Various phases of thegabbro sometimes altered, containing more or less magnetite and sometimes showing carbonate stains. 541. Gabbro with native copper. 542 to 552. Various phases of gabbro, usually rich in mag- | netite, containing apparently pyrite, pyrrhotite andjchalcopyr- ite, and sometimes showing a banded structure. Portage from Tucker to Mayhew lake; NE% sec. 2, J. 64-3 W. 553. ‘‘Soft iron ore.’’ Near south side of SE% sec. 22, T. 65-4 W. 554 and 555. Animikie quartzyte metamorphosed by the gabbro. SW. corner of Loon lake; sec. 32, T. 65-3 W. 556. Diabase containing aggregates of plagioclase crystals. From the sill north of the west end of Animikie bay of Gun- flint lake. Sec. 24, T. 65-4 W. Diabase with scattered porphvritic plagioclases. Same 558. Diabase with large crystals, apparently of augite. Same place. STATE GEOLOGIST. 163 Grand Portage. 559 to 561. Phases of the conglomerate and sandstone at the northeast side of Grand Portage island, sec. 10, T. 63-6 E. 562. Contact of sandstone and basic eruptive, from the bot- tom of the first flow above the main mass of the conglomerate. Same place. 563. Gray quartzyte. High bluff a mile southwest of Grand Portage village and northof the county road; probably in sec. 8, T. 63-6 E. 564. Bac ova ga nose SoS E a as oe he ooo aie OSS eee Mae cua Mende ee een ME, 125 Pwining, E. H......1..20:-s0sscsnsccoevens seseoarancenare¥s sub checsncosservaverartaaneaanewe Paizo We SVE ish COmMiSsiomis.cerscasece.csees-os ee remeereeese erect cans er oan eee 1. pee 8 MU bed EINE js sa sock dos vane ageue anbonnceeeany cae teed memes seer area eaves an eee XT Whepley, C. E........escccesseecesseesennerengecssenscsscesssscscssseecesressasereseereces LX. Wilso ay Praia ise cide eoedeol. casencsbsespecocsousanessoscnepemeans toads enh nebatas te nana I, 22 WW alist 5 NG Thc cccc ees setts dea s oe ensncdar dare see seaas pa e seeaemales se tose ieatceactaeae Vile Verve sr WE TS By oR soca co soc nodosa. oot ancecsocosecuecb son ocr arses Pap) Se S. Winnisheik, Chief, "Prempeleau, Wis-¢..0.c..-0-57.22.8es2 er seatene pooner te Lens. WiTLO Nat BASTe PRELOTAR UR i snare .cterey conesontessomcanacuenadaneeun oes Stee eo eae seng EXf sia Young, T. Mo.......cceccecececseseneceesecenceeesnstenesenecassnsescsnnssnceecssnnseeenens LX eas Netinolite magnetic, SCHIStS..........secce-se0cecseqecessneats sannsesranensnedsupnos Oe OLN Lem aie Ds TY sccs seve onto eubeer8s wadtapncdtnes acer engaraecebosly Ss nanpe Dee ae seianaatadeeenaee XXIII, 39 Adams, C. B., on red sand rock.........sessseceeeeeeeseeseeeeeeeeeees XXII, 60; XVIII, 98 Addison, Vt., fault at..........cccccccescccecccceraccesccscescescessecaescaseseaseeencessnens DO. OU eg 7( Additions to the library, IX, 165; XIII, 86; XVIII, 226; XX, 332; XXI, 161 XXII, 198; XXII, 231; XXIV, 171 PAdironGacks, Mamie”). :i.c,.<40.0-beeses-savenascne se cetennennnss2qonensavebonmareveneysented XVIII, 70 stratigraphy of north Side..................-cscssecscoseserreeessooeeseensenes XXI, 109 Agamok lake.....ccccceccesceeseeseerseensesescessesseensecersessetscesseesesseseesenaeensens XVIII, 187 Agassiz, lake...............++ VIII, 84; XXII, 42, 52; XXIII, 68, 95, 158, 162, 185 VCR AUC GEPEN: .:....c0dsecsuseneschongprocnesoacve rns sxeenntoseasss sondern souncog@hgeem XI, 153 Pre aCHES LINE crac rake lose cncedacedcoaaacs pesbacecantetsbSecssatse chess seein Oleic nee nee XI, 141 Glacial Geology s<...c.cnsc-pssuesenserccoeccncnsosessess coaeensaussnasehpachwaeseerseeeets XI, 137 MOVEHECMIDAT TICK: « ocxetarascess peseesec cove ioe ten es set cn sastes comene Foeaees eaoweet nemo XI, 150 COLE EE recess ou cece Soa tcadpee Latne e cocke taeda teat eee ceepe ties eeteas VIII, 87; X1, 148 Agassiz, Louis: bibliography of history of mining on lake Superior............. XXIII, 148 Agate Bay..ccecccscccscesecsseseceeeessseessseesssssecssesersnsssstssessesssessesaeensennenees XVIII, 200 BOA CHES isc cetsvrety cons cebe gence sn on dondse caches ustedes wecas ee Onnces San ane Canaan oeeeenee XX, 202 Agelomerates....cecceccecseersenseerersnscsesseesersserseeeseeeaseeaeenseennees XVIII, 209, 211, 213 A ee L Laer ses ete rade Sa lho cecechs ceeeee a bina ve owen se haee tee et Rav abe ens Menten mes B.S. GS ets is BREN G sis Gas sa sos edcysaqsende socvonnt- speheeuonencushaien’ on oemed ate XXIII, 4; XXIV, 41 Agnotozoic Of Iryitng...escseesesseesessesseresesceseenesesesseneeenaatieeneeneneneenes XXVIII, 207 Mae hith Polcelicisheechosssessertdvans syrloteusacdcvonysesedwoton sabndeseUoans tausst avd anyone XXII, 27 ASE COUNTY: ..-.2+5005).seesscososersccnnspoabeopestannebepsebgs code XXII, 19, 20; 26) 27, 29a, Akeley, lake...ccccceccccsceesceseectseseeeneesresessesneseeasereseaeeesenseees XIX, 1938; XXIV, 186 TON Dearing rOCKS.6.........sseerenpssressscrscnaperorenesserrenvenscnnosens XXII, 72, 169 Mkereatith, He Wreccscseccovccverescsoccapasesdssoneds sanuuvvocevadu@ecronansatbqusveitswameent XXIII, 149 Alaska, Treadwell minne....151........ccccssssscsssssseceescssneesesssnccsaeressnecnenneare XXIII, 90 Albacher Mrehle (metorite)............:ccsscscsosscscsacsneessecdesboccccubconsevssesteseul XIX,171 Albany granvite.....c.ccccccecsceteensecsssesseesseenessresessseseneesnenennsecsaerseenseennenny XVIII, 165 Albert Sea, deep well at...............cscsssssssetessennsnessersessenecnrcussussecsnesesssanes XIV, 348 ATP ihe scacscsvvecenscashsvdcccvarcat¥ssoovsvaned uesaushun) eanenbysosepppabsepevonthaye /siscvenssOkb ii vesves p. @ Lae*) | Algoma, GUartzyte..eccceeesessercescesereestsensssssessssssesesneensenaseseneeensensenes XVIII, 55 Alodondite ...eccccecesecseecseeeneetsetracsesescssrssetseseaaserennerceaseeaenneenseeseceeeeneeeneany XI, 14 oe ee oe — es a < 4 : 4 4 . 4 q : 7 4 = < b> Be ny : ie, in te STATE GEOLOGIST 181 SNE a SERB RELNINGY ee ce acne este a cane snk est eteosp eek éoensous saoeh lacs ¢s SVN LS = Axel le 49S EUSA PED URE ROR Bola e MLE Net ce eet co 0 feahed < Sons oc ynno Stab ava Jia canihv ans dee la -ndecseecerasee XVIII, 119 eke Fate ea catten ekeok crab cts counters onpacaceereneesseFa SOM Ly OL, G27 kK LLL AZOLE Alexander, E. S., R. R. elevations....... Bea See create ops sereneseenci es ceehe ViiEts6 Wlexndet. Jes-, GONALIOM tO MuUSeuitt.....j2062./22 DD) We op 2 TERDY in ey ALSIP 8 [Ny iene se Ro pe pone aes as eric ection “Aes aat emo saaener secooeenbe XVI, 10 Terie og Kore! BOS] ene ne Ge nes Cena AB a AR ME Laor Sadr ce pbc dococecacegd aoa unOn Or nh eerie! FESO Teel gS UV aes ese ake Banke ee ech noe ie see aoa Pee wansanarananacs VI LO (Sar Soir tO) J Decision soseseceenocooce caccptiact oc nenc oe dae uDcBace HOSES CQDSEEDOODOCBCEEC LX 9 (Grea USS Races oeeeeeeroceatpeec eee eee ne XSL) EXO 2X ol OF KCNC IE 2, TCA CWA Ss oem eS reat ses «cae eae eae ees eeae naan seed senwecenessesensece VITL +78 EAI WOTS OIA OSCAR eh ae re aec nance de ete eee oo cc ne te eect a ttecoasees conse arenes ONE | ReMi the eOtie Noe Were see ccet sae se cases oan saeco tsecc eaesnastaacastaatenssescardesr a anan= LV iG t IS an we bn JOE Nec ccdeh i Oces sg Sse cBnORC UB ACOREESORGES EB Cac ONOCEDE DCIS DE CCE SECOUE XVI, 10 EVO warty ape V VEAL) sosaeeceons Asose a thas netic dou wot sc se scanersstede» D-4 Obes wie: AUTISSE ls WR Lee te crns Senne Fe ode Naat oben coves tanacucsoohawes daucrseagacscusots Dayar al’ 184 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT 10} (cae OT © nncrs Wetemen Aisne pane sean vimana Se Seiya me esa XIV, 8; XVI, 10 Mpc tna Wises 2.2250 ude secs sce voce east Stance tocendavetersenee X55; OCEV;-9; XT ee Wadsworth) ta Bik soe. cccctesssctecne=stat op sas tet eeakas sabe ooee a aot eee ONS aie Washburn) Fs Disecceccshaecs sate ies tastes cease eyeebc do cnenes oot an' «acs ae aenee XIV, 358 Whitman, Adler ic0i52i i sciiv:. eo ee eat ee Vie G WWarichiell: :A:c.cccsicoeecctpeccct ont cestet eter obtecme reer eto tees cetera XV 2: EX VAL Winchell ils Vecissssscecsnu.nceus ates eee X/5; XIV, 8; KV, 23 XVI Wood mat PANEN OMY ea esccen acs soperanseepercieeepaeten eran nos oe rea eee »X1V, 167 ASvinm quarry; St: Peters. 2.-.cct-omenadtes ces eiletas tee se te surtquan esters tern ema II, 143: ACLAGLIC SV STOM si. 2.cisadceses Beeertcteesee cio eee eda so nasa sebecclin suintvass sctea canes XVIII, 166 NEOUS sPUNCLALUS.. .tcciesacelsrcsonecenotcceaeorshecremapeer cee sper tasae tune ct tuetes eerme XVI, Sk Etalin eartis sy e.ca uc deceeestwoee ous se aco ence doh sock caeemeioeee oceans os XVIT eo redescribedi by Eliallns.ciceie econ: ceseses Socestocecege-teoposbeenateaseesee mes XVIII, 78 Act Wit: (ita CLEOTIEE) Soden anon tesen seats tect onon ceacts fac hue tnt pide op ceaetigtta Seon: Sema XIX, 180 PA STI CIS Ie os hat 22a pases op Lata ne dag so f< od teps Saw oterics act «ap cueseeceeacesemaare XVIII, 164, 167 mucite-Dioryte; URICMMON see). j65.5.0504 eA paadestscnncecedvannauanemdonsmes caper eae XI, 54, 58 Wattle Balls. 2 ccbos 260; 5s eho as ce oo ase soe ease dase eon nae XI, 60 Aupite-Ouartz-Diotyte, Watab...c.ss.2--0c:.-ce2-2 coord come te Xi, VT Augite of the granite of Kekequabic lake...................- XXI, 44,48; XXII, 155. Aurusta county, Vids, SeOlOSy Ofte... .-cc--svspccoce ss teaestecnbhaeenre esos seeeeee XVIII 79 JT toa toh eter Pree esecc PRE eee POPPE CEERI CATT Err err XIV, 121; XV, 483; XVI, 490 PTT OAD NINE evs se as ose does sci clas coessach iosteec ved couse cots cdegsae see eae ses eee XVI, 56 ATS able CHAS: fF osess vis ees ak resho ce ceeeabe soe eben Tebeass see nee teach e eet ee XXII, 103 INAS Eien cwelliait 2. sioafa noes cose cctcceceusa de vec ccscus tees esesct cnese sevgasee atten Te eee XIV, 16 MASE MENOTA CE: bic eek ston sectarian Ua hes co thabeneres comeansoe dearer oe Soo ee OX DT late PACU GALS LATIGS sce scccess Sa tate cede Sete onc te ears eee oe eee es a “XV, 290; SOX MANY USHI ACG! o2sac as ccas’ assce ecg eth Sune bas oak Reker Soleteore ease el oeeo ts OAC NSC AS seen eee XXIV, 116 Axis, geological, Vermont and New Hampshite..................cseeeeeeeeeeee XVIIT, 169 BA VEE UH W oe da shiy Socve haces cbs. Sedsaderds Sontevescopesbust suse dion eddNent or ae teeta eae XXI,132 Ayres, E.-B., woods of -MismesSotas-c..::-1-::s.enssesaceee-d poctect es AIX, 128 eee IN ZOIG, SYS COM oe o2e odes se gh does as dccae ds von sdsd0 ORs dow ine nde ova hes oesea ee ee XVIIi, 66 Gefen Ged 2055 bbs sarcc take tse seo teeg oo oS Ce eee Once XVIII, 148, 149 GUSELIDTELO MLR ss-0. prea oe otcan eebaoan ban cees ee eese ge otek ee ee XVIII, 146 proposed in America by Foster and Whitney................ XVIII, 143, 145 FELTATICSS. «Sas sveardedc races sbeavacthe sku ann coaevete ch soto sco mep he beeen. eae ena XVIII, 144 B Babbis Milk meteorite)... scccleiccececovdea.teactoaceassth ae seudedeeneanae oe eat amen XV Bacon,.D. H., acknowledomentss:.s. /:-0.5,..ccsyorusreres Nesttstedsus doce eeeaem XVIII, 27 (hg ol PA RE RS oy ERE OP MAE Ng ORR AEs Sh Maes act y, XX, 159; XXIII, t47 PS ACIP ER cele. caces esters chsctalncaseteceoe eraser ore Uslanvueteest deuean Vacs Gets Settee XVIII, 198: Ban Vermilion lakes... cd wvctcebsectesccsos catyc tite arte eee XXIII, 66, 81, 83, 85 Bailey, Li. W., assistanc@in SUGVeY ..:.0:.0s05.sesecenetes>seabgivy ssssdtyvacanth eee XV eke BiG C s.ns ens hosanccdhsdosccsieNveden ets tds avace anv Suede huuscee FURR SS aera pee XVIII, 157 Bald aSle a ke...cccs vlc Mpoucencdsp vocesucpeccosutdcowtvecpeWsanckees chews save wer seer anne XXIII, 228 Boel racoeitatenisl..35..sc0ss. dup cosstseevashstescsbooovisth Wave partic cocteavec ean XVIII, 79 Ballard \C.. Assvanss.covsvectotcosssccestbesooheecdovas buaveuanstysenve teas) vcs vCc\ ie sea CeT meine ans ian SA LELC BETIOR n.d sbsvgait sala. ceiclignadtsyh pervade a AA TeRtia tras tr Nase hi terean nee XXIII, 193 Bariderad: (MNeteOrite) . iii sccstancesh taprestssaveweucedvensdayiveheniehsss ttnes tees Neleet wen XIX, 187 Banded Olivine PAD ILO. sccsccccsnveotssasesdocsvehsvsavecudqus ced ¥er ths | Ruasveuls eieeeniens XXIII, 228: BUTUCture Of PAW DLO.: sac sbsvesocsvscedehucst cocnneobsteaetn Chee Gtk MNT SINE XXIII, 224- eS STATE GEOLOGIST. 185 VATA) Ole A Dia Osarstieeeass tas tesfs seo Acc sce sae ses caccssdssecshessdsseasacwsastaevase XXIII, 224 PEL CCUS HOM Encore tact de ease eten en See ste cca se na chew ens ss Somes eyaAgce D>, @ 9 Ul een Kare by tea ee re 0 PGP HSI TAVEL El EWA LEGA CACHEST..05 2058 sccate 3 gos ccs skece coscagee Seondeceuve woes sase es XX, 239 FRAGA OUI CMAGEZ VEC. ernnphskenss sduss«iccsseaceatawecectsinissescnctSsiaseshcdadsesdacslsadae XVIII, 195 BALE, AW, discorery-of a-trilobitic form :.22.. 2... 28.0. ovcwsucccsnsctarcooes Ole 165) SEGUE ate Sas 8 NE ee ce ae Att SSPE ei LR AE BP PPO Cg OOS BENE Seti x26 Bective OttN LO NEEGse25 sc does 5.-cces snce=E=cct ance tenes eee bee eta XIV,,. 58 EMER AE ME conese ten cudh gran snes ences do ou sown = casas unum anes comens MXIT, 25 3, 68,134; XXIV, 46 notes oneMiinn. amitierals,. z+. :vecdessesess tease ec te eee eae ee eee XXIII, 194 Berkehrte scott iy 260 00zcs0-03<0n0sss050,55 -enastreco¥aeecgestssaseush theacaee ick stage ee V, 499 Olmsted cma th... sess: c022..o2c5/.ovevas Spee a ee LV, See RAISE YS COMM EY... 522 ob. nc a2 scthesy cageon caw esePeaned pany reas bees sae pene WI, (29% : ) eel a8 |! 1! ip AOR Mn Otte me eae ee Me 25 x istteyciesds ae ig eee VI, 124 — Steele Ce a ce eRe ie SNARE", IS, bdo bwledac tage IV 1133 various other places in the Minnesota valley..............:cccccceeeeeeeees II, 209 BTOGKS, A tse, cose oe XVIII, 155, 169; XXI, 88, 91; XXIII, 9, 132, 189, 149 AL BAN Y PES: jose de0de-nponaieseocnederees Ang ssedeeeesep pe Mase echt 2k gan eee XVIIL,Av2 carbonaceous SIAtes:. 2: 322 eet ee sce ote coos eee XVIIE, 173 Comparison Of. LEBIOUS. ¥,. 7025. ehass- 2 ee oe eae eaten osdh weecs ose eg MER XVIII, 174 ‘ Ciory te rocks Ac Neie Sen ccdoone Bs ee See Te ee XVI, 171 = equivalencess. 5 Aye. a iiiess coset tapee none. eee oe XVIII, 173 Fhtrron \bayii2 ist. hoc ehccs Sesaacas stays cog taucec dete tere eset Gee ee ae ae XVII, 172 Menominee tron Gan eels. s os eee cape ee ee XVITT,A78 MACHESIA 1 SCHISES: s2-3-022-02-csseeese ee a ae XVIII, 172 SedimentaryjOriOitie.css6aess ssavde ce seepete ete aera ee eee XVII, 170) am tableof; SOW PS... 525 senntneondstec oben sncanais ste geeupexesiatenses ees XVII, 170 — Wisconsin: ceolo oy ites cicsvepsercteseo eee cee ee XVITL, ATS ee Brother toa, (Bible Feet tc ae ae i XXIII, 139 8 MEO WV OR Pic Wiss ick og ste sck sine vce Fe pect cds Ben coh posse teaser One en eee XXII, 23 BOW, Po aires Ets ee aes hak os docag soe tos Daten oot ee wean TOC ee XX, 159 Brown's *Valleye swell’, sce oss easteceseo eos (BGM Ue, SU SN ee XIV, 14 SLO WIE PR eos oss oe ashton es sesdun cate odake ote ae dsnstauasesdeueare cas hinesty oP eae ee XXI, 113, 114 Brown sandstone of Taconic (Granular quartz)...........sccceeesseeeeeeeeeee XViTES ae BOB ZIECS 23 CER ose sata a cae Aen Ent Ee ee XhwAs IB EUIGE MEDITLOS Sc sos cae coapea cosekc oo Dob Leek ah gk oro eoe es ee XVI, 145 Wor tt] Chath OLLELE ALITS co ce Berks es Re ee XVI, 62; XXII, 136 NB Sree f0 ee {Fi Se Sea iaeoase A eat nese Re ae XVII, 69, 138, 176, 200 PION E beeches connate tceav calle duack svemac Und vacctee ys acne cUh secant. tiene See XX, 261 DAR OT ihice Saga 2 nvie sje duis bola vat sae cece toca aurea Aean Roc eaease CNC eee eee XX 218 ‘Eling (of: Pa et Sea MSMR ne Nase Ae ena Mitta IE Ne XIV, 55 Buckland HD rice ck daa .p sco rstants sete snd oboaseatemseee stele oo coseenec ee chee XX, 292 GiGi REGIE: 55 ye nc Son cas cent cee dose aceon soudbescotee tons re tannnis guk bate rao II, 208 COMIPLESSIVE ISHTEMS tHE Es oe secre soe rele kn ecteeee eet oneeme eee V, 46; XXIII, 218 PalltmOreCOscisihicc hes akira soe eek ease ee ee, ee IV, 8 Pepin Pini CO. ws. ctccezsdtecacecseccdeedccnenabescesb Aucecs docbecaee sete aks Seen V, 190 FL OTMSEOTCO. ©... 5.cacucer ondscasavospt es deeagadees od dsee? evneee dase cse's tee toe aa V, 44 Minnesota valley ivct.. cacaceresasonnsaccetvesesesenced Gans che ohaerenee II, 208; VIII, 123 RAMSEY COs. aio seniesca5sesvonaessess coabencecyvenseswtes tadens vee acs shtoeh eas sol enO nen X, 184 BMI OESTIGH, vvniss safes sed bactayevedi yest Sodeasbaetotecbpak oheeereee rea ecaed XVIII, 3, 38. 46; XX, 136 Burlington Vt.) SandstQne...,..35-s0rc0.-vissuepeuvenys eneer ans eae tue sya eee ene XVIII, 109 1oyot eye.) (cl (: 1 ¢ eee pes Same eorgy Sst eminbeey ty oF ye ieee hs Pe XV, 36; XX eae Burnt Forties, jaspilvte and quartz POrphyry.............scsecsceecesesssceses eV y ue DUT ty LV tebe becsvans WA de SURMEKGS Es coe Dove da earig eat XVIII, 91; XXIII, 132, 136, 149 Brtler (meteorite)... ccs ded. clesgsthesvectaveversshtbenenthivepn veces neal} hus seus poeeeeene XIX, 182 By thopora Merrick in .o.:sc.ccvessssessussipenscesasavsadcceonsuamyener>iUeteh comin vpmaecnnae XIV, 99 Cc CA bOtian IQNEOUS LOCKGi 6s iSehunagexkunss Srvlereasrcnvotasven tuerater tiie XXIV, 25 (foot note) Cdleifero we wand roe oo: 5 cci.coisonsdhsncxqeste bi gucoceensestoupssobicid irate ee XVII, 72, STATE GEOLOGIST. 189 Le ea ary See i 2 a oe ON IES a PL Re ae ele 277) MECCA EA Fe nae casa ech Jai eet vaca saps cons cstonantnes dseeguitses Aobasdsvcr detbeeagneate oO ELL LAD MMe NNPAACLT STE EIT GUL LIA AS Noe cet'. che coon as hnssascasaaouee ue on Seertee aoe hee techies sare ace atte XIV, 95 MIME CHEN ELON CE LSA ose tees ove shes oak oh chee ea sees ee ee ee ea ce ne meee XIV, 96 MME VATE INEM E CHU ates cds ns scSeaSececesscsSeenssssvoee cate aaah bededes Sees siaceanes XVIII, 78, 107 Pe GAAT GY SLE, MIMNMONS! O01. .2......00d00cncdesvcacsseossadsessvaecnedascapobass shes RVTTT 872 PANEER ONT sees eee ces cc caw Cees ces aicc seh ca.cele s SOR eee ee eet ate aes XVIII, 154. APL CULIPIS ILE Corva vac stoanctotesc.secere.vasaceceenodeeteeet oo XVIII, 167 SU MARAMIEMIES POOL Us scscass sons seau secs svied's Loe coweduecdase UR Soed teens ome cet ode vccteceent eee KGS SE MBRIMIBTEN I OMIA a ae ees. ec toca se ue rap voles decades ac Mav otgadte Ne kas oe ek yi hk LL S aS AMET ATS OTOL. CISCO VEMIES 75.8 50éceecs 2, cou scxsesleeossoneec vaste ses ieecouncheoeue ck XXIII, 142 Ss oe RSE ERS a rn eh Oh hay Aner MA Sopa GG L152) Carboniferous, existence in Minnesota.............lcccecceceeeees Fas doaatas Se assoc tote WIS 7S ROSIER ACEO USI SI ACESS coin seed once cae dec sroaseouete ce eager ee LOVIN 72. 17S: Lp TELS ASSESS el St ae Sa oe MERE eid DY edpt Td Rat XXII, 96 SEP APRERUMN CRE ooo Sade coho nd ode cae cedodivess nies eva Mardea eT eet OGG hoa XXII, 134 a MMIBR ENN TRG a BUN Secs ad. cooon geo anv eccieessinngttaguets veo dap ana sat eM och Pe MOL AGEL DN MIE PLE ATID ot <2 Sains a? 0 Sg sasacs= 2s oooh va veo Caacd eh aeenean tet tad ea OS a a ous XX, 159 RRA ea SMM IES ea ance ses ick cca ile cecd sdwalscgucvvd rack comers eee Tides toe Doda s ect aes TEXS 22 RGe Atal SOTTO O ANGI lene eae. Soh cok lanccac toes ceo chek cacOe et eoec comeese teeta detec ne eae de XXIII, 83 ot ice & Skat Ge a SE eA ee Meme ee PAV AoE? 4 POU cE NRA, Gp, © i gal 2 PUD LY aD MERE AB ATES ve. scckn.~.W soeteme osoer- seeeeeust iste TDN B2ON DAS KONTEV 3 SO CAVE ROSA CODON Cy cee nee ee ee RE Pet Aeon Mer les ORC pan eT (ibe TAGs Hie OD AS DOCS BX) ROM cAaM CMTANCH DIAC saint de iacs os Pass Goes ace aes SoS oper Mee oe ee PU ete Oa XXII, 175 Samat rolwcoutity, waker fron well... i650 ..seccsscscseadesciscecoesotserccons 0 Paes Sei, eS ale ig tena a aa ok PD ROA me A eT MV AS XX 299 AST a ROSS Ie ere eee ay EO EROS Biola panes Ma fe Fe Baits § XVIII, 193 Sele OuALnAn, Cx peGiti Orb y.2.2062502.2s..2. oes bocce ocenecéveedeseonek i toacheade ce I, 127 EPAUESHO aS CUA TIEN OM Vie och se oho. Sovesse ds aceeaee aco aes V, 179, 184. Cascade, Michigan........: SERA te ee a Bie aes ces Gea eee che eae cater ated XVI, 43 Beri eaMEPAREETN. (MUGCLEOS ILE) 9c 555-00 8 -vaaic sued cua coscesessbecSabe ddadstestsatoesdeeséesens XIX, 184 (SEASTAS TREO 1G Sasa a eee te a a IROL ANS ALN Nes Oe seta XI, 99 BASSE OLMS Yee. cas oss sea oWe cdc rodent oeeccce sce aobercusiss ...XI, 87; XXII, 19, 20, 26, 29, 31 “poh DS! LOU SAGE BPE aaa aa Re aa ac aS Sen RR ae ERED 5) 6) A Gta Ha 0) SAS GHCO CK) AKO bat COMME sc: -cc.0 sec seslcntre cee ooee ose II, 136 SASLOROIG SVONLOENISIS: «5.0: soos. oocecsseieoe csc onSeta tee eeaete ese Marc stes ee ne cease VIII, 181 Catalague (see Library, alsc Rocks). TOCK SAIN DlES! <5. hs ecreeios-oceece EXGW AIT 2 OE EXO XE 9G =) ROUT 59) EXO XC Vio | meteorites in the University collection. ..2.:/...2....0.....seceecceseeseee XIX, 170 Catlin, George: mecouae Ol thie! Pipestone GUartye,.<:c:-c52<0i.ds0$4 oie ssaahaovsdeee ce otlonee: Wale Gye: Sample of pipestone first procured by.............c..ccccceseeeeeeeeesesseas Dann / Beemer MARES BUN 2 J eas eeA onsets oa Seance tcc acdedcbtss (anki ssbnc¥eeh sedesui cbs sontecee OX 6 ash/7 Cepralopods of the Lower Siluriat:...:022..--0406¢2.080--0-0000000 vee ENS Neel nn CTS eR CPGE SS aoa SIRS Es Viet a vite ck Con ays RNS Re OS MI PEPTRON Lare ee 27 DRM R re ee ee TS ee rs Sry BUD, pera keh vse a. sae le toe Ds gale OM MME ELC nda 96s Soa tes oF Ad nies ya- Be donsgseodv ads Bisel ae MR Kee li 2577 Teg ITTGEN a la a TCP aa ne RP RS Sa a XVIII, 91 Ber earen met itt Ce os Lies essen kia) Sesh, cfesieceies XXI, 4; XXIII, 150, 183, 192 Chambers, W. H., Donations to museum...........c.ccccceccesscecesscsecesescesceeees VII, 48 Champlain division newer than 7T..cOniC............cccccccccsseccceessscesesessees OVI ei 9 Se 190 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT Champlain epoch... ....:....--<0.--s.-sernaesstocpdnccenssactenspa-emadoeensenronssnt XXIII. 157; 193 REECE) SHO RIEL CIES aon e 2 nc oases eae vanneeeaemeetiere “oes ananne eee ees XXII, 179 Fe tion £0 Quaternary CLA x. o0c.ccbens censeedgeteece-o-ses=rkede poe eee XXIII. 185 OFS CEVG | Parris hic ep Ope EE PE ee ee RN ie. lee. 5 ALLE ees Ae oe Peale XXIII, 142 Chapters of Vol. III of Final Report issued..............--..:0 OP. ..5:5 XX CharlevouxeP, Fe Xes5 So sexd et tccesadet secre sheen eee soso) sean sons ree XX Tee Cy FE SA Sa Bop Rec een dee ae XXIV, 136 53 Chat of Geological. Nomenclature... .-..> sare hepeseceo>nceetsonesudvharevesdenesa=eaeneea Lcd Sime CS Sey Os | SN eA eee NE ESE UR aR XXI,: 68.2 Chase, A. S., Little American’ Mine... .-2r.2-ppteancpes stot ueesscnnaera-ocsndanee XX 78509 ORAS. Sa. cock cactck was seen Se sew shen hoon sol sane tetra eee eaee cet oan XX, Seae @haska ‘brick mia kite Yeiecce cose os oes cs cecceateey ear copeebes ceases np sak coe eee VIEL, aS Plateau Richericaeccssevesssstaoe- ar ecebodate ody bac She ae te mee elt Rae ween oan XVIII, 125 @headle’siiron ore.explOLratiGn:.:.2-.-5--¢es7-s-toceesereessep= oe XVII, 117; XXIV, 62 OleimicalAnaly senses ss 3 2.05.cc.cnct sete. cae aces eee ee nace raakes 1, 122: V, 57; Soi A parpliy Mi bese sooo ayioh se mong le mun hea onan os enlbrepn a ehere en ee te ee XXII, 196 3538 Arpillyvte, Sur. ser., Nos, 1255, V 256. oo ooo nee nee XVI Tae 4 7 NCE (2 eee SES EE DS Rey 8 ol Rieas aoe eden coe XXI, 48 99 ASTeibe-GiOrytes: 7. Seoeese-censcs~snptacncteren-oeeeeet epee XI, 57, 59, 62, 68, 66, 76 Aur ite-quariz-Glory te......00.c0s-teckaesasuconr ---anoess eee BO es Belle Plaine water) 22-56 5: ace ohne stoned o 5522 ose eee ee ee Tl, 87; Nive Big Stone lake, water chem. ser., No. 148.........0:::::cesceeeeeeeees XIII, 98 bog MaANPANESE:,).-. 2.23222 .2enns nooo sensepeon -cn-no.-2idecteeoceetncusag ae ate ese are 1VoA0n8 3 WHEL LEH MITEL Al ace soe ceo ssecea.sa esas Bas LN BY Cokes eee Scan Nehe XXIII, 205 Winnebago meteorite..... = ued ns tone eaialts ere ee XXIII, 207 Chemical precipitation in the Archean OC€AN.........eseecee+ cesreereeeerseeees XXIV, 73 Chemical series, Nos. 1, 16 to 30, II, 98; Nos. 11, 12, 13, 14,15, 30,31, V, 57; Nos. 49, 50, 51, VI, 28; Nos. 52, 53, VI, 101; Nos. 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22; 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 33, 34, 35, 36, VI, 128; Nos. 46, 47, 48, VI. 129; Nos. 49, 50, 51, VI, 180; Nos. 55, 56, 57, VII, 33; Nos. 58, 61, 62, also Nos. 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, VIII, 151; Nos. 69 to 83 inclusive, X, 201; Nos. 84, 85, 86, XI, 171; Nos. 126 to 133 inclusive, XI, 172; Nos. 137 to 146 inclusive, XI, 176; No. 147, XIII, 98; Nos. 148-166, XIII, 100; Nos. 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, XIII, 101; Nos ‘ 174 to 178 inclusive, XIV, 346; Nos. 179 to 193 inclusive, XV, 423 ‘ and 424; Rock Nos. 1235 and 1236, XVI, 177; No. 212, XVIII, 21; Nos. 194 to 216, inclusive, XIX, 121; Nos. 217 to 248, XXIII, 203 to 214. Chemico-microscopic AalySis......-..ccceessseneseceercenesnentnnnrecesececserereneneenses XIX, 12 COPEL ATE cIS ARCS occs choc tesco sctocescosebatedetepoodveet des cesenets «tess anmeysdee=een ee =aeanem XVIII, 128 Chequamegon Day...cecccscccsccseeesersseesseeeeesetessseeserssecsectseeeeeeeeneetnaans XVIII, 128 ; Chert beds, Thunder bay......cccccccccccsssseceecstsneeeennersseeecseeecssesseseaaeecenees XVIII, 136 7 GH Set er, As dy sot sic vans voscahcanebanadpuohnacnsesapetebar senses XVII, 87; XXIII, 142; XX, 114 AcknOW]ed GEmMEnts.........cececeeeeceeenereeenceeceeeceeeeecaeeeesecsecsenenscasaeanaenns I Sana The iron region of Northern Minnesota..........ccecccsesssseeeceeeeeeeeees XI, 155 . examination of gold-bearing QUartz.......ccccccceceeceseeerseeeeeeseeees XV ae F Chester Greek beaeltcccciecsdeheceopvectadeakenes y-dvevden coke tqcsqsasakat seus Sunear igen maa XXII, 62 = Chester peak.......ccccecsccesssrecesessnneeesssenneeessnrscserscensaseeesensnacseenenensenenney XVIII, it ¥ Chicago, boulder ClAyS.......cccccccceeceeeeesssssssseseeersesesesseneseeesenenerenennenenens XIII, 151 ; WANLTIE, e ecb scjp dackccdvocecrcdu tes saetsccscoty sends deleaeevaetn ton bcet sn Caq0 ene inmmnnaman XXI, 123 Pe Chilhowee Sandstome........ccccccssecsssscccsscscssvcecsvececsnecesssccacscevesssescesceaaas XVIII, 104 Chippewa Piver..ccc.ccceccceseeceeeeseeseecseseasensecseeneeseaseesasenscaneaneeneaeseneaneanaasnnss IX, 243 PHBANGSLOUGE i iioiesesctesveseeusaxcarsamas ena seseneeaenenscensseeneesees dense siaei ea eee xX, 52 : Chisago CO... cssscscccccssseesenseceenececesesesercsnnsaeeeassecssncrsrssssceseessesensenaaeagacsass XI, 133 4 ChlorastrOolite.iccc.cccvcecseeMevocvsdscevesooserdiusacs onus Civerddsedueuds sue vevdens ses aap na anenEES XI, 23 : Chlorine gas in MicrO-Chemistry........ccccceeesceeeeseeseeseeeeeseeeeeeeneneteeenenens XIX, 36 CHoritic SAtES.i......000-seveccccsnecevensevsccccbscvscocedevuccsauescbesaesessscssbnse XVIII, 112, 113 GOV ISER 2. .ccssduccdccuceTccvertaces csceuechsddbs Q0uhescdthdcvissonscheeielba gins SaiiCareamm XXI, 23 9 Chrysocolla ....cccccscscsscscssesssscssessesesecessensesensesanecsersseessseecessensenanasnenseneneny XI, 23 i Chrryeolite ices esersatiestecilossstsctvanseiessncbpbadhorstencsbastngneltatincnsesas clings nasa XI, 19 STATE GEOLOGIST 193 ROR Rr retest ie EC Rst Cae ccc ren ctactn Sh itde cou skies Sua tanuvcanerestiestecaeudbassceesuee hosts sate ROX Ee, Peery tsb Le CO sere ctEs ones stasis soeecsecedecer ss Bantactevcvenee & sueekauelestoetens XIII, 143 Ould ers iiisct-csnccsc GUN salx0) akept EGO ncOu Mle si teevevetestevet te seria cee ten ce ooe fete Sass aeadee ea XITI, 154 (SECLCM Salute! CO’ INE Dirsscccde cdostas Macese ass sssone ween cae fevene Rissa abeahewee XIII, 156 HOS © Ove rate cna twoss pikes sbian socbese saa oneuchewecnnenites nae Uavecienedestsueaeaneates IV, 106 [BW Sratn Sy oyna % Cra Re is ARAN A Sree Aco erste ees ee Ran Ane ee Pe eR enna V, 174 IN ears Wales sa saeca st sosasdecessoake- Sis sutve sooo matetes eset seneaeune eS wockenecoee SNeTM Rl 4 INES PE KORG dbacicc Lisson on OSC ORE eR ETE Eee OAH et aA aa A eae er OT II, 209 WGA @ 7 (Clohoh a eet acedes sree Cane BP her Bee oe een ERAT, APR XIII, 155; 164 INWentir Oar) AAA ane eae cea ga are ae RES A IOS Us or as Cea A II, 207 PRE MVCN Or ceies cnet gs Mouc 5ec-seeete XOXE 1.7.9 XOX, 30 XXL, 150 probability on Cottonwood and Redwood rivers............cccccceeeeeee POL TAS IECIWO OC All Sosa ste tecteesseed covade ee easadsessouasuassoonneunene II, 188: XVIII, 94. Shee (PLC 0s RR eee A ROR ue ee PR ee Ee me a iN, aa EA waht WE MAMCSO TAL stew so. seterteocsscoscuuu seed sivecetsss tance Ms AR IMS II, 201 MEREUIMIINI cis (RE LCOTPEE) 2c: ci Coo dC S. oe bec vav tomes suet oven Wededalizeccecensccechocsacche SEX 2 1S Coastal Hrofiles (Lake Superior): PASTIME) set Bopha cet setigay we vases shivche woe on ae save vote so ssuasnc cut scouted ae NOK 222 ENSUE ALCP aware sec senetee cnc te eve anrap ovina PURO a buaitsvonstenead nous eda Rar oe ER OOS TEI a EV Oe ane Aran glean eet one att dO WR emo pee at ea, 200 ee XX, 223 Bema trea OC eat cade sercaeesbeeoe aaa XIX, 25 Of A. SUL VEYies. secs cok. oateaes anon cone cuasteosds te cus Seas eee doen ccoas eee eee XXIV, xvi Compressive strength of Minnesota bricks and building stones......X XIII, 218 Constock Ladesa 5 et ei pele ena eee coaster epee ceioe shat hag ee XXIII, 91 Comstock, C. B. Latitude and longitude of various points in the state................ IX, 384 Concentrates from: stamp rmills:... sch. d.seecess tacecsccns-se ashen sence estereee XXIII, 88, 89 CGoncholopital Motes !si..o8 si d...ctecesdeeoccdcnsdecnss abtte sce sotee assy ate cbse eee eae XIV, 114 Conclusion concerning Mesalbi One. -s...5,-...000+see¢e-0e seams oe ee XXI, 143 WMUSCOV ACOs: asad aeovnclcnuvessncdbssensgcs een coee- wocse pen ae care ee eee XXII; 152 Potsdam PESO Mx. oecc lien kb. bes eer tneenscczseedsresee tees hee ee XXI, 109 of report on Rainy Lake district. ....5..... 0.5. CL asncsase, eee XXHI, 104 Condition of'Geolopy ine Minnesotasiertt:-<21.2.-c2-20b «cance -es-nob cos veseeeeseeeeee XXIV, xxi Conglomerate, Houghton O8%-9:.0.......cey-pieeviss denesest ny he XVIII, 90 Whitney Onis as. 42.3 AS Sek eas ee ee XVIII, 141, 142-3 WOU BUG, OTS 525 seach a recas dete ep alee oo nae oo aCe na ek ee ee XVIII, 141 (See slate conglomerate.) Conglomeratett 2ne1ss. 55. 1. ists vaac~sseenccs.ctotn

-snncess sdecns sctensvcccsnete vue sezare secs eae teem XXIV, 44 ORISHIKE. «cis t.costcuotecfavenuss setesteee enaeceee eae eee eee XXIII, 17; XXIV, 48 at Kekequabic-lake.....t....0....-60saevavestssoysouss:uarsvvans n eeeree XXI, 27 Ovishke, Gee Of. 5: .0010ies.scvisucsess.seFney ease teresearocielysgiv ieee XXI, 28, 32 Snowbankilakes:.: ots. s5ssseuncessbeereeenene P.O. Ge 5) Conglomeratic, structure, observed by. Bi Vs Winchell 5, 20.0: dc isgcessesteotecnessennsendeghaeeceame XXVII, 145 rock neat El ys. sss2. sveyosespncesb0ces0s050soseeb Fagesetouds unk tea Seite ata XVIII, 138 Coney FOrks..cccseisscs sagas sccsysviny. cvaves taveveancesdvyseteadsst thu ext span ch Steet nnn XIX, %3 Contacts observed bw H. V. Winchell... 0. \.cciscssisst.osvucndceucseensenaastane XXVII, 144 OF Sranite.... Moss. 0sdpoeranss-cohdonsdvgnshvssasasteniaays sks bawensinenoinee aa XXI, 387 two iron formations in Michigan............:0.ccssssccrsssecsvsserevsee aly O9-OO Contact of Huronian and Laurentian................ XVIII, 122, 124, 130 note 135 ELSE, B81... sac cba senions mans teaney tensa ba giesegh ab etl Se ae XVIII, 151, 152, 154 TEVA ONL. ciccsccnonvsseviuecsesevksnvuh ensp ov onarsiuenlls ea as Aon ORAN eee eae XVIII, 207 TA WSO Osi ci caevs elstevevs counentceses as vaisscanvestcn tetra eae XVIII, 212, 214 * 2 —_— STATE GEOLOGIST. 195 MERCOM OMIA lereescn.conecscnenctesae ce ete testa ccatoescs econeseocaastusladtders sex XVIII, 135 RAPA EEEASEL EE) HI SCCM TTLLIIE NE cat oe 0 snes aaigoue ove oar Cenwas sh conceysovedis vse ce ccbaacoes¥aes XXIII, 38 Contours, Coastal: PALTITTFID Cc TepaEe HOWATI CEs: cca nsastsse< Seas covecetes ses scavuc«dcaceaescectvavescucedssnscexs XX, 218 Archean he Mad Goeete one tesad toess aachcbaste dedeusagesaes sesesse seis lates ei OO MOMS Eta eames ans Sh eet ten tracs canst suede ce sos eate aut doawaviskoutevau Revers ieee: XX, 221 IME WMCE TI Uiis eLO WIN CEs seceretac duh sesvesdees setae svecee seers ovecsiastaetwesteck sosace: XX, 216 Potsdam + PEROT EEOC FDO En COR ER ERP OAD SHpGtl OlGUOL Ee SHOLE:<. ccc :cce--tets-t cect orice ce tee seus sbesduaseccastesedecosee LD CaO Cor centaine CrAanttiG ALCAG 101: ..25csse.cccesaness+-ccosscustes sda ie,crestaseeeee se ROIS PLO MLESTACLOSS sees. v= osvet- tee dak cast cos usoecactwnncestecacsuccscacoossheees cout XXII, 138 Rea G MS MHA Fer eCOLUISET 1C lino, 29- 9:5505-23.05cheatanedcsweussiae es cotee¥e XXII, 27, 28 elites k 59) GOMATLONS) COMULISEIIM soc: s2ec0csecoss-o0sends coos tae Jotuon dies sis ee ceneenaas XI, 183 Dana, James D....... eaecee XVIII, 70; XX, 138, 145; Pace 42; XXIII, 157, 185 ; Bee M CESS EMAC ORIG 1220. v-5 A aes stein oo 2 ste sexo beaeee ccctoua a Saeec ot XVIII, 78 CSF ECON PaO a9 ANMG Fe Hola ies Arar A a eR a amet oR Oe eae ee ae DOV TT tics WEBLETARES ECU SP MOSSUS 1.5.5, ccc ssecaseec occ sctes se osesettuaeres neeen aes coer XIII, 69 MOLEC, OMS eLnck SpE EOMOSEDACAL ctieocks occa none cece cee neh ease cde tees VII, 82 MED ECO LOM Pace ae secon op siee este seacennstaveds = sewsadearcesnctsxercdesesienatases XOVILE WSS Nieto Hee OPP OSESp MAC OMIC. cnsssesedencessteecenssacpszaracseoncaectes ss cee cccsetsstes XVII, 77 NOE USMC W os Sete ee eo B ics eae carson eee sence sscoab aces htedeoeate dun cqeescransese seetaceate XXIII, 138 MANGIA KC. cs- oat ecezcecesenseets ceca se meas PILE EAT ik Nene ech Ge NRA Cees Ee IX, 271 198 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT LBS Bo Fc PRS, pn eR ian ren A RR er ee CA ea se Bi eR aan XI, 22. DD Ap AIS OMGV ET s..< oressrsecosesecs soos voenseagecek XVII, 89 Ons Wake Se peri Otc cscc-coesc-seeeaeeee ste eeeenee = masses meee eoee eee ereen XVIII, 201 OF ISMEOUS TOCK A... 2p... 2o0c cascade opoopedanctarsansrdeveossnator sabe snHanear ase aanem XXI, 86 * of diabase at Rainy lake............... Pes ted pb onghe Does vadedsneoeaeeenee XXIII, 67 AMG) VOU Sess cso stsS asec tee chewing Aes ce tase sne eee eect a anaes Aaedetatte cree ee XV, 180 Distietiani SCLieS..c.-ccs.< + Pasa scrarpreeene me creat XVIII, » 19. Economic developménts: - 2 . brick fcentsaldMimBesota .. 2. ¢. 12... 527.dcaem etovsescsn buen enes eaaennee eee VIII, 118 . Canradiainiiten res... s5.cc 8. aete ee XXIII, 141 “A Copper Minés of Lake Sinpertor 2.02 .2cj005 25. scteee-t reer ie XXIII, 124 ~ . Dod se “GO Tes panes renee atege oicta at tans mac ots pee oulee eee eee IV, 105 Bullim0 re CO sisi iss dascecteoshesspesssosoeepeatastest ssst ecvecess yee ereeees VSLV 5 wok a Freeborn? Cd: csc josvec bites stestceces ccvce dees cenet sopetohees cote eee III, 163 ‘ Hennepin Gor sstce:-tocsosens sesteees en ener eee gdendtace cae eteeeeee V, 191 1S eyo teacce) ole Ofc Beene FEMS MEE eee ero ean Hecate eaten oe - V, 49 Wo Wer CG. oo seodicsev sess eanides oscar hac cet abe III, 186 ; Olinstied. Co.iouns..chsocisuia Uy oti eee IV, 95 . Retm Sey; Ov stance cntosascecp tas scecetersasnscssececseeeste tos sch ce aeneeaeane VIO 4 Steele Go: ce watekcperuet yo deosdaava ances Sek coe ee IV, 113 bnilding-stone, Fillmore Co. -.2......scn-cs.-se-cevssetedscetacsee des so eter LV roan Bem tie pita COs cs .Sedcpecoyss odep annem ss ssinns ges sac¥ candinannaehas ae V, 190 1 BLO Uston COA cp wcceos- cwencsveneabpsh os sue sacane can tch wen he ten aan Vv. 44 RRA GSE. \CO cae ecse: gi Dnahcavnseessesvasesiqhedleeiiomy eee een VI, 90 ; Copper, Lake Superior. ........5.06:......ccosscwacusepctenstentysokaguaus ie naam NLD aelies } Full tmOte COs veins sences cong cos span caoavtaevess oa svedensb yavenees See eeeemene LV ae Crefaceous Clay...isvzessssesssacsessciepo hanes sand phanpnpihadaneoekioa oad aei geen Lyl9; Ih6 central Minnesota. coe c.ciscnssssvcpontensobeseescansanwsencp eee wna VIII, 107 Elen ne pita GOs ais .cassssneentyss leds sedeccanugcssvecsaseo tsvccueh ects V, 152 , Shel COME i! sacra bsbasshs ceadt athe IV, 112 4 Fire CIAY ones ccsnescstissappecsoscsnsaoupeasusssoabesuuadvan cnkiiliussteysi5s veshnin IE; 20% . Galena limestone dy «cis cceccsconcussdccvovcsaueseseddacssvends seals stu wekat oven iene I, 106 ' Gold, Fillttiore Com caisisecnsarcescossuysntavensaenvincnwesekscusesttheaycertyeenanan LV fa . Olmeted | COw ssivaranva wees cxs tags pcaccencnansackowenes tetaceccteneaectee eee IV, °95 J Rainy lake reQtOn svc case sncsiecossscsatacndunsscovs oncunees Mvesiaevas XXIII, 36 Tis UPSHOT ssn sxssupsn seeds vphovtovsnevsstevessAKAbspeb ates VII, 23; XXIII, 146 ITD CCE Wertind ACDIGES, cases ssvynevegstosn¥anncdvedtennvins teasv¥aumanas XVIII, 19 Graniteof central Minnesota vise siicies.coscinscsecchitsescusvescvctcesbenioass VIII, 101 STATE GEOLOGIST. 203. Granite anGymetam Onrphic TOCKS: <2 sc. .. Stensapenseos apeseotinnsorse ag sesteeeeees V, 144 Silwer; Lake SapertOn tosses is:st:siscsccsesderen se esos se- VII, 14; XXIII, 143 Slate; Dietz-anid Wa cannes. i721: 05.4: secassasosseaasaseseasepnesotsn sieves doastasaees Xe Stone: St! PAatth. or. 6.8. acc saosu arenes eae ee ee eee aa oa XIX, 86 Trenton limestones: cress tess ck oto aos Soccer eee ee aoe ean ae tL £Ox Billmi@ee Co pasar cesee vette pes Mee Dceesel & eos ooecen sateen eee IV, 42 Fenn pint CO). ic.55c5sc0.choes tens ob ded bacdeoue sebesesbas ess orcs oS veceteceeeeee V, 147 Water-Power, DOGPE ICON, 2.4 Aessed a aaeee nce op eae aos ae! Shee ceaneen so eae e eee IV, 98 Pallin ore Cox sits. ss. oe ee eas Pen aaa Le te: Flenne pity CO 5202 ..<<< sees 13 .00550850- be seeatanes aos soos tee scatessccodstsneseeaee V, 193 IMOFnSOnGCO. ci) uc. canyedl cele eae eae ee ate ee eee VI, 65 Olimisted YG Oli chis i550 cide tees Roente soee eee ae ae oe eee ee LVS iit RatnSey iGO) fr. .icssss2htdedesessccdsdsiasstscscde cee esdss it sebedsenecehoaeee Vion RACE GE aoe eee rise Rk hea ea a eRe ieee ee VI, 116 Beonomic research need ed on... 205. 2. ee Beas wat decease neue soe ec teetaora tore oes XXIV, xxiv Pilcet of hydrothermal: fusion......:..<0dicewcopetnndyo-nevns de edes terete benrcen seam XVI, “35 Belestou; EGA sac 51o3s.d) soils dt onc do ie on senadde anven goat doch anniae saan oe XXIII, 42, 150 PO wea willie pesce ries dees dan ceeess condscctsctsicets tomtopersbee Neck oideeecttor Mescsenene XVI, 446, 475 PL VCE Ya oles acdsee rates Sedeagayalivsat Lavi seh h¥ae7s aan oedatre et doses epee aee eee XIV, 449 Elftman, A. H., XXII, 2, 23, 24, 49, 50, 52,53; XXIII, 197; XXIV, viii, 17, 48, 58. bedded and banded structure of gabbro and an area of troctolyte, Sia sssdsuates Cusavh sdasdeacesaapaSs ioe divcdecssouve ce qacesbectt pete: eeaceege XXIII, 224 Puekwunee conglomerateta.ti.s ih eet cect cet-csed ee ee ee XXIV, 37 EOP OR Ue wt ence wr setae oaedew sep ence wnteeckste-bes eace cone tmet en XXII, 141; XXIV, 148 rock Samples collected fa. 23522452. Yecsccseebeeee te aeseecee ss XXII, 181; XXIV, — Elevations, (See R. R. elevations also topographic data). Piliptocephalus Asa Phodes. 2iicc «icc 55s Desiewoces euese date Mace cdede cee: XVIII; 772815 207 redesctibed by, Halland relocated’. 225. sicssa--or-cnssos-cspescecasees XVIII, 78 BLISS IR Wit Cite asda tee ccs les gah sid sons ae ES lactate tees he oe eee ea XVIII, 157 BST yo, socket Th: 20h cauwetsssenets sumone caeet nabac eb binect ast begunusaseyeesbetyas chess niacmetian ie iensintt——n APOIO TICKATED. edhe hs ae seiee sc stesestoucnedees Sees nOue bet caycbhocee rat aecee ee aoeeeee XXIII, 4 Ata one Ak Gee. 5.5, Sete eceeeredeteee eet ecnse ett eae ee ee eee XXIV, 40 (00) a beer erry orey Pere eed rerEr eee Peet opr bere ce XXIII, 103; XXIV; 44. SLMMEBR Sop cice aso nccssbeh SB seapcn Ane eR ROT XIII, 28; XV, 225, 252 Bey SIAM Gi ied ays siancestibcucese nace permab eos o ster tire see hides teem eee en XV, 304; XVIII, 12,13 Bhar O RG), EG. ocntocs ox tepestwebtons Cosbetyavsd vey emegers tot iepebense gaa tens senaneceetness XVII, 55, 58 AQTIC TE ps' DY tives tists di sastissssck cupdects se ade shaveoeeencteesses tea oaene teen X VIET 6 ei GOUT Y: 5. ct. cssliticn feat Bescneaksaccdt coteues th ckdees ovvanpet hecteoeWe stone Seeman XVIII, 68 correspondence of wth) Miarcoiis,..:.1135-..csschoovontas-ovcusoee oe antee XVIII, 82 O PMO Olu. srsyvensstvaees stusecctesunwenens esses reouepeee dpee aces: an ever mene XVIII, 68, 81 PAM Of isis escitshAeaseslPandssndaaceesanetaviyateed gales th ustteous ee teem ena aeene aan XVIII, 74 Potsdain SandstOnGh...:ccivvecussvseneavewss XVIII, 126; X, 126, 180510463 Fed Sandrock:. Of Net ONitis, Jiccskarss seacdedcethascuevee nude coveeestuneeeis ents XVIII, 98 FEWIBIOH-Ol LACONIC. DY foc, vv uvvsn hott secppbelsesnsucerpecs duvekeroeem=aorers XVIII, 75, 76 second district. of New. Vorkskcnte thes toce tose seuks oaanee a eaeieatee XVIII, 69 VOIGME DY, OF (TACOMA. trdevavelsayratguivn Gveebsnssapaae serene XVIII, 76 PM MMONE, Sis icseests de teevees istpeveasens A bdatheuas apes us kode PADAWE Rdeatns bee Ce ONERRRREE TOONS XXIII,. 38 MTB OT AKC, uation shes asl saciiensdsstcchuseustscrepyvacatdezeessdtas chs eetiveN eat meee rte” XV, 133 a eS ae es. STATE GEOLOGIST. 205 AEG I GLO Yeeries hoes etn eecketectuctosctaas voce ieecneeseosabeprecsctocs V5 (90-2 Vil S32 xe eS Patomostraca, mmileroscOpie, Wy. Ls Elenrich.. 5.00: .0.s2c.--b-ccsveccsernsveecet see VII, 81 POLI ATTHES EON Essai aetae th tack eect occas ooeccds cn cceusascoue on tieoes erotcwedevonessoen XVIII, 90 EHO HCISNISLC IIe eee ate cecce eos owes cotss so cstane sey sec sanas dacgebtousevesntes eves ete XVIII, 164, 165 Be azmone pl Diplo eearp ly? O fictests\....ccc08dncs osdansscorpesscesrsaneeste-ncscgeesseccneBees DU LF Er RV EID SIE AO Ben tose sseetcneeh ee etc c t= sac coveccaedsrat pata veronvaeeeaatescse XVIII, 148, 149 ta rit HO@ ta eeenees dicaseos ese coe Noaaas sc -suceameass ctcstenabecsctans otvatt douse ree eeenese XVIII, 150 OSC PEE IN ip fn Sent Petey re eet XVIII, 207 PRENTICE VOMICIIUSG 20 0c eWiicauess cc sas 000 suesssagveberessuqoyeesos XXII, 57; XXIII, 158 MRO RRER RE ene IN coy ons 3 fasts aoe o's Sowces cat decaaennbaseauoes tous ough obs ca onnst oe sgace eas: XV, 106 MMAR OMENS Pg ahsd Se cae se otk oat -Lanaatnsessasduiisaaneakaseahandsne nineveesteaceuehihaceracaavW oe xe 20) arpa MeOb EIR Le Cee mennenecsasceeeeseteass saaseconcas 9a" scanaasses OVA S21) SOX, AA XOX Ve OS PMC ORIO LIM yee clless soap sa sap es o0 ae du snaae sectepe nee anedsatenacnes XXI, 31; XXIV, 104 SMP MNMA BC FOES ens cole css2iceys sossn sich asoaseatsvovssseeyertomeanace cn iveedtzsoren tas oroiwey ee XI, 26 Be eEIBIEAM ENS VEN Y LO. crs 2. 6. vo osoens en =datdaacns desenoweceunandacnccceiie doa cus stugeiasbskeesbe XVII, 30 Bsebetville (niete@rite) ..9225s:.ss..2c-.sseccstesaeeee cnovs coctasecasds caueeeccacseseee: evous XIX, 184 LES RSS| Sade SE ae Se oP ee ee ee Ee Ae Soe gt ete er eee cee Ea oe XXIT, “53 Essex Co., Emmons on..... ..... Soa aes cccasseacettamt statany eswsee seach saver weseed XVIII. 69, 70 Etchings on various minerals by fluorine and chlorine...................... XIX, 42 BHomapH alist tie ShaKO pee liMESEGHE........0-ses-csterstcsnsooeees terre XXIII, 16 BS VICUE Ele yo acm inane Srvc scictns sc secses caste seusevssunte tovassvteaeeds cnedotes/ocehs oer UL SS Pradencesrom: beachesof placialtlakess 25. 2c-- <--cscesesonsecsdosscs-sopssecees XXIII, 163 seas WPI Gal CHES -Beceu sc cst eee Ndcnend sao oe oe sae cca Se cnoes cndcaes coh ttedeestuads tious Nees Hebe: OG 1 HOES VOTE Ga eR EEE ER EE RES ECs eae Pe tt ie ogee a XV ADT 128 Exposures, older rocks in northwestern Minnesota..............ccccceeseeeees XXI, 70 ROC S et Wee eg i DIC AKC 280. nec sinew anaseasasucaasnan'sqcestvaeces weneen sauces XS pedirocksnorthiol Redjlake::2icte.2: . i g Oe Furey al AV ELCENG OF (MELCOLILG) ctese.c.0< dates oo sze ccdects cade oeates Sacre) sdasacéstdsaed i dsecceeoe XIX, 192 206 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT Peatherstoabanp bh, Geo W cosesas. se ansescve ont cenpewncsacenconngutorges code I, 29; 11, 1294 ee data: of:the: BallsiofiSt. Anthony c.-5.-23 2 sscectesscse-t-t-ree0n7-coospeo ewes V, 184 description of the Falls of St.. Anthony... 7....0...62.-220nesssqneaebacteebeeaee V, 183 Pelehstno attains. cesi cic ssyecotesveccaesncescaents vactaces edsebed ot es cones eat geess One XVIII, 156 MBAS GAP PCOU PA. .25..2:330cscne on dee ese-nn=-tarenennonaogatnenateRens

cepancecnnstoecsbanssuboacgs oupees teehee XV, 184 PO ELTE T ATICOS 0000s Jaccevntvg sues atsthavecp slob senetecpesnsssacedpereeateee fess ck etch waste XXIII, 44, 45 Fort Snelling, bluff at.:.....:...:.cccssssvecccssvesccccesssscsrrisosanesssssnateqsesnstendabeenea II, 128 Fossils» absent from Taconic. ...c.c.cccs2.c.-02desehenspavsncbvconvecsensteenystsiayeanee XVIIL} 7 description from Trenton and Hudson river formations, VIII, 60; IX, 115; X, 182; XII, 8; XVII, 57; XIX, 211; XXII, 3; XXM elephant in WimOma COUNLY........ssscceseeeseeeesecesseseseseeaeeeseeeneeenns XIU, 147 foraminifera of the boulder clay.............sseccsccsesssesesesceeeee XIII, 150, 164 Galena limestone... ..scteecvssicccussvonvscacesscaouhtosuney ses colnubepal eeelaniec enema I, 106 leaves from the CretaceouS........cccscsctssetssveseccsunccssvesstesnsuasedesumbus ST, bel list by J. Halli.....ccccsecsesecessseccesesssseeecenenssessescnseeesssnsseseesenssaeesennnns X, 134 list by J. H. K1008......:::ccccccseeeeeeesesseeeeeeseessenersenenssenersseaeeteseneaasnee X, 182 STATE GEOLOGIST. 207 TSTMLESE OM CNAESS Corr Ult erddsersseoctcstsccccevessiansdosietedacocssssestwonc coders XE Sie. lower magnesian limestone........... L, 833 VIEL LOG Sex, 2 XXTIT, 2 PROSE UE CE BACON I Coan vctccardinnsst (ost des ddva sno Wsuns soctsctvd tne ctuaenaewoends OVD See LEI ECLGEA VEC TAEAE IPDCSEONGs<-cussoetosctocsssscccastatess cdtseaseeetecscsepeees XS V65 SATU O CGAL AUIS EL eos cece cccae seca: ictectvevecocveccotetacodescues csogessescentebeess MGT, 749) Sialkco peemlimest Ones ss eseceecgscesececto ne voowarceedsons eaves cco oeekeecorvee: XIV, 313 SEW ROLCIRS ANG SEONG sees cts nec dadessecdrrsce ss dsciodrus sus eet Tense sede rans IV, 41 Shes (COT Sec coe AS CENCE ROOT SES RC RE a rat Ore oe HE Ra a eee at XIV, 317 MrentormlimestOnes.<.5.0.c<...2-z0cc-sve cece LOO Vie Sle Vile sll “exeVvaraiis Foster and Whitney........... XVIII, 91; XXI,'88, 89, 92; XXIII, 118, 136,151 GBOISE le cecatioceatceleGodur pobobe sceopacondoscoocaubee no oheSaceescapepacluanesccdseaccce XXII, 90, 91 RYO SEC Ip | ea WViakiccs sewsecesticstecstonceceatessthesdevessztens XXI, 88, 89; XXIII, 134, 135, 150 HAUTE SER CLUDE AIG Sx hocrcnek cas cece tnisces Sec staae ceeck ose ste h uaa te ete Vasa ot rea oo XVII, 179 EDOM LEN Cee Lass Saba sec shod banc n seehr icc esssctsctdcvavctocoseemtecests untcrss cutoncena tee eseceR eee XXII, 29 AIO O UatallSt ST CENSTOMES::.<..2.02 5.25527 Sesecoesstassbsesoe eee sdoetee ieee anita XXIII, 18 apa A Geseaes eee ceie ce Sal oe cc wc ealvee sa weu/cusc cece eate oat ee enets XV, 376; XVIII, 187 “Pura TSO Rela Cian. Beene ae eee Oe Geen ae act Mela aR Seas MC CE SEIS kL GUILE, BOR GAS Cig Allee! or cee cess vest ce eenaseeoPacaniasees sestet enter e ese coset arte csctaes XV, 147; XXIV, 86 Ce Ol O Diyptee acon essen aaas see Seok acne aa vee i cece mee eee ane oaee Eon coe ad seoc tare eee XV, 360 WES CHAP ELON 122-25: soc ss ccn cas don ceetenctarer eaatass ecaate ss coated eas cee eaaioet XVII, 187 ERBOGI Ost COMM biyrteete osc s01 oocaccve Me seeocuscecseceeeen ema eree teiie. tdnen sever eae nao Wo F670 PIGCCHMUMIM OT OO LOL ONC .cs ssc Sac ssrdesncossscuedtestatemers ee ap aiecedk eestor oes saaoeeese POX So Freeborn Co. GreOlOpiye Ofis.d siesee tench dea sesod ea sescusane ts deca sagt ie sea anats doeissbdcsdosee soso Ill, 348 Ceolocicalitina os gcececusssesesesaue door sass oes Sac Soca cont aetna III, facing 148 ‘i G@ierman bared Brenveuce hho konseeer cr rccceee a Neer ern Pe Ar HA Mian elt OE Se IX, 294 RS erOMICOC Kal Aik Oss cetc taveks sesscu us se voc savoc uate tdabocee ae Teauons eee oN eee XV, 372 GEOLO Pye OF, (eesti daes cobasesecandap esse Maeuk vacd Mace eattomences eee ear eete eee XVI, 306 PROMO SERTIR NAC OT Git iste oo eee ea ee eG et ER De GV int Gabbro:....... XVI, 249,269, 274; XVII, 130, 135; XXI, 29, 150; XXIII, 208 Preset he Se a EN a Pana DANNY 5 22 oped on a XVII, 43 =X XIV, 24 AMMEKEMe SUIS Ola Ne ATI KCL svi-cetencese races st cence eee ce esc es ee aereeee ee oee XXIV, 24 Badevenmiliiony lalketes soso sseee tite sh sod Been eon XOX SS pedgedyandaband ede hasestss.c- ees. aes orata-cese-seedsns coe SX, 225 bedded and bhandedsstriettnes:-.-<2.1ss20-beeceerte tee wears seee eee XXIII, 224 Getitre cl pescnten soe aean tees uaa oa sca ton tee oe oaste ees ones ote SIU a cote eee DOS aly IDI Ie nie aseteon eAadoseacsect ence oeeec aoe cac a eacme occa WAOUIS PASO Oe ele ODS Tus CARS CHS STO Mi eoaes ce cece rece ee eae ee at PE ANSE De Bae XX, 126 ERTL C = OM ANT CO te accetteeee duce tue wan Aan eueeee Sessa Ata ee Bees eine eec sea o seca eee ORG OT gabbroloid, muscovado and “greenstone,’’ XV, 182, 343, 348, 351, 355, 380; X XIV, 65 (25) Ez 1118 (606 Cosas Rocca Ra connec Facet Crt er er Sere RPE mene BREE Ar oRen Pr XVI, 361 feos eeVe te eae tah einy-re Acar iy Cree ery eae Er a XM; 51 XV EL, 102 JESTEN TS Fe OS ea An Ne an en ee ST tee Orie RUPE, A oe ha XVI, 206 IEW ETO d oy BTS DES Sea ae Mee Re Bene eer Syn rArt Ue obey Sean XVII, 180 TES) oe Ee ea ae so is eR RRB et aa ite Bas et ee XVI 99 SSEMPE LI Oltjac vec ste resececes dagde None te aaa ale ee haan e ees XVIII, 201 Wake (County as. --0cne+er00 Me eeea aes ara seace coneas caren et teag ees ete elt mua TLD Wibtle SApana oe alae: geil. .w. tes. tc ates nance shouted s OUST ONES On coerce cr sntescc isc esets sentensbi water ee ianicesBeue 2. Mucvdedres des. V, facing 8 iren bearing rocks of the northeastern Minn.................. XV, facing 208 HR eanvdS MWR Ie Rsehast aar'ses caved .c ace ctrce oadsdsecseneapareceee aes tteesess toy No TACINS 159 AVA ta Mey ah SUUTTUG NAA Taye Mes iat ann eee dac cece tebe wu Stee Sete oo ea aeeh ch seadeeee cet es TA20 wD IVS MESOEA = cerecs sco cones ees 9 IV, facing 12; V, 8; X, 200; XIII, 64; XV, 208 INTO WET EO rae ese setacetse Sasevscatecsaiacadosadeetes scbeaeateeretterehe os Ill, facing p. 166 (OUNa RES TOG CV ee Sancti t COHE SEG EC ERC OEE ERENCES RICEREY PEI Peres eae aa IV, facing 74 [P/E GTS sk Ae ae i VP a IT VI, facing 66 Red MieipeSsEOMe . QUALI s.255.052.5.tccaetes oor see sane eeeorsaeeebaes saeco es VI, facing 97 region of the Big Fork or Bow String river.................. XVI, facing 392 Roackqan dt BipestOne iC OS s.02.c:0 ss e0ec.saacsces nese eRe Nese ee ieee VI, facing 93 SECIS COS Reh alts RSNA ons nese PRR er once hee Pm AER IV, facing 106 Th.” SGSR SOWA OS TR ae Soper RP ERT Pe er hc Sarr op ae air b XV, facing 312 Geological Survey—Views regarding the iron OreS.............ccccececeeee eens XX, 114 SMA EMUCH TCO NOT 20 ost wna 2p vie gh oabeaeepeucech wena sede aves ais seas XVIII, 106 JP CV aT ye Nea y OEE Mey ae tian eas are yt en I CM gn LY XVIII, 105 \UGLATI COTO Baa sca SR ee Ree EERE APE ET SecP earn Sa iaehh mena ens Atel BCE XVIII, 80,96, 98 LNT SWE EVES GW | SSR ae ee eS eRe Ane ee ea) XVIII, 80 Mitimaes Ob ar wallleryi.zs.: eos tetaveces ates can che setede eerat coe oncueasteeeaeeo ea ees Md iS a e27/ POTS CONS Eg stc hoe oot sha ws Seno aR ora Oe Lae aS Saleen ae XVIII, 110 Pr reh OMAMVE TAIN OME ogo oheeec sat ccccy ss taceees deed Shin uets atures taveeseben es ae te XVIII, 79, 80, 81 PUNE GH COCK SOM scecsss.sscenck se oeecee ces Dee eeE Re ae atest eae XXVIII, 89, 100 Bese ea UCU Che nat stat cck Seba casa suetsece tao taleis dae eh she mdamalaaec tac dasct aes Se caceeneet reais XVII, 178 COTE EG |, Neng CETTE a eee per ect oo EPe RAR AAD ni Ret cg ei orien, ae bn te XX], 42 CPIDUAME SPENT VE RCS So Ge area IR co Po ect A Ss BME ne Ea Ah XVII, 81 CAMSCTONC MERU Mb sso. ssvecn ett aeece ee tcousnas se cence ech scot eee xX, 120 eles Oame Le Up lifts. Succes iachc act aaunsowsee oth ae ctcae tees setae cae eeeed. we RO MELO formabkion South of the ranges, 2....c--<<<<:-2s8t-eo0eees XVII, 133; XVIII, 184 PARAMUS. decane csan stot sur aa etapa stent mesivieess seco NO LOO NI 28 431 (3S I1OO Ginns, G:,onlortmorpraphy of Indian’ names....:...0....4<.cencer-ss005--+- XVIII, 210-1 Cilbect, Gk, cited...-- Eft i Hoe NONE SS, MONI Os Oo RONG elorp leer Ae uh Sele Gilfillan, J. A., names derived from the Chippewa..............0000..0005 + eae ee aN ae oul CC tuialeamaee | e o, WoIEL Mtr OG UGE. kesscki es ccsssce sk scc svase ce covcesscotessces tovveattestadces NGO Er sels) Allergen Omen, \LEStS OL OT AITICES:. v0 vueesccsoates tend sts coker eeseds dees eens XII, 14 Slacaumarks nearbokerama, Mallssi...scsae sees ts holc.ncys esate seneeseee DVAOU I Sales lathe her Mintiesopasvailllevesceee--cescet coteesst eee IDS akkase) a bres: ATS tN GUISE ETILS: Recess dan tae or ch eis coset ee see eae Te ee Boe mcintene ine OT aut eeanegh XOX nk lg hitiipecn eae Sots oe othe ote a MR BGs oie ISIE SO i eet MXIT. 30; 71: LEPOLEMD NAN Via LOCAL PATI senscaoteee ct eet secs.cicsbaabe dae vaecd meres XOX les STETHE DS GON eaten nae I ERO nn OL, ing nae eh aa Rea nc ROVE SSP NONGI an aioe TELE CO SSCS) Pika” SANE Arh a en Nes Po anh See ee nN sole oe mae XXII, 31 Pete nOChe OfeeChevA LP Str c10 52 i8a-snsesee esata rae kt as thaws hosted een. tate Pees XXIII, 193 deposits atchatny lakers egecp-recr cet ereee- alban eSnasueo ese Moe eeeTEG See XXIII, 69 CAINS LOTS cas oes den oces tate Pose ose teed epee ps si svcd se hosed eee we Le ERO AT, 192 GOP Crm tas casera owteees aise pp siepicerc se tects BER ee) snall Selgin mee XXL, 192,193 URC Re ease oa och ic Cea EA ate ae ean ie ae Marae Ei ny OL DONT ees MCASHLEMeNt OfjpOSteclactal pn-c.-ss, .pos-c7-casseteee seat Fa oooh eo 8s 6 LN ie Sa SOMES seer see easee ace weno pena ce oe zaces Sache: Aceh ns hetreted eape rR eGee EIT OL IL NSS So Uipiiere Wand Seca tre \7 2 sca for ee PR ae ae PR eae XXII 68 Siipsicence On theme we amrence DASIMM: .2--228o:/s ste; se.0-0-os0. 0 de/ UI AO MOM AAC ORLIT Gree each arls tens at eee sh donc sae cancunta hens ocdstestostectubtnenee XI, 24; XXIII, 212) 213 ‘Glkemia lait: Sefelllee a Bae aa Recon Neer rer cea ree canner MISE Tne i mice Bien mee ame HPA aE O2 VI, 24 ae ” eat sf 210 | TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT ie ‘ F (Gneiss, area of the crystallinges. cao. corsccrescesegecpedeern -oreeeneny terre eae ee XV,177 . BenbOte CO isis iecescenttecbeeee soe eee Sas eet ecto t seals das aetet eee eee IX; 282 be Black. © ly. Bary 2gecdetases-Martssscivy biegeegeumteneete eet ngce- feocnstere een XMie 73 of containing mica-SChist........:......6-sccesse-cceceevereneonenee X VE 447; X VIL, 120 a Ate oie. i Sete os ee te ee ee Sc KV alg } AiSCUSSIOI OF OTIGIas esse shtueos:chesenctenseeeeen eaten oes XV, 199; KX Vee 4 Eel ow’ Lea eee eee Beri cc See eRe a ee aces oeaee ss. scdoee PP XVI, 446 Honor; Red woed Cos.c. nice soccer ene XVIE2"22 ~ MiICACEONOLMBIEN AIC. .c2\.s-.e+-eceeoe eae esmewanaaense taal ener erere= sceeneeees XVIII 50 ‘ MOSEGE ek ts ehh ee ne SE LN cae XVIII, 23 4 nature of the crystallines.................-. Sate cons Sold te? ecu a eee XV, 176 : reddish Poppliyritic:::..... XV,-22o ae 10 catalogue of rock samples collected, XVII, 193, 201; XX, 96; XXI, 59. XXII, 79; XXIII, 229; XXIV. Conchological MOteS.............ssccceessrtessseesadseccnscessesesersendecescnnndbass XIV, 114 direction of a field PArty..-:..5.s2--n0iscscteasescesreseepsoncbsecaseneaseeraneen XVI se ee EXPlOFAtiONS ...0....s0vsendrssssaesedassace ens XV, 270, 386; XVI, 76; 3 Vig field explorations OM QramitiC ATCAS..........ccceeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeteesesceees XX, 35 notes on the molluscan Fauna of Mimni.............csecsceeeeeeereee wooo VI, 480 on the geology of Gouverneur, N. Y. ....c.:ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeereereeeeee MT, 105 preliminary report, Rainy lake gold region...........::00-+XAIM, 36 record of field work, 1892-1898....... Figancaten ped meas sh ie ihogige ey XXIV, 85 TOPOL .eeeescsesesesseeseseeeessensneceeseecseecesssssssssnsatsensersneencnsensaaanseeanes XXII, 67 report of northeastern MiInn, .....ccccceeseseesceseeessseeeerseeenteeeeeennees XVII, 149 rock samples collected im 1898......::cccccccccseeesseseseeeetersennenenaess XXIV, 145. on geology of Kekequabic lake.......:ccccceeesseeeeesstereeserees Xl eo Grants peak...ccccccccccccessseeesssseeesseeessrsssersaseeersareesesseseneneestnaasassuescganeneanees XVI, 326 STATE GEOLOGIST 213 Mer UPA SINIMECR COLIC Se tee cee ete so csculs sar ocx doiobersusse as eeatwenasstce tug tees XVIII, 99 Gsanglar quartz Of CACOMC.....<2.05:+--..01+-+>-0te2 MONAUN Dsurey er (ser 7lSh Ti Tiy WitenTOs)s sto) AEC CONG Ofte ee se eases rise ee sete n cee waet etter ida ae aeeene cen roaaradee XVIII, 99 Arar Rye ewnCl @Lithe eweesescne ee tere access teestssvoccccscssuar-naseces rss eudasatiacedcavssvedépaves SOV lis Preteen LE EAE DOMES OU. 520... 0s (cesosed te ontresste alt Coverage danrcseeecgasecant on aces B.O.G ail HOMEVIGENCE OM OLS ATIZ AtlO lass -.cecees on ee ne ani ccc sce oe veiee esse eas sei XVIII, 149 PeREPE OEE plfAR TRAC OEIC 2 cs nccs’ 22223 en. mo ckasaae tas goases ase asthet soseeancetuggetees XVIII, 79 ‘CarDSSii TEAK cccciove od besusa oe eee eI ROS EEE Osa aeaC Br? Bch cccon Te Ae BEBE nor sbopeaebceocan XVIII, 215 Slim cleatiny lal emesy: da. 238s skee Seco eda tect esasae cirwwsl ce an teortaceea XXIII, 64 Veale Meee wre Reale Whe eos c et Adee esd nance nd take ctaetes Toadtonaus sees XXIII, 66 Baraineall RATE VOLE EE ae a Laie oe ain Ma cP me tis DOS AE MGs Atege bs Stereos 8 ee eee Ais ee co ies decor ar baceacepaeer cas nemaassseete es tees ete sate Sock OOO Nea lisa! Re SeAnvan EAC AN) os seaces se oon ots sev es s0cces scadecunacuretnegedsocoeer tuck «/nataiaPondierendiriennesencasn Vis (Giranye TOF: SeRen sacha een ce scene ane ARR SRnRe Ain eos kon eke Roepe oeror eur Cc XVIII, 75 Gray sandrock of Lake Superior, XVIII, 98 aad note...................... SEV Om MrTerVaNMA CK Cae tcth och ecce chest ceccocneeesatseaaeses XV, 173, 237, 278, 283, 300, 305; 315 ISIS TSI ore IEW ee Be ee Sacer Hpcacabraos oncbacnseedconose HoEcosniaccnceascucccane XXI, 21 INTASSACHTISE EES corso sees rced eee ae ae eo eatin n emaes Gates me de XM VILL, 192 ARITCO MLO MILE Wiacs ac. cost ars acest eeaee etoan rece anos ae eea sono lant sak cua sacle D.@'A Fer As) Reece ACN GE OKO Cs: scaaenas sos uec ease se cedcaades soak eae tte cue eee cne seme teen eee ea sineint XVIII, 88 Ree a KeS tele VALTON, Of. are stt sso aceecaseeta re renee at eaneeabaercoe sanatudescaecauees WAI 8 IS3 (Garant: TEASE FS iat sey meee ean Re RE ap ne ae UA Rr a eb 4 DOUG ae 7 MEGPETINC HL ORILIC SIA LES unite. sleet deate cates deatag UCR Tar eats Leones basa n dak Secale dee alon Ae XVI, 16 Green chloritic schist congloinerate of Lake Kekequabic...................+. XVI, 107 RECMISeIIS i Olli ale IREKEC MADIC.wssecders: .tetteces oss sne snes wssseomadeoe uersec ste aaae XXI, 23 ie STi, RE B18 een ao ate ee ae a RP ahr ERE ABO R ARE PE Ae XXII, 116 ITO UMT CAME Stocks setecs cece oe deten esse edsweeee semana en Me ceee XVIIL, 97,109, 151, 158 Greenstones: ATOM OLOMSHCHAL ACCES: Oksseesei ee aera ede cones Shale Peete dee nee cate eae a EAS CO eB a Rr Re De Pe a eee RP Reena May Mere ee acP al UL Os: Sie COLO PT CaLOLTAtl Gare s cas= acer ae aaa eee ee eccte one abec sates? OOM ee, PETELALCONSIMerAtLONS Olle: sss y cease oresesce sates ee nsce canes see De MESASCOPIC CHATACLELSP Olt. seer oees-nscebeeedecactr suede ceteaasenereaase XXII, = 22 HINECGOSCOPIC CHAKA CLES) Ole. ceae sae eaeaat ademas wens nae saaisaieaaraeon >. GRU V2; Oniotnnot pie: vai, Ch eartyscesse:sscc-sheerenes tee vsa¥e to ssa suseewas cer ondassedes XXIII, 4 ERAUSTtLOTMEO On All bese seteteec sete ceentree: shee ber caes-aoomssens soe -weeacneess XVIII, 89 Greenish Sticeous Slatesvana, Chentsicc.c-c-tesgeccaccccns 5. dues seceaetun tect astessss= XX, 124 REGRET PLL ENS CS ere Makes aces ee Se ie sme terre Min raken Mhmausecatan eon E ents XVIII, 154, 155 Greenwood, Geo. C., testimony regarding an allOy..............0c.cccesseeeeee XIV, 324 Waller een see cme ate cn eases aah a eveee s2etee cae eteces See ees cone soeaee ot cate oda nthe ER UL el oem TARO TUTE utaca Suaze sare ce a: Caracas se orca cee eee ieee dete oot ecient XXII, 143,170 RE Hl Leyes AC see ser ad sates waste ce coats weet oaks wi cob aed castle bake sbo tae Sone Meee % oss cena te sn -ncene eo aveeke caer ree eee XXITI,.203, 211 Manawa Balls, (N.Y: seccscsssscssredseace dap dcente? os eegapituas teva ase te ean XXI, 103, 104 Plates (A. Mixes. scccecusesscpetncssos ebecronderusersopouleevugeaee Unceeoy ates ena XXIII, 185 Harbaugh, Springer: deep wells of Red River vallev............:..::seeeeeees XI, 47 Hartford (meteorite) 2 Wes. cccisccssdesstheiicatscdccssaeuds dduvments doe teeans capa ane DG Bas 5° Hartman, Emil. Explorations on Ver milion PANO I vs.d: save cblsaceeene eee XV, 261 PL ADEIEEL TAKCs2 505 ss3ssanecessCemetparantnespeeenanrecysspa¥b anni Rece liens seem XVII, 101; XXII, 50 Harrington, Prof. M. W. Acknowledgements tO. 5.5 ib cnvet ci esscdecksbevsa sesaeeecepereusaesse as nena DY; ao Geology of Olmsted: Co. 3. fiis.. ciscss.csuppeve shins tnsckerss- een yS eo ene Vow Geology Of Dodme Con. isis. csheccdccscdasabeenatsansuensvtattes nets Oem IV; 92 Geology of Steele CO. 2idiints tases ccxvacsuviasts Passe ccevsschyp rine IV, 107 Report on Olmsted (CO: sistccicsvorssvesdd eensstan eiteus sheik bonkers yn eneneee LV elo : | STATE GEOLOGIST. 215 Harvey, H. R., explorations ou the Vermilion range...................0000s0se+ XV, 261 AGO ee LESTATI WElce sane toa sk cn studios oc cette roceaciah «stanahe coast atest Gonseieees Oe 5s SEES ean aetna ee ns. GIN hs dau nsas coon Sesseoame nde cosonse towed? REVIT Ai al ee, MARIE Egat gerycntesen scoscnee cote soke «seen v voce cout kectu ade ctencessteetag EVI; 2; XERXES 2) XO SiO MEHEMO IEC STO tVIInNESO tal a otas sces.eencee oh ocue i eccce cceseecs aescehaten aisenes IX, 361 Ornitholugy, V, 86; VI, 154; VII, 34; VIII, 154; IX, 359; XIV, 9, 347 MERI E MOHEMIES }COM PILE: ...2-.. osaax.avecccchceca tot evevenrcacesctpcndateeesel 2" Gea MEPeUpe Mla Mae aM CL ECO Sar ce cart ose owe hoes de vc condtuec tne aceumatee rf avenas oo cee es suoce set ustomeee NN 4g AUD RAEI SEINE ESIC CO. eases ra ccc oe csoc0 Song ccc d den ace USe ee as Sadar o ona dan oun sateeaee deus owes XI, 110 PieiMmerGOnelaAmrad OLlbe LOCKS. 2.0 os s2-saersee coos co ctevcnthen ste Soe oosecnentecesede se XVIII, 166 Eb Anvka Cree KG CSCEID EIOIL Oils cor, oh o.sovsaceasSesch nse eee re aad teens ba oe ndac iiabuescbesaees IX, 243 aivmen be tV..account of the Pipestone Quaniyc2.-cc2c--c-2-<-c-2sseeneeee-steeee VI, 99 NERSRL CNG eA Cement ens L Ss csc acted encubs ise caeuctaceunscibe ser chai hechve soe oepatees Saks XVI, 482, 498 “E(B Bai BS Sere Gan aes Hee Be aan sae Re a tn uae Ue ante tic, Aan ne XVI, 482, 489 MRR ICME OU ASICAL ED «2505. 0-S). cs scaeate fete canatnu sen sescn sateen ent ai cuce stage tne taads RSIS 59 HEV@THAE TEC OL ES Y sic scscccscececaeot cadets EXOVE Om Gina Il, See DID alee OS le) ol3'7/ Geology ot sine Minn eSo tals. 2.c-2c..sc totes eee se eee ee neste ees XV, 219 Origin of the jasperiod, of the Vermilion range............c.cceeees eee ee XV, 223 MMS AIM LERV CL patos. ocserse eos ook rae ee hee XVI, 440 MD iralitesimpe Vines Oba tsar. eee eee eee cae MV, 259: XX. 146 EPP LIDIS ECAC TOSCO. 2.0255 c2esnce ta eseobeve je seccGecds dees souedon eats censeecuaene teractions XXIII, 128 Hennepin Co. CEOLOR ya Oli vette. c. tase cate eos aac taco ane aes See eee aR See eee eee Veil: Ceoloetcaltinialp os, css sashas ec sks vette chan soo ae se eee ese ee a V, facing 130 Hennepin, Father Louis Wiscoweny, of thesalls"of St Ant hors... sssetecs-t sco seas coeee cd eaascea sooo Dae22 Description of the Falls of St. Anthony............ ee Pees ea Watatonr halls" ost. vAmit Ho my ses seeee acer ee ae oe V, 184 EUs Eanig PAN OXANTE Ele e caste. sae ces Sods Soa ae Meena ede ada TORT A oe Es Le LD De OPA [HIGiAS nave DYER ras BSR en seep eak aDRe RAMRLe Bebie gone wena ay peta Premera Amn > A Nivea [27/ TE QUETUG NE. EPO) ft Shas a ee anes ar ees Bis nt Rae ene Pe Pe eee ea ee XXII, 151 ‘Ele -ongait (STEGER DY Tl (rl) cl paneer ane eS ie oe eae i Seep Ree ees Rg gee at Hee eis Gas lalerignaway iu (ripemates ro de Seneca re Sa SeE ene or aire UA A Fn ne DI ey Ser EE SAU XIV, 14 Pero EWAKe seatiall YSIS. Of WaALCLs-sss2secec~ sive seet oe doescascecee iste Socoes saeteeacowseeniet XA; 173 Hees ttyl ors Oe Ga gnak sane ence St ches soca dasseeene reas NCTE |G s=2 Xe VELL NG TD EN alls Abstract of laws telatingrt ominin of s-2s8.-e5 sesee ees aee ee seeenesotse XI, 195 Auditions toLthesNipSeini. 4 eres k fie eee Wilhic4 7spexele ul Set HTS CES CV.CL OOS cee Ses seine cote ete Seog SOE ie ws SEA HO CORN we che We MEM Ae V, 238 Collector ois HOSSUl Sec. sox ocean eee ce, eae cee ee eee ee eee Exel 2 Cyclopidae of Minnesotal wathinlOtesic. ss. c.cs-s24-ccebs o-asezeses seeds oes X, 225 AED RINSEGACAN THICEOSED PiGie ess sas. c2 leche fees aca seem tase oe apage coogi Vist: INanaindal soft hersta tere each cots ccc tees coed test sce eae eae ees XIV, 9 NEATH AIS. Olp tor STONE A Kee cya5)) a Riis cies eae sabres renee aay XI, 178 Notesomsome Winnesotay Cladocera. ssca.coes tec eee NESS Notes ou mNopadromasvanG Camibanrtis..c1--2s-cs-cttes. ees eee e252 Onlequstaceasol thetreshuwaters)/OfNlinmsscsees st sees.cceecerse se eee X29 Oranbhalogicath nO tes .c, eo. 0s 8h. o eis ca an eat to an aes wt V, 230 PLEO OU NeeLUSEACeds Oh MINT: 01000 ct ee ok Sosa cane cen esczkays XII, p.— SECEMINSO MLOG ke ple MALE des: ain. cn sg heawedacare seit at oee oe velo Shag races VII, 47 Work AmlApOraLOny aud MAISE UTM. noon cSt kcal ngy Sheen tosses iedaesaae ee 1B kere] Bas Mi genaee cerca tact yee gen ee eRe a SS scape stein « sau ane ome ease ads oNvancoauc ou cege XXI, 24 Ree MCLE Lilies ete noecntle gcnche o ha has Sa eR so Ssee hE Jaseak Katee Ss no bacecavsdesc Om TL e yes 2c) 216 ; TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT FUE i100 ats 50-8 0 Svc cove ce ees coe ees cas ake WO eae ea oa ea ean Pe ae eee XXII, 49, 50 Hickory, wanter-kalleds c's oe. ssoe re, aoe on oes 2s boee nes seen cean ee I, 211. INeS2 Higoinsiand * Hibbard -is..35.222 aes itacs- Se ccancenesscaeeteeet ees nce cetate cop cacaenetees XViLE ot Hughes) Gentilly ‘beach: /.2stecs.- Aes: 2 Seiwa Se eau tees eterna eas ede pad ©, Be (5, Hvehestapointin Minnies otesetsits.:2:.2c.ccaes tee tase enor eee ee #--X XII, 3,135 - ited SMOCeSE 25.20 (22.05 5 cesta eee eee bioolies iiecs.cdbtnabndose eae 18 Veg 2) iyo s hee a PR ReneS este eee re Para RR atc cee epee mae XXII, 44, 48 LOU CE: 55 0 bode bce dee ea re o rea eae wean TORO CAGE OA EE Re ee oon XXII, 1457 Taghlands of Hudsosand ‘ef Quebee:......3<.-0cueet. ae oit- coca es oes ee XVIII, 72 1 & OF) Pak Or: 0 eee eee ee once At Opeenr ee ME epee: ha ae Nene ain XXII, 126 Ebtldinethiy of Jett?.c- tees. hts tou ou suede Ceua ven Satta sree ae aene te pee eecee se ces ae eae XXII, 78 Pea M ber AE, Tis Wisc is . -5 2..:.3 ee ee ee XVI, 144 opinion’ on the older tockss...-. sce So n2 ess cos stand a+ 02 ...:1..20-5.-:casteetee tere: ac~- see see eoneeet eee XXIII, 4 PAT ALElSVO fio ee eeece sy oncs-s cose cooeeees ooo eee XVII, 42; X VIM, 2064s possibility, oftrocks younger. 28. 2:10. hee ssreder tetera are » ee XX aie ECONOMIC TESOL CES Ola. os ose cece se tacs coe coe te eeeee ant anes ee oad eee XXII, 146 miap.of west ecenttal part Of. --2., 2-2. fens oebecnse te caaaae 2s eee XXII, 150 GOUCES Of ELA VEL a5 oll cs dence dose ae sot bean cae eae cen oe oe a oe ee XXII, 143: Pe alates czy a fy KC) Seno ae eee one ee 8 aoa ee nn! XXII, 146. Lake survey, determination of latitude and longitude....................:000008 TV eae Lakewood Cemetery, Mitneapolis, deep well....................005 XIU, 50; XIV, 12 : Neaariellibecanichiiait arstcsecccsosseess co -sie ceo =o0- I, 22; X XI} 2, 16; XXL, 4; KX 2S Lithographic rock.......cccccsssceeseeeseeceneeesreeessseenseesssesenereseneasseeens XVI, 23, 28, 38 Lithology, Cupriferous series at Duluth...........ceccceescesseeeeesseeteeeserseens VIII, 22 microscopical, general primciples............:s:cccesesceseessessesseeeeeeeeens VIII, 10 petrographical work domne.........esceseeesecesseeseeesseeseteseseneeesseees XXIV, viii Lithological characters— of the granitic and metamorphic rocks............ss:seessseeeesseeseeeneesenes I, 65 St. Croix and Potsdatn:sandstone.........5.2..0.-.-.sesssesseecps= nt peeeeeeneamn 1; é5 Lower Magnerian limestone...............:cssccsssesspescceceeeceseroneseereqenaaes I est b St. Peter Samdstone scsi. ccs: tecs-c-cces docs o~-00--8 -000aso> scuaenerpa seca teen tesa Ty Yop Prenton LimeStOne.....0.cevasdecsceceessceevesgeeecacsseosesseqowecebnar> sees ates a aeaaenam I, 94 Galena limestOtie...22.lisicessssc00ses0eecscvesevee+ce osctnaneceenct-Censeesp teeta I, 104 COFEEACEOUG boca eos civcvascsa otecwsadesehendoccuacenvsetacssnceest éetestctelh eeee =a aa—nmmEm {, ae MiCrOSCOPic ANd MEYASCOPIC.......ssceeseceeseeeeneceeeecesreetereseseeeeeeoaes Beek.’ Of the \reenStONES..........ceeeserrsecccsesrnrnceeseesreeeesvsnsneesescnseerersons XXIII, 6 of Lower Kewatin quartz porphyry.........ssscscccscssrssssssnvsseeees XXIV, 70 TAttle American 111 C2......00.cenenetey Gus te) aaemamnea VI, 53 Quartz Chippings........ccccccesecsseeeseeesseeesseesreseeseseeesseseeensreeeaeeesetes VI, 56 Quartz—dioryte......ccsccsseessesensceeneeeseeseeseeceeenserneseseensecsesesseneens BL, Vee Slate £OCK i. osicsstauscccecscssvboyssecedvbsesdpnucnesensouatsteteceduRiystet, (tienen mn VI, 60 SOME CUtters. ch. oc.vevccoscvadeccoscrsoussecdsccsbesbspessusyceconsns tathoereainy qm VI," 63) Water Power... .c..ssssesscssecscessssesessssscenccssescencsacneeenasenes vel, SS) Rak TAGE COTA ces usenes sttwateutssaveccdvost soselvensesduseedte pes dsbeinaxshscdtpaskienhatee XVI, 396, 464 Tattle IMA TAIG ide is vcs satscsvecs bPecccsbiveuscdsscuecccudecteeschaexssebersoveca¥snsssay pute) nn pe cyt Little Rapids.........scccsscscssscssesesnsccesseeseseenssnseeecssesssaessssassnssnsseconseensasanaees XVI, 21 Trdtle SACkem TAME. ..cs.5ssccvsesesdusvalvokincescevdenceuscyvadiovunapvariule ceNtestecranceean XXIV, 52 Little Saganaga lake, Qabbro......ssceceseeeeeees XVI, 356; XXIII, 227; XXIV, 128 STATE GEOLOGIST. 227 NR ARNE A Cre eae re ne ee, StL os nedcnaclastoucas dvdr n tiie EXS279 TUvES Se LT RG ee ee REE ee en Se ae IX, 337 TEU HeN SC AL et See ee ie eee ee he ee nn ye aes IV, 66 EEN TIS ERTIES terrence sete nase enced Se ands ou seacwds Ts deed ecdss Ee Vv, 19 Rae a NM a caaaprih do anand paced ats OGVE AG) Mie enOml ero ns Balls. < ccc ccasiqoshos essa dotasaccsetsey deeds odsslstedaenancstackunsee XXIII, 199 ATARI S 1S Of ocne race sees net se rae sc eee eile Nacsa n Satyaissere iemeeo semen te eas eset EG) SHElI Sie OI 2. screws heres rose acen Seca tee ceate naar steatakesua X28) KOC QO Meinis and: limestones, tot exaimitlede..:..ce.cccesrcces: -¢ cecetas setectaeerwcew esses XXIV, xxiii Wernoriettes COs Mach: mM itleS, 3.002 0a: :casasosr-nttoscasasescecler MSL, Sl OVI ie 50) Are Of iron Pearin TOCKS.»...ie.2s.ch--s deers coeadccsseenet ene XVI, 184; XXI, 87 GISCOWEHES Of LOM Ole recssc sc cesesee son eae obec cheatenenoeceseoseesecsee reas XXII, 132 POLE LUC RO PESHTIIN Citesn ste etctameasee hectencnstone sees ates DONA: S)-XaV S) PL CCHSL ONES. s.0. ance cat crcdse const Seopeosaeceten DOGO (Raley Ge a Ae isi. iil TKOUUMCALIN OFTOCKS ei aessec sober eee sesceacezcee sess asthohenoes XVI, 40, 50; X XI, 187 AT OMMORES occ h aes coe eee ae ed OTR Acoh gs Pacdces tebasecesene sous OPAL 2 DOU 8 LOU UCHOL TMMMES hss .ctusse vac encresnete eee scnceonestdtens sos odestatee ne eneracesses XUT, 32 LOCK AL OE ELONSE! POM baer en csee saeu-- vo ocesttecstees beseecoeee neece XVI, 50, 182 SAMI CS ee Fionn asses cceecgesscus c's stacnaccs vo labedcee te ctb Maes cok seteatosttaueetoeaecen REVI eI Ste 7 SHUPMLENESAOF WLON OTE sa ssasieteesese ca wsoce sec testcenccore tebetee tee eee >: OG 5 0 Be) iiss INFAIL CPIEELOSGCLICS fee se rarer aa oie aast eco gan seta es soccaucnewses vous beiecc aeteteeendeats XVIII, 88, 113 SGOOKSIOTU E ceeasincce ciate eeceeu oe a Tete roa Soe, Seed Ean Soe da DQvaddeakzvab INGZEIWitrichellli Oris: cee teedaveaten at ccc evecsreaseecees cascee ses ea nee eee eet XVIII, 183 ROM SEMTON ire. ose sets sc host duce iaFonh wees toe acs eee vathaa dase Rier we enisneiod XVIII, 188 Vite WARN Op OMe: whe seer sooo sce eees dade eds sticee cua sidcodoemectotdet tte rec ascaces XVIII, 205 MAL MEL LIANE OV SECM rt: occ. fcc cteecc sarees fone sz 2 -Roceewencnae eee te ok tens XVI, 366 Mitanstaall: [At eSc. aecoa. ccc svaces sh. sses scavescts occescsvvcdesassccesnccastevscebe se cots doeee XXII, 136 1,4 DEW ENA DYER is ad bee GCs oto | pana eee OSS ee ie Se ace a ee MVIT, 1a: KVL V99 MATeLIAL MeSONLCeS- ball OTE COUMEYss-...or--e--teieec res nesseeccs-shcess. cobesnes anon JONG ir FE REE DOL COMMEYatede. c-cd cdot aacseussecacadaeseventecrsessses-- Seeccaas pecans III, 162 230 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT Hennepin County <<. cozccgecescs sess carte esctas tee cvs nic oe ae ee IV, 189 AGB SEONICOMNEY co 5-90 0-6-n er bap aocceacccace secon tt onagheeersdcterysrensseee eee ee eee IV, 44 IMO WEE COUDEY! 2220 .0.c550.cssecosscecsorssocssts snueees suoule cases besser acecs re ee ee Een III, 185 RAMSEY y COUNTY. ssses002c0cesssetsccssscconrecopescenncescsesesssaatdssceaseee © eee ae Vio IR OCI COUNEY 9, coz Scn .2d...0s.5.s20stescecsh sous uacentteassVovens cocked eee eaee sree eres XX S3 MCE wen “Wea Chl..s..oscsceseasioaesstusbosansceslesacteqstnsase she soluvee ts cueteeovoeen=ce eee XXII, 61 ICIN EOS: ic erence soasedeehs tsdcaos tess caceessancie es sens onsessteseet eee ee eee XXIII, 104 MeKellar WArchibal dic:-:2.4.5:.ccesecucceatescatoesctect ances cov arecuce- eee eee XXIII, 147 DY ay 28 c Naan ich Seen Re ere See PO as eee SERN eee PGS Pac XXIII, 147 POUL SL SE Leos oscdacitexeacacses taucdiveate Mover te seeekee nates ete ceametoee XXIII, 144 BGLOK fisscc hese cea tessases ccevaceesse atte teees XX, 198; XXIII, 45, 144, 147, 153 IMcKcanleyaaiin@)..22 30.22. .20-<0-25-2 500 Sper hs: eee XX, 164; XXT 125; Xena INTER SICK ORs hyde ocs ot Soetcise acs cattentes sae oes cap anast elcaesesce see taeec ene tee ee eee XIX, 122 INT GN ANE OWT osc acasnseyoasvccsesssvececessscaspessacestacd saa caweses Saseaes 5 -eeee eee XXIII, 134 IMG Vian, Us A, oct cet. c cnet hes ttvesss dvs ondgiswsscacssocetesaonist ontussetece: Sete XXIII, 144 Measurement of Postglacial period |. .cc.2. fic. cceecteseeveceone GNGh Sel «STEPS Seg Aas Ga Ween na Re ea SENS ae We ee emer er cca oe. ral 3 IN SS Ve aN Woe ye ere Wega ae eet Smee coal ng Meanie tere Eee Rays), ced (a9 “EET ECR antec aeRO ER CPE) ele eee eee Dee RST XVIII, 54 DNS OATIACE 2,287. foceeseccancecurcossdoc! one ronphenwes -eusurSe erie ieses eh anes spa 7s05- = 20ac2 XVI, 40 Pee a A ATIC oon onc den cw nod soe So ste wS aa sent cans 2au bh = nhs XX, 163 COV p cea ecco ee een oe snes te ee sete ota tencecs addon ACob ese re sate at saan settee NOG UL EO AUC ACKS iy seseeeucte Pe eate eo ee cre eres sos tic icon seesaw anccentenns snessardescees XX, 163 redeet of Miner plats c.-210.0.2 crs. ac-0i Reaedescsseatcccnssate sent sccescevss ces IX;262 WRNRAIMC PD YOUUS coca cdesvererscsc8 .caee seach cc sds eek Reeth oucac moon ies ieee DADs BET Montalban of Hunt.......... XI, 170; XII, 1387; XVIII, 152,153, 154, 155; 156 AIBC WerELA I PS HIE Crocs sotdcacs sores 51-0 eoaseeaie awe sse secon eee XVIII, 164, 165 Here CHALACLEHIStIC Of Lia tien Liati-s.-5.-ccssseceseneee ns eeotere eaee oN XVIII, 168 Monticello, Wright Co.; discovery of oxide of manganese at................ XX, 321 HERTS LLCS CL OKLA GY A besitos isos Sere ance aol Oe ramen EL TORe Oe XXI, 80 Monticulipora grandis......... OR oe EAE ee ta se culn Wee pen eee mia eee | MLV ess, PoP RETITO GENET s COLO LY, Ole ict can aekae- ication ssescsseodeots mR Soeee cece verte See devas tee OAH vat PUP CR EGE CASE UY Clos Pease et nsaco ern scSoce oxek eosin sco Recut ae Mea See Wor Ces ee XVIII, 90, 195 vores teal, Ly eee es ee Pe ae se, PPE A eee Pee eee Re ERE See SA Mio URES ENO M Ear ce does ct cs cnet de oe See ace cag at Sects va stn adhe Gas ch aoe sete Oe XXIII, 139 IWR OSES AKC oi -cose05- odsececser TEX ei ONO, De lie 2 Sil oa KEXGT etl -PXOXC RV SO) Moraines, VIII, 116; IX, 295, 327; XI, 138; XIII, 16, 20; XV, 114, LSS= XM, 72° XXL, SL, 93,95, 111.. ERGO eee 5 dee Siaeee haw e ue tans ses codeecoeecedea seas oot Tee eee ee XXII, 45 IAL DIG Drie TES oe (A See tke te) BES oR ee ie epee Mme DLs XXIII, 141 IVP TRIS E05 EE ae Renee Reet COREE Sn aetna ons A Seti Ne Bet CSE tah PC XI, 24 aes PUEORERLE CHT WGNIET OTITIS 5 2) sctvnc sa cegs> cons Gabzockebuds asdvozvntsiteeevcwebaeosoeaysoee XV, 186 TUDORS orale FATES ial ep ane a Pc Ens ey RE ae orp age a A Nae XXII, 134 _ TS esi Se aera Of e gc) Meee Se ar ee Pe ed Ae XI, 90; VI, 50 TAPEET 0) (SPARE Sees ee See Pa ey te en oe dE ee ne Ss XXI, 114 MOLESIOM SCOLOMY:. Seveacvencstece stecetecavac tcc satuuscctestl=wete OLX De rs9 promitine tian, at Wittle alles. 9s iac cs. s eee XXIV, 74 WA eLSE 5 AMD Setccecnatibensceccad sou seacqasasocsssceasqteeedecenscedesten cet ousaccsueeg eames XXIII, 153 Mire St TAPES: -<0-- ka -L nse ssp bs a5 ce cesadel seagate com teammeeyoet canst canereaeteet paras tee p.© rae Murtteesboro. (MmeteOrthe) cccsc. accel scengacteacse oxtacceneveesh saseedoncesssooeee- sen eneme XIX, 175 Miuresy A, Oi! DIAEKNSIACES on. 5. 5c. capone dace teeny pee eres ey ereeee XVIII. 114 note | OnAUCON PeOlO GY... .aco-cacasssp stecameassansteas meses sseconesmeeere ses XVIII, 114, 116 the Quartz Rock; group Ofsscic5.tts ciencaetin se F Te Uae Heth bo 5 [hs PONS Mere es ea mee AE ER ae gta Ms |e ea ».@. 0 be Ese a is10) ; AL DisappOmbmentlake.. -s.csce-ces-cstcsesassaaecdees sone eeacesaaentae XXIV, 62, 64 . MWAISCON.A GO MAK C2 icc coie reste daciecs gras sone caes eee eo aan Sodas hee eee XVI, 88; XXIV, 133 Z DNAS OWI EC oon roca: «oon Sodededowseneoatseactseted wade xensueteatenccescodecamen eaten ee Sah ZO ; yt Reatity Vale... .cs5ccs0: -0n-esasten ated. teassdvan stent ae XXIII, 93 } Museum: catalogue of specimens, V, 204; VI, 161; VII, 49; VIII, 32; IX, 125; X, 149; XI, 184; XII, 20; XIII, 76; XIV, 126; XVII,-218; XIX, 188; XX, 324; XXII, 190; XXIII, 234; XXIV, xii. GONATIONS. LO yi: sasceotseteenee I, 21; VI, 160;-VIl, 47,489 X, 145 350i . EXCHANGES (OF. ca sesteneis. febnasocnec deviee«Vaceosnnce ecausgoatets teect tee ean XT eG ’ VW OD saenscBicccuccercmne sete acelasnch scasiese des tanvec dutta eter Steed tae nepase aman IV,< 20 4 listiofiWard’s Casts: Ac cas on74520 98sec 0 300 Sacps eaded /astgeaey sede: settee So XVIII, 167 Is eee TE Ke TRING pad cs aeeee eee ss Pees Site rect er eae eae ae Seem ae XVIII, 134 MMM RIE Re ae raf caard dnd davacadlgnea vce tacaseadtoaas aedelevovacrsneain os ewes XVII, 97 Iveny IEG reir ell pyo0e aaa aie seer eect rete ree er BeCPrr ee eeery eta er eran Masa Aa = XIV, 336 PAA EM EMM eh IN ears 8 oc sn Say wind evn ogee cutce ceosa Sue ce One Ue Le sePE OR tos Toast eae DG [ra La BS Newel @recdrnscs Exhibit. of CHE: SULwey. 20.2.0 -sedsto-os eek oosk doe see DUIS Tie UG Sne MTS oassstceseectsascct~as+ecucceseresstes Ty 1LS6 5x S72 Vin, 8 lal EX VT ASS PARSE PREEZORGE oh on Sees ona fesse adi ode as piccee wee caaieadsces ee eedTd Ne Tecbadocene eS XVII, 50 Nia sate imMestonedit Pb illmore) CO... 5. iscicsss0ssnc0eseeeae XXI. 116 Notes on Minnesota, minerals!:...,:..c.cor.cssescscsapsoece=soeeurecntteass XI, 5; XXIII, 194 upon the bedded and banded structures of the gabpro and upon an area of troctolyte................ ESR hoe aren Stone Seth Pyne. XXIII, 224 across the Mesabi Tanges...:2,:sccerckess ct esssqaotsacseseccte-odettencoereeehers XIII, 20 on Minnehaha county, Dakota..-ce:.--2-.--ssecs--eee-ce-se cee ce eee XII, 88 On artesian ‘Wells. <.2..scdse sonsaccassacsepanccpsccossnsteesecrecctenox eaeeeet nomen XI, 55 on petrography of the Akeley lake region...........0..:cccceceeee cree XIX, 193 on Diatoms ofanterelaciall peat... ..----5-s.-c8+--seeees--0-0y-eaee eee XX, 290 i Bltie Barth Coun by sacs ..-.s0c-nssdenpasiaeace racane yt ann X, 140 Biivoeel cise vccdcoubeschanactwep el sdeichiesse dus sisanetchcayhs enn eBe yes ttn kytars ie aeean X, 141 Go cscvtgcacnnsdavleny cous ccaneatecysenbucguge von tiga cncllg pat Gxastat mekch teat ti can X, 141 BB secnvesrsonn doco sch bob sbepnacuacheaesnenndiee \asasaachaadameannn ealunicited iM ait tan X, 140 BA SssecaveSosloecctbagpece ve ules ioswotbbabovodscecneecstebepenzete jit neaT nanan X, 140 BB; saw cnbsdicv esc gt MMe tohucs cacogssehses Mesesoveesey gunn netcahert aennstys deat X, 140 Be Ooi. sn cc envesantnsdnankevasdusacogaca stipe ussestec cae panics Pain ces none hacer X, 140 Dis sdscainnivsZecscatn QM o> easy acdeusguedyatpen ct does secuten txxiareashantonete iain X, 140 BS Biss viiceckiccscotinecucvcvschucyivessabessevessvelechtsquteautdus fe: Caceus hs Calieanenannan X, 141 WG os cevnnnesassndevnasapyssadensatinsass ins Sbsocanshsesnanipnpniep soy xk tian ettteeaiemtnan X, 142 BOER sctus kcsvsesasnstdasan da qtttvscbints sp acCixs voWka tats Ooeuk seth nceenenaE IX, 18; X, 189 BB eo dchyidancevesesvessct wuts suave boies eusaddaveseranedteevdeph levis Gey} SWeetcienany nnn X, 139 GT. sicsuedack vcodccrevovdacvcccasdnesovbsebyerapanatantohvaSiaei hss ¥eghin olee uk aniey 2. Gxt iy ta X, 141 Os aes: sidsdossiyvussvosaveoned0sicSadonutspenboceiebecsch-aetienshoe iss uhateknn aan X, 139 ~_STo-e STATE GEOLOGIST 239 Ty Sat hes oO | Sa eR aay Se ah ae Soe Nar PS 28 Geo eee on oe A TA AR gg X,138 1 BE SEUSS S15 2 i aU eae a Aaa Bene Sa X, 139 SOT BS a 2s. 2 ER Tai ele Te eee pe ee ee ey cot ee as oe nl ee X, 139 pene ae ROR MEN Se el tee yoke X, 141 TS a SaaS YO SR ae Or RE IX, 32; X,139 eee ier 8 oy, SS te Ae et IX, 33; X, 144 LES Secs sec em ea NR eS a X, 139 DER rN et eh at ae X, 144 TP a ER 20 eS ene A its Xt ee eee NE ae Spee cid ha Ra the X, 141 gee Oe MeO wh iin. eae Sees he Ce ae, E235 £_LE se et I A ae ain oot fee ie iba UNS cg te Xone FD LS A al = eR 8 Pes RCO eR 7 BPO, IX, 35 eee ee eee St res, AR ae et 2 a Se ares xX, 139 [EGS IE SSRI ERE see Zan pet ele eO NE IRE RE IX, 40 5 BORSA a Rea tes Rane tag Ne i ene ae x, 189 TS eae eee ET 2 Tt Re ait MER A X, 140 “GIS SR AG oa erate Wee Se EES 128? Sees RNR pret Se 9 xt GE eR RN i RRND SP WSs eae erates |r Ae, Cio Miata eo X, 139 TTP sake: AS OH Sen ie OD ate RE DEO oe X, 139 TUT kee pee ae oa ee ee a dee (een OO Rm eel Xi 140 2, Jd Sen Ae EN SR a CR Oa ho a a ST PS EOE Ok Lxey oe SLs Bat SAIS a) a epee rec nem a eM SOME Eee IX, 56; X, 140 LEG sain PIRES, Wile ie eae ap nay, WM Soe Wine nn DE aet 2 POY NOES X, 140 ie see os One Se ee eS ie Sheela x14 LoL A Uy er REO ea te We Olay Shee Seen ona OE MRL or Xi, 14 515) 9 Be PE Vie, toe Pe paar A RP MES 2x, 144 Dep on RM Et ee ed oe th RES ROE ees SR tr X, 140 EEE a OARS yo re ea alt ered 8 Aliens oS ee X, 142 Ed TGC 25s Bip SBIR baede, oo with pe ROMER Sm BEN act ee X, 140 TERT tee te PR LENT aie ta Ate oor sel og) Wa Ny, IX, 70 Segre te. ik Flere Fo ER rian Ke be ae X, 140 FLCC De es RIN AE eS CRS Se ee ey OL ae re x40 BF eee hs PS a eae LIS CRO ey, 5 Sy OR Oe ee X, 140 SF SE SO LS CE SL ee aD oc MIRE EAS X, 140 SNE RS 0) 1 Ie Sea Ej oes et an Ma ie en A RE X, 141 Fis Ba Vet SOR atte a Ue Oy ee RR MOT ee X, 142 FS Tosa te TEEN INN a OO I ha ee Pe xX, os FS ana sk SNE A IER PRR a7 (na RI ee Pimento oa xX, 83 CS SL Lats 2 Rado AE, SED Ne tr PS ee a Re PL X, 84 75S Pe NM Act Mtr te a OED a Pa KN XOeG FE ctints cea. 0 als MONAR Pipes 20” RO aR a OC OR Db Xi, eS fee ie ae eas MAR NS nal No Sth Sate. X, 86 (1. eS oh nS EE RRR Eee LT rah ei Seam e ee o Sere ae ee Tat ee ete ed MS i M4398 OG Ss - SB Se Te GS eee ets ier, - REE XXIV, 89 (Se OM hs SS ae a ie SI XXIV, 89 CEA. | akc ant ORR ays.) Ace eee X93 pa acini Saab 5 een cee ee. Pe Ne OOS IVIOS Races Hea ame Ro ue er BERG es Ge XXIV, 104 240 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT Ss ee ee XXIV, 117 ot WAP ER ech Crash os APR ee Te ee ae ee ae apace eboeatas rg per eo ee errata een ages 0) eS pee arenas aera Thee. ba | weepipaacs neu a eg ee sel a ena Ac east asic. peepee a veal Ma eaten ci vonage Saga ee aed eo Seg et ea ae ae REA I RR NT ae seek i ke er Caanee eG Ta xen PMI RUMA CAtEME Or ta. pee ae pomebrsde tata cm aaa igeaiee gt ce og see ROSACEA AR Ae So esed es eo ere Sp maps: a - Hite aie mM ag eT eae ee spain mapmnnetero ne Se cee buns inane eas Sa TUT A ae is A Fe 2 oe Ane RS RR tc 7 ee et che cee a Seer ea ee eS een se. agi en Mane eee cree ee coat to Sct ee eee Se ee Ce ee es is aOR EE AL aie ire ssc xi ee a Rr ie cen ne ee x ae Soi ae tere ee eee: pte MUCUS Gira Be hich Se ee SO AIR ERONCHI SERS GR ee Papa aime asia Hones 2 PP 4 STATE GEOLOGIST. 241 Svea feds (Ge) een toc cate a aenctnn ecco ce qaoscesuecevcssvtctnSectaessccsdede os styveibeconoet ous XXI, 150 RN ey bi (Gio carreeeten tee asset coca secnaeseestes scttededses vecwdesoeeeasdescesacesumen X XI, 150 UE Cap Ua Itt oonecceten es seeeo sncads= Sees Ces cncueticangstacesdc bas sda tes cress actos sness secon MeO a TERI aA eas sete ay ae capac nc see eseacr nee nvatacv'e dees on wpeasskvensseivernctteeto LL, OON 196 NSU OLEAL CM ook. maces cts csicetete stance ssecucctecssectasccvesss XESS OV 211 OX LS BERR MELEE SMICIS EE CP IIICTOUS 7-....2- ho -Pese-sscevedosnsaeensesivees«anctohardesoesendenese X, 142 Sener HE? SLES CEO US; cr asrt7eaassc toate crecc coset oceetesohenestitececds sacadecenestesowteetene II, 190 PICCECIC ONE OMICH ALE stcce esac cheeses. snccosssreach cs sedeceeayes cheese toes sac oces see tenaeees XVIII, 104 GIGS ELesiclsn CW Vite UA SSES EAT Ge <0c sca. oc scndces.ctocseecctenbenspotesessaseue DNAS Bai U7 = Wi eB ExpleOnnweslenti pant, Ol State: . 2t.catcsnt mee ese nec eenieeeease XOVIS 0 Si OmAnidid 2sOb WInNeSO tA s....0. cst ec saeeehenctes seater cettersterconsoss DD e a Le RIOT EL OMe CINE OMIOLO Pays. 2s esis cas sch awctcvseteceesecteerecee coat oo eee tee eee XI, 113 Ogaard, Louis A.,, XX, 231; XXI, 144, 158; XXII, 3. 22, 68, 69, 134; XXIV, 14.3. Ogishke conglomerate.....X, 90;XV, 179; X XI, 28, 31; XXII, 70: XXIII, 17 descenbed aie Met oss - cok monset tenes eeece XV, 179, 194; 370; XVIII, 178, 183 thought to bein Animikie.................... SVL, 915 97, S60. Nev SG eccutiiupinrRainy lakes fe pion... ss02/.s sees eee rats tse Sheeran XVIII, 215 recopuized on Wake Supetior,.---......cs.605-+)--2-5- XVIII, 113, 132 note, 134. LIME ON LOR OT CCH STONE | os.coccc scauenrs Bekah cleseeeenode toeadecclstie on eee XV, 3873 PMMEIDVEIMACES tol cis. cds ss cath so- cn recs shes cr eee tae aera Rake pag eouauet dss eens XVI, 147 SRPRP CENCE: LT LAD ASCrt< 5. cfodssstaccnen sasssreavapee ones se saceeccenee eee XVI, 96, 149 BETO PT ROC LAK ets trec. cece cscadate ed conte teeae toe eens ui eee nee XVI, 98, 313 eer ors tice NE tiriete lade. 311.5) -0h2 tates swans act eckugettse enemies, XVI, 318 MPEG IMG Dy ALOT hy bee sitesi cc ncda-e-seraez eseeaceount, ctiasheatel ote: cea XVI, 322 asrcunnem ber Of the Wee, bills sis cree ststesscecatons secse ote eee XVI, 344, 347 ATCHEMUTIEG ESAT UI KITE, Sete esas se she oS. we dened ee aie ie ee Nae ee XVI, 359 Ogishke—Muncie Lake, XI, 169; XV, 156, 369, 412; XVI, 95, 99, 315; XVI AT 16 OVili ales EOUPIOMELALES Olt. tuedecoenceoeeee eo uet ees eee ee DG ELS DAL Se EGHRLACE OM SAS AMARA SLATE. J.50.0-sc08s-oncdde soe Dee dnsode seen tdenep see RO UW A ClSWALTONSHICA TL vc-ssescec sates tora ceatec ee eee oa ep teh eA eteenicotticn XVII, 200 ERD AGY Daas Aaa ee i cae ee Ee NEAR epic es eat | XVII, 162 MESO COCKS LEO Ine or ea. ee caeesne te tater ered itn, Pasian Se aa nA at XV, 419 TP (DS ALG a a aa ae ec or XVII XVI AG Ss OMG) EAE FE Qi Era ie Re eR He aa a eon A SRS Ue ak ad Oe Pn A eed ee eI WE XVIII, 134 Dine) CEB TENNS) SUAE aes Sea Nie se a ns ed PAL sn 1 XXI, 74 MOMS Age lit AVR EA ITS AVL C Hit s2 ov ccc eccac eee ee oesces aco Sesa av eetcdaleods sosuc neuen teats XVI, 46 SRE EUICICEIINIUCRS a2 -05: 20-0 spears asesevon> ahaa sds Mlcnu-! dsaseees adds se ancerteee PART BO EE OIA OE Lhacs 8a isos abe ab se PO ws acne Scns nccdcinassdeadienevedicet XVII, 48, 50, 68 EE TAEL PASEO TAPISO IU» 5 bg rasa teens cosas p segnes tes ccck Sonaine seb svengeestacs ss. uash nani ek XVIII, 79 MELT UAM An sanos wsdadosects ya eatecsts tice ce aap as oaee tek ceeeenasteeee XVIII, 79 WEIS ASAP HON CS 2 ccre fants ab coe oy Socks oneal howe nce sewn nde oicc seeks XVII1, 78, 107 MC LILOMEA Un awe renee tea cate ca sere cre Soe pone: Seess ook va oe soa ca eee EO XVIII, 107 CU GAESSISUEs cra pede re an ns SICU Re Sees sds cS eee Leh de. XVIII, 107 METI G ICO a rec er Bees One aA oh 2} XI, 21; XXIV, 4 (footnote) Oi SoCESE enh a Pi ah A ie A a ah A yd 5 ne SO a ND XX, 161 Olivine: SEchinos pradHeed: On SULIACE Ole... ata <.0s see sbieide cd sccdessekesecessies XIX, 45 FADO rsdteoecdesecescodsesece dacs cee XV, 332, 351; XVI, 288; XXIII, 228, 22 © bP wi by PD 242 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT Olrvinibic ArOnNOLG.23i-ssec i ueeae doth token Cone a UTE ONE ee ees XV, 215, 341 Olmsted Co: ; PEOLOLY: OF wag cs 222s ccd evosedhe ceavece dooteses seestectneset tadeoes sev eeaneds te a-s ea IV, “46 eeolopical snap Of. n22.ccncoscanccotsbasteseeee ese zeesks ceoe see eee ee IV, facing 74 Ontarian Of La wSOM:.se eeseo sees eos ke eee ee XVIII, 218 bf the morth {shoseie4,5..! 42-4255 ast cbse een todee teres SRS XX, 195 onthe Nae railroads i..2. 2.22. score cnazsacostetponpon tok tae edss Jaede Aaa a VI, 45 OpimabanO wit Ta Vetecn.-. 510-23 .cccees0g cosedomeeeearaad os sacieve carp eee XVI, 431 Optonavon Silver ates c.5...cs- 02 . ++ scuesae ters enssusescse sasasssesaceesngnacsmapaes IV, 113 Owen, David Dale, ......X, 134; XI, 7, 31; XIII, 131, 137, 141, 153; XVI, 143), 4345 4352 XVI, 12; 62> XIX. 9%; X XID, 13h, 13754141. 1U535P.O.SNMS-o-6 8 BReePCH Gy MIS TE POLE. sasay dooess ook - a 2252 onus apap epsunasee hake saat catecBiae svesenass vee I; 30 SONATE hc See os ae ace cos sncc acorn setae soda vedoac enn isc ceatacteeases ouneee ecnentarsel XVI, 292 Oxide, of manganese....... sce ep dado ae A aie coiN cua aan Sekas saciid cabo sg ene ae XX, 342 Ma MEAS TOAD xs cee cscs Nor Datguect cop ob ees seen ps ds Sane castaw eh dosent von serucenale XIV 273 CONT) GUIRY Er | UE arti Rh ORE At Mn Ce a tp DEL 7G. {ie a) BY Es Ean Bee te pe 2 AS Pa er aE a el Aree rae ae A ita DOIN) ReiCerstalig.: Sapte esc ttcst rege Ue OY ttt wy ae eerie XLV; 275 Penmaes dhatcy, tear Malone, NV jc.-y.-ciss-.--000+2ne-nceesea-ncnesceacasecvanss XXI, 102 JP aitim’: $OrO KS pee Ag oe AIR A Sen ook Bah ee eel ane oor II, 168; XVI, 54, 188 PEGE OLOGY oo ccssiscesslocescaosscsssesoenes AWG iS WIE SAF WOU Oe ID liye at ffs) OM EHEMONVER | SII UG ATi seo sence coest oes atoes nec reece sece tee eoee XLV, 58); SSSI iS RSE HERES OES CATT seas eae aa era ea She co sn dsomeccas es overcoat eter iene Ratntaaoeee: xX, 128 the age of the sandrock at Austin, Mower Co.................0...00008 DG UR 6) Cretaceous plants....... BSS RE ES SEE CRORES CR BODE EE bb dbon choco Aon CDNEE Ano = ratal Palisades, rock of, IX, 35; X, 110; XIII, 94; XVII, 16, 18, 21; XV, 342; OV MAR 45 XK OT. ETP CU Ce endear nace gh Nadas aa ce Vacs accents we een a oeee eee SOR an ae oat a oo sree See a a OGG eR Papers by the geological corps...-.. ...... EXO NGI 2s" XOXO Aue SNOXON TTD = XOXCTIVE Niax: ALAC OXIA ESUDAT DEM 2 cose tsececae secs ias sere soot tac otscecaverscssteuhooeess DQ OU EE S-QNA 0B aS) Parallel profiles: PAGIIIMTKIO MET OMITIC Coe seeas 05, pea seeien ts tales seek eee XXIV, 136.598 EAT 7 Oy | eee Py a Be Ey. 22 > pH Regen? Cl @---.. XXILL, 1396 ee MP OA EASES? «03 cn snceesnonse os dusvedteacgusessessbosens apse svenondiaegessss dzastesdepuat oonspt ean VI, 128 a BBA Bop n3 csnsvis icant oF aes ee ere Coie nce sande ben geaees gota VIII, 8, 9; Il, 75, 88; XXII, 295 3 Fillmore Cows leitse hs. ae iV,. 62, 90am inter pbacialls: fscstlycecckaelsuscit saccade III, 161, 180; XIII, 141; XX, 290 ENS POCHON LOT 525-2200 - 0200 odace ends asteye Meee eae ches sess sect =anva de tae Te NG need Of examinlatiOne:....,svcsces tanh. ce sesso eae eee beeen ce este te eee XXL, cx quallt£y, Of cited Mri. 2. se 22 0 ase beans .2oeae ae eee aioe ape eerabas 3s TI} * (9a. See the working ‘of f200.c..con ie eee eee II, 106 4 WHEN It OXISES SS 0 hs iss. nce ceccecbokonsescensapetee ence stettes Met aee ee i299 i] peactical canchiSions:-<.........qgntr Sosnse> queen cap cine s imenetateseaaaee tee II, 12655 ANALYSES oi.5h.f.cs asa scehssooseco-dteeencceeeeehs ses ee sSoathesecressececes teehee eee ana Il, 92° 4 method (of testing foris ss Scsse heck ocace eek se ee ee IE, -99222 : Pebbles svolcanicionieitt:.:.:...vs-<0---conmecropedevone ’, 57; VI, 126; Vil, 322 Villase i report on chemical properties of waters in Red river vallev....... VI, 35 4 Peckham and Hall: : on lintonite and other forms of figuidormee ceeds cstkacndceastes aeeneee VIII, 166 PeCtOlICGS 5. oosccncc esi sdecoe ots guate hte rin votes cen os snandaus chick, ph eckeocn tet ae ee XI, 622 Pepiiate tec: <-y- tance teen vee ee XVI. 420; XXIII, 57, 58, 93; XX1V) ae Pé@lican® Wake iic.ve024.<25ons va hateesccauparkacss cbs sens dseccerwden seteess aeas teas oeeeeneee ee. ©.@ 0 Pees l GeEscription | OF. ......00.2,.cveenstagot =-yensinncas otaahactsus slither paves coca IX, 279 a Eg) “COs. na tise Lan oo cay vache pe'echaey Teme opal pepegsers eee agen ane XVI, 445, 450 speciinens Gollected 2. i ....-siseass, «issasnteton oncteyeonrcanuaeneam XVI, 475, 476 Pen enlly JOM... 05 cosas chess sobenetbdvendevdnsuse) te knaMapawes acs Oe tsee as aaa XXII, 141 Petite. Holo py CAs. ns. ccceis-shstncambenp erste se tac nleakeunadssiuhe (eager XVIII, 79, 107 PERCE Gee ess cin cys oes gin ns intesthend taghiAd venue «abvad svatsnwe pap cauns eee XVI, 189, 194 FLU PONIAN & onc: Bn Ryiccosiecan etn ceee soe ee ipa aeons XVIII, 198, 198 note “a SQ Ui valetts Ofges.i.!s.-scsevanenvber sve0s00me ohactynsyoshseshiys seh aye XVIII, 205 "9 Penokée-Gogebic rangey diSCOVETieS. ........ssscesccsesveoensvsessdapessncavessvanes XXII, 1375 ee Penokee Iron range... scoccssccnsscescssenses XI, 159, 160, 167, 169; XVII, 24, 47, 48 Penokie, Orie itr Of Neate.» .viesiess dcneunastnvcasssondeavssusesavensstdevaseularsse aaaneae XXIII, 138 Pemidigi, lake, or (‘‘Lac Travers’’) description Of .............scscsssesssesssuss IX,23t Pernallee (tHeteOrite) s) ....seccccsscechninyoncedspouses oak Gwesesisuvelt 4s iuvashek gertenennane XIX, 7 Gas PPT trios bn cosh ce kd ofstason hess sndvinstdvay»ruvelsewachedtsssuksouabi ris’ suades seth ttnnainnnEnnnEn VI; 528 F Permanency Of 1akeS......1...:sccseseeseansenshsnscccsvasenceseccesssvcessusseesavsvienssausaueaneiD X, 262 © = y . Ts et or STATE GEOLOGIST. 245 Perrot, INL OEIC Leash cateenee oe eect ote as oc tiere nan asteucewcuestvane Sires scans ecseUsostensesterect I, 23 BRAISED Stic o ose coe a aaa igen ea ons vara dexsuvs anna vets 7a cna an secsscu lac dadestende, XIX, 194 Pettogtaphy,Of Akeley Lxrepion «i520. 0.02.00. seneedetedsensseosevsesersvepenceeees XIX, 193 CEASA EL GOT SPC a oes oon be nae aaa on eRe en Waen hous Dee Son cusacoubecdecce XVI, 368 Betrostaphical work, not completed ...5.....22..-sccccsesc-ss-secaenececerenssranono lV, KV Enc EAS CRI IC sce ee aa ER oe se keteeas cuttaeteccssoesee cusucetessecaawssbonvanncees XVI, 362 quartzyte, XVI, 86, 91, 93; XVII, 23, 50, 51, 52, 64, 111, 160, 185, 186, 189; XVIII, 16, 186; XX, 3, 123; XXII, 28, 74, 75 102, 159, 160; XXIV, 148. Phelps, TRS TO Gece cen nes SeanBbctoc se Se Ce aCe Soca OUA Sones or bane EERE Cian dontca seadaee SGSarmeCcte e420 Philbrook, MENG CIC ecen ses ee eee e oe e tec aint dass g enee nee Mad edach Sees dteeorenct ors XXJI, 114 TD SY Te Sa eo ae 1 eae ae CIA Ag a1. Phgosophy of dynamic mietamorphisSil........000..00.0c-.sancasccecesssssesnnesseese uy 22 eee MRTG El CoA seee ce arene Ui cctc ce cceva se fen cacs swccdas tuseaneeedtetvtanesee (accraassemecenne XXII, 202 PRS eaMEAETECS) Olt MGySLALC:.acce-<-c2ncsen-cscssapentese comp seo mamaeanse tae sascneee te ROK Vtexoxtt Petetmnse Mat het, e CO., CuOteds.4iv.+.---s0sccrsorno--sdeweaneeeeccnesstséceacessverent Oe SEY “2h gibsscail! Theil awe aes we se Sea ie Si Bray ek SE Aaa nt eee oh EN Pa ae XX, 38, 39 IELTS ke Ree ea iN 4 er en ea IR Ag See er XV, 143; XVI, 348; XXIV, 98 MEE MECOCKS COUPON Onl spay saeco sare ete tes nore soeoasccenN ew Meaesecsetece XVIII, 90 EoeebiaesGOVGlos scent. foresees: éccctvegete IX, 67; X, 56; XVI, 288, 356, 362; XX, 255 Geman caliatialivy SiS: Of, weattetss<.c0nc- scans coptacetuetac=tassssansaveronanda tae XI, 174 Pigeon point, IX, 69; X, 48; XI, 12; XVI, 292; XVII, 13, 16, 20, 46; Vi 75 = XOXe) 255 eX NT £9. (TE ES pa ee ney: A bec olsen: YOON sR! Pike, biest., description of Falls of St. Anthony........2.........cccesesnsvecesvoenas V,180 dapaonttherialls Of Sts:A Tbh ON. .03-ssccs2-s00- 28 su svoc-kcosteetee sad eseedeesers V, 184 EERIE TEN TES O TOUT e cco ae ceees seals Sacto ste teeins sees teeta es edo Mase vocomeciaescuesdousetees Wie aes Mam mete ce totes coon: 52). Soe vewa ce deen sbieicapweacece cote os taseeue TXGAL 25 Xe GOR Vee (an PAKEIRApIdS.-..-.sccccc00s-r<000 VI, 532K, 98) 170) X11 1402 XV 2775 XVII 134) RPMESERULRU PM ES 2-0= ences: 225. , es yee T4123 cataloetieiof, by. Wpliamn: 2.022 ohosspreicent separ ep- -setes ined as ce eee XII, p— collectediby the Snrve yes. ...332. cectacasensecepeecmerarshe terenou dar ers oh >he ee XIII, 74 listed by 1, (Az (uaplat....2-sfeseccemesyteccntaeerectenrsqeeenee =r IV,’ “6 Of Dod ge CO. ie. S.oho so n2 - acne Sapeen cesonpscesasceceqnantqno=nas-aan a shd-enceSeeoene II, 210 ETRY Pon cca ©) oR epee ee ate i ae US, £m SIR Sau RPC pee. III, 172 of northern shore of Lake Superior.................0006- VII, 35, 36; Vili tse of the upper Mississippi...........esssceeceeesseeereeesseees 1X, 179, 182, 201, 206 Of Olmsted C oie cc aaa tice teacoes tae eeb oa see eeemenaeaaee ee eee IV, 82 Of Ramsey: CO src.cc.-25csénsccesecsbustpsveseuhosnenarevers a:-ascaesyssuesr elas aman VI, 74 OF Rice COs. ek iss. Balance ticddan ab meds csddeeeade sees cnodons vee eens ee aes eee VEAI9: , Of Steele CO... io dccciacencoddincebaceacedesh pon senssetecweee tnowee hae sae tae TV zai Plateau-like nature of Rainy Lake district..............0..:cssseccseaeseeeeceeees XXIII, 50 PPB rInE VEL iis acbees 3: occepppnabeave MVI, 165,168,170; XVII, 50 WoT EELS J ARE PARAM A NET ca AERA eRe PoE ee rte XVI, 97 RaMIRMMMENS SECTACUUITE 1a 2 T ANI LOd. 2. :25s-0 44-020 -lacdoesesessetcebnseesescecdl anctsaates XXI, 40, 49 Pokegama, Falls.............. OEP Yee DERI USTES DQG VT 7 ONO Fi alPey2 OVALE 13, 204; X XII, 28, 102; X XIII, 141. MAK OMSIGLES) Ol seeecsceoen ee esee ae scs aoe oes tome aoc Soe Meee ee Sees XVI, 438 GMT ATEEMAVIUC IY, soc dectocetscocsptsded castes scOos ooece ue austovcatanet ee aeeaes nna aie doen oaenis XXIV, 48 TPE SS a Tea 6G Se a he ee APO Ee Ne VIII, 14 iP DETTE GS: TNS 5 Cea ROT) een ae ri ree eo ee ae ee an ys IX, 240 Serpe OBE CCOTITI AIS ANIC AM oro sosseastnss Se oeis es ce ees Saenc toes eedee Sado DOSE ROMS LO SUGaTI1O 11S Ola. coee cc eeu gece oe ees eticoeee coe ee on cotee Seat Saotie s ees Mi eis Bapldermiound’ at Wane Wetyc.-27isg0.4: 00 00 ccbadensesotsavektas tote te ssnesinad VIII, 142 SK OL ALA OM Seacna sees eae Eee tes mae eto ac en ACER Sacto ac eek ae eee ene XII, 10 THE Gye Soha Es eee eal GREER ey RRS nor arate eae ine DOM It7/ PAUP TAN NL AICS cree tact hsox Zotas tea tate eae. toeeeean «asses fos ao naln sy eda avec cance otis IX, 267 {BPRS 2 CTS Sai ae ON PO SS A SS ee eee nr eet wD ae POO IRB Ly RUE DN Ris D VET oo ies ts cet sacs Seis oh dns Shoes bog cob vaeeae tere cediscaabesceaesaesenesses X, 105; XX, 243 PD ea a tcc ves ots edeestacees'ne Moe tan diceaetes XG, OA VE 5S VOSn 1 Ol mle FE ORCH PINE MO UNEAINS: ,.<.:2..222 .2-tce sceasseecsasetee se. deeeee eee XVII, 52 equivalent of Baraboo quartzyte............cccceeeeeeeeees XIII, 70; XVIII, 195 Of NUON. 2c hors Sogetsst ates ie sa ceseSasatetoede cuteh tesco ease poece eee See nee XVII, 49 post-gabbro eruptions Of the; AGC... 2y..5.).jsvareostenceossaccotearBtapen XVII, 54 separateness of the St. Croix sandstone from.............. I, 68; XVile esa ttnconformable on the Taconics..:.52.2.0.2-<2vssevecadecesssedee sacs teeta XVII, 51 ander) Mintied polis. cvv...iec.c-2204csevedsocbnres inet cionduons ontnadey =o ony aaa X, 214 I OESOAIINCSALL ZY CES sanesccecstes-tcn ps saceasee ev anaeenereeee II, 156, 160; XVII, 23,49, “S05 in various places in southern part of the state............ XIII, 70; IX, 282 of Sioux Falls; Dakota, 1.225 ¢.5.23.esacoqsescnsane sess veers asanvecee naan XT oe Potsdam | SandStOne....-ccsccse-scessees sarees ewe XV Il, 8,12, 15,50, 53; 70; xoGiae as fotin dan (MinneSotas .ivck..cercse2kss eons snehous ccbecebecce abel a: oe aaa X:, 123 PETE AL SKEECH Of incre ce tuc soeis dot cveon sous ausenttenht te cbwacsteeesoe se mereees I, 68% iso EO Daina ie Sy as suhag us nteven cop dyed sash aanss ta hbaer tenth ipo unig cee XVII, 61, 62 In oatia bec COs ciiisikelicdescavaceotecdvscaseshi se sates «cb osebune tats eee ean XI, 123 of New York and New England.......... X, 126; XIII, 129, XV SSeaewe significance of its lithologic featunes....-.%...02..--00s-.-ss4+00ressse sponte I, 42 shores of L,. SuperiOrs....sc.00..-cccesseaceosseccucsareccoesses tosses 4 igh nition arn summary of opinions regarding. ........05.koeseccscssssonsosseecants bushes anata the mppet! Mississippi ...-.s.c.2.02.y0s0sceponsdodpns dagaeynoshnpeg steeds ena XIX, 89 PERE T GS, CLAY i 82s 3 no srceneritegseamruins soe ee serps aco enna aInee Ree I, 117; II, 186, 207; VI, 44 EEO 1G KO ross yettasc cots Sk ap at ask ean oeTee Saeed ee eee XV, 142, 144; XVI, 197 Pottery in Hense pin! Cone... :..c.ccccevaseseecneslencoaa@gectegodesnooss cncasassesttounen amanane V, 101 Pyairies txr Mit a 5h cass cadee ccssacachcccbecege sacha due cnvctecs tyenseeh oaaebieeeeeee eae VIII, 96 PLAIGNE LUV EL. 5 o05csacceveocstvaces Togs ncch oa hgdatutns W10ye> ccvestakacneestntas cet geh canine ateanm XXIII, 141 eseri tion 1 Qf. ME sv. .cdeirettnarels uo testy reesneeeod IX, 235; XVI, 439, 473 Seneral PeQlogy Ofncvsioss.csssedvndessuburcuyehciechsWekesesaseesnsecase even XVII, 128 PPANICE At..01..cccadip-ccvearsaeedsoanownneseh opouastonpehousseess + seus Soataetns is diya RE OLMOTE ss 0ocsccvanesatena cavavucstatvpncneuy reset ob vas Meemteaaaads an iy ohtvieie ie nanan XV, 228 BtrAligraPhy Al aseevcs.ccacasosqsnebinesoususs.onkevaventdiiseyessevedeehseeae XXII, 105 PO cise UR Beaes nse ves scpsgneavccdecs plvuh vs kvdduseeweyeceneisasb Rented thy f¢an ses eaten ana nnnnann PG ey | Prasopora, Sittitlatrix............sssecccesoshesesceseeedensdanagpacnesossnssesonsvannepstaeanas XIV; 86 COTIONCIOG vec nvcendayeces sss nenboUcduepwebeptos Wa veins os SEMEN Th Ccckuh Guan cies sen nrne aman XIV, Sea COMI QUE vesscedsnnvvessaascovsssestosspocssesbeivscouvbabanavesevetsunas¥uaayeduchaneeytael AIV,, Se Preglacial denudation csc cisccvccctssvenscoccscvastsoesoccceusvsuneas sphaeeuneae aaa XVIII; 211; 219 a ae eS STATE GEOLOGIST 249 RCM AE NEUE NK PERM ene rac a cncetaai » ooo asovst sachs cceatacsnoswtedccerbieue bonnet XXI, 128 AA OS# (CRCLACCE TS eaas 08 eee ncdceoi..d-son-c-Sevonescesesve Mtl Au cauevecsobeess XXII, 100 elevation Of NOG AMeriCas.:.sc.01.c.5sccedececedececsone SEE ee oe Ul Seg [Se Prehistoric mitiin@ On- lake Su periOr..0<2:2cse.c.cecd-ca500sasegecsecsssseenosseees XXIII, 117 BEER ERUE cosa tok 5 sos eer cs ce eee ae Soon ate ead dot ibaeevsdvonsubeewene EX) 22X53: 2x12 238 Pre-Silurian rocks of Minnesota, table....................::0cceeeesseeeeeeeese MN, facing 4 EAC CSEOMOREN LTORE CO 5 eceecte se ces ste ace cn nsec soealt ores da eea docs ce cvde oto Secanete sae eeene: Vier 25 Pa MACE Y FENOLEN CUP HALL)» .. <3. 0<.5005d0rensseegtseeseces dosesh hee, cracacdedstedtenehe Vine) BpeeeMRELINI AR WANIS Ee OL LOCKS 3220000 220 cs occa sos ots -pevavscdensstveavelegioe:sacudyetvedtopdeaer. Sra) Erimary rocks, classified by Emimoms........0s20..s..0-s0-deeseeseeoceessonens¥es XVIII, 74 Bip EV OME Olle aoe etes es cc < 6.822 vas s cae vn ctenee cor scnesscoenet cca XVIII. 87. 88, 91 MEME REP ECAGLORIC LNSLOEN «22 22 5-505 ached cocgoseae he sowser see se sh evntpeaoe oes ROS XVI, 367 Pemiutive man, evidences of, at Tittle Palls.i:...05.02<.coi0.cess03 sec destaceeen Nie PACK SIO Pas TTT ONS = scons ke nse oe seen ee OE oe eae SOViM 69s 7s “Ee eTHG sro FEMS OST is bs G eet ee eee RE ne op he ee ORS Pat neat Ee ADP XVIII, 108 HAT EIVIDHTESO CAL sevccccshes «cost beeen sagan eee XIII, 70; XVII,19, 64 AIMEAS LORIN VR cscs: ee sates fees sueot seSoe cee ie at ee an XVIII, 112 Prince, F., analyses of ores from the Stuntz mime................0...cssescceseees XV, 259 Eee CCPL CWAT GSH 1S IANO .-22.hsscrecct sess cs oxso otra so caeen, ste Dae te XVIII, 157 note PMMPBMRO SB COCR AL: £058. 55 «3h Gon ae tue ca asus sakes: ede sisarbaes het ee ese I, 40 rata ren Ot Coarse woke Sov ssccectas esa oi cos en saat eens Poa eo ee XXIII, 104 Problems, for further reece Cielo woencapdete siteate aboes areca tac tunes cates XVIT,10, 64 Ota MeyVUESADUTLOTM OLE} vacncsccsseeote ico case eee MXIT, 134 LESS Oy ELE LEVEES? seat Ai Bain ARtertne es Ono eae tai cha ok DC Pera en, See ae 2d XI, 25 Production of Minnesota iron mineS................:::sseeeeeeeeeees XV, 258; X XIII, 217 Eee ALLOSS. COOK COUNTY... cc0-2222- keassennscans ok reve heneole Rie ee nO LASS ae SICH DE HCL COAST ot hy ooo ois oo oar ne ee EN es Sh ED EE XX 229 ETOPress, Of EHEISULVEY...:-250.5000<-8e00085 UPN Oe 1 Ley eyed OO) (hea Ws Vaal INVES SO IC aR Va BSS BUT, ee Sew DB Goce BD ia 2o. Cr HG) Ear. H hats su.) O EIS OSS) (NVC BN ew Le OXON Bie ge OVE Os Oe A KX te KT = Re LSP XOXGT DT Ass XEX TVS “vit: AEE TESS IO ETI 9-255 sos a2 sce. 3 sags3ceoesseeeae seems Bande acctvecsremeces 2 sec saste- side oe Oe egos Promontory, Knife lake...............3. Re eae ees Nee IR oe Sp eH XVI, 208, 209, 235 Provinces, geological: PE OMEIN SOU V5 SU POTION = frosts conse oeot es besen soikeees eatnac tates moive ee geological and physiographic conditions peculiar to each province, XX, 190 i IEE AOAC AR 2. of MER ar 5c 8 alos oat calc hc Hie ¥c ek eats ov ents sa statea ae dee XVI, 326 GLARE VLC™ i ccns sesecreo se duce asvooctuecodrovcsacet eb ocktus ce toceas ca ecensee an OIRO ROVAT., Sik Provisional interpretation of northeastern Minn., by A. Winchell....... XV, 190 Ned TUR OSEAN 7 111 7 canoe ates stots edge tek aoe vc. 4Adabs Gnaeus. beack ee ode Ree XX SS Pseudo—Messer, Lake.......... XV, 120, 141, 142, 144, 411; XVI, 109, 196, 341 Observations between .COwersand:-.i.2cs:000e 022 ssccdee eee XVI, 195 Re SARIN Re SAS LC CEA freon (cin Se Jones Ioan ares sogcawtnac susie sarees ne XIV, . 63 pe none of the Geological Survey corps, VIII, 3; IX, 3; XXI, 2 Peis ms 4 TERED TAVer ae os ee ne e (ee cn e nee ne, ar SON oo ee XXIV, 34. SEDECESIC I: UN Ra VMAs. A SoS ne a a RN nee. 2) eae cn er | EVE ee les C1 erie aay Sens Saaery ye anny 2, nt OP ee Eee ene 2 Ae PY XVI, 200 Eerinesicy (THELEOEILE)) sea act inv, - Sse eed ova See Soh oe Sa cece eR Gaee eee oe aw A XIX, 180 Em pelly; Riz ctted..ss-<-- he (opel So OVO =x VEE 199" xo ol SO + a a ‘ ‘ , 250 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT DMAP AG 6s. casas cadgoud issanecicnetensencs . Mesa bl OLES, .c0.vacci ct. Pabsas consocks << edeadeskas) ie Seemann XXIII, 101 OLHEr PLOSHECHS.... Mirarssvcssevrvacreeseveroncs sscesyunveee tusnsos> pes herteeauyee XXIII, 80 ’ OLHEL TESOULCESS. ..ues, da vnnscdscvespessadecs+s0ssspalestprovedous cops veal egtaneas XXIII, 93 Preliminary repOrtMOn:,,...62...-ch-o1er-s 0s .sceseeivamnapsarscoups ti eaemeans XXIII, 36 TOUCER Of Cra vel LOG... .vcaiccetceccvscesaos}orssene urbap hace ch svmcyoanh esp cabs acta IEE Star P Mllli.......ccceonssescsusshedsvvessvvancdacdetooveuspuepbasenpans covsnetnyn tal) ss Amann an 1 PRAT Y LAKE CLG, ou..aesadbottaras on cbeyaveneriwaersiaeiens aoa temmra eens XXIII, 47, 67, 78, RELLY LSEUICO SURET pron vc sactivens «nvvp aangeeebacatentnmastes XVI, 408, 466; XXIII, 72,95, 98 Ramsey Co.: BOOLO GY Ofs...casadassssiacecsesssacccscuscesess sores cues tennessunbvosRSyp Uspapps>ss4ateamNe VI, 66 REORrAPhical Mag Of......sscsccnsscescesvoccoesrnvesboakseessacwapesybogencnh Vi facing 66 a , a STATE GEOLOGIST. 253 RST PIN Se ters ree ee en deuaee os cocecdcevesVedccteeracedescteess IX, 80; X, 103; XVI; 274 © ORAS POUT AEN eee SO RRS ASSIS SAS aS Se eae, Be tee a A XVIII, 215 Rattleand Nye, chemical analysis Dv...............:..:ccssssseeccceeeesesenrencees XVI, 80, 83 ME aPC Oe AG Reta eraser ee Je otc apcnie ees 20s dn dednile oaucesataaPioss scuwdtes stoves XXIII, 82 EPPREVIA TI RIS SATICES eres essere once nc io atecerercatce cen eeee es auccccon iets XIII, 10, 20; XV, 402 AM MOGEMAVEStELEM MEN NESO Casa se.cc..-p2focasesesce-deceesecs dsastestenceeser oe OL, OS GEthenntennatiorna eb OtnGaty + ys.c09-2cscceck occ eee cuese teen cee XVI, 143 MGEELIESHOLE’O tela Kev UnOM sees 5. sok er ern ee Vie ts Gent eNO tit iy nance uh s c.cseeet ote tenchsec ee seat see eu cat ttc eedenesbersced comree Meee VI, 44. NMBA AMO Geeteee 3 cs. cecal dev oscesd sas teeeaaeeenran wut eens ie ate omar dees tees VI, 45 RIC ERC OMIM ede aevcns ic = lacvacbuse.t cess Savsacaecsebnsae bonttec nieve aeons VI, 43 Wart COLMM EY sttecd aces stsetr ed eoer-> se dsoeuecete ced ssrcdeedt teeccc seen ae VI, 43 ECESSIOMMOL NIAC ATA EH AllS 72.-scc2-2.c-02-1 asdesesae Cleace ak -eoeste-beh codes XXIII, 181, 186 ep StwAnthony falls....c0h-c2e-...cdeee V, 175; XXIII, 182, 186, 190 DIEENEMEE. SHEED Hess. 5s ecc eee ds cake scas tence toe vod Toea teas hots oleate TX, 338; X15 139 REeeMAOL Held WOLK, U.S. Grant. ..0c-- 1222 -cemstaee toes taathdiva seis tisss oddone te VSS Redtormation tH Minnesota. ...::::.c...-s.:2s-2cesee>-eeses XVITI, 184; 202; XXIV 24. Heresed MET CTIGG PIAL sch eew ene tdacost nercanosstecdectcseseeransuest eres totere Reset sua se se ontenet ees Pease ae VealarZ, Redvheat test for the separation Ofgminerals:......22.2..is.1-.c-0ceecscceccssessere XTX; 50 of Tae ee Ae are _ Ses XI, 153; XX, 88; XXII, 23, 92 eerimyatlcer Gat INeSEL,V atl Olle. is ho-coe sei cehcna chee tec ealivtoeceaus cbs cade eee eae XIV, 339 ed iver of the North; above Breckenridge - 0005. .)5... 15. ctesenewce se teseese ces IX, 246 chemicalanalysissoOinwaters-O fiers oe tecteccrsessooeeoe occ nse ae eee OZ ESCH ELON Ofte. 2a cteeeesesless cc saneeee ce tes secon estesthuats foshuteons subse nL TX 22k CH SCIRSSI OTOL. soa seeceoe tec oss cote ae eee oe Sea ane DOLEXG S27 ONC aaa LS Wa A OM Oe soc. sedee eee sale beeen saat ecbes cack Ja cree Oana eam nee Oe VIII, 93 Red River Valley water supply...... VI, 9; VIII, 113; 1X, 166; XI, 144, 146; . xGhy472-LX 135, (O83 XX 101, 445 365 XVI 2d 23) 1735 192: XVIII, 184, 202. Red rock, IX, 58; X, 180, 101, 44; XVII, 21, 173, 192; XXII, 3, 77,170, 179 eesraplc OC a IK CS coos ce soe ote va ct cons cose Soc sade sos deste iis inethameonk XVIEZIS S31. 212 PRexean ss NERIESDINUELOC Kivei.s- she oe occ d_.5-h0i- sae ooo cce dice cndasnoue! Gate aptawa se ope sonaecos nab eeeuss XVII, 49 AE AK EIS ELC LI O Wie ae costae coerce seac eonde 2o eseee erred mee XVIII, 90, 91, 142 NEIEIIOIAC.tccrstessecacccudeteed seve Scasconceycecstess secu anosanetet eer costco XVIII, 98, 100 PRESENTA CH CIAL UZ ViCCrs sa: stot sisesebscdcadesenceeeteetes cree cet eave ccs 1 158: Willi OS exe 2t RECS MUG skc 225 sega teen ct acca see he OnE a at doe ok « comcatn Soa nae ea a Seeas Tes once Xx, 120 Redwunnorsection of Baru bluthy v0 sccceirseescensacecachocnccecnsetes aorta aceese oneal VI, 45 Redan pen atttCeStat, Well! o8. 18 corse sens bescncds cSesctsdasiss iki ecsessieé teste eeeese, DGD Lys RedwOoOGsP alls’. i:.c0-.cosesesess once a= soos ioe sk sc oeedanond VIII, 102;XVII,-8; XXII, 30 LDA acess hae = nonce ce Pooe See vd sa eRe laa vos seuE Gu eSenaoacask SeoameOT oa XXIII, 94 ROMA iach a seco oaacde oie toc eo ts ie sae eer Mea sit syne cnaee ccs Serer Nie dass reese XXIII, 102 CEVA) CRT AN, loots coon aOR is oe uc me eae ae kee ee ee ae RS oad IX, 243 SR SRS, oe Oa aati 2k Se elaetataee eae A, SRR I MRD II, 76, 167, 188 Re-elevation, of St. Lawrence river basin...........c...ceecesesesceeeeeseeeceseeeX NIDI, 156 by aewave-hike- epiro senic uplift:-z-..2.:....-2s sns-seo-seeeee econo teeee os XM, 162 TRSSES CE CS TC OS ae SR eR ace cet eer ee een ae a een oan ND. D4 I ea Ho: eM yd PONV icnt ce ccosas seeens c cen 551s sep essacn seca oetee ste acae snl. oapseeusies teat dec uencee vues XXIII, 218 Relation of Champlain epoch to Quaternary era.............::0:sseeeeeeeee+e © NII, 185 cana KS; OMMMILSCAV. OGLE: 2. cos eetauecetes sates tncconesacsemeeb rasta saeae toateeasoossceens XXI, 143 NEM OM La CS eats sore ees oe ans once Peace Cree oSs nod Satter soak etme aaa ovbe tee tohevelessavebueaends IX, 268 eet se LACT COMM by se .cetee satcep sacs casteaan ra ohe odie see toccoteteaes cooei abaaenhics Ls WO SO Meee BRE aE oUt LTR cca reas eh aeasrice cade en ae Joa cae eo eade asco oR ctasite 10d. 01 «Des ius dnaadcweatRe XVI, 140 254 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT Report, rules for its distribution,.........cessecseesseeeessseeersseseeessessseeeeseeees DG 8 ee «55 Republic mio asitain -. «1205.36 c eayestes tsennees orod-re acer topeeeeer ss -vamget el eraeeteews XVIII, 171 Republic, Mich...............ccccsssssssecssccececcsscvecnsnsesessesessecsesensssnccerenerenssnnes XXI, 86 RRetatIT OT URIVEL os ooncc. eo Steet ce se Seee eee wok coasters dodees. oe eemaeembe ses vat easeee ct XVI, 64, 277, 356 RGPISCH, WEL. ,.CILEO <.502.cccen- soceoutnwsbn saas'anspdte's cnet: subonssiedece>a0a0 pry seh onon-onk neveesese XXI, 26 RELFEALAL MOTAIIES occ s2ieseceesa es das coson2 sobovncen es cocvenpebensdacossctenntectesesaeee Sark XXII, 145 Resources (financial) of the survey............. Ti SOeAt9- T1977 5.V LS eke % XVI, 10; XVIII, 3; XX, vi; XXII, 11; XXIV, xvi. Mebcrreie ML Ds secs. ccsazect -cetastasnte ced onoj covvectouden’coMMMMMtets (yas oond cans odpes~cuneeea tenner V, 187 RUIZOCALDS........00scsceecsccnccsneesecesesssseeesorcessecsnscnsererseosscecsecvenansctces XIII, 150, 164 Revision of the stratigraphy of the Cambrian...............cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees XIV; 325 Mhptie sland. VACOMIE IS kere nns-e > s0+--2-rogdengenes +b cretapeaensepna nee Sareaaomeehseee XVIII, 77 Rhynchonella ainslici............ccccsepescesseteeceeeeeesecsseneaeesenreenesenesensecsconees XIV, 315 PRAGMEOUILEYs.- 050000 ste see sc sape ig Webenatores sxeeGeunstys ness s cavsteren sean IX, 373 Robertson, R. Si ...ccccsescccs. cccsececdesvonssnandsosegecuauspencrsc.csuescoresbabnenyannaves emai XV, 214 RGPisSOU, A. L.. ssecsevesssessexnsesenoccvssagsderpecsvascponkumbobosonns bsanshomageniysrgsaae XXIII, 83 RG OTE SCL cess oi cescovaccdevovabocecastsopnrcnanessts velocuscettlighydaunaeis». sosweceneecbaeeenone sas eene meee XIX; bs SACCHATOIG LIMESTONE: cich.scc.ccshcce sede -00s cos cedovecen sec sdovaeestesbac cate cs sopee ners een ene SaddieiBags and “Froe Rock lakes... 20) icc. -ss.s.beccnsonsscesers< oe ee ea XVI, 98 Sapantaga Take... ...2ic-cc-o--ce0-0s--osneosonnsunoser XVI, 211, 214, 217; XVHI, 179, 183 PAT OA LOL fies ter ocs ease ea aaa Sacco aoe et coon e ne a ee ee XX, 83 conglomerate and syenite at Wonder Island..............-.ssse0-+000+ XVI, 220 MeESCHIPTIOU fs, ot. abs 1. sheet occ aden cecetooustocecsscungaianeeh teary tae eam XK eS PVA MMIC ALECAMON...02.c-25<.-cncavsonsesnar sds sngananeege cnnge=stenrey XX,«37; XXIV eee Cre ThE ens ee ere Peece he eer eae Cee XT, 43; XXII, 70, 715-3 ieee AERP DOL, woos fe Socev cv ceocnanneunnianrese=aerten=@evetscetireiss «sna staat teste ate eee XVI, 218 Saginaw mine near Ishpeming, Mich............-..:..s::ssccessseeneeeeeseeesseeees XXI,*~-87 SCCEIONIS? Abi+ 2s sec5-ceacesevcccashsces ste avasss senses sche cuss tesucedetomsaseeaaee XXI1 96) Sr ae Bees ANC, bce scscoesescdcsceccy cncune passa emasncenah anus ote marr nes ary XV, 93,94; XXIV, 49 St. Anthony Falls, conclusions regarding.................. ocvabaiessteastae s==e eee V, 187 eSCHIPTOTG...2+:.-tezsrcoasonseance~cas pects owacefasineacheepsarerennan eee eee V,L79 GISCON ER yeiiew. cocaccvrceantseave=sesscscecesoeneder-agareteeeras ether ease eee I, 22 BeOlogical Map... .iecccseresccceesessececeresesncees cosenecsnnsuscunsansers X facing 156 pleistocene geology Of ViCiMity........esceeeseeeeeessettseetsseeteseceeetenaers V,456 TERESSION AEs, esse. coavos nent eden etics vaste eseostre woos V, 117: XXIII, 182, 186. SGe8 Saint Augusta, Stearns COUNtY.........cccseesecceessenteceetessneesenserseeserennaeeeseree XI, 106 St. Cloud: POCIES TOE. sci ece tocc sak baci trds on aba vock at a oebanduceeck doth te tesens att ae eG ey nat Syemite Qranite frOmM..........eececcceesessccecessesseeeeecesecnsnenesscecceneesseenes XI, 82 LOWHSHIP Of2e505-0c2e-cnenes chesdstveses nckenncecgesSecvapisetahhssvesaeeas sb skeet eaEam XI, 106 Siri roix: SAUUSTONE, AGS Wl acces-secpcsseseesoscc asses eect ashes I; 70; Il, 155° Xvi COM POSItiON.....6.......ccssenscnavnccceeseceesssecns¥esennssannsecsusncrsestenessSinSaPEaOea 1, fe CHIBA GO CO. s.5.05 lesonsseeesnstongevs6¥e vend evs Cosvanbbernesnetetey ys ica Meee nes ama XI, 133 GISCUSSION | Ofecesscvncsccvitssdoncceebavecets -o->cocdeeyevdhcght 50.5 ceeenaeee Il. 155} aks ees Fillmore COUNCY...5.........cetecsesnscccosssccoptenesseccsocvonesessgessesescatessahesune IV, 31 HLOHStON COUNTY... ...cessecssevnsbovesconsvosevnsevetnonbiety'nnehssh tess (ceed peeRnammE V,, 29 Pile COUNLY..../0..d-2nassetedsvoceovsnessacconsesnbounsunssossoxsoensesteeenanaeeaae XI, 132 St. Croix river, investigations for COPPer NEAT,......ccccceseeeeestereeetereeeeeeeees D.@ pa tes nt St. Croix valley, Lower Silurian and Huronian..........ccccccsesceeeeeseeees XIX, 105 St. James, mineral Water..........cccsceceesnneccesseceseseseesseeessseneaneeeeeeeeeens XXIII, 205 St. Joseph, Stearns CO.......ccccscesseeeseesseerssetessecesaeseeessesesseseseneeeneeeeeeennas XI, 106 St. Joseph's [sland.......ccccccessceceeseeessseeestseseeereceseeeeeseeseeeesseesneeeneeteeney XVIII, 88 St. Lawrence River basin, subsidence and re-elevation.........c.ceeeeeee es XXIII, 156 3 a } STATE GEOLOGIST. 257 SEeawLence limestone petllmoOre COls.. c-ciccsedhcacsadisescoocdsosdesalous oct eds vee IVa ae PERG EFS EOE OO eee ce rere oon a donee a scotch onseee nee ced Soe udokootteaee Ande deetee at V, 29 BANE NELE SO Mien cen ee saree tec Oc os ove sh oes sow oe aad Fes ccdousas WedewsesModendasectauets ts II, 150 MEG API E ACHAT AC LOLS Ol... 2ccotescv.qpcenesusensstaceseeeceaege spsstaxevacvaseet oes II, 152 RII TAE SCAB GALEN str ce cs oa nds 3-5 3000S oo 52sngk eile Leda oa ian vouaeuatceicrspai devas VIII, 103 PEMSIOTMOLS Pied ol OLA PUNY es tec. 0stces see cuss etn deceecaus sacascceoertecedeceseescces XIV, 325 Ett. TL OF EMSS RS ee coe ce Ee ee a JEXS MANOEL 3S 6y Sileexel. 35 RMR C eR EOS 22S ite Po Fsa +22 acl sa dce un voversBoet cde sane . C able RVC STR Note chow oe euet Lone sae d eee GAME Caste ne Sdneeos te sdes OO Oe ROL PepImeltiEO atta SALES OF... 5s cecke-. 5002 concceaee cae eavne has tncseeotdvone sees XIX, 109 RMU UDIRVES RTCA to ac's-o<-/s22e08e cece oes evapzssersecsbevséuccdneesstecoteseetcess Was tekves0se XVIII, 8& xtep LATS RW GIIS S262. -5.cnss acca scm ecosecesso-vnes VI, 89; XOXIT, 55; XIX, 85; XXII, 34, 44. BIRGEEUECIMITINIES COT Cle esc oon eee cae so nas eecehee WileaiG ET OTTEISEMO OL VEC les Ihc onc cots saa Soe ox acs ae e reese P eee Mie. sh HATTIE Sie ace ole Ihe iad Re et Fae Mee oS Beata th Pete II, 196; VI, 84 LENT Wey EASY Ho 8 ae ve a Pe ENO RE ERS Sa oe ol pe Ae Pin Set ME OO MEME RSRCIES TIT SOME. ALGA tc50 2. X Vil 29% 1159. XX, 43; XXII, 70. Saganaga lake................ EXE Sav eX Ss el LOX VI 135 33a, 2h 2n7: XVIII, 179, 183; XX, 88. MOM IAAT IE Coe oe eas ies Me otov saan aecw. sedate sieeestorcarestapelane ss XVI, 47,172; XXI, 87 Seed eae aaa lea centre eer, Soret cae cho ecb so UNM A a Oc ccaa's Soasdetessie ctentasgdecnceetee XV, 98 Salt brine, in northwestern Minnesota................00.00008- XIII, 8, 41; XXIV, xxtij “SEDER IND) 52 WS GS ge Soe ee ee ee ee eee SE demace sot encase XI, 146, 148 SalpwMinnesota, tirst publicly exhibited >... ..5..-...0ss2s2 <00e00efaccoss dees. XIII, 8, 45 SHE SIDS ERS RSS SCR RRB CCA EEO EEE tare PC Enercon, HERR e ert EVD; MigeSG Saaveiloat, Belle Plaine...%..:.:.0.--.+-caecrscoescacs0scs-0ce88 T, 120; Il, 79; XXIV, xvii BS MEER PK iat Pol AACS ee or cesee ee ctoe ces cee ook. eet cteteeaed naa fopsastas esse stake dnwaehteiet tact oes ae XI, 204 Meet OL trawme Mee weotcesa ye a 5 s-chenee nee teotee Siccek reeves coe Meee eccasamaeset XIII,8, 41 recommendation of sale of lands................c..ceeseceeeees 1,119; XXIV, xvii BSTIOTER ON EO acer pene A ORCL CBOE OCR COE Ee Cee EE aE EE ery. NAB iain GIT CL bce teeaee acces recat dee ais + 2 oP setae ec Sek was eee See seae TaeSandaceds Seveds bites B.S WETS ao teAnsierto! DOALG OL LEGENn tS. .2cc---- 25... 2.11i5....2.tetaress0se) ssnae-eape ceed tenes soot ee eee b.6 G0 Ram (ch PMS soy oeraeeciees seach cobs ok Sune ss hae ebony sede senes poneeeatenn Seo lteg ean ieee Uae CUALEZ-CIOE GEC Sts. 3 55. ceces c ios sc iee tneeveesren-cavaneateenaene sesso hse eee BG LOCK (MOAT sss5 2. cos cadeobans cetnneas te teotenee csvceso ante ee eee eee eae _- in eee XI, 103 Gait RAIS UALIY -.0...2.255recnnt dave sel cocbsndsines-scnpsdauetengenass ses: asaaed een XI, 110 SYOMILE-ATAMILE. 4.0. 25... ebony nes ocoecsenceatncavaeessncsencpuh achive -quaseuteae aaa XI, 80 Sank valley; ‘Cretaceous. .detbee See ean XVIIJ, 92 Scenery in Olmsted Coi.....5..0c.-2..ceeenssenesaseesnensousnedsup asdens sustessaseneeinnn naan Schists: anomalous characters of some green...........-.....sscc.a0+sscosseeeuseeune XX, 24 AT PULACEOUG «31.5 -cicccvctehsueesst-soy>bpknens Jeucuhubnpeeesy Attain XV, 284, 296 arrangement of ‘the Archean.....:.5..c--.ccscesseeesccsbecteons «see OteeRaNOnEnE XV, 174 CHO rib ache avec. coccsceelesdedevedoatese.taccdesagudesequecesss fepeacesaecees cannes ..+scssdevapnesdese+~eokes¥tabaontheinnnnenaaan XVII, 91 PTAY WACKE, 0:21 205000esnbovandbned onsen esses cauesvseonnescnvesssse¥anelehatt aE XV, 80 teen OF CHIOTBIC .s.6.isiscsessucsecsecsesdsccseucaopanconnsscothgunensnyy sys smtnnaamm XXI, 23 BV Or ni bleades: Ags .sssissvsasscoedessce ciel somstaguncdu guar cosseh sub pvens Octane VIL, “S32 Keewatin........... XVI, 336, 338; XVII, 37, gold in, XVIII, 19; XX, 122 Of Lake Of the WOOdS....050sis.sissc0scsevcnagisencscece’.sbsthousevnce eae ann XVIII, 49 MALQUCLIC QUATEZ.....csecccncrercescecsesereonnequanerssoctecessannsnenenses XVI, 49, 67, 139 WNCH cepts. sees XV, 38, 60, 304, 308, 355, 356, 406; XVI, 404, 447; scupeadite ie Jalbats behaetocrs Koeseas aaah creakenmbersceN eee XVII, 70, 120, 126; XX, 44, 65 TCH e: OF hecdaliis.cadsonsqasceahsescubucneydecanaavdalsVonys «0 ghaxGlsWaneiy\hts arieer anes XV, 172 STATE GEOLOGIST. 259 INOH UDA Bay cet an covet ei deoe vai teremesone ese ae dan anelccse swan veveuthate des reduces XVIII, 50 Obprertail ss Gamadaers We. sciiccdeach tess: thts dec theesbes ohn ceae eee c one ovdesee G XVI, 158 OG MV eV era Fetaiee nat «savin sp .Seesec aie sdinahede deb val osu csavatddes sbaterenl cs XVI, 341 GL ANAO 11S KO Merete eree ee ress cies tat ca chcswees tesee toss che eecshe ceo atea ne XVI, 187, 350 SERI CLE CHa erean near easter cess t Sec ase sen de seis boeesc css bused hs ece teens XV, 22; '32: XVI, 340 SSHRC iat Seneereatri bac teaass ss > =e X, 76 Hum bolt Saltwelled cook. 05 ioe si gecets voavectetapat ces cua deceeasows socees aoe eee aE Jordan sandstone, at Jordan in Scott cOunty.............cccceceeeeeeeeees iI, 149 limestone im Ramsey Cott ty: coc ecssi=. 0 2,ccsetenetos: sense cane «ocean Vine Lone lake towBurntside lake: .22cy.2.cc-<.<:-seceqeseaaes ss: eeaeeeeesene ees XXIV, 43> Lower magnesian limestone, Ornoco, Olmsted countvy............... IV, 88 Lower magnesian limestone, Quincy, Olmsted county...... T, 82; IV38R Lower magnesian limestone, Shakopee, Scott county .................- I; 82 Lower magnesian limestone, Mankato; Blue Earth county......... L483 Mantorvilleciitirn. ccs .o.dennc ovsdacvsscnastenpseperses os oetaaeeale “xaeses -acee eee Lo? Maquoketa at Rock Dell township, Olmsted county................05. IV 474 Ten aay oe Hermosa aocae os dogibeccte dss sautbeoveecs 00% seugesteees: tassaen 31a IE .89 Ou? Appelle wa vete.2. 023 cshve. cep entire I, 100 at Rochéestefiin OlmstediCo;, cucctsnctines-bivtertcrtaen I, 97, 98, 102 “ P. v ? « ‘ iy ehthe .. “Sa s) ‘ , “ ez ae EY t FEL Te ND Cet Fey tg Pe Te Oe ~ = 4 a ar ¥ n . FE Pee ee ee, ee | ) ee Oe ee ee ee ee a = ’ ’ —_ ~~ > =e — _—S <2 Se eS ee ae ee j ) STATE GEOLOGIST. 261 Ap ATI SCM COU MEY niaccase sed iica vuteccdddesencc css dvedes duu savettodi nts tex NIGHTS Aig Step AME MOMMY NALS 2: foes ise ee eeeeeseec tees ness teee eka eeioe ss I, 96; V, 148 At PALE HELO MIN SCHOOL Gi poser wees cs teeweks arte occa con teae socks WS Silt Cetie talent rcnce tobe tens csc ansa thee aecs eet eee eas cane Hehe eee cs Tach etedeetuveds IV; 42 VIS Willan SP ID a1 A oa eM a Cs re Oe ee AT EE ee eRe Cee XIV, 348 PANT ESL Th eee ne ce: eet CRS heb; SOLER docoan cceee cease CVE AIG TEATEE U0 VEN {6 (B= a Rena org Renee alae ee ANE OR A ara a ep nes Oe Wad EOWA SEGALL e Wiac Sach eae asecenctadecmeleat conned ads aaebes uae toncenne DOA Zt TBE Bare eS ir I KERR Somos ag BSc oe Seo ae none Beek near ea a Soli = 59 (Carian ol ie2 ie Cys botereneaator cheer Dosen nee er bce eee ieececcree oeonecee Valea CG aAray GG a cose et eae eee os our ea ea a ee VI, 24 UCAS Cita OS Werets eon Sane eneth a ioc osaahieeeeeee ee sueieatnaty ieee ee conceee dee uaass XO SG EMG TelIT tee ee coe. eee eee ccs satan eee eet ae ge Saks ARLES Meee Vis 29 theahospital, StieyRetetsciccet eetesecccesee eee ek seen eosaemo ones DOE 3 Ebnrmbold ty Kaittsomc o iic.cscetace eee nee eee eae XII, 45 Lakewood cemetery, Minneapolis,............... DOLE SOSSX nV ele LGB CEN Cie BR oF couEREE REDE © Sooo pseCOL been B shoe ee ricu ort DLCOnC RD ACae XII, 58 J FSG Kot Bs Rei: Cn Ne Re aan, i“ PM oe Ce ern eS BD ya XMS 2 55 ING opera Vrain Oz ee Oe Be ee a es Rey ee XIV, 14 BONHAM AP OMS raetsene /sscscsat beeen te so tate Senet ees ee aoe ee X22 MIO OTe a di eetancscas bs clade tadsite ais nate ees ca icc soaeneaee ea euna et eres Vion REC Wilt O28 cee eenc. flac cco eed eae remain news Acececunnane haces SLE SF Rosenfeld! Stee. A she co eee reese oo ee ee eee en XIV, ats Ste EPA aes Cemeeee nak uses tu oet meant d wea bona e Newent Soa et Eee ra naRe NS He XIII, 60, 63 SUGE Dye DN Cire csce secede poeanocd mob lsdoano sob sues stocbeocetByearase: XIV, 15 Statereronmescho oles. 20. c eras ee a Wats weal Wally of the On” Ap pelle tive !s.50 71: caes- ovis secreate ee teactesemeees IX, 253 Wes tylo tel Mitnieamolistec-srtucctsccreecceteeteess eee. casters: eV alt BUCO Hel tavaRETTIT Ga eer ae. sce eavsehcceseteat cca dan tensed ccads costes Short peat toc Sreadeeesstexe ends LO Gera @ SEC EEG ACA ail OF a EB OKO) Can seh eae Bs PR Mane Rae EOE BWA RRP ARR DAT 78) MMI T EA TayS Ot Peltte O fat OCS =seseans oe he cscs eae ec sk coeaeac hase Ssacekcs deaua tance sarees sce XV; 193 PONT ESSERE rercete ccc tt veea ce eee OR ek Sete ET OMaL TEE cet en eelaiene teens oetseten! XV, 199 S220! ETRE 2 ohg. sagen sea CR EERE Ria aca cB Sees oe Seno Pier Pe BE era eal XV, 142, 144 SSIES LSI EIAN G Mip oP g a AUae ors vlIl f) [ames STEVE T AO OL CRITICS oc, ciate coe eee ea eta sces Seo eas thee dA ose ENONCIT Lean ile (Sia) [NE OVOra Ls 2 [STS 0) OLR Race o oi at ce Deeee EES SEE Meee nA ONG UDG se Neonode OMT Act SSMS El eID) ran AV angie Cv. sa yvacs er terotscuchsecel VINIS2 5 eVT,, Tex, SO excl 4: EXCHESIO NE WALN UNG EIcuWWini Chel [Pr sscs esse tecece ccescsiae casket eee nee OVS 55 on Emmons’ geology of MontmorenCi................ccccccceceeeeeeeees OVE evel! Separation of the Silicicfluoride forms of calcium and Strontium by means GTS EM LEIA C AGCIC esesee tect oe nee UN ea oy outed tks ee een ete SOX a2 PRECIO Kc AGBAMIS EIT cas 5 sone ee Sk Ra ee eee oe aia eae VP NP ERY pian ar III, 176 Sericitic schists...... XV, 174 222; XVI, 256, 308, 314, 97, 316, 351; XVII, 68 Serpentine group.....ccccscsecseseeesees XVI, 50, 343; XVII, 24, 42; XVIII, 190, 194 Serpentine, regarded as eruptive by Emmone............0....:csseeceeseeeeees XVILI, 74: described by Houghton,............ PRE A Genero Naren cieiae sos Saree Ame XVIII, 89 AIMAGS ACHUSE EES eno rasa tes we rcewe ror cece COs SE Sao XVIII, 92 Original, according) to EB Hitcheoek,.14.\seeeess- 2s eatidce Ses seeee XVIII, 93 POLE EME a tireNi Liane tes cee ee esas craves ROTTER ee tae cescdecu he XVIII, 128 TU OLETIOL UA eae ens oc tenes LenS cas OEE ono, SEEM oe sae XVIII, 159 Atay Cache cs ete eee orcas Sates genes a taeainln o peemetad 42.\c ay asaha ts 22 oe X VIII, 216 Sevier Co., (Meteorite)......... core R OEE MCAS CoC SO OPOR oO RUC REE ES Ea DDG, alia 262 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT Be WEN Makes iciod..ccc5.stsesescbod banc atvnved te gandas cutie eee ties fs v5 scat ae ee sHakopee limestone; at Shako perso. .. ncpo- ico eee aes ns eaten eaeenen eee TV;..3e Olaisted: COMES: 52h prone «coke ope dupeece «Seana: ees eae: Soe IV, 493 [Ramm S@y. COMME: .<25.cedyecces sss cosas teres on so¥-s0 See eeaaeh ogee toes Seeman VI, 80 SIEE ra 8 1d BY | (aaa Aone enn ee See ent, Pr Pee | aoe XVII, 169, 174, 176 Srnptess ts, 26.25 e noes 0 rodney oe apoE eae eee aes + 2: da eee: «oh ee XXII, #823: SSH Wy TEMG. 25 ca con states cc caice sg os ae tetas oa oe RAO oad cs ea ee XXI, 79 Shebandowamn lake er..0....2. 2s. cae ont ses Se eta ee ee XXIII, 147 Sheeted structure of Sabbros, 250.0 .-c.. sos aeeeeeaene s+: ace ee XXIII, 230 SHSM anarl below: Peat svs..2-..cechoe-nnssnacuryuneeres wens ae sdves Meopeietentes beeee eam It nee MELTS HOT AES occ eee wd oe a oaee ae ne ee ee XXIII, 202 Shelton; W. H., donations-to the, Musewmi:............c....0ces00ssee0ehas cea ee XI, 183 Sneppard eC, Wes. 2 esse Aes. oo ssdeat hess bea asets teeta eto Ss sac de woe eee ee X XIU, 154 Sheppard Forrest. ......0-...cccesoeos.cuseesess0gsquetectdoesaserseucalesedieoeseendl, XL iain 1 i{eyel OY 55g c(h Oo We ee eee ewe Pe re ee eee EELS TIRE Re Tet XI, 110 HPPA, I AMIECS i... J2thot onnas busy havea aneee nes taitena Seek ee ee XXIIT, 141 SHIOMIENCS OfsttLOti OLES~. .s cies ora c eat ote ee XIE, 35; XX Seas SS LEG YEN ALC ahr Anh eee Ene Sane e SEE a 8 Set XXIII, 58, 61, 64, 66, 81, 83 SUA CN Oat Lyrica OI a waz ce reed sc tects Se Bastia see seeaacce ce sue eneeer Tees ae XV, 147: XV; £86 SSO MAG or San ee nyt Bk Seems cbeseeus Sashes octbene obec oko ee XV, 131 Shing wa keislard hie. s2 se scagn. Souccstees cece opieccn saath dace wee cena se eee XVI, 105 Shumard, Dr/-B. F:;,0on the Lower Trenton. 05. .2c5: 5 desos0sanecusesestee eae Vip tn SUEVEY Dy l5.ccssc.. cates crontecoasecess sovososvuntenvance sae tuaceseep epee tees Lee en Il, 1307; Sibley, Gen. H. H., donations to the Museumn..............55...-7c0ntss cee IX, 183 on the name‘of the pipestone... 22. \1ciwesos--essioases:0e7>-ceeess7eee eee &. 4 Bangs SChle W a yale i ow hak Bes wed rao eee ee CO IX; 57 eee Sidener "CoB. ee detacncescoodeceseedtyiencentep sea laes slab pepeee satan mains ote ma ee ean XXL, 478 assay of samples from Vermilion Lake..................-sescssene-eeees XVII analysis of brine from a well in Kittson Co..............cessssseeeeeees XIU, 43 chemical analyses by.....XI, 177, 180, 181; XV, 424; XVII, 80,81, 90, 97,126,127; XIX, 121; XXIII, 208, 204, 206, 207, 209, 210 SUG MALE «eee ahs cs Ssccbucctcadoateumh Soepeesuns eeetaee in tess Corer eeeeenecaas Rese iae XVI, 41,71; XE -2s Signal'service, métrolopi@Al notes). iiisds..:..5..cteecssesdcech sass sh tamer sectenaae erase Vip ae Nilica‘ofthe Vermilion miinies. 35.5. overs ines sos) .cqeeeaN ips epee XV, 220, 232, 244 Stlica-kaalin, anal ysis Obs. ..c 2h cecnpres sak cassis, Oaacew Ae easeenae ns Wee re ot: XXIII, 210 Silica’ POwWesP, ANALYSIS yi. .esadetiekssnagvondecs cosas lisv9esyuost esc. cunteebnaty eee XXIII, 21st SSI CEA CE ELOR yp sss conn divgeteeve rc dokg May tae s Lavaet ss anes vas0> SRNe pains eee 22a EREE rene XV, 198,, 246 Silioicilnorsde, Of barat risus sien. bs -ccbavensntvebicy»voveheuntayhhasshevqeuekiarays atten RIX, soE OL CACTI «cs cg sya eiuss'crsabreahintass¥upay cuyinelsspuyaphnns os \¥acsenaee Geet swee sina XIX, -20 OF ASOD serene vn vente be coded puenethaey nbsh apres ab ask SOMME doe i's Vos tention XIX, 22 SO TAR TYEEE des cceuseys seed gudtacacestiepervsbes seven nCuatuas ct0k a Bake hen eaeaae cat tan RIX ws STATE GEOLOGIST 263 me PEN A OTLES IMUM = ee teeter sores. eekc Nests cncanas stants ceesdesadnoasoctse seest ate XIX, , 22 MBIT AM APES Ein een erete. otha ac ear at este niwenshoeecsaacagassans sacs Staehiectitse XIX, 23 BIDS SPOS Upl TERE ae re tee ec. voce eSa accor aoa acane aah ces «Sokenpnapnnpe aces oobeciats DD Gee ally SUSI ULTO TG Oieareccsmes en cea as is. cnccconaces “tag ssee on taht ansnavsceeconsavustas saadeite XIX, 23 CONT Sova EN Ta = Sas ee ee ee I Re Od RR a Ee OO AEE ad LK Ps BMT OpT RE LRLNTN ee omens Seen cas ce ee cata cena Sh snee tener Gals hae Saban ev sues necewes has Xe IPX ee Dal SSM SRC REET PAA TTNETIE CLE? soc s score ee aha cosa se eect lea casct cues sBuobacasceasewets 9.0.4 B Kae. .< Dg aie SMTA MOSSIIS) OLE OWED. sete. cess 20k Gee wnnasssse-eceancdescececsensease OOS: EXON ar melaphyr, and gabbro of Lake Superior ...............cccccecceseeseeees XIX, 114 “SHIIGGIR. Uc ssrse dete blbocce CORBA S ER ice sec ROA Casa aie Ros ar VII, 14; XI, 12; XT, 143 Sxmorarorineat Maylor is: balls.) site scde once. soddecsceduvonscctsqsclnecees XT, 136 HE Aisle ACIS CTA Oltie..s.--ccssececdarscccescoseececesecoes VII, 14, 16, 18; XIV, 319 SOU Im OTP rac sone dol iscsi tert onn es ccssetheareesnavssapseunes REV 6S. (2.0297 eV loll oO, MOT Pee a a aes a's sg eee Orden he sabe aM te teme Sea cm ea uedacwenandeeee EX, 28; X) 115 Heater oe ie htc scenes nance aduemenBeneasné sakesteetanweneess X, 54; XX, 266 LSE A TANTS SS Fe NO oO SA ie AC aN ng ee a ON ee ee XXIII, 144: POT EROM Mi IM eT SELIGE selec. svcsagtpneeesccss85paupeseetecn conse debareesacen XXI, 5, 33, 41 Sodis mot exe tine dts so: «<..0. vesteecsvs--- Meee teo ncn: cco ee XXIV, xxiii So lhees WJ, CLC eS oo ao. = hehas ec oogss suceteemtee ss ne on eeeemesseuatanes te, cee a XXI, 42 SORUIS; JOSEP +o coserctec cee np << othansedess -occancteckastae peoksvescien Socneaepens anode tas eared XVIII, 78 : VTECH COCK O15. ssscdehss swevcocs dopsanecss > J 7 F ' ‘ 4 a i P ; STATE GEOLOGIST. 265 result of exploration north from Gunflint L...... ee. XVI, 265, 266 MOGI SKELCMES Seen dies oof dates accents eden ter dt a eet eas dee OV 27 ECM Nise Beep Ne StL AS let ON Divs... cneec sn casve¢ cdcccocscs cv vdeve conse sevseacendes severe OX ed PAC ANIC viverieccescustMactees- chs en eel eps $e XV, 150; XVI, 101, 344, 346, 347 eee a AEN rd CLAN TROL AGNI sas, «1s culs Oho a cas Nesduaae eveidge Sen asenasasodetsckcsecuvensasst oes XXIII, 193 pee N Pe MANT ALPERT VNC! s..0.2 ceded scope sesdacCcsaccenssonovdcessshsectavadessesenmd sees ORT is Bisel rm ea ea Gneeeres eceeecssaee soo toee to ee tes catenvuese tiene Canstcvoscehtetaddawenesensteds XVI, 275, 276 CREST) CEREALS | 05) A? “a eo PEA nn Re 7 oR 2 X, 54 STEIN T (TTIECEOLILE) eo netor. «2.vectacdses sovacethadades sseasvt ct vesoses ueccescaatepeeceetadse 7.2 DS State Park, recommendations fOr A.......c.cccceccessceuscesceesceceesscessesseeees DOVARU EE a SAraOTAL CN TIN (IMIELE OT ILE) ecoc cas. 1 oss deedees kslecs Secuntetacaseecse dad bee ndctderen ct snen saeseeetee XIX, 178 (STRETTON te 65 a eee Sac Os SR CORO PR ARSRS § 8 Sat ace ee eet net aca Weep Sa MI 22 RernetetiIR COLNE Yi c. a5 vanaedcs= 0s Se dieeas ce ccnasceetecine fac ccoee eae ehe er estaccet ena etee era XI, 103 PeertEt EE AGE SEL PEM ELME=-2 2... svesverene- cs scott eves sooner ee Oe ST OMEMESAVETATILTO TROL ES ere err hac eos Seer oa doe eee oens ds een real PRON OA OehacryStallinest OCKSAM sae: foceceee cs seem tee oan ose ke peter aws «cece ean DV AD SrEAbiOLA PliyaOs LHeMMICSADT tecwes sends cieedises oc -.+-- Aiaareess orp ss tsk ae special description of rocks by Streng .......0........--.cccseesoroesneoware Xx, 28 Strength of Minnesota building stoness....-:.2--:.«--penereer ete ae cee XI Sos MVACIALS, coecsenscseeree XV, 188, 385; XVI, 113,150; XXI, 75; XXII, 34 BEd EER ok koh abot = SR torres oak dock aha esc oecomre Meeee so «Sat gee Ce ara XXII, 197 Sa TeA NG SSI e ure cc . Daa CORE odio meses Sao 27 IX,118 SE IC EEC ESO AID NEOs iets ee eed 92 2s aes saan oy. cea tenes. von: Seenee ene eee XXII, 224 ashe Coy SEAMIGe ROCKS ..:.taserons «2 socdappemeencache™ >= seobaar rae XV, 190; XX, 16 : Oke PUG STECUSEGUESsace-cn..-0 5g 2peacan cre seaeeatinereeec- o#s a. cn oe rawses soonunasuenscnhqaunarsit Sop aeash (a-t- cera aoe XXIII, 130 Subsidence and re-elevation of St. Lawrence River basin................. X XM 1.56 SD REET AREAS GIASEA RES 02, cone oc co conatnin snes auntW eae acrcosdeseapaceps Soak oreo eee IV, 22,76 Sos ChE CAC ec haak ce hcedieo Shak on nae aad Gotc ce one dle soes aouee see eee s Nev ah Oe acemeeanee saa aera aaa XVI, 490 Bacher DATE cee ci ao ciate i ees haben net ee) tone Liane IX, 24 BS reteete WALLER, cocsucei tebe, bev. sens ct dnte ocr oawh se= =n nae eee XVII, 149 Sucker lake:......:... IX. 87; X, 105; XV, 120, 140; XVI, 196, 335, 347, 358; XXII, 22. ESBS IE TIORT Epa cee lso ra nada konto sade - oatbaden Sat cendasn'onvn nna Sdieticen natn ale an ty Miele seee team XV, 279 SAC EE FAV EN so. ccindescteso ee connvcesbunces hace stabeetncstcacsdatnuab suede seeye hen ghaadeees erate XX SRG Bricoeity: Ontario. «..aas-622, secaccatu sober vcsarenpye inne: shgeasaaheshiey repens Rees XVIII, 47, 53 BI AT ASTI. 20. .ci tess ddpousdarveas apap lous apg phtersh tens < ins “Tenth se LT PR Oe CPT Oy UT ARR Ube X, ‘* Bleventh ‘“‘ A NR RS pet ck cuciayh on Crbetebebieabens0sss couepmanate aan Xai “Twelfth ‘‘ Bee shah bes Dev Gand FARA Rae \ Or igs SER OES Ls 00h CE Sy of Thirteenth Anntal Report.........ciccsccsccssccenssereceneccesveesseesnens XII, aanaannranra ca » | hs EO Te ee ae gee eee, ae < Ee ee Pe Pe Oe Ee A TS Te eee ee ee ee < - x f STATE GEOLOGIST. 267 3 * Fourteenth St COSI iy ta WN ne rene Aaee o Cape occ pp bceen PANE Le ‘ “ Bifteenth LY Cheam a aaah neta nae Soak cotta eaeiee Gane a oeina OV cee oF ‘ “ Sixteenth i CCl ngs Pedy eM) ce ean uaneannnasiete een re XeVile VG : ¢ “‘ Seventeenth ec COUT eM eRe ABE Wi tenia oraea sn agiaaatestes RVIE et z “ Bighteenth “ ie Saat) SDV py, ate Siena Aenean ae SVALDII + act ) “« Twentieth S is I) A os SRO rt cEAe og BS 4 and comparative nomenclature........-ccceecrcr erent es Koel eee of Twenty-second Annual Report..........e-serreerrstre res Dee ek “© Twenty-third zs CC 88 on Sri eden cos pneeceried ugpece ce YOO E a! > cola LR ei pei Oa ies Sepece erect rn “tna cach SENT Cen ESI MOV Io29 of observations by A. Winchell.........:-ssecserrsrreerereees XV, 172; XVI, 329 st By U. S. Grant... aces ceteercenusestnsestenses stern tents XVII, 192 ap oe in Canada by N. H. Winchell........-:--esee XVIII, 37 of the geognostic relations of Minn............-.++ XV,.172,.3545 XIX, 118 of opinions on the POLSAATE soe secceiestetnasnse satecesu ceed -eanrsongeonmennscirs: X, 124. of stratigraphy at TG Pe ad Sc nee Eee, pita tees eo 109 Superior, Lake......secceseessereersereeeteneetsess X1.'37; XIX, 114; XX SI, 33, 42 “ abandoned strands of, by LaAWSOM....----:eesceeeersscsesetterstte XX, 230, 282 EIIOPEMOSY LES Of a0 2.-csnatepenssnerstaocnpmtantes seanenpeey °t Taayaste ok at XXII, 174 beaches, bars, Spits, €tC. -.....seererrrreeees SOY cae ne her cl nc aagso- aI P.O YU) coastal contours of the SHOFE............-.necseceessrennregnenecrceenere sen XO 2S iG PrOnles Ofeei iin ema ee eae KX, 222 coastal topography Of.........sssscccetcereteestenete tte tet ee ©, Galen! copper found MEAT. ......csssecereenterestenereesetzetn teeta Nill avs chemical analysis Of Water..........s.ssssceeresrecseeteettet settee eee XI, 174 deltas and and wave-built terraces......--..-ssccctercereseerentsssr XX, 208 geology Of in 1845........sseerereererene terete eee XVIII, 112, 114 geological provinces fronting Peep hi eM Dba rey se RULE efi? Ost 197 minor featurcs of the north shore Cay ee le EB Hr Cenp pone cnn Sect DO ens, Pee darotit be Moreh SHORE La. .e---c--eanesmagee senna ee eet dee VII, 24 GMPRIealls Pe pores wai sees seocacrwcnersfenprecsecnarnn Putter VIII, 126 Gipaetay te ca ticnt ess cerrenyetesnrstsqos trp ear Tone VII, 14 shore features of the present strand....-...2.:.:-seresceeeerereernge DO. G eu ESP SCR INIa rf eo Mian od sheve sce suamensaspess ements toe i ea ae XIE) AO 12 SEG sate Re eee Oo neg ere OE Ye ea eee aA TAS Ue ta MOVE +99 Superior City, beach at.....e..cecbessesssreserceereersereet erent ee IT XX, 202 Superior SandstOne.......sssecccccseressssreeressseen see te et MOVIL Ss distinct from a lOWer ONE.....--2.c...--0e-engrnrersrsetecne nes ten cette nt XVIII, 90 Jacksom’s VieWS O1.....-s.-csseceesersseesessentenenees ene ete XVII, 140 WALIOUS VICWS ODe..s.- -ocecctecrcneneccccceccccerccesstetererecens® XVIII, 90; note, 140 Bureige cantaur of the StAbes.c--:::/chenctenterresserscreee at Re I, 45 IGE CC ONO ey wie tase eile hs cetera Hore ORNS ease a I. 60 TE sera Cutlass oe ey dee care =p rworerngtuestar ney: choo toa arr WOVE al Seow cfbclig Wed Liven Ale. -f-osencesecnnens om otp senereansragernaasees “Merosaas tote Vigo of the vicinity of Sioux Falls, SER] RS cotta cue atsitnt arerie- SON eu: Survey LED oe en Mee ict Abert es reap > Y y xvi etoile be Compiatied: «...--s.seutecsese-e+-neseot=7ereaageneas sone rmpesenenter XXIV, xxvii Rett ty OLS tne? ca. cg MeMeoe tse <- ctrpaterene rmsnee copes oecmaearaese SAE MVIL LS Susan lake, specimen’s mollectedh altace. cp-s-dicvo+- ae sence tense Acrpaees nee er XVI, 474 eg FTE EAVTYS Un PPE PDE Sec PURER OCCU CEO eta sr a oc TG. Susquehannah river......-sesesescerecssstessetete reset et XVIII, £01 Swan, W. E., donations to the MUSEUM .-.ccecccosccasesrseocevuceramesennene: sreacaeerass KAS 268 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT wecords Of deep wWellsootnstny-s-en-seapeste trom sersessunesseeeea XIII, 55,56, 57 S WA ABITIER. S.J. 5s.30,020seis arenes apse etaeeete et ae Deoab a cass Sop eastet reas XVI, 42,178 SOWA EI SEUWCT ae tvs chee such sseoteeeesauste sch seeuereaenstect seeeeene= a) << eee XI, 101; XX ez Swamp lake ViVeL:.......becosttens-sacesne tense tscgeseotcmemen sete n's-pomacdvah wen eeeeeoaeas XVII; 100 Shs UG ea ee a eS ee ee nes ol ampere TSA a ee XV, 146 S Witte lOrd © Ac Die iroekeccacece Pees fats acs ccs scnaseuns So Uieopemeen ts s ook sceet tres rene XXIII, 154 SACS pd BRA pik oe ee Cao eh RN Ar Me le 5S RRR ay eeepc sch: XV; east SVG rae es IX, 87; XV, 76, 79, 294, 304, 330, 333, 336, 339, 345, 348; MVE SONOS 128) dosed: / rel] Fey ar tw (operas See 5 SR SS 855 mere Sa Oa 4) XV, 352, 355 Clete SR oee No sescec sweet boo aeeeanes sos toe eneeee nse sa teee tot sc ee nen XV 1s fromthe Ka wisht wa river. ..i.cachutes co. sc csee eee ee ee aero XX, 42, 60 erieiss On Dlack Fly tbay...:...2/scectstnpoos25 seeteme at passage sooo x Vise eneiss, relations of quartz scHISE EO. :.>...ctissce---nececesd ences psscueeeee XVI, 187 at Wanchell lake svccserscce one ----eee est. ees ee XVII, 175, 181, 193 Syembelake..c st.esccceecuee choca ececustouss sss tsssctanttis snes: s scousepect ys -cc-seoes eaten XXIV, 94 Syenite-cranite froin Sank Rapids. ...:.5.-te0.0.--...s.cceapunpe’ =s seen XX, 343 of abandoned strand Vistesi. 0 25 eee ce ss nnceceeees ee XX, 285 Maples'OFAlEAGES eo ii 52sec hhc sec basende seek ccsbacs eeea aie aaeene see Eee XXII, 21, 139, 148% PPACONIAT: AS) AECL: ..).2esc.ccccnsicsse soc cadwadsa ses cotesteccusescoeetesuse ae sneee nomen XVIII, 153 PAAITAL IOI 3.5 sc ecesec cascc docs scbesses cocoate aee noe EEE XVIII, 154.15 AVE ey Tr CO ae, Ve ee peer X, 129; XIII, 131, 138; XVI; 9) 45 eee ARO LS Sees: coencn de stack tou ownct phar te soantaeb anes eeeeee einem XVI, 170; XVII, 46 PASE Ot ee hess cas see aa eBook ee ce cad ek thas ta aos dene oes a ce XXIII, 34 ejmivalent.to “Hastings series” <.recsd.cacdusnc coh aol-=-hceures eee XVIII, 153 SEOUL) Socotra ach ne degen oncaeid ita kns oSuskatpueeds terck ys Began seen Pere XI, 169 ideas Giscussed in) VS4deoe ok... .c scare ccncsenescoktteensna sce eteenetean eae XVILE V70e TEOTL OLESIO fi sdse ces capa ccanvereesedchecasdiendecduess tesedee es sie eee XVII, 48, 51 ATE TR od cc odeg olen evicccgdtreccsatec somtedeta ance gas ipek teknek nave se ea ee me XVII 7a WATUPE:, «sccvcdcers suoewesentdss sodassacteadccese onavorpaycce Aacbsencese: eae ect qoaeneeeme XVITE tHe OPemin ye Oh poo. see cea gaemss eve odes si aut onvods nu getasee thy aeeees nan XVII, 47 Che! ai per A5...dscp. tssace-setacdya sotapene su on qs shee sc os atesea eee eee XVIII, 78 PP ACINIC SLATE: s.52..c00ths castes santos kesncetepttend cost eraseeeteted XVIII, 75, 76, 78; XX S26 Maconic svstem) chapter, ON. <.:i.sckevaescers-os>.ccsccevertiecuiba: cue XIII, 131; XVII, 7s extended peorrapMically...c.viceseccsscccs.codevgestontens>+aassthecusiesstanne XVIII, 77 grounide of Mefenge of. ..cini cli csepescosss.--pnnsnyheieseecss sco seen XVII, 77, 81 COU Piascesescocopdshuhsunsvercamnpaenicdsdasssdelecsedaeadnelihensy isso Ghateinntanc san XI, 169 AI GOTELBILS O01. cist eas ons’ rscnvadss scereecutssrice casssn eRe tag eae sn ctu eas XVIII, 82-87, 139 THOUMUALOG, .isvesidersss ccoubcebuoksssudvscubitescbaberapuehacgars i kes SxeNaRMGne Reena XIII, 134 BVA Mt eieans .ciesvioens. sdccnyudesd cvsaessVorses coves Geummnae Paccsuns 2aceaeeae Reseed XVIII, ‘92 sustained by Hitchcock. :,..;:ii.si.teossssconecssdntassubiosen¥ecansiheaessnane XVIII, 101 a : L. - : a STATE GEOLOGIST. 269 areabeaatie CMe ee astern tors epee ar oe MIL; 131 ee VELL TG OPPOSETS Of.....-cecereecererserserserets tte XVIII, 70, 75, 76, 777 102, 103, 138 synonym of NETS ARE PETROL SOL ca ae gd XVIII, 144 N. H. Winchell o10.........-..-scceesessesserersessene sete KIM 13h; XVI, 184 Taconyte, brief description aR di cec nth cosh a taow dope Sos eS ancen™ RO, a ee specimens from Mountain Iron SATE Sete oe eee Taha entree ey CLO DEE OT 05i Retr CCR Eee ean ae a 20.4 Wales: SEG Oar ea SH XXIII, 209-212 os ec TT a ROIS © SMR CPR EE ne eo eS a a Kee eS Taghkanic system O ONIRICEU sact ee tea teas ce Se ce sgenmen se near necnecoee ese oe XVIII, 73 Ora eh aca cheslabescnnnsteermeescrenerg ter XVI, 49,176; XI, 24 Talcoid schists of HitchcOck........-.--cssscrerecesn esse DOIN eh BRP IEEE = so cstsaces-cuenteacsenssconcnsescsseessocesicee eae VI, 24; XVI, 175, 195 PERS Cilied...c--s-cansr-nn----sereunceseeyson ee XXI, 34; X XI, 162 _ Taylor, L. A., testimony regarding a find of an AllOy.......cseeeseeeeeeeeeee XAV, 3235 Bane Mer PNCGS DV nn cc... caasecneeseanscrsaezr ses corer eT Giga Pea leie Ie Bee glcitis Palls.c.:cce---2-sc--ce-censinseneente ere X,116; XXIV, 44 qeaphyr-porplyr from-.-+x---.--+---escerstr-scssresn str XI, 45 Seplorationdor silver Beat -:.c anaes XI, 136 “ov TSR eR Ra AR ST XVIII, 193 Tavlor, BE. B.......-.----sesrecrreeetreerre XXII, 59-61. 64; XIU, 164, 168, 170, 182 Teal lake slate dyke......-.-s:-cscessesresrersense sneer XVI, 42,180; XVIII, 172 FRE o a tase mee act Pa ie ga MOVIL, = ok ag) SEE Fee MRR eae aie Ne RR XXIII, 226 Technophorus(?) extentatus.......-----seccrseerserseeesnrenn see eT XX, 222 eta Gas), Mathers 2.-aence-n oreo ctee-eennnenetnncr nearer D:D. 2 Us Peyton kesstis ca -c-ng-7-- Sense a XIX, 216 (im planodossatia tare agenepe ste et ENE 207 EN ie SC CC ne Ree Ore me ai SET NeLXe 2S foie crpcatnad aces. Sorin t etc en ee ae rape XPM 2LS Gye cea lictas Poot cts: ceasert Seanotee ren cree XEX, 220 28 GEE ag cera cee a aoe XTX, 221: Prisea this ie TAKE. -.c.5t.a--onn-nen-etenneeressenncersene settee ene XVII, 123, 124, 130 See IC RINE. XVI, 142,; SXONG wd ea Terraces, TIVEL......--sccceeseneceenrrsseentaneestesees IV, 67; XI, 140; SEP: 93: Se ae Terrace PpOint.......csscccercerecseerersseeerts Se elAck ipeaw aaetass eta Sea tesa nC odeaes Xe ae Reon Cotta clay, Reds Witig—--.2. Chas death OF... ...usccsesv.cssacis sewosenvoncs 1eaeepee cas : tecene > sae Oe Socvee IX, 170 SRP EUR EO Lone ac; «Foc assteeceesonne ps ophcivens cneeeeVoresaaioabes tet ghetaeee tee ons Sarerel caer eee TX, 25 Theories of the origin of iron OTes,................008 KV, 223; XX, 1785 Xe Matessal on: OntATIOss..evsceresttcasen: sco caeneee eseeusendaseneeeae XVI, 14, 18, 21, 147, 164 TLV eLyand Valley ;2-sstvssssecccossterscstaeet =o -saememeeete ss cease XVIII, 88, 113, 130 CUAL EZ TG saetensnso% oo. Soeeeen cnn sad cnoapenee genes te oe apeeeee eens = XVI, 27; XV 50270 Biibeanlt DEACH s.ccesesctactstetesee ses feSeeematenorseagee ss ae ate ee costae tens ee eee XXII, 61 Mntekness Of TOrmatiOnss,ssc.cescese-2c0s-csenscese hs scadasgeesacet agen VIII, 9s GESEriHCEION Ofivcsscectceessecodeees cases oes uasecs sok couveteh wee oard Sa REO TE ene Vil, 24 Dad re! COs) ss 2igi ved cicget cu sccaetataes datas isa 0ptecds tsi dedkes toss tooeaaane ae IV, 100 Ballin fe: CO. hen ck Bac caks cosec hans ieas sw cvoau oven cts sebiacupesh che aiis ac, oan IV, 29 Breebort Coit Aevsv des teecteen concedes veurtencves vddee Besa daeer cae aaoe nn IIT, 154 Hennepin CO......ssccsssssssceseccedevesesicssccencasssdssscehsstedsedagshitecersosae iam V, 141 Honston'Co. isscctlovecsdcceservectcsasece dove sil. sudataadtvveve Neches Cucdeents tegatana V, 20 Minnesota: Valley: ccdcic.sccsscc3edeeestbsdonsstesersevssorcdesdassssnnetas ae Annan II, 210 NEO wets COs ss .onvccvcsesstbvnsooscncubhenbuete os ses ssnapepeuhies:y0i ch runp ReeeE. aA nenEnE WW, Ave Olenstead Co........c6b...ccssccesepssossecsecssesseenannbeneneusesesseseseansoeesnees ssenaeil gna any Lith Ci: sieindiocsesrenedenpee=-naqiecsooee XV,_ 79 syenite And QUarzyte.....eseeescescereeceeeteteseeceesesseeseeensesnesseesneees XV, 82 HUIC ATSC HIST AMG flCISSs-oee~sscct - at snot anseronreseeeeeercrsces + XV, 84, 98, 100, 101 Fics SChist 21810 GLAM ASE. sc << ncesaaesss-denscene teen <- «onan tee ee m.....V, 86 mica ‘schist and felsy te Schist.<.---c-.-5-0se-ceeevent+ -» seen teen see -seaerevane XV, "92 graywacke and mica schist.............. XV, 74, 92, 98, 104, 128. 130, 196 graywacke and chlorite and other schists................ XV, 107, 174, 186 argillyte and other schists.........-s:scseeeeseee XV, 197, 129, 138, 141, 186 syenite and hornblende Schist..............::sccceeseseesee cece seesenrenceesenses XV, 127 veined sericitic schist and siliceous schist...............cccceeceeeeeceeees XVetS6 Giabase/And 'Slale tooo osc casoass-cece baeeeines cas doe eneweeppecavaeecns KV, 1515 15262 TERT TO US ors Re eae ee dns Ss EE ER XV, 136 LTS CTE a4 Eh et 7010 Poe ae ee Oe Remi | AIR DE Bes En XV, 182 Hoarriblende sa tic sete: 5 seo oe sacox ore eee a woos epeeeece reas eaeoerees XV... 153, 13% argillyte and conglomerate..........:...ccr--ssseccccesenercceeseesencenes sseeas XV, 187 Sericitic schist and conglomerate.....--........-00.cccsssesen-onesnnanesecnnets XV, 187 diabasie rock and conplomerate--.c:-c.ss:.-.:.-n-ccnmnaeneer sear ere=- ee XV, 187 greenstone and conglomerate.............::cccseeeesssseeeceeeetecceeeseseneees XV, 187 chalcedonic silica and jas pero! 2 .2.cope asnntse dusencommemmanaecs xX VIE om Mica SChISt: CO. CiaAD ASE: sc ..ceceebaesee es ose o> «SeopNeehep> aannavosveap peeeeee mas XVIII, 118 Amimikie to Syemite............ccceodscecsecoveysannstensenensersnrsececagheonsune XVHI, 133 RSF AEE TIT OVS Sis och bes cen dews Soneec ese cemenety aes < a0ssestetsecss suet emntess XVIII, 69, 72; %s from granite to surrounding rocks.............. XXI, 37, Bs XIV, Sees Of the Coutchiching.d.........20scccsseccosecsccovnsesenensesecuacenessauencrerce X ALVIS eae Translation: of Boricky’s work on micro-chemical method of examination, XIX, 1 of Kloos’ geological notes On Mint, .........ceeceeeeeseeeeesenees X, 175; hase Transportation Of boulders..........cccceceeeesesereereees fatdadiesbinn eos eer teense XXIT) SL of the Mesabi Ramge Ores..........ssccssssseccesssseeceeeseceecescesensean sescenes XX 6 Transverse Profile: ANIME ETO VINCE Iss. ovcaseyenopndesocsoctsarbbupcsousdeppcdpesess cc. X23 72 OXON, VORA GS SUera CIRCA CLS Sen ees gh SET ce ans choose dee coc ek Roos ade ote e Tee e as co ee ac NE IX, 43 ivmMealirnim. sections of the CupriferOus rOCKS.<.0..5.-Saccecosserececteonss+sccaeeeeee > Gia eV 274 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT Diy phe 1 Wee emeereenet on oses XVI, 40, 44, 179, 185 At TSH Pemitipese. ot .ceesccs n+ -2 20.0% /donkanstaces be sad tage peeno> watese eeecaas ceed XVI’ 46 TeCop nized AULA SAPELiOT «1. .vcescressses- ss -.s8kgeeey s+ -s.esecunenbansseynans asks eeenene IX, L75y Xess Upper Silurian in Minnesota........ ‘Sede lucsssseccessdesdalistyire deuce cove umttents Crater I, 109 not fully identified in the state............sccsssecceccscereessseses sonesees XXIV, xxv Upper Quinnesec falls, greenstOmes........ccccsseeeeeeeenseeeeeeeeeeenseneneeenes XXIII, 8, 15 Upper Twin falls, greenstone ...i......secscesssreesersecessnacseseessenenges XXIII, 18, 20, 21 Dralitic DriGi6S.......viscdendscccssseddecsnesscevevarb bp svevecsoupsuseanvuress tn qabiae yas his emma XVI, 264 fi AGRE: sc stodhavasss veh copeevaiserssundiheeioveudvedusath ins Bi XV, 93, 94,174, 180; XXIV, 50 Useful mineral substances at Rainy lake.......cccecssccsecseeeeeeneeeanerneeeens XXIII, 93 Usual occurrence Of 1f0tt OF........scrscscccsscccnvccssscccesecsensccnenssteasssscevnessues XX, 141 eo eee ee ee OS ee a, a eee ee Per RS ee ee . és oe Ps SS ee So SS CU. STATE GEOLOGIST. 275 Valentine, Mr. —, acknowledgements to.............cccssssesscccnseecesensenerees IEG 8 Silee ts) Ries SEAN ENE tes eaters 8 Seca deh wat Act paghde secschbas sean adaasss hosesaueffddqceeeehdenervsil XVI, 55 Met OU E RL r tee ices Ade Poa, atanee ens as vescane XX, 163 NT MNT KO sop oot eae syo os setae tenant ccs ccowscowsasuese+sccsaneess XVII, 115, 144; XXI, 127, 130 \TRSLFE 2 (0 BS ee pein Sea OY Re eee et ee eR XIV, 123; XVI, 484, 491 Werte (MC LEOGILE) casatasteas as cczastdatanrececce-cedees < oceusetedcbdee dqeosunsenavnctscsees Dil Dp fs} P 276 TWENTY-FOURTH ANNUAL REPORT Vogdes, Lieut. A. W., donations to the museum........... cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees XI, 183 a new trilobite (Bathyurus stonemanii)...................:eseceeseeeeeees XII, 8 NWeghereitaiie Aafh o2 ji. 5-222c0n2. sabttkaePacaseunlesalatbitvacsscivlnmenees oh del XXI, 26; XXIII, 33 Waconda (imeteorite) so... dirsctsescsceccostststsctesoecenstatebsbooces.sdeceasondccdmneeeen XIX, 182 Wadsworth, M. E., cited, XXI, 16, 27, 55, 88, 93, 94; XVI, 47, 343; SIM tsk acse Mo sdtas vest uataaddvdnannasves XVII, 6, a ka 45; XXIII, 7, 8, 155, 230 ASSISEAN EAI SUL CY2.t oy 0k oes. 30-2020 ree dc gese cussed deres: oo «Sse aes dee 3 eae VF a notes on the east shore of White Iron lake............cc. sce ssccsseee neers XV, 330 Qe CONG OMECA LES. -socacnseve cc 200deadee ides ou. ane Ree ns <-2e eee ne seater XVEALSSZ WPT JASPUY LO: scat. abipa mens v0nsnwadatghisied aeadsd Mae gda sate bade I dos costae vee Vi, BOA ONT TIOR DEVE COs. ise ask cenafescruso ocagepensie suo) ancaaQtaWegts Ay devadep any sw adsa eee en Ae) bee 24 ee et eo CSS RN. MMR eS SRE LC SEL. X Vi 52 MANGE. «x5 25 aces tect ckin tans seh to ns «une pee ash o> - bu se ene eee XVIII, 123; 130 Wakefield’ Stearns COs ss ccs sec0cc2d4.s 2000. oct btbadeowsvs0. Sa aiar cde cee rato reso cee XI, 105 Waraju river, limestone, potter’s clay, marl..................ssseesesevsveesee II, 183, 186 PEL ee OUY DB) Ur Bre Pepe os eereeeee: Pecereeer eo E-Peeeees XIV, 71; XVII, 46, 49, 50 Walcott; C. D., antagonizes Taconic. -.1..c..0.cri..c....titeeeaecespeossttengvonees XVIII, 83 Walled) Laces. ari eiccde teeters. van Senta avadve~ac oaeAeet tots ois boos TREE eRe eae eve Caan WAI, £7 W ArApt TIVET SCCUON C.. <22cseaccecciesncdes so daisdaqdena tess + +0++2ded@igiadaads ts 2: eee II, 185 WW aa Chet FG With occ otoconia es aso Desa de one 3 cen Tov cden ee aon vs de oR ac tee XXII, 86 WY eat NW 1015 Sos Seed oid acdc Sa eNesac.s doederadda o descedotectetean ve ss deoaeecane her cate se comes XXIII, 86 Wears Prof, Tae Bis 5 6. Si ciu i vicas dc cuanvactsvvadacndgaated: ideuss swadeeuaaiess a2 tape IV, 124 Warren's explorations near Pine lakes... .ctcsetevssoBavionthinpstunceenns ste ee aenaee ee XVIII, 72 Meh as eden eavtstspataca Pe et are anes sch deceed les ato ea XVIII, 166 WRALAD 3) occcatscc acest eteete eae ec are Nee re dale Sieeones ebas oe RII X,.107; 184; XTX, Of ATI PILE—G MAFEZ—GiOTY COs cash fesoceneccccadacnsas ssnsevnnaneavencuapetocurersaaanemy © Bae f=: BY CMI tC—PTANILE. i... 0000 6. svasansadevesvessceneugestnsed echoes onbonnnineceteieeasaenm XI, 82 Wiatabilake,.../52..cscsetessPealasshcnsnce ussmeoeeevanbescsssteudssscaitstshvaas sROnment ny eens XVI, 276 PV AEC Tie ince si scaddaded salocareaaeusrtipdssaccdizasdesicls asco Mite patib costs’ s 51 ace meena aoe XI, 16 ETAL Y SESS sev, sesccntageeeebnched MouPeepeapEelt ssi burashetyccnavesbun eke X, 206; XI, 16,172 Biiaple LeSts s....6)-ccseseonesscvveduderusaducueesss cveuddenseversivers i gsuaehtiuteanaaiae . Lye, supply of the Red River valley..............scsssssessecscsseesenessence VI, 9; TX, 166 Water power, at St. Anthony Fallls.........c0c..cccccsecceeceseerereceressecenerenrsnasenans V, 193 at Koochichitig® falls: .s icici. deter danassthoesss scteeesassvekss +o Qhmuamnvas acta XXIII, 98 itt Fillmore COUNCY.....:.csdccscdescdsosscsccssccacvosheedsevenceassesetedavnesstavsaeaer IV, 14 ini Olmsted COUTIEW.....004 sues ssopncusverventioecesbsbusborutesnes sccuvanseliNsssueeneam IV, 64 It Dodie COUNEP sss. .ivsiasstiesssVedevesccvessshossansteVseteussessc} sabeperCenceeeteae IV, 98 int Steele COUNTY .osssc.ssccccssssssessnsccscsesscccenoessssoceessccecsenssseseundt tecaeeeee LV, 110 Itt HOWBtON COUREY. ccesessdssviscassancctnnsvasrssosenbecbeb uses) cpneMhveNs «032 /eqnrmmame V5 ee in Henmepin COUNY......ccccccccscesseseeeescssssseeeesseseaccesceseneeescaseesensenevens V, 193 in) MOLfiGON COUNLY .....scsececcnsvrncesevscdacovonndscnnvnscnsndecatustsessecuebsustsen VI, 65 ee —— a a a — STATE GEOLOGIST. 277 PHU ANU SC VA COUML Vacs 140 sladdties idsadeddedscacossiasds iacsascuddten sducsscesetereostas VI, 98 AIPA CE COIL G Yiarder ees fo 2c dedacsc focevchcasetuogeh sat svescebewsteayesccbcoacct skews vanes VI, 116 EDM FTI EL AIGGOHYAE Vio =.52acscascstsassscceacstcescessischcebs iecssepecotsevacs ote XIII, 89 PEM AT UGH AMS cetepeet ist +-csssetesces satis ssbepeee acres sa oheseeevacacs ass deezaleneceess XXI, 116 WEL EP Ouall es IN tesa DOM «sd edcnevessocue Jods sess dcadeds ssi sccadeTeicassaeteecotebent XVIII, 166 WUE Ets aCe) er OiartOasrcO: MISEMMI 5-022.) 2. cc..32404cacdaesestsdoapootesceecets ste X, 145 Wave marks in recomposed granite..............cccsescccceseesnes Py eee ty: MOL Vi LG WUVILEI SURES OTD DAY cc teateds-c---ccearscsdecdencadiacstesediecscoadd dddaderacssevs dos IX, 63; X, 48 Wauswaugoning quartzyte............ OVIT, LSS 50) SL 64; XX 253 7 RO 5 BUD aes [a eR Nas RETA Eee case eeeet saa casas Pele cas woesedaceeeeede tacaen ciedgunsacuds ths sbuwcdovesbetde IV, 14 WCU EME AUD CIE BIGCAs. cceacetsessc.vecteOhs codes coer aearan acu dl eded sh aldnbatoeeebDe sevice seecs XIV, 348 artesian, at Mendota, Hastings, Red Wing, Lake City and ERGONGIS Vi eRe rose eco ccev eens oo eecek wo eee eater e recnnnoeCoen toc Secueeceaal somes Sonn 55 Seeasies \'Ghavelesch ahs SoReal peas AE Peco DOV? = excelGn PUASEMATAS 12 soe sees ot rs; MPM ER Ns wo ss EUR ches DaMeUOA NG ob eaccc has Se eeese ss SRV.) he BellesB laitier tect o..c...ccesecess ses cass caer se sbee ee tiotene I, 36; 11, 79; Vili, 102 SR AIICEE 3 ccc sceee tot. ve DecerteNe coos: LET RO eee ETC eno ees race en odes Vise 28 IBEECKENTIG 9 Osos. «<3 oan taente ss On eases aS one REE SE SDRC Se WILT, LOZA XLV, 4s EV OUSEOIN CO MUL Ysera. 2: -- soc ste cc eeoee clap eeececce seek chor vesirbecteseens doukvces cs ce ramiaeevexcer years XXIII, 104 YA ar Cas er 1 = es BR EC Se A Cry re Re BE Bet or. acc AZO West Batten a kee siesc3 ir. secesovescuvancnasneeoeacsnecterotnepisesse+scndarca-scenarercuserenes IX, 276 Wes foriiee nieve la Cit tak Or. crare cere soncesus enna qeten~ qcamteeen a o-hacenetens -acaumee XXIII, 165 Westen supertorelactal Makers. e.cccnre-reeccrr-ttrerartectoo" ss XXII, 54; XXIII, 164 - Wiest ical tl aicers...-s--s2-s0-nsneerer K, 88; XVI, 1355310, 331,333) 293; kee West Hotel, Minneapolis, deep well at..............00 Gs vck Se Rudeas~ion ts a paleo TV ee WESEOT AIMELEOTILE) fo: :--.-sreseprersteeSecseees eee ate voc anepe Davee oes eramreins- =~ eaereebeme XIX, 171 WWest Sea ctlleljalkelae:.-cosscedensnesecessccceteestacteneyeey KVI, 293; XX, 83; XXIV, 23 SET tr eC an ee eee ne a See e-Bay XXII, «19 Whelpley, C. E., donations to Museum...i.....ccccecccececceeseceserrenes scive do Daag coaeeaa X, 145 Whelpley, C. C., deep well drilled at Minneapolis Dy.............-cceeeeeeeeee neon X, 211 WWiheESEOHEMMALCEIAIY ccs26. rs. ccsaecoctssaeromemeehuas-« dUNRpaetee oe: Reeaeeee IX, 267 VIC OMI) CoC OVA Cok cses eee cores coat motearssasenzcemenene morctseemne LV, 53,559,556 0k ee description ot Red Pipestone QUAEKY.. ...2.sccmtsrecs-+-c oneneenaer terete VI, 99 BV tees ed secs sor degre is- oleate de xs-vcusstegheavateseeiebeatuntvederygeesetunest cP -eeeemane XXI; 142, 143 White Iron Lake............. XV, 74, 176, 183, 191, 329; XVI, 104, 111, 328, $36 BEC ATISEGI ee, see eeate rte ==+ - ob éceseewents coc eamemetc se3 <> +1 + aoe XVI, 330, 332, 335 Wrhitetish rivet and! lalcess:>:2.0.ccspsese-osecoee areteeaposrs> » se ceeeeaneee XVIII, 122, 123, 130 White Mountains, geology of, by Hunt. cc.a5.......:.--.scacecsranseness XVIII, 151, 152 VariOuS OpiNiONS ON..............066 ent: 5 ee jecabddeepeeneess at XVIII, 164,note CEL EI bCH COCK OT se.a. 5.520 peak veo setae a assy es +04 -bacneeeeee wanes deem XVIII, 167 Wihtteface aiivernccss:scctcceteatecs- ols toes pus dene t eSoc peste nUh avs sone vga se cena eee XXII, 31 Wihitellaxicomcentrica scctpso.0. 05s +s-ppegeesp>s cae =0as peek eae XIX, 246 Whittlesey, Col. Chas..,............ 1,35, 6637 X, 175, 195; XI, £0; X3enes XXIII, 117, 119, 136-188 141, 155 Whitman, Allen: Report on Entomology............::sescccseeesesecceneees V, 90;-VI, 132 VATE cD Sa donsashcdtn-dssdpaecases dassavaats saves tases: IV, 59; XXIII, 128, 130, 155, 198 STOO ih lication nisi oe XVIII, 148 ATOM CALLIN LOCKS sscccceseva ree ncociecns-cosste-obtsabs cn ateus Sen ete eentaeeeee XVIII, 143 poy ny vat tye ( eae Sy eee ee er ere Cee Bo XVIII, 140 OFIPII- OF 1FON OLES. .s.2...5deevceeceiees ppsantonvaceavne ther sneces ostMenmaene Seaenmd XVIII, 146 — CGuoted jxs..: Bars ¥Epuditos VapSs plsev her» +s sUnosbpveabiost och chvss 6? 1p ee aEemece eam XVIII, 90 TEPIY CO LPAI ss. con. .0sthanwenets s+ i cscenePits aly les) soe XVID SCABIES | Of «, viponscosadesavveconbeounsbbtsasdunsss ac cansaaeaaian cine «ss ttnmewns staat XXIII, 68 Wil Rice RIEL... «cvvodss cM ave vcvvocs vevbedvatvoavis.sfesbduppeyssey) 500» rsph0heE hy keane LX; 222 WV IIE SWAT VED... ade Geo XV, 8650; XVIj 290; ae Willard, Mr. WoD., Explorations lWyyii........csceancecacensocectcengonan XVII, 7785, 90 Williams, Henry S., regarding the age of sandrock at Austin, Mower COUNLYvicees oessvsisvecesessensaessonnss shake sisssessessp¥hasde os 0h<>s/eaQnnmrase> \ NE MIT AO STATE GEOLOGIST. 279 Williams, GH .,) etted ../sa---:: XX, 22; XXI, 25, 40, 42, 49; X XIII, 4, 6-9, Res Tee eR seas geteccnetecateszataestttissces's L219. Que 2326, eo Dually entra se Ce PS co cee nna deep tities soceceteteassecavessd Reece ey Linea le etoert vc revccdeeee et XOX TM 155 Williamson, A. W., derivation of Minnesota geographical names...... XIII, 104 TAOS TG iad BSS) BaP aor Bee oni OCC ERO Cc COREE oe PoC Rr Coo Pe IX, 220, 236 SUMS th ES SED ECL ID ot oeetee a: «seme ess cnd nese at dae vse contacts dcocns erst yutas ceurs dugernonsst ane te tits Ie 2 Winchell, A., cited......... ROVAIT, QOXeEXT, N6s1'7 295 3tS5; 50,552 XXL Bee ee 5 eens. ne, ||, Sea kn Sars REN OO aes Meche oae 71; XXIV; xvii American opinion on the older rocks...........5....cseeeceeseseeeeeeeees XVIII, 65 PNGHATERT KEASENICS 2 sstrerees ces ooo steerer ee eee cote Bee one deren eeabacnee. tobe dodcns XVI, 352 ERAS SW OO CP AK ES ceeeet ce ccs sagetecascescaws ston tetas cnc cvtacadedeeacdesd anc tavesteoees XV, 92 Botler aime Saltwell:s..: ccscccsccsese- 2 seoteeeseat ek koe ceaneneawenm an uecteaeIotvees 136 Belle Plame saltewrell. nOtes Ome2, cosettesss 2c s <= XV, 28 Demo TAKE: 5.5. sides scessevesstcvssceeveses «sss denspatte susan sieokte denere sae XVI, 295 Sotth fave 2 scis.2c.seskctovacsccocacossc caus avon Jondanedstt ons ch cote reer eee aan XVI, 272 Sorith (PoGwi lakers :c: soko. -0sSaccszcsesatcs ceqevasveessSesne opeedteneee aaa XVI, 284 Snowbank lake .2ic.... cibckeciebascsetdonaeccvick -usssvavveasdeansned pen eteser seers XV, 124 Srekker 1a Ke sivisciscve Fe svcs dv ceteeadccss» Sn deqokneviveseceneoss re ae aera s/c eae XV, 140 Summary of observations (on northern Minn.).........0:::seeeeeees XV, 172 Systematic results of the Archzean field-studies................. see VI, 364 "THOMAS TAKE). bis oc. cies .ccccececvsess~sso0-340tdussvecenens dduscadchsomeeen eee hte XV, 145 Town lite ake sc cde ci 225 .ietatevschsiasecctcapeess coasccedses seh cenee mee se tmaaamn XVI, 314 Wiel th TOC Gav oucvs cava lacks: lancetsdaes dpoeva+ssbenbdtecasssnceweds sasadcemnattt te mm XVI, 364 Wermilion 1a Ke side. sgeecdnccccoreccbows coos conscbebbteweodh ep hweeie ss siieeaan ss inna XV, 18 Vermilion crystalline schists.............ccecccssssessenesscsnepansonssouseppase NVI, 334 Views on Primitive Geologic histOry...........+..cccccsesssercensscesesses XVI, 367 . 4S Mitnegp ta? rOCKBs i.e: +5... .scesesoedretoces onc -scanypeerensteeen XVIII, 179 West Seagull lake..........cccscssessssccsccssccsasessvessecccccccenensnnsscevebuneags XVI, 293 Write Irons Lake. goisecc ices cds csssstsconposcocdabettpevervucboos « cobs TY, 122 CALA ASICASC INS CSeetias Jose teeta feces ac toet Gvdeen swat Se deaen idee boride .seeees XVI; 2 OHA ONSTOVEHEMIATISE Ul ItTissece) oc. si cscctecea ces +s cadsnecdt ot rareosttesadepeay cers XI, 183 GlEVATION See LE GMNINed so decdic. teens. cotessact as hesetec sane duet cescncosdatesondenes XVII, 144 field woLleandmeport Of Sande; ..:04s22ledeccsjos-s-nbvasersetcdeenseocsceenes XVI LO historical sketch of the discovery of mineral deposits in the Lake SePOLL Ole P10 flcaeeseceshcesscer Mie ee cnce~- os sedeaesdsssceedesecsetbe XXITI, 116 list of rocks collected by................ XV, 275,413; XVI, 464; XVII, 135 Wiesa bielson, Ratt & Crs 0... tee ose jueves. ae pee eats nee dav overage babe searse sees xe op EVA SCOWAG Osc ceeieites 0c faccedeent ron /Jsnc setts ante ascssaeene kate sasenvcmends XX, 146, 152 MOLES WOTOEs ly WGI ethic... cgeseeanetas neck seine. ce - setesea cease sss te sasavseseeouee oe XV, 304: ‘ Of TECONMOISSATICES hixee ks. poeta oe reece nos secs et noseeeeseonte eee XV, 401 FEPOEol GOSEF VATION MESS (:. cuseaeer<.suaredidecenssaceennaessseoseranes- XVI, 396 “ % SB BS eeteerts cts Seton uod bestacer wbesertenes VI ae Winchell; Nevis, ..:2.2--<..- XXII, 15, 17, 27, 29, 31, 35, 40, 41,42, 50, 55, 55, 146; XXII, 4, 23, 24, 29, 35, 61, 67, 68, 71, 72, 150, 158, 160, 166, 167, 175, 176; XXIII, 3, 7, 44, 103, 112,142, Se ORNS canes sua eee t aaa tures nea 2 SMe gehen ert cbaneen ee te 155, 165, 167, 182, 190 alloy of copper and silver ore from the north shore of L. Superior DO 3a 5s oR Oe Soe 8 CoAT So saad SIRE PCR en Mente bieteke XIV, 319 ANCEOLOECA CIN OS bypent cess. cscantece tees cece eeeaer as oe Setecacmbecant aoaaet Soecwee XV, 382 base of the upper series of the Keweenawan..............::0000c20 XXIV, 33 BellepBlaine saltcwelles cc. G bles ort~ hone Pate eee etec Oe eetee eats Sasccesee: It 79; +82. bibliography of the mineralogy of Minnesota................:::00eceeee NIG go aE CL CELL Tee he eae ee ee RN caso ER HO V, 64 SELES OA onc coc cser ee teed seas stad teeta san teeeen oot ance Does ee sonae shee ae NOR LN 3 Pa Carltomconrtys MOtes tls (ho ees ces secetooee do eecen es. oo- wee tees XXIV, 39 Castoroides ohioensis at Minneapolis..............:cceseeeeeseeeeeeee WITT, 181 Collection OffOSSINS., ..--ceesove- costes coe voce cnc ovecoeoedh oes faces sechepesccunescces LX, 122 collection of rocks...... TX WO DEG “XENI SO ROV, SSG VIL AL. Lcsscsosdeetonee ROK A 5S AVA, 59) XOX SS RELIG SEO, 288 communication regarding the U. S. geological survey............. VILL, 173 comparative strength of Minnesotaand New Englandgranites, XII, 14 conclusions respecting the original Huronian...............:..:00000 VL SG Gli pEtieLOUS; SEL1es Ais MAN NESOLA.s...--5-s0e-eecns2eeeeenes~opeee aves s poe ssre XIII, 140; XX, 17 historical sketch and list of ptlblicationS.32-e..)...cstesuecbss--stceeenseoeees [, 22 HEH OlO mysON tHe: Statekees.n.s..8-seacins oe connmentiiec: «(seme VIII, 18 minerals and mineral localities in Minnesota...............sssseeeeeeeeee ol es nature of the transitions of the Coutchiching................... XXIV,1, 43 new ‘species’of fossils.................0+ VII, 6035 1X4 115); XM, GSPony rade note on age of the rocks of the Mesabi and Vermilion districts, XI, 168 on translation of Boricky’s micro-chemical methods...XIX, 54 regarding the fossil elephant of Winona county.......... XII, 148 on some deep wells in Minnesota..............c...seecee0ees XIV, 11 348 Ogislike/conclommerdte,....tores.-rcs-besbeeeerolgs tvs. -+-utienaterans seen tem XVIIT, 178 relations to the Saganaga granite..............:.ccccceennones DO. 4 Inn bri POTIONS) OF vce ee tec Oo seeas «os engntrsc de dap cone PNAS snes ooc Ae XVIII, 175 seq Oniainvor Archean tere enStOnesy.c-c--...-etueser- ore se'-s onsaeen=teneeeeh eee XXIII, 4 OXide Of MANGANESE... \..<.phsesiseescbe case + scctoap ens svscekccgemaun enema tat cee XX, 321 Paleontology: notes on fossils of the Trenton limestone............. V, or positional Opishke conplomerate:.......scssp.cos-c-toeysenenseeeee XVIII, 186-7 problemssoutstandin py ire. ..c1.-scanecn sc cscucndeseceindscweeuceaeeeersec wane XVIII, 187 Botsdati Sandstone. .scoccacevsceccseatesssecvssseveonncseescccceteausmerc: cose PG 0, AI LESSON MTU sea vastness sheen teeeeaiayeen's4s ueteenhesN ate eee cee XXIII, 215 recomposed granite at Saganaga Lake...............sscccccsseereesees XXIV, 19 reconnoissances into Witslth COM ccc. s scenes XIX, 171 PPTIREEIAITI TEL Cee 250k RE, « covet ohn aeeewsesiacroescSeabes ap casecaice's Jans secetiere ooosscnaamed Veiga OD ACOlbe, AS! Aleta TIOM Ole PIAS 1OClASGi.c..+cnc